고교 핵심 영어

김 운 이

Global English

목     차

제 1 장    문장

I.   문장과 그 성분     ………………………………………     p.1

II.  구(句)와 절 (節)     ………………………………………     p.3

III.  문장의 5형식       ………………………………………     p.7

IV.  자동사와 타동사      ……………………………………    p.16

V.   영어문장 구성법 (수식어편)   …………………………    p.20

제 2 장    준동사

I.    부정사   …………………………………………………     p.24

II.   부정사와 동명사    ……………………………………     p.34

III.  동명사  ……………………………………………………     p.38

IV.  동명사의 관용적용법 ……………………………………     p.47

V.    분사(分詞, Participle) 훑어보기   ……………………     p.53

VI.    분사(分詞, Participle) 자세히 들여다 보기  ………    p.58

VII.   분사(分詞, Participle) 문제풀이   …………………    p.63

VIII. 준동사의 주목할 만한 쓰임    ………………………     p.71

제 3 장    관계사

I.   관계사          …………………………………………    p.73

II.   관계대명사 재정리    ……………………………………    p.83

III.  관계부사   …………………………………………………    p.88

제 4 장     태

I.  수동태(Passive Voice)   ………………………………    p.91

II.  수동태의 전환   …………………………………………    p.95

제 5 장    수와 시제의 일치    ……………………………………  p.103

제 6 장    접속사(接續詞, Conjunctions)    ……………………  p.110

연결부사 (Connecting adverbs)  ………………………  p.116

제 7 장    가정법 (假定法) …………………………………………  p.117

제 8 장    전치사 (前置詞, Prepositions)  ………………………  p.129

제 9 장    강조, 도치, 생략, 삽입, 공통관계   …………………  p.153

제 10장    해석요령 및 직독직해 방법   …………………………  p.158

제 11장    수능어법 문제풀이    ……………………………………  p.171

I.  문법성 판단 문제 39문항   ……………………………  p.171

II.  최종정리 수능 문법 (여덟가지만 알면된다) …………  p.187

제 12장   Wordiomstrusture Proficient (어휘․구문 통달자)………  p.257

제 13장   성문종합영어 숙어정리  …………………………………  p.291

제 14장   핵심구문 99  ………………………………………………  p.347

제 15장   중요 구문 102. (어법문제 풀이용)  ……………………  p.361

제 16장   진단평가   …………………………………………………  p.381

제 1 장   문장              목차로

I.  문장과 그 성분

제1장. 문장

1. 문장(Sentence)

문장의 5형식만 배우면 영어 문장을 잘 파악할 수 있다면 정말 좋겠다. 하지만 안타깝게도 문장은 “주어+동사+목적어(+목적보어)”와 같이 단 서너 개의 단어로만 구성되어 있는 것만은 아니다.  꾸며주는 말인 수식어와 말을 이어주는 연결사(접속사, 관계사, 전치사) 등이 있다면 문장은 길어질 수 밖에 없다.  문장이 길어질 경우 대부분 학생들은 구문을 잘 파악하지 못해 해석에 어려움을 겪게 된다. 문장의 구문파악을 위해서는 문장의 주요 성분 뿐만 아니라 문장을 길어지게 하는 수식어나 연결어, 준동사 등 다각도로 공부해 두는 것이 좋을 것이다.

1). 문장과 그 구성요소

① 문장은 완전한 하나의 생각을 표현하는 하나의 단어 또는 여러 단어들로 대문자로         시작해야 한다.

The book is on the table.

② 문장은 주어(Subject)와 술어(predicate)가 반드시 있어야 하며 목적어(object)나 다른         보어(complement), 수식어(modifier), 연결사(connective), 그리고 독립어(independent            element) 등이 있을 수 있다.

Flowers bloom.                       (주어+술어)

③ 문장의 일부 요소는 생략되는 경우도 있다.

(You) Read this story.                  (주어생략)

Who spoke?   John (spoke).             (동사생략)

What did I bring?   (I brought) Books.   (주어+동사 생략)

④ 술어의 동작을 받는 것을 직접목적어(direct object)라고 한다.

Shakespeare wrote plays.                (주어+술어+목적어)

The carpenter built a house.

The girls gathered flowers.

⑤ 보어(complement)는 연결동사(linking verb)에 의해 이어지는 말이다.

This rose is red.                       (주어+술어+보어)

This flower smells sweet.

He became a doctor.

⑥ 수식어(modifier)는 하나 또는 일단의 단어들로 또 다른 단어의 의미를 변화시킨다.

She sang beautifully.                  (beautifully는 sang을 수식한다.)

The little old man laughed.            (The, little, 그리고 old는 man을 수식한다.)

The boy at the desk is Fred.           (At the desk는 boy를 수식한다.)

The girl whom you saw is Jane.        (Whom you saw는 girl을 수식한다.)

⑦ 연결사(connective)는 문장의 요소들을 단지 연결한다.

Girls and boys play tennis.             (conjunction : 접속사<연결사>)

He came with me.                     (preposition : 전치사<연결사>)

⑧ 문장 속의 문법적인 관련성이 없는 표현들을 독립어라고 한다.

Hurrah!   We won.                   (interjection : 감탄사<독립어>)

Cheolsu, I want you to help me.         (direct address : 호격<독립어>)

Poor girl!  She needs our help.          (exclamation : 감탄, 외침)

He went, I am sure, to please us.        (parenthetical expression : 삽입구.절)

No, he has not come.                   (response  : 대답)

The work being done, we went home.     (nominative absolute : (분사의)독립 주격)

Note: 대부분의 독립어들은 나머지 문장들과는 코머로 분리되어 있다. 감탄사는 감탄             부호로 분리된다.

⑨ 구(句 ; Phrase)는 주어, 술어를 갖지 않는 일단의 관련된 말들을 구라고 한다.

The book on the desk is a grammar.

⑩ 절(節 : Clause)은 주어와 술어를 지닌 여러 관련된 단어들로 문장의 일부로 사용된다.

Mary is the girl who sang.           (주어는 who; 술어는 sang.)

II.  구와 절 (句와 節)                      목차로

I. 단문, 중문, 복문

1. 단문이란 문장 속에 SV가 하나로 이루어진 문장을 말한다.

2. 중문이란 하나의 문장 속에 2개의 절(SV)이 등위접속사로 연결된 문장을 말한다.

3. 복문이란 문장 속에 2개의 절(SV)이 종속접속사로 연결된 문장을 복문이라 한다.

II. 접속사

☞등위 접속사 = and, but, for, or, so

☞종속절 =

①명사절 = that(∼라는 것), if(∼인지 아닌지), whether

②형용사절 =관계사 (that, who, when, which, ....)

③부사절 = 때, 이유, 목적, 결과, 조건, 양보, 비례 등의 뜻을 나타내는 접속사

ex)when, because, so that, so∼that, if, though, as...

※구와 절

1. 구(句, phrase) ―둘 이상의 단어가 모여 어떤 단위를 이루는 것을 구라고 한다.

명사구, 형용사구, 부사구, 전치사구, 타동사구....

즉, 명사구는 둘 이상의 단어가 하나의 명사와 같은 역할을 할 때

그 것을 명사구라 한다.

2. 절 (節, clause) ― 절은 주어와 동사를 지닌 단어 무리를 뜻하며, 주절, 종속절, 등위절                     등이 구별된다.

3. 주절 (主節, main clause) ―다른 절에 의존하지 않고 홀로 서서도 완전한 의미를 지니는

절로서, ‘들은 빼앗겼지만 봄은 왔다.’에서 ‘봄은 왔다.’가 주절이다.

주절은 independent clause라고도 한다.

4. 종속절(從屬節, subordinate clause) ― 복문(complex sentence)의 일부를 이루며,

명사, 형용사, 부사에 상당한 기능을 하며, dependent clause라고도 한다.

① 명사절 : 종속접속사(that, whether), 관계사(what, where), 의문사(who, how) 등의

말들로 이끌어진다.

ex)주어   Whether he wrote or not will remain a secret.

목적어 I think (that) he is honest.

보어   That's where you are mistaken.

동격   Rumors that another war will break out cannot be trusted.

② 형용사절 : 주로 관계사절이 형용사절임.

․ 제약적 관계 : All the soldiers that were brave pushed on.

․ 연결사 없이 직접 선행사에 연결된 것

What is it he is staring at?

③ 부사절 :

․ 종속접속사가 이끄는 것  :

I'll do it before I forget it.  (시간)

․ 복합 관계사가 이끄는 것 :   (whoever, however....) (양보)

However hard you may work, you cannot master Russian in a year or so.

․ 다른 품사로부터 전용된 접속사가 이끄는 것 :

The moment he entered, everybody stopped thier chatter.

․ 연결사에 의하지 않는 것 :

Suppose it happened, what should you do? (조건)

※종속관계(Subordination)란 ?

관계대명사로 유도되는 관계절 또는 종속접속사에 의한 종속절과 주절 간의 관계

또는 의미상으로 주절과 종속 관계가 발견될 때 사용하는 용어이다.

※참고자료 : 언어학사전 (이정민, 배영남 공저)

★  목적의 부사절 접속사 so that, in order that

문제 1. The management restricts the system administrator’s access to the database                  he cannot manipulate important transaction records.

(A) in order        (B) therefore      (C) so that         (D) whereas

주절은 경영진이 시스템 관리자의 접근 권한을 제한한다고 되어 있는데, 이것은 데이터 조작을 하지

못하게 하기 위한 것이므로 목적의 부사절이 되어야 한다.

(A) in order : in order that 형태로 목적의 부사절이 되는데 that을 생략 못함

(B) therefore : 접속사가 필요한 위치이므로 접속부사는 맞지 않음

(C) so that : 접속의 형태와 논리를 둘 다 충족하므로 정답

(D) whereas :대조 관계를 나타내는 접속사이므로 접속의 논리가 맞지 않음

경영진은 시스템 관리자가 중요한 거래 기록을 조작하지 못하게 하기 위하여 그의 데이터베이스 접근 권한을 제한한다.

[정답] (C)

1. 목적을 나타내는 여러 가지 방법

1)생산성을 높이기 위하여 [긍정문]

that we can/may/will enhance productivity

so that we can/may/will enhance productivity  : 구어체에서 that생략

in order that we (can/may/will) enhance productivity

=in order for us to enhance productivity   [주절의 주어와 다른 의미상의 주어는 for sb 형태로]

=for/with the purpose of enhancing productivity

=with a view to enhancing productivity

=with the view of enhancing productivity

※ 주절의 동사가 현재, 현재완료, 미래일 때, so that이나 in order that이 이끄는 절 may

대신 can, will을 써도 되며, 내용에 따라 동사의 현재형으로 쓰기도 한다.

Employers are required by law to provide portable fire extinguishers mounted, located, and identified so that they are ready and accessible to employees.
고용주는 휴대용 소화기를 직원들이 쉽게 사용할 수 있는 장소에 명판을 부착하여 설치하도록 법으로 의무화하고 있습니다.

2)실수를 저지르지 않기 위하여 [부정문]

that we may/will not make mistakes

so that we may/will not make mistakes

in order that we may/will/do not make mistakes

※ so that 또는 in order that 절이 부정문인 경우에는 could not을 쓸 수 없다.

I started early so that I could catch the train. (목적)

I started early, so that(=and so) I could catch the train. (결과)

I started so early that I could catch the train. (결과)

*I started early so that I could not be late for the train. (X)

[so ... that ...의 형태로;양태·목적을 나타내어] …하도록 (…하다)

You must so instruct them that they will not repeat the mistake. 그들이 잘못을 되풀이하지 않도록 지도해야 한다.

They so arranged matters that one of them was always on duty. 그들은 항상 누군가 한 사람이 근무하고 있도록 배치했다.

문제풀이

1. “The sidewalk is slippery." "Hold my arm           ."

① so that you won't fall           ② that you couldn't fall.

③ so you wouldn't be falling      ④ that you won't be falling.

2. "What were you waiting there for?"

"Professor Baker had much work,           I had to wait for him."

① so             ② so that         ③ as             ④ because

3. “Why did you shine your flashlight on the main sail, Bob?"

"I shone my flashlight on the main sail           the raft could be seen by the rescuers."

① for            ② so             ③ so that        ④ therefore

4. Mr. Carson was             for an hour before dinner.

①  so tired that he lay down     ② enough tired to lie down

③ too tired to lay down          ④ very tired, so he laid down

정답 : 1. ①

2. ① so는 결과표시의 접속사 ... much work (,and) so I had to....

so that은 ‘목적’표시 종속접속사

3. ③   for→원인; so→결과; so that=in order that; therefore=그런 까닭에, 따라서

4. ①

III.  문장의 5형식                      목차로

동사의 종류와 문형

1형식 : 완전자동사         The earth moves round the sun.        (존재, 움직임)

2형식 : 불완전자동사       The scenery was unbelievably beautiful. (상태, 변화, 유지)

3형식 : 완전타동사         He speaks English very well.            (동작의 전이)

4형식 : 수여동사           She gave me a book.                   (전달)

5형식 : 불완전타동사       I saw a kite flying in the sky.           (생각, 지각, 사역)

동사는 자동사(intransitive verb)와 목적어를 필요로 하는 타동사(transitive verb)로 나뉘며, 또

불완전(incomplete)동사는 보어(complement)를 필요로 하며, 수여동사(dative verb)는 이중목적어

를 필요로 한다.

제1형식 문형 : S+V(완전자동사)  : 주어와 동사만으로 문장이 구성될 수 있다.

1. S +V(+부사구)의 문형

The pretty little birds sing very merrily in the cage.

Time flies like an arrow.

She made toward the door. (=She went to the door.)

전치사+명사= 부사구(동사수식), 형용사구(명사수식)로 쓰임.

2. There+V+S(+부사구)의 문형

There is a vase on the table.

There lived a farmer in this village.

3. S +V+to부정사의 문형

She screamed to see the terrible sight.

He worked hard only to fail.             (그는 열심히 일했으나 실패하고 말았다.)

4. It(가주어)+V+S(진주어)의 문형

It doesn't matter what he says.           (그가 말한 내용은 중요하지 않다.)

It happened that I met her in the bus.

확인학습 : 다음 영문의 주어, 동사와 수식어를 밝혀라

(1) The river flows into the sea.

(2) The sun rises in the east and sets in the west.

(3) This lesson will last for an hour.

(4) Here is your ticket.

(5) There comes the bus.

(6) A diligent student rises early and does not sit up too late at night.

(7) She wept bitterly to hear of her mother's death.

제2형식 문형 : S+V(불완전자동사)+C

불완전자동사(or linking verb)는 주어의 상태나 상태변화를 나타내며 보어를 취한다.

1) Be 동사 (상태: ~이다)

He is a musician.                 (명사)

My hobby is collecting stamps.    (동명사)

Mary is beautiful.                  (형용사)

This book is of no use.           (형용사구)

The class was over at four.       (부사)

2) become외에 grow, get, go, come, run, fall, turn등  (상태변화 :∼이 되다.)

He became a teacher.

He became tired.

He turned pale at the news.

He got angry with me.

He went mad. (madly를 사용할 수 없다)

Streams had run dry for the first time in memory.

Your dream will come true.

3) remain, keep, lie, hold, continue등 :  "계속해서 ∼하다, ∼한 상태를 유지하다"

He remained silent.

He remained poor/single all his life.

He remained faithful to the last.

The promise still holds true[good].

Please hold still. 가만히 계셔 주십시오.

lie asleep 누워서 자고 있다

lie ill (in bed) 앓아누워 있다

if you continue obstinate 네가 계속 고집을 부린다면

4) look, feel, smell, sound, taste 등의 지각동사(감각동사)

feel ∼    : ...을 느끼다, ...이라고 느끼다.  ...이라는 느낌이 들다

look ~    : ...처럼 보이다.  ...인 것 같다.

taste ∼   : ...의 맛을 느끼다..  (...의) 맛이 나다.

smell ∼   : (...의) 냄새가나다.

sound ∼  : ...처럼 들리다., ...인 것 같다(seem)

- The flower smells sweet.               (그 꽃은 단 맛이 난다.)

- This may sound strange, but it is true. (이상하게 들릴지 모르지만 그것은 사실이다.)

- This apple tastes sour.                 (이 사과는 신 맛이 난다.)

- She looks beautiful in her new dress.   (새 옷을 입은 그녀는 아름다워 보인다.)

- Your hands feel warm.                  (너의 손은 따뜻한 느낌이 든다.)

주의 : *This may sound strangely.    *She looked beautifully. (부사로 쓰면 안 됨.)

5) 유사보어 : 완전자동사 다음의 명사나 형용사는 유사보어이다.

S +	live, die	+	명사 보어 : 주어와 equal 형용사 보어 : 주어의 상태, 동작 설명 현재 분사 : 주어의 능동적 동작 과거 분사 : 주어의 수동적 동작
	marry
	go
	be born
	stand
	sit, return

→ 완전자동사이지만 보어가 뒤따르면 2형식문장이 됨. (유사보어)

He died a beggar.      (=He was a beggar when he died.)

She married young.     (그녀는 젊어서 결혼했다.)

The old man sat surrounded by the children.

The children came running to her.

He stands six feet.     (그는 키가 6피트이다.)

6) 보어가 될 수 있는 말

보어는 명사, 명사상당어(구․절), 형용사(분사), 부사, 부정사, 구, 절이 되기도 한다.

She is a schoolgirl.                         (명사)

It is he that met Jack yesterday.            (대명사)

Seeing is believing.                         (동명사)

She is beautiful.                             (형용사)

The race itself is very exciting and thrilling.  (현재분사)

He appeared satisfied with the result.        (과거분사)

School is over.                             (부사가 보어)

He is away.                    (그는 가고 없다)

He seems to know me.         (그는 나를 아는 것 같다; 부정사가 보어)

To live is to fight.              (산다는 것은 투쟁이다.)

He ran himself out of breath.   (그는 너무 뛰어 숨이 찼다; 구가 보어)

The fact is that I know nothing about it. (The fact = that-clause)

(사실은 나는 그것에 대해 아무 것도 모른다. : 명사절이 보어)

제3형식 문형 : S+V(완전타동사)+O

「주어+동사+목적어」의 3형식에 쓰인 동사는 완전타동사로서 동작의 대상이 되는 목적어 가 뒤따르게 된다. 목적어로는 명사나 대명사, 또는 명사 상당어구(절)가 쓰인다.

1. 명사(대명사)가 목적어

Walls have ears.                    (벽에도 귀가 있다.)

Her sad story moved me.           (그녀의 슬픈 이야기가 나를 감동시켰다.)

2. 동명사(구)가 목적어

Most girls enjoy chattering.          (대부분의 여자들은 잡담하기를 즐긴다.)

She practiced playing the piano.     (그녀는 피아노 치는 연습을 했다.)

3. to부정사가 목적어

I want to know the reason.          (나는 그 이유를 알기 원한다.)

What would you like to eat?         (당신은 무엇을 먹고 싶으세요?)

4. 의문사+to부정사(=명사구)가 목적어

You must learn how to swim.       (너는 수영하는 법을 배우지 않으면 안 된다.)

I don't know what to say.           (나는 무슨 말을 해야 할지 모르겠다.)

5. 명사절이 목적어

I think/hope that he'll come soon.           (나는 그가 곧 올 것이라고 생각한다.)

I wonder if(=whether) he'll come tomorrow.  (나는 그가 내일 올지 궁금하다.)

6. 동족목적어(자동사의 명사형)가 목적어

He lived a happy life.  (=He lived happily.)     (그는 행복하게 살았다.)

She slept a sound sleep. (=She slept sound.)  (그녀는 잠을 푹 잤다.)

7. 재귀대명사가 목적어

He killed himself.    We enjoyed ourselves.

8. 타동사구+목적어

(1)자동사+전치사+목적어

She was waiting for a taxi.                (그녀는 택시를 기다리고 있었다.)

They laughed at me.                      (그들은 나를 비웃었다.)

(2)타동사+부사+목적어

He took off his hat. = He took his hat off.      cf. He took it off.

They blew up the bridge before leaving.   (그들은 떠나기 전에 그 다리를 폭파시켰다.)

(3) 동사+부사+전치사+목적어

We must keep up with the times.   (우리는 시대에 보조를 맞추지 않으면 안 된다.)

You should do away with your bad habit.   (너는 너의 나쁜 습관을 버려야 한다.)

9. 3형식 전용 동사 : say, hope, demand등은 S+V+O+to V의 5형식 형태(단문)를 취하지                      않고  3형식 복문의 형태를 취함.

① *My mother said me to keep my room clean. (X)   (문두에 *표시는 비문표시임.)

My mother told me to keep my room clean. (O)

My mother said to me that I should keep my room clean.

② *I hope you to come to my birthday party. (X)

I hope (that) you will come to my birthday party. (O)

③ *He demanded her to marry him. (X)

He asked/requested her to marry him. (O)       그는 그녀에게 청혼했다.

He demanded (that) she (should) marry him. (O)

제4형식 문형 : S+V(수여동사)+IO(간목)+ DO(직목)

(...에게)   (...을, 를)

A. 직접목적어의 종류에 따른 유형

1. D.O.가 명사인 경우

I'll give you another chance.

Aunt Mary bought me a fur coat.

2. D.O.가 부정사인 경우

John promised me to lend his car.

3. D.O.가 의문사+부정사인 경우

I'll show you where to find the trunk.

She asked me how to solve the problem.

4. D.O.가 명사절인 경우

He told me that he would come back soon.

They asked me where I came from.

B. 간접목적어를 뒤로 돌릴 때 동반하는 전치사에 따른 유형

1. to를 동반하는 경우 : give, lend, show등

She lent me a reference book.

⇒ She lent a reference book to me.

2. for를 동반하는 경우 : buy, make등

Father bought me a nice watch.

⇒ Father bought a nice watch for me.

3. of를 동반하는 경우 : ask, inquire, demand, request등 (ask만 4형식 가능)

I asked him a few questions.

⇒ I asked a few questions of him.

C. 직접목적어만 둘을 취하는 동사

1. He envies me my success.  (*He envies my success of me.)

2. Please forgive me my sin.   (*Please forgive my sin for me.)

확인학습 : 다음 영문의 동사와 목적어를 밝혀라.

(1) He killed himself.

(2) I dreamed a strange dream last night.

(3) He said to me, "I'll do my best."

(4) We are looking forward to your arrival.

(5) She takes after her mother.

(6) My father taught me how to drive.

(7) She wrote me a long letter.

수여동사로 착각하기 쉬운 동사

◇ explain, introduce, announce, confess, describe, prove, suggest, propose등은

직접목적어 하나만 가지며, 우리말의 간접목적어에 해당되는 부분은 ‘to + I.O’의 형태인 부사구로 처리해야 함.

(1)전치사 to를 쓰는 경우

① I will explain to you what this means. (O)

*I will explain you what this means.   (X)

②Let me introduce myself to you. (O)

*Let me introduce you myself.   (X)     *Will you introduce us yourself. (X)

③He proposed to us (that) we (should) go to the zoo. (O)

*He proposed us to go to the zoo. (×)

④He announced the news to us. (O)

*He announced us the news.   (X)

(2)전치사 of를 쓰는 경우

①I beg a favor of you. (O)

*I beg you a favor.   (X)

②They inquired a few questions of me. (O)

*They inquired me a few questions.   (X)

③He demanded an immediate answer of me. (O)

*He demanded me an immediate answer.   (X)

④She requested a week's leave of me.  (O)

*She requested me a week's leave.    (X)

(3) 전치사 with, for, to등을 쓰는 경우

① He trusted me with the money. (O)

He trusted the money to me.   (O)

He trusted me the money.      (X)

② They provided us with food.    (O)

They provided food to(for) us.  (O)

They provided us food.  ※American English에서는 가능함.

확인학습 : 4형식을 3형식으로 바꾸어 쓴 다음 문장의 빈 칸을 채워라.

(1) She gave me chocolate on Saint Valentine's Day.

=She gave chocolate (      ) me on Saint Valentine's Day.

(2) He did me many kindnesses.

=He did many kindnesses (      ) me.

(3) Don't ask her such direct questions.

=Don't ask such direct questions (       ) her.             답:(1)to(2)for(3)of

제5형식 문형 : S+V+O+OC

A. 목적어와 목적보어와의 관계 : Nexus=관련,연계,관계 : 주어․술어관계

① I made him a pianist.         (동격관계)   (=He is a pianist.) ∴ him = pianist

② I think him (to be) honest.    (서술관계)   (=He is honest.)

③ I want you to go.             (주술관계:주어․술어 관계)  (=You will go.)

B. 4형식과 5형식의 구분 : 목적어와 그 다음 말의 관계가 Nexus관계이면 5형식

I promise (you) to come.  = I promise (you) that I will come.  (오기로 약속하지.)

IO         DO

I expect you to come.     = I expect that you will come.

O      OC

I made her a doll.  = I made a doll for her.              her ≠ a doll (4형식)

I made her a star.  = I caused her to become a star.    her ＝ a star (5형식)

C. 목적보어에 따른 분류

1).목적보어가 명사, 대명사, 동명사, 명사절인 경우

They elected Clinton President.  (명사)

Mother made me a nurse.

I made it a point to get up early.

I want him to be a teacher.

I thought it to be her.      (대명사)

I remember him coming to my house.    (동명사)

His own efforts have made him what he is. (him = what he is)  (명사절 )

(그가 이렇게 된 것은 그 자신의 노력 때문이다.)

2). 목적보어가 형용사, 현재분사, 과거분사인 경우

￭ She made him happy.  (형용사)

I found the work difficult.

I found it difficult to persuade her. <∼임을 알다>

￭ I saw a bird flying in the sky.   (현재분사)

I saw him crossing the street.

He found the book interesting.   그는 그 책이 재미있다는 것을 알았다. (주술관계)

cf. He found an interesting book.   그는 재미있는 책을 찾았다.  (수식어)

￭ He had his house burnt down by the fire. (과거분사: 수동 ;  had=당하다<손해>)

She can make herself understood in French.

I saw him carried to the hospital. (과거분사 : 수동)

3). 목적보어가 부정사인 경우

I want you to visit me tomorrow.   (to부정사)

We all expect him to come.

He let me do it.                   (원형부정사)

D. 목적보어가 될 수 없는 말

※ 지각동사(see, hear, watch, feel)와 사역동사(make, have, let, bid)의 목적보어로

to부정사를 쓸 수 없다.

☞사역동사는 “...하게 하다, 시키다”의 뜻을 가지나 make(=force)는 강요,                  have(=persuade, cause, order)는 권유, let(=permit, allow)은 허락, bid(=order)는         명령의 뜻을 포함한다.

① 지각동사

I saw them swim/swimming in the river.

*I saw them to swim in the river.  (X)

Did you hear him sing/singing a song?

*Did you hear him to sing a song? (X)

② 사역동사

• He made me clean the room.  =He forced me to clean the room.

(=I was made to clean the room.)

• His jokes made us all laugh.    ※강제의 뜻이 없을 때도 있음.

• He made her angry.            =He caused her to become angry.

◎ have는 make에 비해 강제의 뜻이 약하며 권유나 설득, 부탁의 뜻이 있음.

• Have him come early.            (그로 하여금 일찍 오도록 해라.)

• I won't have you feel miserable.  (자네로 하여금 비참한 느낌이 들지 않게 하겠네.)

• I had my brother write a letter. 수동태불가 =I asked my brother to write a letter.

• She had her ears pierced last Saturday.  (과거분사: 수동관계,  had=시키다<이익>)

• Let me go.           (가게 해 주세요. 놓아 주세요.)

• They let me see him. (= I was let (to) see him.)    (현재는 to없는 것이 일반적)

(= I was allowed to see him.)

• She bade me enter.  (= I was bidden to enter.)  (그녀는 나더러 들어오라고 했다.)

=She told/ordered me to enter.

cf. He helped me do the work. = He helped me to do the work.  (미국: to생략)

He helped us peel the onions.

They helped us (to) get out.

(=We were helped to get out.) (수동태에서는 반드시 to가 따름.)

E. keep + 목 + ∼ing

◇ keep, leave, send, set와 make, have등의 동사는 다음에 [목적어 +∼ing]가 오면

동작의 진행·계속·반복 등을 나타낸다.

• He kept me waiting for three hours.  (계속)

The wind sent the fallen leaves flying across the roof.

(바람은 지붕 너머로 낙엽을 날아가게 했다.)

His joke set the whole table laughing.

(그의 농담은 좌중을 웃음바다로 만들었다.)

Mother left my little brother crying.

• We can't have people arriving late all the time.  (ing는 상습적인 행위)

(have= to allow sth; to accept sth without complaining)

• He had his audience listening attentively.        (ing는 동작의 계속)

(have=to cause sb/sth to be in a particular state;   특정한 상태에 있게 하다.

to make sb react in a particular way.)

비교: Leave him crying.          (계속 울게 내버려둬요. : 동작의 계속·반복)

Leave him to cry.          (울게 내버려둬요. : 울기 시작)

Leave him to do it.        (혼자 하게 놔둬요.)

Leave the door open.      (문을 계속 열어 놔요.)

Don't make me cry.        (날 울리지 말아요.)

cf. stop playing              (여태껏 놀다가 그만 놀다.)            <진행중>

stop to play              (지금부터 놀기 위해 하던 일을 그만 두다.) <시작>

IV. 자동사와 타동사                   목차로

• 목적어를 취하는 동사를 타동사(transitive verb), 목적어를 취하지 않는 동사를 자동사(intransitive verb)라 한다. 문맥상 의미가 분명할 경우에는 타동사가 자동사로 쓰이는 경우가 많다.

He plays the violin.

He plays extremely well.

He lends money.

I neither lend nor borrow.

• 이동이나 변화를 나타내는 동사의 경우 특히 타동사가 자동사로 쓰인다. 이러한 동사의 경우 목적어가 주어자리에 나타난다.

Move a stone.

The stone moves.

Roll a ball.

The ball rolls.

• 다음 예에서 볼 수 있는 바와 같이 자동사로 쓰일 경우 저절로 일어나는 것을 나타낸다.

The stone rolled down the hill.

cf. The stone was rolled down the hill.

• 원래 자동사가 타동사가 되는 경우가 있는데, 이 경우에는 사역의(causative) 의미를 갖는다.

The dinner bell rang.

He rang the bell.(=He made the bell ring.)

He worked hard.

He worked his servants hard.(=He made his servants work hard.)

출처 : 대진대 나병모 교수님

http://english.daejin.ac.kr/~namo/zbxe/?mid=eeg&page=2&document_srl=12514&listStyle=&cpage=

자동사와 타동사 연습문제

A 다음 괄호 속에서 어법에 맞는 어구에 ○표 하시오.

1. He will (lie, lay) the key in the drawer.

2. She (lay, laid) on the sofa holding a cat.

3. I (lay, laid) two cups of coffee on the table.

4. Your aptitude (lays, lies) in arts.

5. Nepal (lies, lays) to the north of India.

6. You (lied, laid) to all of us.

7. The train (departed, departed from) platform 3.

8. Dr. Singh (hung, hanged) his diploma from medical school on the wall in      his office.

B 다음 괄호 속에서 어법에 맞는 어구에 ○표 하시오.

1. (Answer, Answer to) me, Ji-na.

2. What are you (looking, looking at)?

3. Let's (discuss, discuss about) the matter, shall we?

4. Why don't you (consider, consider about) others' feelings?

5. When I went into the classroom, I (heard, listened) her singing a song.

C 다음 괄호 속에서 어법에 맞는 어구에 ○표 하시오.

1. I (opposed, opposed to) his taking the position.

2. I (oppose to, am opposed to) his taking the position.

3. We expect that casinos will (add, add to) social ills.

4. You didn't (agree on, agree to) my suggestion. (제안, 조건)을 승낙하다

5. Mr. Kim (explained, explained about) the bad effect of the greenhouse effect.

D 다음 괄호 속에서 어법에 맞는 어구에 ○표 하시오.

1. This coffee (makes up of, is made up of) only coffee and water.

2. This shirt (becomes, becomes with) her.

3. The next World Cup Games will (hold, be held) in Republic of South Africa.

4. The committee (consists of, is consisted of) 12 members.

5. My university (was found, was founded) in 1945.

E. 기출응용문제

1. 다음 문장의 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 적당한 것은?

The girl wearing a pink skirt              on the grass.

① lie       ② lay      ③ lain      ④ laid      ⑤ lays

2. Hi math grade              this semester.

① rising    ② raised   ③ risen     ④ rose     ⑤ raise

3. 다음 두 문장의 빈 칸에 공통으로 들어가기에 알맞은 표현을 고르시오.

• Water is             hydrogen and oxygen.

• The club is            people of all ages.

① having   ② tired of    ③ made up of    ④ like    ⑤ consisted of

4. 다음 글에서 어법상 틀린 것은?

Our school ①was found in 1910.  Since then, ②hundreds of thousands of     students ③have graduated from the school.  Of course, our old               predecessors have done very well.  And our recent graduates ④are doing     well in their universities and jobs.  We ⑥are proud of them.

5. 다음 문장의 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 적당한 것은?

The majority of the living space on land            in the oceans.

① was found        ② was founded      ③ were found

④ were founded     ⑤ found

6. 다음 밑줄 친 곳 중 어법상 틀린 것은?

When I was at my middle school, I ①used to have some friends.  But I      have no friends at this high school.   I'm ②so shy that I can't even make    friends ③with the girls sitting ④next to me.  I feel ⑤miserably whenever I     think of the school picnic.

7. 다음 어법에 맞지 않은 것은?

One day, my teacher told an interesting and moving story to us ①to         refresh our bored and tired mind.  When she was ②a twenty-year-old girl,    she ③entered into a university.  One spring day, she saw a man ④wearing    a red shirt in the classroom.  She was so shocked that she couldn't say a    word because ⑤he resembled her grandfather perfectly.

8. 다음 밑줄 친 곳 중 어법상 틀린 것은?

①On his way to school he found a bag.  He ②picked up it and found a      wallet and some valuables in it. He went to the police station and ③called     the owner of the wallet ④to return it.  ⑤No wonder he received the           Honesty Award last year.

9. 다음 문장들 중 어법상 올바른 문장을 고르시오.

① I had my watch repaired.

② He doesn't allow people enter the palace.

③ Ted wants to enjoy to dance with us.

④ I heard my name call by the teacher.

⑤ She married with a very rich and handsome guy.

※ 빈칸에 어법에 맞는 것을 고르시오.

10. Before discussing the steps in detail,            .

① a general principle should be laid down

② I should like to lie down a general principle

③ I'd like to lay down a general principle

④ a general principle lies

11. The type writer                 .

① was laying on the table, where it had laid all week.

② was lying on the table, where it had laid all week.

③ was laying on the table, where it had been laid all week.

④ was lying on the table, where it had been laid all week.

12. During the period of inflation, the value of money drops as         .

① prices rise         ② prices arise     ③ the price is rising

④ prices are raised

13. The man in the park was training his dogs to           a ball.

① bring     ② reach     ③ take      ④ fetch

출처: 영문법연습3300제(김상범 장지혜);  English Grammar(Betty Schrampfer Azar);  아카데미 TOEFL(김인숙,이봉상)

V.  영어 문장 구성법(수식어편)           목차로

V. 영어 문장 구성법(수식어편)

1. 문장의 주요 성분 :  주어, 술어, (+목적어,+보어)

1형식 : 주어+완전자동사 (+부사구)           She made toward the door.

2형식 : 주어+불완전자동사 + 보어          A good daughter makes a good wife.

3형식 : 주어+완전타동사 + 목적어              She made a dress.

4형식 : 주어+수여동사+간․목(사람)+직․목(사물)      She will make him a muffler.

5형식 : 주어+ 불완전타동사 + 목적어 + 목적보어     I will make you a star.

(=Nexus 관계 : 서술, 연계, 주술관계)

도전과제 : 아래를 공부한 다음 위의 각 예문에 적절한 수식어를 최대한 넣으시오.

2. 수식어(Modifier)란?

수식어란 단어나 문장의 의미를 좀 더 구체적이게 하는 말로서, 영어에서는 형용사와       부사에 해당한다. 형용사(구, 절)은 명사나 대명사를 수식하며, 부사는 동사, 형용사,        또 다른 부사를 수식한다. 문장성분뿐만 아니라 수식어(구∙절)를 잘 알아야 문장구조

를 파악하는데 많은 도움이 된다.

3. 수식어의 종류

(1)형용사류:  단어는 명사 앞에서, 구나 절은 명사 뒤에 위치하여 명사를 수식함.

① 관사(a, an, the), 부정형용사(some, any no, all, each, every, other, another),           지시형용사(this, that, these, those, such), 의문형용사(what, which, whose),            소유격(my, your, his, her, its, our, their, Tom's)

② 형용사( beautiful, famous,.....);

형용사구:  It is a matter of no importance.     (형용사구)

He decided to consult a hermit famous for his wisdom. (수식어구 동반 형용사)

④ 형용사적 용법의 명사․동명사․부사 (a girl friend,  a pronouncing dictionary,

the down train, etc)

⑤ 현재분사(a sleeping baby)；

현재분사로 시작한 구 :

I think there's an express leaving at 10:38. (=that leaves)

⑥ 과거분사(developed country,  fallen leaves) ;

과거분사로 시작한 구

This is a table made out of wood. (=which was made)

⑨ to부정사의 형용사적용법

There was plenty to eat.

⑦ 관계대명사절,   관계부사절

There is one thing which I am certain of.

(who~, which~, that~,  when~, where~,  why~.)

⑩ 전치사구 : 명사 뒤에서 명사수식하면 형용사구)

My father was a man with a long nose. (with=who has...)

(2)부사어 : 동사, 형용사, 다른 부사,  명사․대명사,  구, 절, 문장전체를 수식함.

①부사  :  He runs fast.   This is a really funny story.  Only I know it.

It is right under the table. The baby smiles only when it sees its mother.

Perhaps it will rain this afternoon.

I got the money honestly.     그 돈은 내가 정당하게 번 것이다.

Honestly, I cannot trust him.   정말이지 그는 믿을 수가 없다.

②전치사구 : (전치사구가 동사를 수식하면 부사구)

He speaks English with fluency.  (=fluently)

The river flows  into the sea.

4. 수식어구의 나열법:

(1) 명사 앞에 붙는 수식어 : 단어는 앞에서 수식한다.

관사, 부정 형용사, 지시형용사, 의문 형용사,   소유격, 형용사 (또는

형용사적용법의 명사 ․ 분사 ․ 동명사 ․ 부사이다. )

a beautiful day,  that little boy,  music teacher,

(2) 명사 뒤에 붙는 수식어 : 구와 절은 뒤에 위치하여 수식한다.

① 관계대명사절, 관계부사절

The girl of whom you speak is my sister.

② 주격관계대명사와 be동사가 생략된 후 현재분사가 앞의 명사를  수식하는 경우.

The man (who is) playing the guitar is my brother.

③ 주격관계대명사와 be동사가 생략된 후 과거분사가 앞의 명사를  수식하는 경우.

The radio (which was) broken by Tom is not mine.

④ to부정사의 형용사적 용법

I have no friends to help me.

⑤ 전치사구

What's the key to success?

(3) 단, 다음과 같은 경우는 명사 뒤에서 수식한다.

① somebody, something...등을 수식하는 경우

Find something nice to say.

② every, all 의 수식을 받는 명사에 possible, imaginable등을 붙일 경우.

He tried every means imaginable.   every possible means (O)

③ 2개 이상의 형용사가 붙을 경우.

He is a man handsome, diligent, intelligent.

I like the girl (who is) beautiful, honest, gorgeous, smart, intelligent, and

sophisticated.

(4) 부사의 위치.

① 동사를 수식할 때는 부사는 뒤에 위치한다.

He speaks English fluently.

② 목적어가 긴 경우 부사는 목적어 앞에 둔다.

Don't put off till tomorrow what you can do today!

③ 빈도부사는 동사 앞에 위치하고, be동사의 뒤에, 조동사와 본동사 사이에 온다.

She always speaks softly.    I am always happy.  I will always love you.

④ 부사는 대부분 수식받는 말 바로 앞에 위치한다.

․ This is a really funny story.                    (형용사 수식)

․ He plays the guitar pretty well.                (다른 부사 수식)

․ He is quite a gentleman.  Even I know it.     (명사․ 대명사 수식)

․ It is right under the table.                     (구 수식)

․ The baby smiles only when it sees its mother. (절을 수식)

․ Perhaps it will rain this afternoon.              (문장전체 수식)

⑤ 강조로 인해 문두로 도치된 경우는 부사는 동사 앞에 위치한다.

Out went the light.    Out it went.         (대명사의 경우 SV순)

Our school stands on the hill.  → On the hill stands our school.

A tall man came in.   → In came a tall man.

Well do I remember that first kiss!   (목적어가 있는 타동사는 do를 빌림)

We can solve it only in this way   → Only in this way can we solve it.

I have never seen such a big fish.  → Never have I seen such a big fish

5. 형용사절, 형용사구, to부정사(형용사적용법), 형용사의 비교

▪ What's the name of the child who is making the noise?     (관계사절=형용사절)

What's the name of the child making the noise? (분사구=형용사구) : 긴 수식어는 뒤에 위치함

What's the name of the noisy child? (형용사)       : 수식어는 피수식어 앞에 옴

▪ I have no friend (whom) I can play with.   → I have no friend to play with.

6. 문장을 길게 하는 종속절 : 명사절, 형용사절, 부사절

①명사절: 문장 내에서 주어, 목적어, 보어 역할을 하는 절.

It’s true that we were a little late.          (접속사)

I know that it is spring.                    (   ”  )

Do you mind if I smoke here?             (   ”  )

I don't know whether you like coffee or tea.    (   ”  )

I don't know where I should start.          (의문사)

She pointed to what looked like a bird.     (관계대명사)

②형용사절 : 관계대명사․관계부사절로서 앞의 명사(선행사)를 수식. (what은 명사절)

￭ He is the greatest novelist that has ever lived. 그는 전대미문의 대소설가다.

He is a man whom you trust.                 (관계대명사 :...하는)

￭ Now is the time when we have to make a decision. (관계부사)

지금이야 말로 우리가 결단을 내려야 할 때다.

Monday is the day when he is least busy.     (관계부사 :...하는)

I remember the house where I was born.

③부사절 :  부사절은 시간, 장소, 방법, 원인과 결과, 목적, 정도를 나타내며.

동사, 형용사, 다른 부사를 수식한다.

때  : Please remember me to your mother when you write.  (접속사: ...할 때)

이유: You should not despise a man because he is poor.

목적: Let me know the time of your arrival so that I can meet you at the                  station.                                              (...하도록)

I took every precaution lest I should fail again.      (...하지 않도록)

결과: He studied English very hard, so that he came to read, write, and                    speak it very well in a short time.                   (그래서...하다)

조건: If you come home late, you will be locked out.      (...하면)

양보: You must do it whether you like it or not.           (이건 아니건)

방법: Do as you are told.                                   (대로)

7. 적용 (Application) : 다음을 읽어가면서 수식어에 (    ) 표시를 하시오.

Jesus left there and went to his hometown, accompanied by his disciples.  When    the Sabbath came, he began to teach in the synagogue, and many who heard him    were amazed. (마가 6장)

(예수께서 거기를 떠나사 고향으로 가시니 제자들도 좇으니라.   2. 안식일이 되어         회당에서 가르치시니 많은 사람이 듣고 놀라하더라.)

Those tending the pigs ran off and reported this in the town and countryside, and the people went out to see what had happened.

When they came to Jesus, they saw the man who had been possessed by the legion of demons, sitting there, dressed and in his right mind; and they were afraid. (마가 :5장)

(치던 자들이 도망하여  읍내와 촌에 고하니 사람들이 그 어떻게 된 것을

보러 와서 예수께 이르러 그 귀신 들렸던 자 곧 군대 지폈던 자가 옷을

입고 정신이  온전하여 앉은 것을 보고 두려워하더라.)

I. 부정사(不定詞, Infinitive)               목차로

I. 부정사(不定詞, Infinitive)

◆ 1.부정사의 명사적 용법 (1)

1. 주어로 쓰인 경우

To learn English is interesting.

2. 진주어로 쓰인 경우

It is interesting to learn English.

3. 보어로 쓰인  경우

My mother's hobby is to grow plants.

4. 동사의 목적어로 쓰인 경우·

We hope to see you again.

5. 진목적어로 쓰인 경우

I found it interesting to learn English.

6. 전치사의 목적어로 쓰인 경우

I have no choice but to obey my father.

He was about to leave.

7. 동격으로 쓰인 경우

Don't forget that, to study hard.

8. <의문사+to부정사>는 항상 명사적인 용법이다.

He showed me how to swim.

I know how to drive a car.(O)

I know to drive a car. (X)

I learned (how) to drive a car. (O)

◆ 부정사의 명사적 용법(2) -부정사를 목적어로 취하는 동사

1. I hope to visit America someday.

2. He wishes to succeed in his business.

3. I don't care to go out today.

4. We are planning to go on a camp in the mountain.

5. They decided to carry out the plan.

6. She refused to help them.

7. He promised to help us.

8. I cannot afford to buy a car.

9. I didn't mean to hurt you.

10. He managed to finish the work in time.

◆ 3. 부정사의 형용사적 용법(1)

1. 명사를 수식하는 경우 - 한정용법

(1) I have no friends to help me.

(2) There is nothing to see.

(3) Give me something to write with.

(4) He kept his promise to look after the children.

2. 보어로 쓰이는 경우 - 서술용법

(1) The lady seems to be wealthy.   (주격보어)

(2) I want you to come at once.     (목적격보어)

◆ 4. 부정사의 형용사적 용법(2) - be to 용법

1. 예정(=will, be going to)

We are to go on a picnic tomorrow.

2. 의무 ․ 명령(=should, must, ought to)

You are to follow the rules.

=You should(or must) follow the rules.

3. 운명(=be destined to)

He was never to return his hometown again.

4. 가능(=can)

Nothing was to be seen in the dark.

= Nothing could be seen in the dark.

5. 의도 ․ 의향(= intend to, wish to)

If you are to pass the examination, you must study hard.

=If you intend to pass the examination, you must study hard.

확인학습 : 다음 영문의 be to 용법은 어느 용법에 속하는지 말하시오.

(1) He was never to see his parents again.

(2) Am I to finish this work by tomorrow?

(3) Sang-woo is to leave for New York tomorrow.

(4) She was nowhere to be found.

(5) If Jin-woo is to succeed, he must study hard.

◆ 5. 부정사의 부사적 용법(1)

1. 목적

I just called to say, "I love you."

=I just called (so) that I might say, "I love you."

2. 원인(감정)

I was pleased to hear from the news.

= I was pleased because I heard the news.

3. 이유(판단)

He must be a fool to believe it.

=He must be a fool that he should believe it.

4. 결과

My grandfather lived to be ninety.

=My grandfather lived until he was ninety.

He studied hard only to fail.

=He studied hard but he failed.

5. 조건

He will be very happy to hear from you.

=He will be very happy if he hears from you.

6. 형용사 수식

This book is interesting to read.

7. 부사수식

I am old enough to do it for myself.

확인학습 : 다음 영문의 부정사의 용법이 부사적용법 가운데 어느 항에 속하는지 말하시오.

(1) To see him eat, you would think he hadn't eaten for a week.

(2) You are too young to love.

(3) He stopped to rest.

(4) He is sure to succeed.

(5) She grew up to be a pianist.

(6) What have I done to be punished like this?

◆ 6. 부정사의 부사적 용법(2) - too ~ to 용법

1. too ~ to가 부정을 내포하는 경우

(1) The news is too good to be true.

= The news is so good that it cannot be true.

(2) He is too honest not to tell the truth.

= He is so honest that he cannot but tell the truth.

(3) A man is not too old to learn.

= A man is not so old that he can't learn.

= However old a man may be, he can learn.

2. too ~ to가 긍정을 내포하는 경우

(1) I shall be only too glad to help you.

(2) She is too apt/ready/inclined to catch cold.

3. too ~ to와 enough to, so ~ as to의 비교

(1) He ran so fast that he could catch up with me.

= He ran fast enough to catch up with me.

= He ran so fast as to catch up with me.

(2) He ran so slowly that he couldn't catch up with me.

= He ran too slowly to catch up with me.

확인학습 : 다음 영문을 단문은 복문으로, 복문은 단문으로 고치시오.

(1) This pot is too hot to touch.

(2) The grass was so wet that we couldn't sit on it.

(3) You are old enough to understand this.

(4) He is not too foolish to do the work.

(5) She is too wise not to realize it.

Answer :

(1) This pot is so hot that you(we, or they) can't touch it.

(2) The grass was too wet for us to sit on.     (단문에서는 문장의 주어가 on의 목적어임.)

(3) You are so old that you can understand this.

(4) He is not so foolish that he can't do the work.

(5) She is so wise that she can't but realize it.

◆ 7. 대부정사(代不定詞)와 분리부정사

1. 대부정사

(1) I did so because I wanted to (do so).

(2) "How about coming to our house?"

― "I'd like to (come), but I can't.

2. 분리부정사

(1) He asked me to secretly look into the case. (look을 수식)

cf. He asked me secretly to look into the case. (asked를 수식)

(2) I failed to entirely understand it.

cf. I failed entirely to understand it.

◆ 8. 부정사의 의미상의 주어 표현 방법

1. <문장의 주어>가 의미상의 주어인 경우

I want to start at once.

2. <문장의 목적어>가 의미상의 주어인 경우

I want you to start at once.

3. <for+목적격>으로 표현하는 경우

It is necessary for you to start at once.

The stream is too wide for me to jump across.

It is interesting for me to learn English.

→English is interesting for me to learn.

4. <of+목적격>으로 표현하는 경우

It is kind of you to help me.

→You are kind to help me.

It is wrong of you to tell me a lie.

5. <부정사가 수식하는 명사 ․ 대명사>가 의미상의 주어인 경우

Armstrong was the first man to land on the moon.

6. 문장 안에서 간접적으로 밝혀지는 경우

It is my hope to start at once.

7. <일반인>이 의미상의 주어인 경우

It is important to make a plan in life.

◆ 9. 부정사의 시제

1. 단순부정사(to+동사원형) 경우

(1) 본동사와 같은 시제를 나타내는 경우

He seems to be strong.

=It seems that he is strong.

He seemed to be strong.

=It seemed that he was strong.

(2) 의미상 미래를 나타내는 경우

He hopes to marry her.

= He hopes that he will marry her.

He promised to come.

= He promised that he would come.

2. 완료부정사(to+have p.p)의 경우

(1) 본동사보다 과거 쪽으로 앞선 시제

He seems to have been sick.

= It seems that he has been/was  sick.

He seemed to have been sick.

= It seemed that he had been sick.

(2) 이루어지지 않은 소망이나 기대를 나타내는 경우

He hoped to have married her.

= He had hoped to marry her.

= He hoped to marry her, but he couldn't.

He promised to have come.

= He had promised to come.

= He promised to come, but he couldn't.

확인학습 : 두 문장의 뜻이 같아지도록  빈 칸을 채워라.

(1) It is certain that he will succeed.

= He is certain (         )(             ).

(2) It is said that he was poor when young.

= He is said to (         )(          ) poor when young.

(3) She wanted to become a movie star, but she couldn't.

= She (          )(          ) to become a movie star.

◆ 10. 독립부정사

1. To begin with, let's discuss the cause of his failure.

(=To start with, In the first place)

2. To tell the truth, I am broke.

3. To be honest(frank, or plain) with you, you should know better.

4. To do him justice, he is a brave man.        (그를 정당하게 평가하자면)

5. She can speak French, not to speak of English.
6. Strange to say, no one turned up.

7. He failed in the exam, and, to make the matter worse, his girl friend left him.

(=what was worse ↔ to make matters/the matter better)

8. He is, so to speak, a bookworm.

9. To cut a long story short, they lived happily ever after.

(=To make a long story short, To put it briefly, Briefly speaking)

10. To talk of sports, do you like bowling?

◆11. 원형부정사의 용법

1. 조동사와 함께

(1) I can understand what you mean.

(2) You had better keep your bed for a few days.

2. 지각동사와 함께

(1) I heard him go upstairs.

(2) We saw them cross the street.

(3) Here I stand watching the tide go out.

(4) I felt the house shake.

(5) I have never known him lose his temper.

(현재완료와 함께 see, hear의 의미일 때 지각동사로 간주함.)

3. 사역동사와 함께(사역동사+목적어+원형부정사)

(1) He wouldn't let me go.

(2) What makes you think so?

(3) Please have someone carry boxes up to my room.

(4) He bade me do my part.

(5) A good teacher helps students do their best.

cf. Please get someone to carry these boxes.

(get은 사역의 뜻이 있지만 to부정사를 보어로 취한다.)

4. 기타 관용적 용법

(1) You may as well go to bed early.

= You do well to go to bed early.             (do well to V=□...하는 것이 좋다.)

= It would be better for you to go to bed early.

(2) You had best do it at once.

(3) I would sooner/rather not go out today.

(4) I couldn't but follow the rules.

(5) The boy did nothing but play with his toys in his room all day long.

cf. There is nothing for it but to obey him.

(6) You may well be proud of yourself.

= You have good reason to be proud of yourself.

= You are proud of yourself and well you may.

= You are proud of yourself and with good reason.

= It is natural that you (should) be proud of yourself.

◆12. 기타 부정사의 주의 사항

1. 부정사의 부정

You ought not to go alone.

We had better not offend her.

2. <care/like+to부정사>의 용법

I don't care/like to go out today.

Would you care/like to have some kind of drink?

3. <자동사+to부정사>의 용법

How did you come to know each other?

I hope you will get to understand me soon.

They grew to love each other.

4. <It...to ~> 구문으로만 쓰는 경우

It is difficult that you can read this book.  (X)

It is difficult for you to read this book.    (O)

5.<V+O+to부정사> 구문으로 쓰지 못하는 경우

I hope you to succeed.     (X)

I hope that you'll succeed.  (O)

I think him to come.        (X)

I think that he'll come.      (O)

cf.  I want you to study hard.       (O)

I want that you will study hard. (X)

I like her to make up.          (O)

I like that she makes up.       (X)

6. <go or come+to 부정사>의 용법 : 명령

Go to find Tom.   (X)

Go and find Tom. (O)

Come to talk to me.   (X)

Come and talk to me. (O)

cf. Come to see me.   (O)

Come and see me. (O)

cf. He went (there) to get a job.  (O) : 목적

She came (here) to meet me.  (O)

주관식 연습문제

A. 다음 밑줄 친 부분에 유의하여 두 문장의 뜻을 비교하시오.

1. ⓐ I want to start at once.

ⓑ I want you to start at once.

2. ⓐ He did not tell us to play baseball here.

ⓑ He told us not to play baseball here.

3. ⓐ He seems to be rich.

ⓑ He seems to have been rich.

4. ⓐ She intended to write to him.

ⓑ She intended to have written to him.

5. ⓐ I shall be only too glad to do it for you.

ⓑ I shall be too tired to do it for you.

B. 짝지어진 문장끼리 같은 뜻이 되도록 빈 칸을 채우시오.

1.  To see you is a great pleasure.

= (      ) is a great pleasure (      ) see you.

2. I expect that I shall succeed.

= I expect (       ) (         ).        (3형식)

3. I expect that he will succeed.

= I expect (       ) (      ) succeed.     (5형식, 또는 3형식)

4. It seems that he is lazy.

= He seems (        )(       ) lazy.

5. It seems that he was lazy.

= He seems (      )(      )(      ) lazy.

6. I have no bed in which I can sleep.

= I have no bed (       )(       )(       ).

7. I awoke and found my house on fire.

= I awoke (        )(        ) my house on fire.

8. I find it easy to do this work.

= I find that it is easy (       )(       ) to do this work.

객관식 연습문제

※ 다음 각 문장의 빈 칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

1. He ordered them (         ) out.

① go out     ② don't go   ③ to not go    ④ not to go   ⑤ not go

2. (       ) is impossible for him to solve the problem.

① It          ② What       ③ He          ④ That         ⑤ Him

3. I asked him  (        ) to me carefully.

① listen      ② listened      ③ to listen     ④ listening   ⑤ that he listened

4. A magnifying glass will make it (        ) larger.

① look       ②  to look     ③ looking       ④ looks      ⑤ looked

5. He went abroad (         ) to die.

① never      ② only         ③ even         ④ but        ⑤ enough

6. John was made (        ) in front of the class.

① stand      ② stood       ③ be stood      ④ standing   ⑤ to stand

7. The days were (        ) for us to go out of doors.

① enough hot   ② too hot   ③ hotter than    ④ as hot as   ⑤ so hot

8. He had sufficient income (         ) at that time.

① to live     ② to live by    ③ to live on     ④ to live in    ⑤ to live with

9. The book is said to (         ) in the nineteenth century.

① publish                  ② be published        ③ have published

④ have been published     ⑤ be being published

Adapted from 기본 영어의 맥 <이광용>

II.  부정사와 동명사                     목차로

II. 부정사와 동명사

1. to 부정사의 의미:

to부정사는 동명사에 비해 "미래적", " 구체적", "가상적"인 성질을 갖는다.

①미래적 성질.

Mary remembers to go. (미래성 = 갈 것)

Mary remembers going. (과거성 = 간 것)

②구체적 성질.

To swim is better exercise than to row for older people.

(수영에 대한 구체성, 운동 효과 등등...)

Swimming is better exercise than rowing for older people.

(수영에 대한 일반적인 견해)

③가상적 성질.

John likes Mary to stay at home.    (Mary가 집에 있다는 사실 여부는 표현되지 않음)

John likes Mary staying at home.    (Mary가 집에 있음)

◇이러한 의미적 성질을 중심으로 부정사나 동명사만을 목적어로 취할 수밖에 없는 동사들이 있다.

◇주로 to 부정사만을 목적어로 취하는 동사

: want, wish, hope, expect, choose, decide, determine,

refuse, pretend, manage, offer, agree, promise.........

◇주로 동명사만을 목적어로 취하는 동사

: admit, consider, give up, deny, finish, mind, stop, quit,

escape, postpone, practice, enjoy, avoid, put off.........

He decided to leave school.

→ He decided leaving school.    (×)

→ He decided on leaving school. (○)

He gave up drinking and smoking.

◇부정사와 동명사를 모두 목적어로 취하는 동사.

ⓐ like, hate, love, dread, intend,

+ to부정사 : 사실성의 언급이 없음. (I like her to sing.)

+ 동명사  : 사실성이 표현됨. (I like her singing.)

ⓑ forget, remember, regret, report, recall, anticipate,

acknowledge, emphasize, announce, suspect, admit....

+ to 부정사: 미래성 (I remember to post the letter.)=부칠 것.

+ 동명사: 과거성 (I remember posting the letter.)=부친 것.

ⓒ stop + to부정사 : 부정사의 부사적 용법. (I stopped to smoke.)

+ 동명사 : stop의 목적어. (I stopped smoking.)

ⓓ try + to부정사 : 노력하다. (Mary tries to write a book.)

+ 동명사 : 시험삼아 해보다 (Mary tries writing a book.)

ⓔ go on + to부정사: 쉬었다가 다시 계속하다.

+ 동명사: 계속해서 --하다.

He went on to talk about his accident.

He went on talking about his accident.

2. 원형 부정사 :

지각 동사나 사역 동사 다음엔 to가 생략되고 동사 원형만이 오는데 이를 원형 부정사라 한다.

① 지각 동사 또는 사역 동사 + 목적어 + 원형 부정사.

지각 동사 : see, behold, hear, feel, watch, observe, notice, look at, listen to..........

사역 동사 : make, let, have, bid, help (to도 가능)

I saw him enter the room.

I made him write a letter of apology.

= He was made to write a letter of apology by him.

(능동태에서의 원형부정사가 수동태로 고쳐지면 다시 to가 되살아난다)

He let Betty use his dictionary.

= Betty was allowed to use his dictionary by him.

② get, allow, order, cause, compel, force, oblige + 목적어 + to부정사

◇ 열거한 동사는 사역의 의미는 갖고 있지만 사역 동사는 아니다.

The rain made the river rise.

= The rain caused the river to rise.

③관용어구 다음의 원형 부정사.

had better(best) + 동사 원형 (부정: had better not)

cannot but + 동사원형 (=cannot help ∼ ing)

do nothing but + 동사원형.

would rather  A than B (A,B가 동사원형)

would sooner A than B (A,B가 동사원형)

had rather  A than B (A,B가 동사원형)

You had better stay in bed.

= It would be better for you to stay in bed.

3. 동명사 (動名詞, Gerund)

동사에 ∼ing를 붙여 명사가 된 셈이다.

동명사의 기능은 크게 명사 기능과 형용사기능으로 나누어진다.

★ 명사기능: (∼하는 것, ∼하기)

①주어 역할 : Walking is good for your exercise.

②전치사나 타동사의 목적어 역할

I have avoided meeting him so far.

She is fond of climbing mountains.

③보어 역할: We call such an act cheating.

★형용사역할: '∼하기 위한'이란 뜻의 목적이나 용도를 나타냄.

He needs a walking stick. (지팡이)

sleeping car(침대차), singing room (노래방)

cf. sleeping dog (잠자고 있는 개, 현재분사=능동과 진행의 뜻)

★동명사의 주된 기능 중의 하나는 to부정사와 마찬가지로 복문을 단문으로 줄이는 데 쓰인다는 것이다.

He remembered that he bought a new car.

=He remembered buying a new car.

He mentioned that he had done his homework.

=He mentioned having done his homework.

★학생들이 약간 어려워하는 부분은 역시 수동형 동명사일 것이다.

수동형 동명사 : being+p.p.     완료형일 경우는 having+been+p.p.

I don't like being asked to make a speech.

(나는 연설을 해달라고 부탁받는 것을 싫어한다.)

I was sure of his having been elected.

=I was sure that he had been elected.

(나는 그가 선출되었다는 것을 확신했다.)

★ to부정사와 동명사의 쓰임의 차이

▲stop, forget, remember, regret, try 등은 동명사나 to부정사와 함께 쓰일 때 각기 뜻이         달라지므로 구분할 필요가 있겠다.

ex) I always remember seeing her. (지나간 사실을 기억하다.)

= I always remember that I saw her.

You have to remember to go to the post office.   (앞으로 할 일을 기억하다.)

=You have to remember that you will go to the post office.

▲like, hate, prefer등은, 반복적이고 지속적인 성격의 일반적인 기호일 때는 동명사를, 순간     적이고 말하는 당시의 특별한 선택일 때는 to부정사를 사용한다.

I like walking in the rain. [like=enjoy]

I heard you talking and I didn't like to disturb you, so I went away.

[like=choose]

※ to 부정사와 동명사 구분하기

1) to 부정사= 현재의 심정 ;   동명사 = 일반적 사실

※ (     )안을 바르게 고쳐보세요.

①나는 테니스를 치고 싶다. = I like (    play   ) tennis.

나는 테니스를 좋아한다. = I like (    play    ) tennis.

②난 거짓말을 싫어한다. = I hate (    tell    ) a lie.

난 거짓말을 하고 싶지 않다. = I hate (    tell    ) a lie.

2) to 부정사= 미래사실;     동명사 = 과거 사실

① I remember to see him tomorrow.   = I remember that I will see him tomorrow.

② I remember seeing him before.    = I remember that I saw him before.

③ I regret to say that I cannot help you.  ＝ I regret that I should say I cannot help you.

(도와 드리지 못하여 죄송합니다.)

④ I regret saying that I could not help you. = I regret that I said I could not help you.

(도와 드리지 못하겠다고 말씀드린 것을 유감으로 생각합니다.)

3) He stopped smoking. = He quit [gave up] smoking.

He stopped to smoke. = He stopped in order to smoke.

4) try ∼ing, try +to R

① He tried opening the door.    =He opened it, to see what would happen.

② He tried to open the door (but he couldn't).

5) He is sure to succeed. (반드시 ∼하다.)   = It is certain [sure] that he will succeed.

He is sure of succeeding. (∼을 확신하다.)

= He is sure that he will succeed.   = He is sure of his success.

III. 동명사(Gerund)                목차로

III. 동명사(Gerund)

◆ 1. 동명사를 만드는 법

1. 동사원형 + ing : see → seeing    ※ 동명사는 현재분사와 동일한 방법으로 만듦.

◆ 2. 동명사의 형용사적 용법 ― 현재분사와의 구별

1. a sáiling ship = a ship for sailing(동명사)

a sailing shíp = a ship which is sailing(현재분사)

2. a dáncing hall = a hall for dancing(동명사)

a dancing gírl = a girl who is dancing(현재분사)

3. a smóking room = a room for smoking(동명사: 흡연실)

a smoking róom = a room which is smoking(현재분사:연기나는 방)

◆ 3. 동명사의 명사적 용법

1. 주어    Playing baseball is fun.

= It is fun playing baseball.

2. 목적어  He began reading a book.

He succeeded in solving the difficult problem.

3. 보어    The best exercise is walking.

◆ 4. 동명사를 목적어로 취하는 동사

1. 필수기본 : mind, enjoy, finish

(1) Would you mind closing the window?

(2) We enjoyed skating yesterday.

(3) I've just finished cleaning.

2. 「피하다」의 뜻 : avoid, escape, help

(1) I couldn't avoid telling the truth.

(2) The car barely escaped falling off the cliff.

(3) I couldn't help obeying him.

3.「미루다」「연기하다」의 뜻 : postpone, delay

(1) They postponed holding the meeting.

(2) She delayed answering his letter.

4.「중단하다」의 뜻 : stop, quit

(1) Why don't you stop making a fool of yourself?

(2) I want you to quit smoking.

* 같은 「중단하다」의 뜻인 cease는 동명사와 부정사 양쪽을 받을 수 있다.

5. 기타

(1) He admitted having broken the vase.

(2) I consider calling on you next week.

(3) She couldn't resist opening the box.

(4) She denied having said so.

(5) He suggested (to me) taking a walk every morning.

(6) I'm sorry that I missed seeing you.

(7) You should practice writing in English.

◆ 5. 그 밖에 동명사를 목적어로 취하는 주요 표현

1. 대부분의 동사구

(1) Don't give up studying English.

(2) You should go on studying English.

(3) Let's put off going to the movies till the weekend.

2.특수 형용사 worth와 near, like

(1) This book is worth reading.

(2) The child was near being drowned.

(3) I feel like crying.

3. 대부분의 전치사 다음에는 동명사가 온다.

(1) Excuse me for being late.

(2) Father kept me from going out.

4. 순수전치사 to 다음에.

(1) I look forward to seeing you.

(2) He is equal to solving the problem.

(3) He objected to helping them.

(4) She is used to doing the chores.

5. 목적어 자리에 동명사를 써야하는 동사 : make, think, find, consider, believe

A warm climate makes (living / to live) pleasant.

= A warm climate makes it pleasant to live.

6. 가목적어를 써야하는 to부정사와 달리 동명사는 예외적인 면이 있음.

(a) *You'll find to live with pets pleasant.

→ You'll find it pleasant to live with pets.

(b) *He thought that she would be a winner possible.

→ He thought it possible that she would be a winner.

(c) Survival instincts make living both on the ice and in the frigid water possible.

◆ 7. 동명사와 부정사를 취하여 뜻이 달라지는 동사

1. She tried to play the piano.              (애써 노력하다)

She tried playing the piano.              (시험삼아 해보다)

2. I remember to post the letter.            (앞으로 할 일)

(= I remember that I have to post the letter.)

I remember posting the letter.             (이전에 한 일)

(= I remember that I posted the letter.

3. He went on to read the book.           (중단했다가 다시 계속 읽다)

He went on reading the book.           (중단없이 계속 읽다)

4. He stopped to read.                     (...하기 위하여 멈추다)

He stopped reading.                     (...하던 일을 멈추다)

5. The boy wants to wash.                 (능동의 뜻)

The car wants washing.                 (수동의 뜻)

◆ 8. 동명사의 의미상의 주어 표현방법

1. 일반 사람이 의미상의 주어인 경우

Being clever is different from being intelligent.

2. 문장의 주어와 같은 경우

He is proud of being clever.

3. 문장의 주어와 다른 경우 : 소유격이나 목적격으로 한다.

He is proud of his being clever.

He is proud of his son('s) being clever.

4. 동사의 목적어가 의미상의 주어인 겨우

The rain prevented us from going out.

The rain prevented our going out.

Excuse me for being late.

Excuse my being late.

◆ 9. 동명사의 완료형과 수동형(동명사의 시제)

1. 단순 동명사(능동)

I am sure of his being diligent.

= I am sure that he is diligent.

= He is sure to be diligent.

2. 완료동명사(능동)

I am sure of his having been diligent.

= I am sure that he was (or has been) diligent.

= He is sure to have been diligent.

3. 완료동명사(능동)

I am sure of their having disclosed the secret.

= I am sure of the secret having been disclosed [by them.]

주의 : I remember meeting him

= that I will meet him.  (X)

= that I met (or have met) him.

She wore a dress of her own making.

= which she made herself(X)

= which she had made herself.

4. 수동형 동명사 (being+ p.p.)

He is looking forward to being promoted.

◆ 10. 동명사의 주요 관용적 표현(1)

1. 「…해야 소용없다」

It is no use worrying about it.          (to부정사를 진주어로 사용할 수 없음)

= It is of no use to worry (or worrying) about it.

= There is no use (in) worrying about it.

2. 「…할 수 없다」

There is no knowing what will happen.

= It is impossible to know what will happen.

= We don't/can’t know what will happen.

3. 「…할 가치가 있다」

The movie is worth seeing.              (worth는 목적어를 필요로 하는 형용사임)

= The movie is worthy of seeing.

= The movie is worth while to see.      (while은 명사로 to부정사의 수식을 받음)

= It is worth while to see the movie.    (to see 이하는 진주어)

= It is worth while seeing the movie.    (reading 이하는 진주어)

4. 「…하지 않을 수 없다」

We can't help studying English.   (help ∼ing= avoid ∼ing피하다; help (to) V=돕다)

= We can't but study English.                      (조동사+ R+등위접속사+R)

= We can do nothing but study English.            (nothing but = only)

= We can't choose but study English.              (등위접속사 양쪽 병렬구조)

= We have no choice but to study English.         (명사+등위접속사+명사적)

= There is nothing for it but to study English.       (대명사+등위접속사+명사적)

영작 : 나는 방청소 하는 것을 도왔다.

cf.  I helped cleaning the room.              (X)

=> I helped (to) clean the room.          (O)

I helped my mom (to) clean the room. (O)

Mother helped me with my homework.

5. 「…하지 않고는 …할 수 없다」「…하면 반드시 …한다」

You can't read such a story without weeping.

= You can't read such a story but you weep.

= Whenever you read such a story, you weep.

= When you read such a story, you always weep.

6. 「…하고 싶다」

I feel like giving her a present.

= I feel inclined to give her a present.

7. 「…은 말할 것도 없다(물론이다)」

It goes without saying that knowledge is power.

= It is needless to say that knowledge is power.

◆ 11. 동명사의 주요 관용적 표현(2)

1. 「…하자마자」    (On ∼ing = On + 명사: On arriving = On arrival)

On leaving school, he went into business.

= As soon as he left school, he went into business.

= Hardly had he left school, when he went into business.

= No sooner had he left school than he went into business.

2. 「…할 찰나에 있다」

The boat was on the point of sinking.

The boat was on the verge of sinking.

The boat was on the brink of sinking.

= The boat was about to sink.

3. 「…하는 것을 원칙으로 하고 있다」

Her family make a point of praying to God every night.

= Her family make it a rule to pray to God every night.

= Her family are in the habit of praying to God every night.

4.「…하는 것이 어떻습니까?」

What do you say to taking a walk?

= What do you think about taking a walk?

= What (or How) about taking a walk?

= Let's take a walk, shall we?

5. 「자신이 손수 …한」

This is a picture of my own painting.

= This is a picture which I myself painted.

= This is a picture (which was) painted by myself.

6. 「…하지 않고」「…하는 대신」

Instead of calling, he wrote a letter to her.

= He did not call but wrote a letter to her.

7.「…할 필요가 있다」

Your car needs repairing. (O)

= Your car needs to be repaired.

= Your car requires repairing. (O)

= Your car requires to be repaired. (X)

= Your car is required to be repaired. (O)

◆ 12. 동명사의 주요 관용적 표현(3)

1. 「…할 뿐만 아니라」「…하는 것 외에」

Besides teaching English, he often writes good poems.

= He not only teaches English but also often writes good poems.

2. 「…할 목적으로」

He went to the West with a view to earning money.

= He went to the West in order to earn money.

3. 「…을 학수고대하다」

I am looking forward to seeing you.

= I am expecting to see you.

4. 「결코 …하지 않는다」

He is far from asking for help.

= He is above asking for help.

= He is the last man to ask for help.

= He never asks for help.

5. 「…하러 가다」

Let's go on fishing.

= Let's go fishing.

6. 「…하는 것을 반대하다」

I object to going there alone.

= I have an objection to going there alone.

= I am opposed to going there alone.

주관식 연습문제

문 - 1 밑줄 친 -ing가 동명사인지 현재분사인지 쓰시오.

1. They are dining in the kitchen.

2. They are in the dining room.

3. Mary's hobby is collecting stamps.

4. Mary is collecting sea shells.

5. Flying kites are beautiful.

6. Flying kites is a lot of fun.

7. It is a good exercise walking early in the morning.

8. Walking along the street, I met a friend of mine.

9. Look at those swimming in the swimming pool.

10. He is smoking in the smoking room.

문 - 2  각 문장의 (     ) 안의 동사를 알맞은 형으로 쓰라.

1. It is no use (give) him any advice.

2. He stopped (talk) to answer the telephone.

3. He stopped (find) out what was happening.

4. I have decided (study) much harder this term.

5. They are used to (be) treated like this.

6. We carefully avoided (mention) his failure.

7. I feel like (have) a big meal right away.

8. Is this the tree of your own (plant)?

9. I remember (cut) my name on the tree in my boyhood.

10. He regrets (be) idle when young.

문 - 3  짝지어진 두 문장이 같은 뜻이 되도록 (      )에 알맞은 말을 쓰라.

1. Do you mind if I open the window/

= Do you mind (       )(          ) the window?

2. I remember that I saw her somewhere before.

= I remember (         ) her somewhere before.

3. I could not go there because of illness.

= Illness prevented me from (          ) there.

4. He is proud that he is a student of this school.

= He is proud (       )(        ) a student of this school.

5. I am sure that she will win the prize.

= I am sure (       )(       )(         ) the prize.

6. Are you sure that you will be elected chairman?

= Are you sure (       )(        )(         ) chairman?

7. She is ashamed that she broke her promise.

= She is ashamed (        )(         )(          ) her promise.

8. He regrets that everything goes against him.

= He regrets (        )(          ) against him.

9. He did not say good-bye and he went home.

= (            )(          ) good-bye, he went home.

10. Mary didn't stay at home, but went out.

= (         )(         )(         ) at home, Mary went out.

11. As soon as they saw the signal, the soldiers began to march.

= (         )(         ) the signal, the soldiers began to march.

12. It is impossible to return to our childhood.

= There is (        )(          ) to our childhood.

13. Whenever they meet, they have a long chat.

= They never meet (        )(          ) a long chat.

14. We could not but shout for joy.

= We could not (         )(          ) for joy.

정답 : 9.13. without ∼ing,   10. instead of ∼ing    11. On ∼ing

객관식 연습문제

문 - 4 다음 문장의 빈 칸에 알맞은 것을 고르라.

1. I am thinking (        ) abroad next year.

① going       ② to go       ③ of going        ④ of to go       ⑤ going to

2. (          ) up early is good for your health.

① Get　 ② Getting    ③ Gotten     ④ To getting   ⑤ Being got

3. He promised (       ) me at Seoul Station at half past ten.

① to see　 　② seeing    　③ to have seen   　④ having seen  　⑤ to seeing

4. It's no good (        ) about what can't be cured.

① to complain  ② complaining  ③ complain ④ in complaining  ⑤ to complaining

5. Don't you remember (         )?

① to see this before    　　② have seen this before

③ to have seeing this before　④ seeing this before 　⑤ that you see this before

6. She regrets (         ) wise when young.

① has not been　② being not  ③ not to be  ④ for not being ⑤not having been

7. This book is (         ) many times.

① worth reading   　② worthy to read 　   ③ worth of reading

④ worth to read　   ⑤ worth while reading

정답 :   2.②，   1.③     3.①    7.①    4.②    5.④     6.⑤

IV. 동명사의 관용적인 용법               목차로

IV. 동명사의 관용적인 용법

동명사에서 중요한 것은 그저 외워두면 유익한 관용적인 용법들이 있다.

1. cannot help ∼ing (∼하지 않을 수 없다)

= cannot but R ; cannot choose but R ; have no choice but to R.

I cannot help accepting his proposal.

I cannot but accept his proposal.

I cannot help but accept his proposal.

I have no choice but to accept his proposal.

I cannot choose but accept his proposal.

keep from; (=refrain from) ~을 삼가다

I could not keep from laughing.

2. keep ∼ing (계속해서 ∼하다)

=keep on ∼ing

=go on ∼ing

Keep going. The lights are green. (계속 가. 신호등이 푸른색이다.)

Why does the sun go on shining?

3. go ∼ ing ∼하러가다

Let's go swimming/shopping/hiking/fishing/climbing/skating.

4. S keep O from ∼ ing ( S 때문에 O는(가) ∼ ing 할 수 없다.)

My illness kept/prevented/stopped me from going to school.

My illness hindered/prohibited me from going to school.

= Because I was ill, I couldn't go to school.

= Because of my illness, I couldn't go to school.

= My illness forbade me to go to school.

5. be worth [worthy of] ∼ing.

=It is worth while ∼ing [to R]. (∼할 가치가 있다.)

=deserve ∼ing [to be p.p].

This book is worth reading.    <이 책은 읽을 가치가 있다>

=This book is worthy of reading.

=It is worth while [to read]/reading this book.

6. feel like ∼ing. (∼하고 싶다)

= feel inclined to R; = would like to R; = want to R

I feel like having/taking a coffee break now.   (잠깐 쉬고 싶다.)

=I feel inclined to have a coffee break now.

=I would like to have a coffee break now.

7. What do you say to ∼ ing?  (∼하는 게 어때? ∼합시다.)

=What do you think about ∼ing?

=How about ∼ing?

=Why don't we R? = Let's R.

≒What about ∼ing? =What is your opinion about ∼ing?

8. It is no use/good ∼ing.    = There is no use in ∼ing.

What's the use of ∼ ing? (∼해도 소용이 없다)

=It is of no use [ useless ] to R.

It is no use/sense crying over spilt milk.

There is no use (in) crying over spilt milk.

=It is [of no use]/useless to cry over spilt milk.

=What is the use/point of crying over spilt milk?

(엎질러진 우유를 보고 울어봐야 아무 소용없다.)

9. be opposed to ∼ ing(noun) (∼에 반대한다)

= object to ∼ ing = oppose ⓝ

= have an objection to ∼ ing

I am opposed to going on a picnic today.

Love is opposed to hate.            (사랑은 미움의 반대다.)

10. It goes without saying that ∼. (∼은 말할 필요도 없다)

= It is needless to say that ∼.

It goes without saying that he will win the first prize.

=It is needless to say that he will win the first prize.

=It is no wonder that he will win the first prize.

=It is not surprising that he will win the first prize.

=It is quite obvious that man is mortal.

=It is a matter of course that man is mortal.  <사람이 죽는다는 것은 말할 필요도 없다>

11. there is no ∼ing. (도저히 ∼할 수 없다, ∼은 불가능하다)

=It is impossible to R. = We cannot R.

There is no denying the fact.    =It is impossible to deny the fact.

=We can not deny the fact.     =No one can deny the fact.

=Who can deny the fact?

12. with a view to ∼ing, (∼하기 위하여)

= for the purpose of ∼ ing

I study English for the purpose of going abroad.

=I study English with the intention of going abroad.

=I study English with a view to going abroad.

13. be on the point/edge/verge/brink of ∼ing.   (막 ∼하려는 참이다)

= be about to R.

She was on the point of going out.  <그녀는 막 외출하려는 순간 이었다>

※be going to, be about to 보다 한층 더 급한 상황

14. look forward to ∼ing. (∼하기를 갈망하다)

= anticipate ∼ing with pleasure (∼을 학수고대하다)

I am looking forward to seeing you.

= I am anxious/eager/ to see you.

= long for = crave (yearn) for   (나는 당신이 몹시 보고 싶습니다.)

15. be busy ∼ing, = be busy with ⓝ (∼하느라 바쁘다)

He is busy (in) doing homework.   =He is busy with his homework.

16. spend time in ∼ing (∼하는데 시간을 보내다)

There are lots of people in this world who spend so much time

watching their health that they haven't time to enjoy it. - Billings

(이 세상에는 자신의 건강을 보살피는데 너무 많은 시간을 보내서,

그 건강을 즐길 여가가 없는 사람이 많이 있다.)

I will spend the rest of my life looking for you!

(전 당신을 찾는 데 남은 일생을 바칠 것입니다!)

17. lose no time in ∼ing (지체없이 ∼하다)

They lost no time in running after him.

I shall lose no time in reading the book.

(나는 그 책을 곧 읽어 치워야 할 것이다.)

18. Apply oneself[one's mind] to ∼ ing(noun)

(∼에 몰두(전념)하다. 바치다)

=devote oneself[one's life] to ∼ ing[noun]

=dedicate oneself to ∼ ing

=give oneself to ∼ ing

=be absorbed in ∼ ing

Boys! Apply yourselves to studying hard.   <소년들이여! 열심히 공부하는데 전념하라>

19. be used to ∼ing/noun (∼에 익숙하다)

=get/become accustomed to ∼ing (∼에 익숙해지다)

I am used to driving a car.

We are used to the city noise.   =She is accustomed to rising early.

20. have difficulty (in) ∼ing (∼하는데 어려움을 겪다)

=have a hard time ∼ing

She had difficulty (in) learning English pronunciation.

(그녀는 영어 발음을 배우는 데 곤란을 겪었다.)

21. come near ∼ing (하마터면 ∼할 뻔하다.)

= nearly [narrowly] escape ∼ing. (가까스로∼을 벗어나다.)

She went/came near (to) being drowned.      =She went near to be drowned.

=She nearly/barely/narrowly escaped being drowned.    (그녀는 거의 익사할 뻔했다.)

22. of one's own ∼ing (자신이 직접 ∼한)

=S + V oneself; (관.대 + be) p.p by oneself.

This is a kite of my own making.          (이것은 내가 손수 만든 연이다.)

=This is a kite which I have made myself.

This is a kite which is made by myself.

23. make a point of ∼ing.       (∼을 규칙[습관]으로 하다)

= make it a rule to R.     = be in the habit of ∼ ing

She is in the habit of getting up early.

=She has a habit of getting up early.

=She falls(gets) into the habit of getting up early.

=She makes a point of getting up early.

=She makes it a rule to get up early.

=It is her rule to get up early.     (그녀는 일찍 일어나는 습관이 있다.)

24. be far from ∼ing. (결코 ∼아니다)

= not ∼at all, = never, = by no means, = anything but

I am far from being satisfied.

=I am not satisfied [at all]/in the least.

=I am never satisfied.

=I am anything but satisfied.       (나는 결코 만족할 수 없다.)

25. can not(never).... without ∼ ing (.... 하면 반드시 ∼ 한다)

=Whenever/Every time SV, S always V.

=never... but SV.

They never meet without quarreling.    =They never meet but they quarrel.

=Whenever they meet, they always quarrel.    (그들은 만나면 싸운다.)

26. be equal to ∼ ing (∼할 능력이 있다/감당할 수 있다.)

He is equal to solving the problem.       (그는 그 문제를 풀 능력이 있다.)

27. need/want ∼ing (∼을 필요로 하다) =need to be+p.p

My house wants/needs/requires mending/repairing.

=My house needs to be mended.  = My house is required to be mended.

(*My house is needed to be mended.) (My house requires to be mended도 가능)

28. fall to ∼ ing <∼을 시작하다, 착수하다>

They fell to discussing the problem.    (그들은 그 문제를 토론하기 시작했다.)

29. instead of ∼ing A, B.    (A 하는 대신에 B)

= not A but B

Instead of going out, I just stayed home watching TV.

We should appeal to reason instead of resorting to the sword.

(무력에 의지할 것이 아니라 이성에 호소하여야 한다.)

30. besides ∼ing A, B      (A 뿐만 아니라 B도)

= not only A but (also) B

Kevin Costner plays the lead role in it, besides directing the movie.

(케빈 코스트너가 그 영화의 주연이자 감독이지요.)

31. be above ∼ing.       (부끄러이 여겨 ∼하지 않다)

이 미치지 못하는(beyond); 을 초월하여(surpassing).

It's above my understanding.  (나의 이해력이 거기에 미치지 못한다.)

He is above telling lies.      (그는 거짓말을 할 사람이 아니다.)

He is above asking questions. (그는 젠체하여 질문을 하지 않는다.)

He is not above telling a lie, if it will serve his purpose.

(만일 목적에 도움이 된다면, 그는 거리낌없이 거짓말을 한다.)

32. in spite of ∼ing=despite ∼ing (∼에도 불구하고)

= though S + V

Exports will grow steadily in the coming months, despite underlying

concern over Asia's currency problems, it said.

(수출은 아시아의 통화 위기에 대한 기본적인 우려에도 불구하고

향후 수개월간 지속적으로 성장할 것으로 보인다.)

33. in ∼ing (∼함에 있어서, ∼할 때)     = when S + V

In learning English, it is important that you should not be afraid of making

mistakes.

= When you learn English, it is important that you should not be afraid of making

mistakes.

34. On ∼ing(noun) (∼하자마자)

=As soon as/The moment/The instant/No sooner...than

On our arriving at the station, the train began to move.

On our arrival at the station, the train began to move.

As soon as we arrived at the station, the train began to move.

No sooner had we arrived at the station than the train began to move.

35. by ∼ing (∼해 가지고, ∼함으로써)

He earns his living by teaching.    (그는 교편을 잡아서 생계를 꾸려나가고 있다.)

He began by scolding us.          (그는 처음부터 우리를 꾸짖기 시작했다.)

V. 분사(分詞, Participle) 훑어보기           목차로

V. 분사(分詞, Participle) 훑어보기

I. 서론

분사란 여러가지로 나누어진 말이란 뜻으로, 말 그대로 여러 가지 기능을 한다. 영어로 participle 이란 part + cip + le이 합쳐진 말로서, 부분적인 기능을 하는 것이라는 말임.

to 부정사가 명사, 형용사, 부사적 기능을 하는 반면, 분사는 형용사기능과 동사적 용법, 그리고 부사적 분사가 있다.

1) 형태 :

① R+ing로 된 현재분사

② R+ed 나 R+en된 과거분사 두 가지가 있다.

Ex) ① sleeping baby

② fallen leaves

현재분사는 동명사와 형태가 같기 때문에 혼돈을 일으키기도 한다.

2) 기능 :

① 형용사 기능 : 분사의 가장 기본적인 역할(뜻:~하는, ~하고 있는)

falling leaves, fallen leaves

sleeping dog, walking dictionary    (현재분사는 능동과 진행의 뜻)

② 동사적 용법 : 진행형으로 쓰인 분사는 동사적 용법으로 본다.

He is sleeping. He is reading a book.

She is singing. He is reading a book.

He is running.

③ 부사적 분사 : 흔히 또 다른 형용사를 분사가 수식할 경우 부사적 분사로 본다.

(뜻: ~할 정도로)

It's boiling [burning] hot. = very (매우, 지독히 )

It's freezing [biting] cold. = severely, extremely (몹시, 혹독히)

He is dripping[completely] wet.

I'm sleeping[very] tired.

Let's go shopping[=to shop]. He went fishing[to fish].

④ 분사구문: 때, 이유, 양보, 조건의 부사구에서 접속사 역할

(+부대상황, 동시동작, 연속동작.)

I/f yo/u work hard, you will succeed.

→Working hard, you will succeed.         (ing는 접속사 if의 대체물)

◆ 분사구문 ◆

1) 분사구문의 종류 :

① 능동 분사구문 : ∼ing로 시작하는 분사구문

② 수동 분사구문 : Being이나 Having been이 생략되어 흔히 ∼ed (수동태)로 시작.

2) 분사구문을 만드는 이유 :

분사구문이란 "때, 이유, 양보, 조건"의 부사절을 분사를 이용해 부사구로 고친 구문으로  분사구문을 사용하는 근본 이유는 주절의 주어와 부사절의 주어가 반복되는 것을 꺼려하여 부사절의 주어를 생략함으로써 문장을 좀 더 짧게 하고자 하는 언어의 경제성 때문이다.

3)분사구문으로 고치는 요령 :

① 반복되는 부사절의 주어는 생략한다.

② 부사절의 접속사를 생략한다.

③ 동사원형에 ∼ing를 첨가하여 만든다.

Ex) If you turn to the right, you will find a museum.

↓  ↓  ↓

× × Turning to the right, you will find a museum.

4) 분사 구문의 용법:

①때  ②이유  ③양보  ④조건  ⑤부대상황(동시동작)

① While I was walking along the street, I met a friend of mine.

↓  ↓ ↓

⇒× × (Being) Walking along the street, I met a friend of mine.

② As I did not know what to do, I asked for his advice.

↓ ↓  ↓    ↓

⇒× × ing로. Not knowing what to do, I asked for his advice.

③ Though he was poor, he continued his study.

↓     ↓  ↓

⇒  ×    × Being poor, he continued his study.

④ If you work hard, you will succeed.

↓  ↓   ↓

⇒×  × Working hard, you will succeed.

⑤ I walked on tiptoe and approached the window.

↓ ↓                ↓

⇒× Walking on tiptoe,× I approached the window.

★-ing의 뜻: ★

①때 = when, while, as soon as, after

②이유= as, since, because

③양보= though, although, even if

④조건= if

⑤연속(동시)동작= and, as

※위의 5종류의 접속사의 뜻이 분사구문의 ∼ing 속에 포함되어 있다는 것을 알아두자. 그 다섯가지 뜻 가운데 하나를 골라 문맥에 맞게 해석하면 되기 때문이다. 분사구문은 to부정사나 동명사와 마찬가지로 부사절을 부사구로 줄여 놓은 것이기 때문에 문장을 더 간결하고 세련되게 해 주는 단축키와 같은 것이므로 초보자에게는 어렵겠지만 알아두면 편리하고 좋은 것이다.

동명사와 마찬가지로 복문으로 되었을 때 시제로부터 조금 더 자유스러운 것이 분사구문이며 동명사이다.

신문에 흔히 볼 수 있는 분사구문은 코머(,)ing형으로 연속동작 내지는 동시동작의 용법의 분사구문을 흔히 볼 수 있다.

부대상황 (연속동작: ∼, and + 동사; 그리고 ∼하다)

We started in the morning, and arrived in Seoul at noon.

= We started in the morning arriving in Seoul at noon.

5) 독립분사구문 :

주절의 주어와 부사절의 주어가 다를 때도 분사구문을 만들 수 있다.

하지만 부사절의 분사의 의미상의 주어를 표기해 줘야 한다.

When night came on, we started for home.

⇒Night coming on, we started for home.

As there was nothing to do, he was allowed to go home.

⇒There being nothing to do, he was allowed to go home.

6) 독립분사구문 앞의 with = 묘사적 표현 (∼한 채로)

① He sat reading, with his wife sewing beside him.

② She listened to my account with her eyes closed

=She listened to my account closing her eyes.

③ Don't speak with your mouth full.

④ He went out with his hat on.

⑤ He was speaking with a pipe in his mouth.

7) 무인칭 독립분사구문 (관용구):

주절의 주어와 분사의 주어를 일치시킬 필요가 없는 말들이 있다.

Generally speaking, the climate of Korea is ideal.

<일반적으로 말하면>

Strictly speaking               <엄격히 말하면>

Frankly speaking               <솔직히 말하면>

Comparatively speaking, I am stronger than you.

Objectively speaking, he is not a reliable man.

Speaking of movies, I like American movies.

Talking of∼                       <∼에 대하여 말한다면>

Considering her age, she looks young.

= for one's age                  <나이에 비하면>

Granted that it is true, you are still in the wrong.

Granting that                      <∼을 인정한다 하더라도>

Judging from his accent, he must be a German.

<∼의 억양으로 판단하면>

Judging from one's appearance    <∼의 용모로 판단하면>

Taking all things into consideration <모든 것을 고려해 볼 때>

형 성 평 가

1. 다음 ( ) 에서 적절한 분사의 형태를 고르시오.

① The story is ( interesting, interested ).

He was ( interested, interesting ) in the subject.

② It is a ( surprised, surprising ) event.

I was ( surprised, surprising ) to hear the news.

③ His speech was ( boring, bored ).

I was ( bored, boring ) to hear his speech.

④ He showed me a ( breaking, broken ) car in the street.

⑤ He sat ( surrounding, surrounded ) by a lot of boys.

⑥ I had my house ( paint, painted ) by him.

⑦ I am sorry to have kept you ( waiting, waited ) so long.

⑧ I had my photograph ( to take, taken ) after school.

정답:  ③ boring, bored ④ broken  ① interesting, interested

② surprising, surprised   ⑦ waiting ⑧ taken ⑤ surrounded ⑥ painted

2. (  )안의 단어를 문맥에 맞게 변형하시오.

① The spectators were ( excite ) at the game.

② A man ( name ) Aesop wrote this famous story book.

정답: ②named ①excited

※ 다음 분사구문은 부사절로, 부사절은 분사구문으로 고치시오.

1. Tired, I went to bed early.

2. When I was left alone, I began to read.

3. United, we stand; divided, we fall.

4. While he was waiting for the bus, he was run over by a car.

정답 : 3. If we are united, we stand; if we are divided, we fall.

1. As I was tired, I went to bed early.

4. Waiting for the bus, he was run over by a car.

2. Left alone, I began to read.

※ 다음을 복문은 단문(분사구문 이용), 단문은 복문이나 중문으로 고치시오.

1. As I did not want to anger him, I pretended to agree.

2. When night came on, we started for home.

3. As there was nothing to do, he was allowed to go home.

4. As he was defeated by the enemy, he had to run away.

5. As I did not know what to answer, I said nothing.

6. Living next door, I seldom see her.

7. The sun having set, we started for home.

8. Having finished my work, I went out for a walk.

9. Surprised at the news, he turned pale.

정답 : 4. Defeated by the enemy, he ........

1. Not wanting to anger him, I ........

3. There being nothing to do, he .............

6. Though I live next door, I .......

2. Night coming on, we .........

9. As he was surprised at the news, he ........

8. After I had finished my work, I ...........

5. Not knowing what to answer, I .......

7. As the sun had set, we ......

VI.  분사(分詞, Participle) 자세히 들여다 보기        목차로

VI. 분사(分詞, Participle) 자세히 들여다 보기

1. 준동사(準動詞, Verbal, Verbid)

동사의 변형에는 부정사(infinitive), 동명사(gerund), 분사(participle)와 같이 3가지 다른 형태가 있는데 소위 준동사(準動詞 Verbal)라 불리며, 준동사는 동사의 기능이 아닌 다른 품사의 역할을 한다. 준동사는 동사에서 생긴 말이기 때문에 동사적 성질을 가지는데 동사적 성질이란 목적어를 취할 수 있으며, 부사의 수식을 받을 수 있다는 것을 의미한다.

ex) 보다 : 보는 것, 봄(명), 보는(형), 보니(부)

부정사는 to가 동사와 결합하여 소위 to 부정사를 만들며 문장 내에서 명사, 형용사, 부사의 역할을 한다.                          to see, to go, to do

동명사는 ing로 끝나는 동사에서 생긴 명사로서 주로 명사역할을 하며, 때로 형용사 역할을 하기도 한다.

Trying is commendable.           (노력(해보기)이 칭찬할 만하다.: 문장의 주어)

He enjoys reading history.        (reading은 enjoy의 목적어이며, 그 자신만의 목적어 history를 취함.)

Walking rapidly is good exercise. (부사 rapidly는 동명사 walking을 수식함.)

분사 역시 동사의 성질과  형용사의 성질(properties of an adjective)을 가지고 있는 준동사의 하나이다.

분사는 형용사처럼 명사나 대명사를 수식하며, 동사처럼 목적어를 취할 수 있다.

분사의 주된 역할은 형용사(구)의 기능이며, 동사적 용법, 부사적 분사,  부사구로도 쓰인다.

The boy waving the flag is Robert.

(waving은 형용사로서 boy를 수식하며, 동사로서 목적 flag를 취함.)

The terms suggested by the committee were fair.

(과거분사도 현재분사처럼 명사를 수식하는 형용사 역할을 함.)

2.  분사의 종류 :

① 현재분사 (base[동사원형]+ing)              :    a boy carrying a ball

② 과거분사 (불규칙동사를 제외한 base+ed, en) :    a symphony composed by Beethoven

3. 현재분사와 동사원형의 차이

I heard Joanna singing.  (=She had started before I heard her, and probably went on afterwards.)

I heard Joanna sing.    (=I heard her complete performance.)

4. 동명사와 현재분사의 구분

a sleeping bag (침낭)            :  a bag for sleeping  (목적.용도) ― 동명사

a sleeping dog (잠자고 있는 개)  :  a dog that is sleeping (진행)   ― 현재분사

Running in every race is Amanda's goal.                 ― 동명사(Running은 주어)

Running in every race, Amanda is known to everybody.  ― 현재분사(Amanda를 수식)

5. 현재분사와 과거분사의 의미상의 차이

①자동사일 경우 : 현재분사: “...을 하는”(진행)  ;   과거분사 : “..을 한” (완료[능동])

②타동사일 경우 : 현재분사: “...을 하는, ...을 주는” (능동);  과거분사 : “..을 받는, ..을 당하는”(수동)

a sleeping boy = a boy who is sleeping 자고 있는 소년

running water = water which is running (흐르는 물)   ------- (진행)

a retired officer  퇴역한 장교(자동사) = an officer who has retired ----(완료)

an escaped prisoner = a prisoner who has escaped (탈옥범)

a fallen apple  떨어진 사과(자동사) ;    days gone by 지나간 날들(자동사)

an amusing play = a play which amuses the audience (즐거움을 주는 연극)

the amused audience = the audience who were amused (by a play) (즐거움을 받는 관객)

a wounded soldier = a soldier who is wounded. (상처를 입은 병사)

I thought the lesson was interesting.       I was interested in the lesson.

The explanation was confusing. I got confused.

It was a tiring day.  It made me tired.

6. 분사의 관계사절과의 관계 : 형용사나 관계사절처럼 명사를 수식

What's the name of the noisy child?                   (형용사)          : 수식어는 피수식어 앞에 옴

What's the name of the child making the noise?      (분사구=형용사구) : 수식어가 길면 뒤에서 수식함

What's the name of the child who is making the noise? (관계사절=형용사절)

7. 형용사로서의 분사

It was an amazing film.

It's a bit worrying when the police stop you

Racing cars can go as fast as 400kph.

He was trapped inside the burning house.

Many of his paintings depict the setting sun.

No one was aware of the crying baby.

He had an increasing desire to get rich.

She left the city with a broken heart.

The place looked abandoned.

He is a determined young man.

epoch-making  획기적인,      well-bred 가정교육이 좋은  good-looking      잘 생긴,

spellbound =bound by spell   주문에 걸린, 홀린          a man-eating tiger 식인 호랑이

cf. a man eating tiger      fallen rocks,  a retired officer,  an escaped prisoner

8. 형용사적 분사의 기능과 위치 :

분사가 단독으로 수식할 경우는 명사 앞에 위치하며,  동사적 성질로 인해 목적어나 부사구를 동반할 경우는     반드시 명사 뒤에서 수식한다.

①한정형용사로서 :

a rising tide 밀물;    a spoiled child 응석받이[둥이]

The singing bird is my canary.

The bird singing sweetly in the cage in my canary.

Who's the fat man sitting in the corner?  (구가 되면 뒤에서 수식)

Do you know the number of people employed by the government?

주. 일반형용사와 마찬가지로 강조를 위해 뒤에 놓일 때가 있다.

on the day following (=on the following day) 다음날

② 동격적 위치 :

A woman, frightened and quaking, ran up the steps.

한 여자가 겁에 질려 떨면서 계단을 뛰어 올라갔다.

Disgusted, he left the room. 아주 싫증이 나서 그는 방에서 나왔다. (주. 이것들은 분사구문의 일종이다.)

Of those invited only a few came to the party.

(◇분사가 대명사를 수식할 경우 단독일지라도 뒤에 놓인다.)

9. 동사적 용법의 분사

① 진행형 :   He is reading a book. He is collecting stamps.

cf. His hobby is collecting stamps. (동명사)

② 완료시제 : I have finished the book.

③ 수동태 :  The book is written in English.

10. 부사적 분사

to go shopping(=to go to shop),   to go ski-ing,     to go fishing,

to go surfing, to go walking,      to go swimming,  to go running,  to go dancing

dripping wet(=completely wet),  boiling hot(=very hot), freezing cold(=severely cold)

11. 위치에 따라 의미가 달라지는 분사

① the people concerned (관계된 사람들) ;  a concerned expression (걱정스러운 표정)

② the people involved in this matter   (이 문제에 관련된 사람들)

an involved explanation (복잡한 설명) [=complicated]

③ the solution adopted (채택된 해결책)    an adopted child (양자)

12. 한 두개의 형용사가 있는 구가 분사구문의 역할을 한다.

Aware of my inadequacy, I tried to work very hard.

Surprised at my reaction, she tried to console me.

Scared and pale, he answered very slowly.

13. 부사구(adverbial phrase)로서 문장이나 문장의 일부를 대신한다.

때, 결과, 이유, 조건, 양보 등을 나타내며 소위 분사구문을 이룬다.

① 때1―동시동작:

․ He whistled to himself. He walked down the road.

⇒Whistling to himself, he walked down the road.

․ I sat reading some old letters.

② 때2―연속동작: 먼저 일어난 동작을 분사로 만든다.

․ He put on his coat and left the house.

⇒ Putting on his coat, he left the house.

․ She dropped the gun and put her hands in the air.

⇒Dropping the gun, she put her hands in the air.

․ Putting down my newspaper, I walked over to the window.

․ Seeing such a terrible scene, she fainted.

(보는 동작이 즉시 기절한 동작으로 이어지며, 동일한 주어 she가 능동적으로 행동함.)

③ 때3 : Left to himself, he felt loneliness.

(When he was left to himself, he felt loneliness.)

④ 이유(reason) : as, since, because

․ Not knowing what to do, I telephoned the police.

(=Because I did not know what to do...)

․ Feeling hungry, he went into the kitchen and opened the fridge.

(=Because he felt hungry...)

․ Exhausted by the morning's work, I got myself a cup of coffee and sat down.

․ Having considerate parents, she could do whatever she wants. (인과관계)

⑤ 양보 :

Admitting he is right, I don't like it.

(=Though I admit he is right, I don't like it.)

Living next door, I could seldom see her.

(=Though I lived next door, I could seldom see her.)

⑥ 조건(condition) : If...

․ Driven carefully, the car will do fifteen kilometers to the liter of gasoline.

(=If it is driven carefully... )

⑦ 결과(consequence) : so that S V.

․ It rained all the time, completely ruining our holiday.

(=... so that it ruined our holiday.)

14. 완료분사구문 (Sequential relationship): 먼저 일어난 행동을 나타낸다.

․ Having brushed my teeth, I went to bed. (완료분사구문, Perfect Participle Phrase)

․ Having locked the door, I went to sleep.

15.  분사구의 주어 : 보통 주절의 주어와 같다.

Hoping to surprise her, I opened the door very quietly.

(I hoped to surprise her; I opened the door.)

Wanting some excitement, Mary became a pilot.

(Mary wanted excitement; Mary became a pilot.)

× : Getting poor results, my parents were really upset.

× : Looking out of the window, the mountains were beautiful.

(This sounds as if the mountains were looking out of the window.)

16. 독립분사구문 : 분사 자체의 주어를 가진다.

A little girl walked past, her hair blowing in the wind.

A car drove past with smoke pouring out of the back. (with를 흔히 쓰기도 한다.)

17. 접속사+ 분사구문

After talking to you, I always feel better.

Before driving off, always check your mirror.

18. 다음 (    ) 에서 적절한 분사의 형태를 고르시오.

① The story is ( interesting / interested ).

② He was ( interested / interesting ) in the subject.

③ I had my house ( paint / painted ) by him.

④ I am sorry to have kept you ( waiting / waited ) so long.

⑤ (Startled / Startling) at the big sound, I turned around.

⑥ (Judged / Judging) from his accent, he must be from Busan.

⑦ The spectators were (  excite  ) at the game.

⑧ A man (  name  ) Aesop wrote this famous story book.

정답:   ③ painted      ④ waiting      ① interesting    ② interested

⑦ excited      ⑧ named      ⑤ Startled      ⑥ Judging

VII.  분사(分詞, Participle) 문제풀이              목차로

VII. 분사(分詞, Participle) 문제풀이

진단평가 : 밑줄 친 -ing가 현재분사인지 동명사인지 쓰시오.

1. On reaching Pusan, we went to Haeundae.

2. We watched the sun setting below the horizon.

3. You can see better, if you use a magnifying glass.

4. She sat reading a newspaper.

5. He began reading slowly and in a clear voice.

6. That boy running in the playground is John.

7. He ran into the burning house.

8. You are always finding fault with others.

◆ 1. 현재분사와 과거분사의 의미상의 차이

1. 현재분사 : a burning house = a house which is burning

과거분사 : a burnt house  = a house which is burnt

2. 현재분사 : boiling water = water which is boiling

과거분사 : boiled water = water which is boiled

3. 현재분사 : an exciting story = a story which is exciting   (능동의 의미)

과거분사 : an excited crowd = a crowd who are excited  (수동의 의미)

4. 현재분사 : the falling leaves = the leaves that are falling             (진행의 의미)

과거분사 : the fallen leaves = the leaves that are fallen(=have fallen) (완료의 의미)

확인학습 : 다음 두 표현이 같은 뜻이 되도록     을 완성하시오

(1) a boring man = a man who

a bored man = a man who

(2) the surprising news = the news which

the surprised girls = the girls who

(3) the returning soldier = the soldier who

the returned soldier = the soldier who

(4) an interesting man = a man who

an interested man = a man who

◆ 2. 분사의 한정적 용법(명사수식)

1. 현재분사+명사의 경우

The singing bird is my canary.

The sleeping baby is my brother.

2. 과거분사+명사의 경우

The broken radio was repaired.

The wounded soldier asked for some water.

3. 명사+현재분사+부사구의 경우

The bird singing sweetly in the cage is my canary.

The baby sleeping in the cradle in my brother.

4. 명사+과거분사+부사구의 경우

The radio broken by Tom is not mine.

The soldier wounded in the battle has returned.

◆ 3. 분사의 서술적 용법(불완전 동사의 보어)

1. be, remain, keep, stand, sit, come, go, get, lie등 자동사 다음에 주격보어로:

(1) He sat reading.

He sat surrounded by the children.

(2) The fire kept burning.

(3) The boy came running.

(4) The treasure lies undiscovered.

(5) I got caught in the rain.

2. feel, see, smell, hear, find, leave, keep, get have, make등 타동사 다음에 목적보어로:

(1) I hear a cuckoo singing.

(2) She felt her heart beating.

(3) Women keep men waiting.

(4) I must get (or have) my hair cut.

(5) He heard his name called from behind.

확인학습 (1) : 다음 (   ) 안의 동사를 알맞은 형으로 쓰시오.

1. This book is very (interest).

2. I am very much (interest) in English.

3. A rabbit came (hop) toward me.

4. What is the language (speak) in South Africa?

5. She looked (please) at the news.

6. He used to spend the afternoon (walk) in the park.

7. She was sitting there with her hands (fold).

8. She is busy (prepare) for dinner.

확인학습 (2) :  다음 각 문장의 빈 칸에 가장 알맞은 것을 고르라.

1. I was busy (        ) my mother do housework.

① help       ② helped  ③ to help      ④ helping    ⑤ for helping

2. Mr. Jones is a very (        ) man, for he is always talking about himself.

① bored     ② tired     ③ boring      ④ excited     ⑤ reserved

3. He tried to make himself (        ) above the noise.

① hear      ② heard     ③ hearing     ④ to hear     ⑤ was heard

4. We need to have the roof (         ) before the rainy season begins.

① repair     ② repairs    ③ repaired    ④ repairing    ⑤ to repair

5. The plane leaves Seoul Airport at seven, (          ) in Jeju at eight.

① arrives    ② arriving    ③ arrived     ④ being arrived  ⑤ having arrived

6. The bicycle, (         ) afresh, will look like a new one.

① painted   ② to paint   ③ painting    ④ having painted  ⑤ to be painted

7. (           ) what to do, I asked for his advice.

① Not knowing  ② Knowing not  ③ Not known  ④ Having known  ⑤ Known

◆ 4. 분사구문 만드는 법

1. 현재분사구문

When I walked along the street, I met her.

⇒ Walking along the street, I met her.

※ 부사절의 동사를 분사로 고치고 그 앞부분은 없앤다.

2. 과거분사구문

As it is written in easy English, this book is good for beginners.

⇒ (Being) Written in easy English, this book is good for beginners.

※ 분사구문의 being이나 having been은 종종 생략될 수 있다.

3. 부사절이 부정문인 경우

As she did not feel well, she went to bed early.

⇒ Not feeling well, she went to bed early.

※ 부정문을 만들기 위해 삽입된 조동사 do를 분사로 바꾸지 않고

본동사를 분사로 바꾸고 부정어 not, never는 분사 바로 앞에 둔다.

4. 부사절 주어 ≠ 주절의 주어인 경우

(1) When school was over, we went home.  (school ≠ we)

⇒ School (being) over, we went home.

As it was Sunday, we went to church.

⇒ It being Sunday, we went to church.

(2) As there was no bus service, we had to walk.

⇒ There being no bus service, we had to walk.

5. 부사절의 시제가 주절보다 앞선 경우

(1) As I have read the book, I can tell you the whole story.

⇒ Having read the book, I can tell you the whole story.

(2) As I had read the book, I could tell you the whole story.

⇒ Having read the book, I could tell you the whole story.

(3) As he had been brought up in America, Insu speaks English well.

⇒ Having been brought up in America, Insu speaks English well.

⇒ Brought up in America, Insu speaks English well.

확인학습 :  다음 문장을 분사구문을 이용한 문장으로 바꾸어 쓰시오.

1. When she saw her father, Mary ran out to meet him.

=                    , Mary ran out to meet him.

2. As I was tired with walking, I went to bed early.

=                    , I went to bed early.

3. He ran all the way to the station, and arrived there breathless.

= He ran all the way to the station,                        .

4. As it was Sunday, the zoo was crowded with people.

=                 , the zoo was crowded with people.

5. If we speak generally, this winter is rather mild.

=                   , this winter is rather mild.

6. Since he had not seen her before, he could not recognize her.

=                              , he could not recognize her.

7. Because he was not accustomed to such hard work, he soon got tired.

=                                            , he soon got tired.

◆-5.  분사구문의 의미

1. 「때」- when, while, after, as등의 뜻

(1) Seeing the cat, the rat ran off.

= When it saw the cat, the rat ran off.

(2) Sleeping under the tree, he dreamed a strange dream.

= While he was sleeping under the tree, he dreamed a strange dream.

2. 「이유」「원인」 - as, since, because의 뜻.

(1) Not knowing what to do, I asked for his advice.

= Because I did not know what to do, I asked for his advice.

(2) Shocked at the news, I was at a loss what to say.

= As I was shocked at the news, I was at a loss what to say.

3. 「조건」 - if의 뜻.

Turning to the right, you will find the building.

= If you turn to the right, you will find the building.

4. 「양보」 - though, even if의 뜻.

Admitting what you say, I still think you are wrong.

= Though I admit what you say, I still think you are wrong.

5. 「계속」 - and의 뜻.

The train started at six, arriving in Pusan at eleven.

= The train started at six, and it arrived in Pusan at eleven.

6. 「부대상황」

She sat in an armchair crossing her legs.

= She sat in an armchair with her legs crossed.

He went out for a walk his dog following him.

= He went out for a walk with his dog following him.

☞ 분사구문의 의미는 주절에 따라 달라진다.

1. It being rainy(=As it was rainy), she stayed home.   (이유)

2. It being rainy(=Though it was rainy), she had to go out.  (양보)

3. It being rainy(=If it is rainy). I shall stay home tomorrow.  (조건)

◆-6. 비인칭 독립분사구문

1. Generally speaking, the Koreans are an industrious people.

2. Judging from the look of the sky, we shall have rain soon.

3. Frankly speaking, he is not reliable.

4. Talking of travels, have you ever been to Alaska?

5. Strictly speaking, this sentence is not correct.

6. Considering his age, he looks young.

7. Taking all things into consideration, this plan is not good.

8. Granting(=Granted) that you are young, you should know better.

확인학습 : 다음 영문의 밑줄 친 부분을 접속사를 이용한 절로 고쳐 쓰시오.

(1) Born in better times, he would have become a great statesman.

(2) Seen from this angle, the mountain looks like a lion.

(3) Admitting that he was drunk, I still think he should be punished.

(4) Being tired, I couldn't work any more,

(5) I wrote him a letter, asking him for help.

(6) The train left Seoul at seven, arriving there at two p.m.

◆-7. 분사의 기타 주의할 용법

1. the+분사의 용법

(1) The injured and the dying lay unattended.  (=Those who were injured)

(2) The accused was sentenced to death.

(3) Change the following into simple sentences.

(4) Man has always been curious about the unknown.

2. 명사+ed의 용법

(1) red-haired men    = men with red hair

(2) a kind-hearted woman

(3) a blue-eyed doll

(4) I am left-handed.

3. have+목적어+과거분사의 용법

(1)「시킴」의 뜻

He had his photo taken at the photographer's.

(2) 「당함」의 뜻

She had her only son killed in a traffic accident.

4. 현재분사 as 주어 do 또는 과거분사 as 주어 be의 용법

(1) Living as he does in the mountains, he hardly misses fresh air.

(2) Written as it is in plain English, this book is easy to read.

5. 자동사와 과거분사형의 의미

(1) a returned soldier = a soldier who is returned  (=has returned)

(2) fallen leaves = leaves that are fallen.           (=have fallen)

(3) Winter gone, spring will come.

= Now that winter is gone, spring will come.   (=has gone)

☞ 자동사를 수동형으로 쓴 경우 완료의 뜻이 된다.

확인학습 (1) :  다음 짝지어진 두 문장을 분사를 이용한 한 문장으로 쓰시오.

1. I saw a crane.      It was standing on one leg.

⇒                                             .

2. People always complain of smog.   They live in big cities.

⇒                                                     .

3. I like vegetables.   They are fried in oil.

⇒                                     .

확인학습 (2) :  다음 분사구문을 절로 바꾸어 쓰시오.

1. Not liking the food, she didn't even touch it.

=                      , she didn't even touch it.

2. Reading a book, I fell asleep.

=                         , I fell asleep.

3. Following my advice, you are sure to succeed.

=                         , you are sure to succeed.

4. Deceived so often, I can't believe you.

=                         , I can't believe you.

5. The work finished, he felt great relief.

=                        , he felt great relief.

6. He lay on the grass, watching the clouds floating by.

= He lay on the grass,                             .

7. Admitting what you say, I still think I am right.

=                        , I still think I am right.

VIII. 준동사의 주목할 만한 쓰임.            목차로

1. 준동사의 형태와 품사적 기능

준동사 (Verbid, Verbal) : 동사에서 생긴 말로서, 동사원형에 to나 ing가 더 붙음으로써    동사적인 성질을 갖고 있기는 하되, 이제는 더 이상 동사가 아닌 다른 품사의 기능을 하는   말, 소위 to부정사와 분사, 동명사를 일컫는 말이다.  준동사(準動詞,semi-verb)란 그 용어   자체로 보면 반절은 동사로 보고 반절은 동사로 볼 수 없다는 입장에서 생긴 말일 것이다.

준동사의 형태와  기능

To부정사 : [to + V ]  ⇒ 명사, 형용사, 부사

동명사   : [V + -ing] ⇒ 명사, (형용사)

현재분사 : [V + -ing] ⇒ 형용사, 동사적용법(진행형) 부사적 분사, 분사형전치사, 접속사

과거분사 : [V +ed, -en]⇒ 형용사, 동사적용법(수동태, 완료시제)

1) 부정사(不定詞, Infinitive)란 :

인칭, 수나 시제의 제약을 받지 않는 동사형으로 홀로 쓰이면 원형동사 또는 원형부정사라   하며(예: I must go), to를 수반하면 to 부정사라 한다. (예: I want to go). to 부정사의    용법에는 명사적 (To see is to believe.), 형용사적 (He is looking for a place to live   in.), 부사적 (He studied hard to pass the exam.)용법 등이 있다.

cf. 정동사 (定動詞, finite verb) :  주어에 대한 진술을 완결하는 서술어의 형태. 용언이 종결 어미를 가진 형태를 이른다. 인칭, 수 따위를 표시하여 동사가 적용되는 범위를 한정하는 역할을 한다.

2) 동명사 역시 동사에다 ing를 붙여 동사가 아닌 명사 (형용사) 역할을 한다.

3) 분사 또한 동사에다 ing나 ed를 붙여 동사 아닌 형용사, 부사, 전치사, 접속사, 동사적 용법 등으로 그 기능이 나누어져 쓰이고 있으니 분사(分詞, part-i-cip-le)라는 말이 이해가 되리라 생각된다.

※여기서 동사적 성질이란?

동사가 가질 수 있는 성질로서 목적어를 취할 수 있다거나, 수식을 받을 수 있다는 말이다.

Ex. Mastering English is difficult in a year or two.

(동명사 mastering은 명사로서 is의 주어이며, 동사로서 English를 목적어로 취함)

Smoking heavily may do you harm.

(부사heavily의 수식을 받음으로써 smoking은 동사적인 성질을 가짐.)

2. 준동사의 주목할 만한 쓰임 : 복문을 단문으로 줄이는데 사용됨.

1) to 부정사를 이용한 복문 ⇒단문 전환

①명사적 용법

I hope that I will pass the exam.

→I hope to pass the exam.

②형용사적 용법

I have no friend whom I can play with.

→I have no friend to play with.

③부사적 용법

I got up early in order that I might not miss the train.

→I got up early not to miss the train.

2) 동명사를 이용한 복문 ⇒단문 전환

①I am sure that he will succeed. = He is sure to succeed.

→I am sure of his succeeding[success].  cf. He is sure of his succeeding.

②As soon as he received a telegram, he started for home.

→On receiving a telegram, he started for home.

③He is ashamed that he has done such a thing.

→He is ashamed of having done such a thing.

3) 분사(분사구문)를 이용한 복문 ⇒단문 전환

① 때 : While I was walking along the street, I met a friend of mine.

↓   ↓  ↓

⇒  ×   × (Being) Walking along the street, I met a friend of mine.

② 이유 : As I did not know what to do, I asked for his advice.

↓ ↓  ↓  ↓

⇒   × × ing로. Not knowing what to do, I asked for his advice.

③양보 : Though he was poor, he continued his study.

↓    ↓  ↓

⇒    ×   × Being poor, he continued his study.

④조건: If you work hard, you will succeed.

→ Working hard, you will succeed.

※준동사는 that절(명사절, 부사절), 관계사절(형용사절)등을 간결한 단문으로 만드는데 사용됨.

제 3 장    관계사                목차로

I. 관계사(關係詞, Relative)

제3장. 관계사(關係詞, Relative)

◆-1. 주격관계대명사의 용법

1. 선행사가 「사람」인 경우

I know a girl.  She can play the guitar well.

→ I know a girl who (or that) can play the guitar well.  (who이하가 관계대명사절)

2. 선행사가 「사물」인 경우

Lend me a book.   It is interesting to read.

→ Lend me a book which (or that) is interesting to read.

◆-2. 소유격 관계대명사의 용법

1. 선행사가 「사람」인 경우

I know a girl.   Her father is a lawyer.

→ I know a girl whose father is a lawyer.

2. 선행사가 「사물」인 경우

Lend me the book.  The cover of the book is worn.

→ Lend me the book the cover of which is worn.

= Lend me the book whose cover is worn.

◆-3. 목적격 관계대명사의 용법 : 동사의 목적어인 경우

1. 선행사가 「사람」인 경우

I know the girl.  You like her.

→ I know the girl who(m) (or that) you like.

= I know the girl you like.

2. 선행사가 「사물」인 경우

Lend me a book.   You have already read the book.

→ Lend me a book which (or that) you have already read.

= Lend me a book you have already read.

※ one of the 복수명사에서 선행사는?

Hook is one of the movies that is directed by Spielberg.   (x)

Hook is one of the movies that are directed by Spielberg.  (O)

◆-4. 목적격 관계대명사의 용법 : 전치사의 목적어인 경우

1. 선행사가 「사람」인 경우

I know the girl.   You are talking about her.

→ I know the girl about whom you are talking.

= I know the girl who(m) (or that) you are talking about.

= I know the girl you are talking about.

2. 선행사가 「사물」인 경우

This is the book.   I been looking for it.

→ This is the book for which I've been looking.

= This is the book which (or that) I've been looking for.

= This is the book I've been looking for.

확인학습

※ 문장의 빈 칸의 알맞은 관계대명사를 쓰라.

(1) He is a teacher (       ) teaches us English.

(2) He is a teacher (       ) lessons are interesting.

(3) He is a teacher (       ) we all respect.

(4) We study in the building the roof of (        ) is pointed.

(5) Hook is a movie (       ) is directed by Spielberg.

(6) Hook is one of the movies (        ) I like.

※ 다음 빈 칸에 알맞은 관계사를 보기에서 고르라.

1. We cannot trust those (          ) change their mind too often.

① who     ②  which  　③ whom   　④ whose   　⑤ that

2. She sang a very nice song, the title of (         ) I don't know.

① whom   　② it      　③ which    　④ that     　⑤ whose

3. St. Nicholas,  (     ) we now call Santa Claus, gives presents to good children.

① who    　 ② which   　③ that     　④ what     　⑤ as

※ 다음 중 어법상 잘못된 부분이 없는 문장은?

① I lost the watch which I had bought it only a month before.

② She is talking to a boy whom I don't know his name.

③ I have been to the beach, where was crowded with people.

④ Let me explain to you how I solved the problem.

⑤ Do you know the reason which a lunar eclipse occurs?

◆-5. 관계대명사로 that만을 써야 하는 조건

1. 의문대명사 who나 which 다음에

Who is the girl that showed such a brave conduct?

2. 선행사가 〈사람+기타〉인 경우

Look at the old man and his dog that are running together.

3. 선행사가 서수사나 최상급으로 수식되는 경우

He was the ugliest beast (that) Belle had seen.

The first thing (that) a student should do is to study.

4. 한정의 의미가 강한 수식어가 수식하는 경우

The earth is the only planet that has life.

The beast was the very prince (that) Belle had been waiting for.

She wore the same dress (that) she had worn the day before.

*the only, the same, the very, the main, the chief 등으로 수식하는 경우가 여기에 속한다.

5. 선행사가 부정대명사이거나 부정형용사로 수식된 경우

All that glitters is not gold.

Everything (that) I do I do for you.

Is there anything (that) I can help?

There is no great human being that doesn't respect others.

*all, any, some, a few, no, both, any(thing), every(thing), every, each 등으로

수식되는 경우가 여기에 속한다.

(☞ 실제 사용되는 용례는 반드시 that만 쓰지 않은 경우가 있음을 밝혀둔다.)

※※연습문제 :  관계대명사를 이용하여 다음 두 문장을 한 문장으로 연결하여라.

* 공통명사나 대명사를 먼저 찾는다.

1. Everyone was delighted.    Everyone heard the news.

→                                                   . (정답: 다음페이지)

2. This is the dictionary.   My father bought it for me.

→                                                    .

3. That house is mine.   The roof of the house is red.

→                                                    .

4. Tico is the smallest car in Korea.  I'm going to buy it.

→                                                    .

5. Sang-ho broke his promise.  It made Mi-ran very angry.

→                                                    .

확인학습 1 : 다음 (      )에 알맞은 관계대명사를 쓰시오.

(1) The river (       ) flows through Seoul is the Han River.

(2) Anything (       ) concerns you concerns me.

(3) She has a daughter of (       ) she is very proud.

(4) The elephant is the largest animal (       ) lives on land.

(5) Look at the jockey and the horse (       ) are running in the head.

(6) This is the same magazine (         ) I read last month.

① which   　② that    　③ than     　④ but     　⑤ what

확인학습 2 : 다음 중 관계사의 쓰임이 맞는 문장은?

(1) This is the boy with who I play tennis.

(2) Have you found the key you were looking?

(3) He is a teacher you can always rely on.

(4) Physics is the subject in that I am most interested.

(5) I know the girl that you are talking about.

(6) The girl of whom you speak is my sister.

Ans: (3)(5)(6)

◆-6. 관계대명사 what의 용법

1. Do the thing that is right.

⇒ Do what is right.

Did you hear the words that I said?

⇒ Did you hear what I said?

2. what이 「사람」을 나타내는 경우

His great efforts have made him what he is now.

He is not what he was before his success.

=what he used to be

3. what을 포함한 관용어구

(1) He is what you (or we) call a self-made man.

= what is called

(2) Father said I could go out, and what was more surprising, he even gave

me money!

(3) Humor is to conversation what salt is to food.

(4) What with hunger and (what with) loneliness, the poor girl burst out crying.

정답 : 5-1. Everyone that heard the news was delighted.

확인학습 : 다음 중 어법상 틀린 문장은?

(1) Seoul is now very different from what it was ten years ago.

(2) The result was far from that I had expected.

(3) You are no longer the little girl what you used to be.

(4) She is what we call a tomboy.

(5) Hard work has made him as he is.

Ans: (2)(3)(5)

(6) Try to listen to (        ) others say.

① which   ② that    ③ what  　④ how  　⑤ whenever

◆-7. 관계사의 비제한적(계속적) 용법

1. 제한적 용법과 비제한적 용법의 의미상의 차이

(1) The man who lives next door is very kind. (불특정한 사람, 사물을 구체화함.)

The man, who lives next door, is very kind.

cf. Curly Sue who lives next door is very cute.  (X)

Curly Sue, who lives next door, is very cute.  (O) (who=Curly Sue 특정인물)

(비제한적 용법 : 관계사는 선행사와 comma로 구분된다. 누구인지, 무엇인지 구체적으로 알 수 있는 특정 사람이나 사물에 대한 부가 설명을 한다.  선행사가 고유명사일 경우 계속적인 용법으로만 쓴다.)

(2) I have a son who is a doctor.

I have a son, who (=and he) is a doctor.

2. 비제한적 용법의 관계대명사는 생략할 수 없다.

The flowers which you gave me have lasted for long. (O)

The flowers you gave me have lasted long. (O)

The flowers, which you gave me, have lasted long.  (O)

The flowers, you gave me, have lasted long.  (X)

3. that, what은 계속적용법으로 쓸 수 없다.

He gave us a piece of advice, that proved very helpful.  (X)

He gave us a piece of advice, which proved very helpful.  (O)

4. 계속적 용법으로 쓰인 which는 구, 절을 받을 수 있다.

He didn't say a word, which upset her.

cf. He didn't say a word which upset her.

5. some, any, none, all, many… + of which/ of whom

I have two sisters, both of whom are also my best friends.

He has a lot of books, most of which he hasn't read.

※  짝지어진 문장들끼리 같은 내용이 되도록 빈 칸을 채울 수 있는 것은?

1. Mary said she was a good cook, but it was not true.

= Mary said she was a good cook, (         ) was not true.

① which   　② what    　③ that      　④ as      　⑤ such

◆-8. 기타 관계대명사 as, but , than

1. 관계대명사 as의 용법

(1) Mother welcomes as many friends as I bring home.

(2) Miran is such a charming girl as every boy wants to speak to.

cf. Miran is such a charming girl (that) every boy wants to speak to her.

(3) I'd like to buy the same shirt as you are wearing.

= I'd like to buy the same shirt as yours.

(4) He came late, as was often the case with him.

= as was usual with him

(5) He was a southerner, as I knew from his accent.

2. 관계대명사 but의 용법

There is no mother but loves her children.

= There is no mother that does not love her children.

= Every mother loves her children.

3. 관계대명사 than의 용법

We should not have more money than is necessary.

One should not expect more than one can achieve.

확인학습 : 다음 (       ) 안에 알맞은 관계사를 쓰시오.

(1) He left his umbrella somewhere, (         ) is often the case with him.

(2) You have done much more (         ) we had expected.

(3) There is no one (          ) sometimes commits errors.

(4) Such movies (          ) are shown these days are mostly horror-movies.

(5) He would often boast of himself, (           ) was often the case with               youngsters of his age.

*as is often the case with~ 「~에게 흔히 있는 경우이다」라는 숙어.  그러나 which도 문장        전체를 선행사로 할 수 있다.

확인문제 :  다음 각 문장의 빈 칸에 가장 알맞은 관계사를 쓰고, 생략할 수 있는 것은

(    ) 치시오.

1. I know a girl (        ) mother is an artist.

2. The man (         ) I met yesterday wants to see you.

4. Show me (         ) you have in your mind.

5. The team to (        ) Jack belonged won the game.

6. This is the most interesting book (         ) I have ever read.

7. The bench (         ) you are sitting on is freshly painted.

8. Mary's father, (         ) lives in Los Angeles, is a lawyer.

9. That is the church (         ) dome is famous for its beauty.

10. Use this knife, (          ) cuts well.

11. Museum is a place in (          ) we can learn about human history.

12. Never put off till tomorrow (         ) you can do today.

◆-9. 관계형용사의 용법

I. which의 형용사적 용법

1. I may be late.  In that case I'll telephone.

→ I may be late, in which case I'll telephone.

2. He spoke in Spanish, but I didn't understand that language.

→ He spoke in Spanish, which language I didn't understand.

3. She stayed in Paris for a week, and during that time she met him.

→ She stayed in Paris for a week, during which time she met him.

II. what의 형용사적 용법

4. I will give what money I have.

= I will give all the money that I have.

5. Out of pity, he gave her what little money he had.

=all the little money that he had.

확인학습 : 다음 (        )에 알맞은 관계대명사를 쓰시오.

(1) He is so young, (         ) fact explains why he can't do it.

(2) I'd better talk with my father, (          ) advice is always important.

(3) He has lost (          ) little courage he had.

(4) I will make (         ) effort I can to achieve my plan.

(5) Father told me not to go, (         ) advice I followed.

◆-10.  관계부사의 용법

1. 관계부사와 관계대명사의 비교

The place was wonderful.  + We visited it.

→ The place which we visited was wonderful.    (관계대명사)

The place was wonderful. + We met there.

at the place.

→ The place where [=at the place] we met was wonderful.      (관계부사)

=at which

2. 관계부사의 종류

(1) Autumn is the season when [=in the season] we become blue.

Come tomorrow, when [=tomorrow] I'll be home.

(2) This is the stream where [=in the stream] I would often swim in my boyhood.

She went to Paris, where [=in Paris] she stayed for a week.

(3) Tell me the real reason why [=for the reason] you were absent yesterday.

(4) This is the way how I study English. (X)

This is how I study English. (O)

This is the way I study English. (O)
This is the way that I study English. (O)

3. that의 대용

I remember the summer that (=when) we first met.

I know a good place that (=where) you can pitch a camp.

That was the reason that (=why) I lied to you.

He studied in the way that his father had studied.

4. 관계부사・ 선행사의 생략

This is when we should be humble.

This is the time we should be humble.

This is where my grandparents lived.

This is the place my grandparents lived.

This is why I hate English.

This is the reason I hate English.

This is how it happened.

This is the way it happened.

확인문제 :   관계부사를 이용하여 다음 두 문장을 한 문장으로 연결하여라.

1. The restaurant was closed.  They wanted to have dinner at the restaurant.

→                                                                      .

2. No one could tell the reason.  The actress killed herself for the reason.

→                                                                      .

3. I hope the day will come.  We will have no wars then.

→                                                                      .

※ 다음 (     ) 안에  알맞은 관계사를 넣으시오.

4. The library is the place (        ) books are kept.

5. I visited Paris, (          ) I bought these postcards.

6. Christmas is the day (         ) Christ was born.

7. I was sick yesterday.   This is (          ) I was absent from school.

① what    　② that     　③ as       　④ the reason ⑤ why

8. The teacher kindly explained to me (          ) the machine worked.

① that     　② the way 　③ how     　④ however  　⑤ as

◆-11.  복합관계사의 용법

I. 복합관계대명사

1. whoever = anyone who

I'll give this to the boy who wants it.

I'll give this to whoever wants it.

= anyone who wants it.

2. whatever= anything that

I'll do what you want.

= the thing that you want.

I'll do whatever you want.

= anything that you want.

3. whichever = any one which

Take whichever of these suits you best.

= any one of these that suits you best.

4. 형용사적 용법 : whichever, whatever + 명사

= any + 명사 + that

Help yourself to whichever cake you like

= any cake that you like.

Take whatever measures are necessary.

= any measures that

II. 복합관계부사

5. whenever = at any time when

Call on me whenever you like.

= at any time when you like.

6. wherever = at (in, to) any place where

I will follow you wherever you go.

= to any place where you go.

확인문제 : 다음 문장의 빈 칸에 알맞은 복합관계사를 쓰시오.

1. I will do for you (          ) is in my power.

2. You may go with (          ) will help you.

3. Let me carry (          ) box is the heavier.

4. I'll be free all day tomorrow.  You may come (       ) it is convenient for you.

5. The prize will be given to (         ) makes the best score.

다음 문장의 빈 칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

6. The dog follows him to any place he goes.

= The dog follows him (         ) he goes.

① where  　② to where  ③ wherever  ③ in which  ④ to any place which

7. A birthday is the day a person is born.

= A birthday is the day (         ) a person is born.

① on which 　② on where 　③ on that 　④ on what 　⑤ when

연습문제

※ 다음 중 어법상 잘못된 부분이 없는 문장은?

① Isn't this the book you are looking for?

② This is the girl I spoke.

③ Science is the subject in that I am most interested.

④ There is no rule but has no exceptions.

⑤ Grammar, you find boring, is very important.

정답 : 3. whichever (whatever X) 6③，7. ①, ⑤

II. 관계대명사(關係代名詞)란? 재정리           목차로

II. 관계대명사(關係代名詞)란? 재정리

1. 定義 : '관계'라는 말은 연결해 주는 말이라는 뜻이며, '대명사'란 주어, 목적어, 보어        기능을 하는 명사 대신 쓰는 말이라는 것이다.

* 관계대명사는 : 접속사 + 대명사 기능을 한다.

* 관계대명사의 해석 : ∼하는, ∼할.(형용사절이기때문)

2. 관계대명사의 용법 :

①한정적 용법 : 앞의 명사를 미리 제한(한정)해서 꾸며 주는 역할, 즉 후위수식의 역할.

②계속적 용법 : 앞의 문장이나 흔히 명사에 대해 첨가해서 계속 설명을 해주는 용법.

* 관계대명사절은: 형용사절이기 때문에 To 부정사를 사용해 단문으로 고치면 훨씬 간단한     문장이 될 수 있다. To부정사와 관계대명사의 관계를 잘 알아둘 필요가 있겠다.

* 관계사와 to 부정사와의 관계 : 복문과 단문의 차이. 즉, 관계사절을 단문으로 줄이는데      to부정사를 사용할 수 있다.

3. 관계대명사의 종류

① 사람 : who [ whose, whom ]

② 사물(인품, 인격) : which

③ 선행사 포함한 관·대 : what

④ 만능의 : that

⑤ 유사관·대 : as, but, than

Ex)① I know a man. He speaks English well.

⇒ I know a man who speaks English well.    (접속사 + 대명사 역할)

② He has a dog. It barks furiously.             (접속사 + 대명사 기능

⇒ He has a dog which barks furiously.           그리고, 형용사 기능 )

· He said nothing, which made her angry.    (선행사는 앞의 내용, 흔히 코머를 사용)

· She is not the gay girl which she used to be.  (which=성격,인품)

③ This is the thing. I want it.

⇒ This is the thing which I want.     (the thing which = what)

⇒ This is what I want.                (what은 선행사 + 관계대명사)

④ Who can believe such a thing? He has common sense.

⇒ Who that has common sense can believe such a thing?

(의문사 who 뒤에 또 who를 쓰지 않고 발음상 that 을 씀.)

⑤ as :

Choose such friends as will benefit you.

I have the same trouble as you have.

As many men as came were caught.

He is absent, as is often the case.

(선행사 앞에 such나, the same이나, as가 오면 who나, which를 쓰지 않고      유사관계대명사인 as를 사용함.)

※ as is often [always] the case는 관용어임.

but :

There is no rule. It does not have some exceptions.

There is no rule which [that] does not have some exceptions.

There is no rule but has some exceptions.

※ but은 that∼not의 의미로 (∼하지 않는)의 뜻임.

than :

There are more books than are needed.

♤선행사 앞에 more라는 말이 오면 유사관계대명사 than을 which나 that 대신 사용함.

※ 疑似[類似] 關係代名詞 (유사관계대명사)

원래 접속사이나 뒤에 오는 대명사가 생략돼서 그 대명사 역할까지 하게 되어 관계대명사   처럼 쓰이기 때문에 '疑似[類似] 關係代名詞'라 한다.

1)종류 : as, but, than

① the same [such, so, as] ⓝ as

This is the same skirt as I bought the other day. (which ×)

As many men as came were caught.               (who ×)

② no[few] ⓝ but [=that ∼not]

There's no rule but has exceptions.

=There's no rule that does not have exceptions.

③ more ⓝ than

We saw much more trash than we could pick up. (than은 목적격 관·대)

The pig has more greed than is needed. (than은 주격 관·대)

4. 관계 대명사가 들어간 중요 문장들 :

1) I picked up a man. I thought (that) he was honest.

⇒ I picked up a man (who) I thought was honest.

(관계대명사 뒤에 삽입절이 나오는 경우 주격임에도 관계사 생략 가능)

2) I picked up a man. I thought him to be honest.

⇒ I picked up a man whom I thought to be honest.

3) You say so, which is a clear proof of your honesty.

(선행사가 앞의 절일때 사용하는 관계사)

4) He is not what he was. (그는 과거의 그가 아니다.)

what he used to be. (∼의 인격, 됨됨이)

5) I owe what I am today to the encouragement of my class teacher.

6) What with hunger and what with fatigue, he fell down.

(A 와 B로 말미암아)

What with heat and what with thirst, we were all exhausted.

* what with A and what with B <원인, 이유>

=what between A and B <명사>

* what by A and what by B <수단, 방법>

What with fatigue and what with hunger, he fell down on the ground.

What between fatigue and hunger, he fell down on the ground.

What by threats and what by entreaties, he achieved his aim.

<그는 협박도 하고 간청도 해서 그의 목적을 달성했다>

7) Reading is to the mind what/as food is to the body.

A             B                C             D

(A is to B what C is to D : A 와 B 의 관계는 C 와 D 의 관계와 같다.)

= Just as food is to the body so is reading to the mind.

= As food is to the body, so reading is to the mind.

= What food is to the body, reading is to the mind.

5. 전치사와 관계대명사

1) I have no house. I can live in the house.  (두 문장으로 된 말)

⇒ I have no house which I can live in.     (관계대명사를 사용 두 문장 연결)

⇒ I have no house (which) I can live in.    (관계대명사 생략)

＝ I have no house to live in.               (to부정사를 이용 단문으로)

⇒ I have no house in which I can live.     (전치사 관계대명사 합치)

＝ I have no house where I can live.        (전치사+관계대명사=관계부사)

⇒ I have no house in which to live.         (전치사+관계대명사+to부정사의 형태)

6. 관계대명사 that과는 당연히 사용할 수 없고, 또한 관계대명사 앞에만 오는 말들 :

1) besides, beyond, during, except, outside, toward 등은 관계대명사 앞에.

① This is the goal toward which we are striving.

② He spent effectively the years during which he was in the army.

2) half of, one of, both of, all of, most of, some of, neither of등은 관계대명사 앞에 위치.

① He has three sons, all of whom are diplomats.

(※관계대명사는 접속사의 기능을 포함하고 있음.)

= He has three sons, and all of them are diplomats.

Cf. He has three sons. All of them are diplomats.

※ 종속접속사가 포함된 종속절이 앞에 있는 경우, 주절에는 관계사를 쓰면 안된다.

Ex) When you consume calories, most of them are used to fuel your muscles.

(most of which는 and most of them의 뜻이므로 위 문장에서는 when이 이끈 종속절과 뒤에 주절로 된 문장이며 주절에는 접속사나 접속사의 의미를 담고있는 관계사가 필요없다.)

② I have several friends. Most of them are foreigners.

= I have several friends, most of whom are foreigners.

③ When my foreign friends come to my house, most of them bring something to eat.                             (when이 종속절. most이하는 주절)

④*When my foreign friends come to my house, *most of whom bring something to eat. (x)                  (관계대명사가 들어간 절은 접속사의 기능이 포함됨.)

⑤ He wrote many books, some of which you will read in future.

⑥ She bought me two novels. But I have not read either of them.

⇒ She bought me two novels, neither of which I have read.

7. 복합 관계대명사

1) Whoever ＝ Anyone who∼; Whomever ＝ Anyone whom∼;

Whatever ＝ Anything that ∼.

Ex. ① You can give it to (         ) wants it.

⇒ You can give it to anyone who wants it.

② You can invite (          ) you like.

⇒ You can invite anyone whom you like.

③ Whatever he says is true.

⇒ Anything that he says is true.

제 4 장  형성평가

※알맞은 관계사를 써 넣으시오.

1) His statement, (       ) is always the case, was beside the point.

2) There are more books here (       ) can be read in a lifetime.

3) He is a teacher, (         ) is clear from his manner.

※알맞은 관계사를 써 넣으시오.

4) He is not the man who he used to be.

= He is not (         ) he used to be.

※다음 (      ) 안에 알맞은 말을 써 넣으시오.

5) Reading is to the mind what food is to the body.

= Just as food is to the body (        ) is reading to the mind.

정답 : 1) as    2) than    3) which     4) what     5) so

III. 관계부사 (Relative Adverbs)     목차로

III. 관계부사 (Relative Adverbs)

※ 關係副詞란?
의문부사( when, where, why, how)가 부사와 접속사의 역할을 할 때 이를 관계부사라 한다.

1. 관계부사의 제한적 용법

(1) 장소의 where
This is the place where I was born.     [관계부사]
This is the place  in which  I was born. [전치사+관계대명사]
=This is the place which I was born in.
=This is the place I was born in.
This is the place  that  I was born.     [관계부사 대용의 that]
This is the place  (where)  I was born. [관계부사 생략]
This is  (the place)  where I was born. [선행사 생략]

(2) 시간의 when
I know the time  when  she will arrive.
I know the time (   ) she will arrive.
I know (   ) when she will arrive.
I know the time  at which  he will arrive.
I know the time which he will arrive at.
I know the time he will arrive at.

(3) 이유의 why
This is the reason  why  I was late.
This is the reason (   ) I was lare.
This is (   ) why I was late.
This is the reason  for which  I was late.
This is the reason which I was late for.
This is the reason I was late for.
This is the reason that I was late.

(4) 방법의 how
She told me  how  she had cooked it.
She told me  the way  she had cooked it. (how는 선행사 the way와 함께 쓰지 않음)
She told me the way in which she had cooked it.
She told me the way which she had cooked it in.
She told me the way she had cooked it in.
She told me the way  that  she had cooked it.

2. 관계부사는 [전치사 + 관계대명사]로 바꾸어 쓸 수 있다.
The place where ∼ (=in which)
The time when ∼   (=at (in,on) which)
The reason why ∼  (=for which)
The way (how) ∼   (=in which)
Ex) This is the place  where  he was born.
=This is the place  in which  he was born.

This is the reason  why  I was late.
=This is the reason  for which  I was late.

I know the time  when  she will arrive.
=I know the time  at which  he will arrive.

3. 관계부사의 용법에 있어 선행사나 관계부사가 생략되기도 하는데, 선행사가 생략되면       관계부사절은 명사절이 된다.
This is  where he was born .
(where이하는 is의 주격보어로 명사절, 선행사 the place 생략)

4. 관계부사는 that으로 바꾸어 쓸 수 있다.
This is the place. + He was born in it.
→ This is the place which he was born in. (형용사절)
→ This is the place in which he was born.
→ This is the place where he was born.
→ This is the place  that  he was born. (where의 대용)
→ This is where he was born.
(주격보어; where는 명사절,선행사 the place 생략)

5. 관계부사 when과 where에는 계속적 용법이 있다.

∼ , when   ⇒ ∼ , and then  … (그리고 그때...)
∼ , where∼⇒ ∼ , and there … (그리고 거기에서...)

Wait till seven, when  he will be back.
We went to Rome, where  we stayed for a week.
I went to a village, where I met him.

I was crossing the bridge, when  (=and then) I saw the sun going down.
We found a small house, where  (=and there) an old woman lived by herself.
6. 복합관계부사(관계부사+ever)는 종속접속사의 역할을 한다.

(1) You can phone me  whenever  you like. (∼할 때면 언제라도)
[=no matter when =at any time when]

(2) Whenever  I meet him, he tries to borrow money from me.
[Every time] (∼할 때마다)

(3) We found the people friendly  wherever  we went.
Wherever you may go, I will follow you.
[=at/to any place where = no matter where] (어디를 ∼하더라도)
You may go wherever you like. (wherever = to any place that)

(4)  However  fast you drive, I always feel safe with you.
[=No matter how]

7. 기타 알아둘 말들:

① the reason why∼ (하는 이유)
The reason why  I like the beach is the solitary atmosphere.

② the way (that)∼ (하는 방식으로) = in the way that
I did the work  the way  she wanted.
[=the way that =the way in which]

③ This is how∼ (이런식으로 해서, 이런 방식으로, 이런 경위로)
=In this way,
This is how  they became our friends.

④ This is why∼ (이 때문에 ∼하다.)
That's why∼  (그 때문에 ∼하다.)
=so
This is why  he got angry.

⑤ This is because∼ (이것은 (왜냐면) ∼ 때문이다.)
That's because∼ (그것은 ∼ 때문이다.
(It's) because∼ (그것은 ∼때문이다.)

The new world, America, should be named after Amerigo de Vespucci.  (This is) because  he was the first European to go to America and know where he was.

III. 관계부사 (Relative Adverbs)

제 7 장   태(Voice)               목차로

III. 관계부사 (Relative Adverbs)

I. 수동태 (Passive Voice)

제7장. 태(Voice)

☞ 태는 동사의 주어가 동작을 하는지 안 하는지 여부에 따라 결정된다.

◉ 능동태(能動態: Active Voice)란 동사의 주어가 행위자임을 나타낸다 :

The man called the dog.

◉ 수동태(受動態: Passive Voice)란 문장의 주어가 행위를 받을 때 수동태라 한다.

The dog was called by the man.

◉ 수동태는 언제나 과거분사가 뒤에 딸린 조동사 be와 함께 동사구의 형태를 취한다.

The letter has been written by the manager.

◉ 수동태 동사는 가끔 동작을 받는 대상이 둘 일 수 있다 : 주어와 보류목적어

He was given a scholarship.

1. 수동태 구조 :     능동태 :    A does B(목적어)

수동태 : ⇒ B(주어) is done (by A).   (A= agent 행위자)

They built  this house in 1496. (능동태)

⇒This house was built in 1496. (수동태)

A friend of ours is repairing the roof.  (능동태)

⇒The roof is being repaired by a friend of ours.  (수동태)

This book will change your life.

⇒Your life will be changed by this book.

2. 수동태 동사의 형태(시제)

현   재 (am/are/is + pp)         :  English is spoken here.

현재진행(am/are/is+being +pp)   :  Excuse the mess: the house is being painted. 현재완료(have/has been +pp)    :  Has Mary been told? (Mary는 들었니?)

과   거 (was/were + pp)         :  I wasn't invited, but I went anyway.

과거진행(was/were being+pp)    :  I felt as if I was being watched.

과거완료(had been + pp)         :  I knew why I had been chosen.

미   래 (will be + pp)           : You'll be told when the time comes.

미래완료(will have been + pp)   : Everything will have been done by Tuesday.

‘going to' (going to be +pp)    : Who's going to be invited?

주의 : 미래진행형 수동태(will be being +pp)나 완료진행형 수동태 (had /have /has /will have         been being + pp)는 매우 드문 현상으로 잘 쓰지 않음.

3. 태의 전환

His death was surprising to us.      (=His death surprised us.)

⇒ We were surprised at his death.

They say that John is a good teacher.      (복문)

⇒ It is said that John is a good teacher. (복문수동태)

⇒ John is said to be a good teacher.     (단문수동태)

We regarded him as an expert. ⇒ He was regarded as an expert.

Someone stole my watch.     ⇒ I had my watch stolen.    (수동)

I had him fix my watch.      ⇒ I had my watch fixed.     (사역)

I wanted to have my shoes mend by him.    ⇒ (           )

I could not make myself understand.         ⇒ (           )

4. 자동사가 수동의 의미로 쓰이는 경우

① This book reads well.     (이 책은 잘 읽힌다.)

② This pen writes smoothly. (이 펜은 부드럽게 써진다.)

③ You are to blame.         (=You are to be blamed.)

5. 빈 칸에 적절한 전치사를 넣으시오.

① She is absorbed (      ) the practice of the violin.

② I was robbed (      ) all my money in the bus.

③ Your things will be taken good care (        ) by me.

6. 밑줄 친 부분 중 잘못된 곳을 찾아서 고치시오.
Pluto, the outermost planet of the solar system, discovered photographically

(A)                 (B)                (C)           (D)

in March 1930.

(명왕성은 태양계에서 가장 바깥에 있는 혹성으로서 1930년 3월에 사진으로 발견되었다.)

정답 : 3. mended ; understood

5. in ; of ; of

6. (C) : 주어 Pluto (명왕성)가 동작의 주체가 아니므로 수동으로 해야함.

7. 다음 밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 부분이 있는지를 결정하고, 만약 있다면, 그 부분은?

(A) A check was once returned to a millionaire from a bank. (B) It bore a stamped    imprint: "Insufficient Funds." (C) Beneath the stamped imprint was a notation from      the bank in ink. (D) It was appeared to read, "Not you―us!"

8.  글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분을 고칠 필요가 있는지를 결정하고, 필요가 있다면           가장 잘 고쳐진 것은?

Everyone told me that when I turned fifteen some great internal change would       occur. I truly expected it to occur, but nothing happened. When I asked my            grandmother, however, I replied, "Yes, I do feel a great change has taken place."

①고칠 필요 없음      ② I asked to     ③ I was asked

④ asked by           ⑤ being asked

9.다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법 상 틀린 것은? [2점]

On a summer day in Scotland, Paul, a member of the Beatles suddenly ①felt like seeing his chickens.  The birds ②have left behind at his home in London. Paul decided that the best thing to do was ③to call a taxi. He didn't want the cab to take him to the chickens, though.  He wanted the cab ④to bring the chickens to him. So, at a cost of nearly one hundred pounds, the birds ⑤were driven from England to Scotland in the back seat of a taxi.

10. 다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

The tornado caused ① a lot of damage to cars and houses in the area.  A tree ② fell right through the roof of Evalienna Carr's house.  "I'm just glad everyone is OK," Carr said.  "We can get the house ③ to fix." But, it will take a long time and much money ④ to repair everything.  There was also serious water damage from the thunderstorms.  The heavy rains and high wind caused the power ⑤ to go out in many homes.

정답 :

7.  (D) :  appear가 “..처럼 보이다”로 쓰여 seem이나 look의 뜻이며,

자동사의 경우 수동태로 쓰지 않음.

8.  ④ : When (I was) asked by에서 반복되는 주어와 be동사 생략 가능함.

9.  ② : have been left behind

(새가 뒤에 남게 되었다. Beatles는 새를 뒤에 남겨 두고 떠났다는 말임)

10.  ③  (to be) fixed가 되어야 함.

11. 각 (      ) 안에서 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

What does a *squid have in common with James Bond? Both make their escape  with a smoke screen.  James Bond, the spy in the movies, (A)(has / have)  a smoke screen built into his car.  It can shoot out a jet of thick smoke that blinds the bad guys (B) (follow / following) him.  A squid has its own natural smoke screen.  It has an ink sac inside its body.  When (C) (chased / chasing) by a large, hungry fish, the squid sends out a cloud of dark fluid.  The ink blinds the other fish.  With its enemy in the dark, the squid can make its getaway.

*squid  오징어

(A)         (B)            (C)

① has  ………following ……… chasing

② have ………follow    ……… chasing

③ has  ………follow    ……… chased

④ have ………following ……… chased

⑤ has  ………following ……… chased

12. 다음 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법 상 어색한 것은?

Airplanes are ① slowly driving me crazy.  I live near an airport and passing ② planes can be heard night and day.  Over a hundred people must have been driven away from their homes by the noise.  I am one of ③ the few people leaving.  Sometimes I think this house will be knocked down by a passing plane.  I ④ have been offered a large sum of money to go away, but I am ⑤ determined to stay here.  Everybody says I must be crazy and they are probably right.

=========================================================

정답 :

11. ⑤ 제임스 본드가 주어이므로 동사는 단수동사.

It can shoot out a jet of thick smoke /that blinds the bad guys /following him.

that blinds the bad guys는 smoke를 수식하는 관계대명사로 된 형용사절;

following him의 경우 명사 guys를 수식하는 현재분사로 시작하는 형용사구,

who follow him과 같으며 관계대명사절을 분사형으로 줄인 형태임.

12.  ③  the few people left로 고쳐야 함. 떠나는 사람이 아닌 남게 된 사람의 뜻임.

☞ 부족한 부분은 문법책을 참고하시기 바랍니다.

II.  수동태(Passive Voice) 전환              목차로

II. 수동태(Passive Voice) 전환

◆-1 3형식(S+V+O)의 수동태 전환

1. 수동태를 만드는 법 : 주어, 동사, 목적어를 파악하라.

Tom(He)    loves      Mary(her).     (능동태: 주어의 능동적인 동작)

⇒Mary(She)  is loved by Tom(him).    (수동태: 주어가 동작을 당함.)

2. 수동태의 시제

현재      I do it.            ⇒ It is done by me.

과거      I did it.           ⇒ It was done by me.

미래      I will do it.        ⇒ It will be done by me.

현재완료  I have done it.    ⇒ It has been done by me.

과거완료  I had done it.     ⇒ It had been done by me.

미래완료  I will have done it.⇒ It will have been done by me.

현재진행  I am doing it.     ⇒ It is being done by me.

과거진행  I was doing it.    ⇒ It was being done by me.

3. 조동사가 있는 경우

I will sell the house.

→ The house shall be sold by me.

4. 동사구로 된 경우

(1) <동사+전치사>의 경우

A bus ran over a child.

→ A child was run over by a bus.

(2) <동사+명사+전치사>의 경우

They took good care of the baby.

②            ①

① The baby was taken good care of by them.

② Good care was taken of the baby by them.

◆-2 4형식(S+V+IO+DO)의 수동태 전환

Mr. Brown teaches us English.

① We are taught English by Mr. Brown.     (일반적)

② English is taught (to) us by Mr. Brown.

◆-3. 5형식(S+V+O+C)의 수동태 전환

1. 보어가 명사인 경우

They made him heir to all their riches.

(그들은 그를 자신들의 모든 부의 후계자로 삼았다.)

→ He was made heir to all their riches.

2. 보어가 분사인 경우

She kept me waiting.

→ I was kept waiting by her.

3. 보어가 to부정사인 경우

We expect him to succeed.

→ He is expected to succeed.

4. 보어가 원형부정사인 경우

I made him do the work.

→ He was made to do the work. (목적보어인 원형부정사는 to부정사로 바뀜.)

주의 : let과 have는 수동태로 못 고친다.

He let me do it.

→ I was let to do it. (X)

→ He let it be done by me. (O)

→ I was allowed to do it [by him]. (O)    ← He allowed me to do it.

He had his wallet stolen.   →  His wallet was had stolen. (X)

확인학습 : 다음 문장을 수동태로 쓰시오.

(1) He gave us a lesson in Taekwondo.

(2) He made his friend a business-partner.

◆-4 의문문의 수동태

1. 의문사가 없는 의문문의 수동태

Do you read the Bible every day?

→ Is the Bible read every day?

2. 의문사가 주어인 경우

Who invaded Afghanistan?

S

→ By whom was Afghanistan invaded?

By+목적격

3. 의문사가 목적어인 경우

What did Tom make?

O

→ What was made by Tom.

S

4. 의문사가 목적보어인 경우

What do you call this flower in English?

OC                    O

→ What is this flower called in English?

◆-5 명령문의 수동태

1. 긍정문인 경우

Lock the door.

→ Let the door be locked.

2. 부정문인 경우

Don't open the box.

→ Let the box not be opened.

→ Don't let the box be opened.

3. <Let+O+원형부정사>인 경우

Let them finish the work.

→ Let the work be finished by them.

확인학습 : 다음 문장을 수동태로 쓰시오.

(1) What did he do?

(2) Who is playing the piano?

(3) Don't touch the stone.

◆-6 목적어가 that절인 경우의 수동태

They say/think/believe/ that he is a genius.

→ It is said/thought/believed that he is a genius. (수동태 복문)

→ He is said to be a genius. (수동태단문)

◆-7 부정어가 주어인 문장의 수동태

1. Nothing moves her.

→ She is moved by nothing.   (△)

→ She is not moved by anything. (O)

2. Nobody trusted him.

→ He was trusted by nobody.  (△)

→ He was not trusted by anybody.  (O)

◆-8 능동태로서 수동의 뜻을 갖는 문장

1. His book always sells(=is sold) well.

2. Her biography reads(=is read) like a novel.

3. A skyscraper is building(=is being built).

4. This banana peels(=is peeled) well.

5. I am to blame(=to be blamed) for the accident.

6. This house is to let(=to be let).

◆-9 수동태의 두 가지 뜻

1. 동작 수동

Our house is painted every year.

= We paint our house every year.

2. 상태 수동

Our house is painted white.

→ We have painted our house white.

◆-10 수동태에서 by이외의 전치사를 쓰는 경우(관용적)

1. I was surprised at(by) the news.

2. She was pleased with the present.

3. Are you interested in popular music?

4. He is known to everybody?

cf. A man is known by the company he keeps.

5. The ground is covered with snow.

6. We are satisfied with the result.

7. I was tired with walking.

cf. I was tired of eggs. (=be sick of)

8. She is married to an American.

9. The boys were caught in a shower.

= The boys were overtaken by a shower.

주관식 연습문제

문1 : 다음 문장을 수동태로 쓰라

1. The teacher praised the brave student.

=                                        .

2. I will punish you.

=                                        .

3. The Koreans have long loved Arirang.

=                                        .

4. My uncle gave me this watch.

=                                        .

5. The boys elected him captain of the team.

=                                        .

6. No one could persuade him to give up.

=                                        .

7. Everybody will laugh at you.

=                                        .

문2 : 다음 문장을 능동태로 쓰시오.

1. The story has been told by some writers.

=                                        .

2. Your promise must be kept.

=                                        .

3. How is the word spelled.

=                                        .

4. Edison may be called the father of inventors.

=                                        .

5. No notice was taken of his warning.

=                                        .

6. Let the parcel be delivered by tomorrow.

=                                        .

7. We will be complimented by the teacher.

=                                        .

8. She was never seen to cry.

=                                        .

문3: 다음 (    ) 안의 말 중에서 알맞은 것은?

1. We were all surprised (at, with) the news.

2. A man is known (by, to) the company he keeps.

3. He is well known(to, by) the world as a pianist.

4. Spanish (speaks, is spoken) in Mexico.

5. I was made (do, to do) the work by my father.

6. The sign (reads, is read), "Keep Out."

7. She (says, is said) to be an excellent singer.

문4 : 다음 문장의 빈 칸에 알맞은 말을 쓰시오.

1. We were caught (     ) a shower on the way.

2. The mountain is covered (      ) snow throughout the year.

3. I am disappointed (       ) the result of the test.

4. Nobody likes to be found fault (        ).

5. The people were made (     ) shudder at the terrible sight.

6. The bridge is now (      ) repaired.

7. (      ) what was the accident caused?

문 5 : 짝지어진 문장이 같은 뜻이 되도록 빈 칸을 채워라.

1. Nobody has seen the boy for days.

= The (      )(      )(      ) seen for days.

2. (       ) say that Lincoln delivered a speech here.

= Lincoln (       )(       )(       ) have delivered a speech here.

3. I want you to take notice of the bulletin board.

= The bulletin board should (       ) taken (       )(       ).

4. My watch was (       ) in the bus.

= I (       ) my watch stolen in the bus.

5. (       ) everything right now.

= (       ) everything (       ) finished right now.

6. Mathematics is very (       ) to me.

= I am very interested (      ) mathematics.

7. Your house (        ) painting.

= You must have your house (        ).

문 6 : 태를 전환한 다음 문장의 빈 칸에 들어갈 말을 고르라.

1. Who broke my vase?

= (         ) was my vase broken?

① Who    ② Whom    ③ By who   ④ By whom  ⑤ By which

2. People will forget it in a few years' time.

= It (         ) in a few years' time.

① will forget           ② will be forget    ③ will have forgotten

④ will be forgetting    ⑤ will be forgotten.

3. We will never hear her beautiful voice again.

= Her beautiful voice (        ) again.

① shall never heard     ② never shall heard

③ will never heard      ④ will never be heard

⑤ will be heard never

문 7 : 다음 각 문장의 빈 칸에 알맞은 말을 고르시오.

1. The boy was made (     ) the truth.

① to tell   ② tell    ③ telling   ④ told   ⑤ to be told

2. He had a fall and got his leg (       ).

① break   ② brake   ③ broken   ④ breaking    ⑤ be broken

3. All my shirts (       ) at this moment.

① are washing   ② are being washing

③ are washed   ④ are been washed  ⑤ are being washed

4. The store (        ) today.

① closes  ② closed   ③ is closed   ④ is closing   ⑤ is close

문 8 : 다음에 주어진 우리말의 영작을 완성하시오.

1. 로마는 하루아침에 만들어지지 않았다. (속담)

Rome (      )(       )(       ) in a day.

2. 많은 젊은이들이 한국동란 중에 사망했다.

A lot of (      ) were (       ) in the Korean War.

3. 그의 최근작 소설은 날개 돋친 듯이 팔리고 있다.

His latest novel is (        ) like ( hot )( cakes ).

4. 너의 행동에 우리는 모두 무척 놀랐다.

We were all greatly (        )(       ) your (        ).

5. 다른 어떤 일보다 먼저 숙제를 끝내도록 하여라.

(      ) your homework be (        ) before anything (     ).

6. 그는 백만장자로 믿어지고 있다.

He is (        )(        ) be a (         ).

7. 우리는 학교에서 집에 오는 길에 소나기를 만났다.

We were (       ) in a (       ) on our (      ) home from school.

※수동태와 능동태의 전환 바람직한가?

주의해야할 수동태의 용법에서 볼 수 있듯이 영어의 수동태 문장을 바라보는 우리의 시각은 달라져야 한다. 언제나 상호 전환해야 직성이 풀리는 교사나 학생이 있다면 그것은 좀 곤란하다. 몇 가지 예를 들어보자.

① All is covered with snow.  (만물이 눈으로 덮여 있다.)   <상태>
② ≠Snow covers all.        (눈은 만물을 덮는다.)          <동작>
뜻이 같지가 않다. 눈으로 덮인 아름다운 광경을 ②번 문장에서는 느낄 수가 없다.

① Children like to be read (by someone).
(어린이들은 누군가가 읽어 주는 것을 좋아한다.)
②≠Children like someone to read.    (어린이들은 누군가가 독서하는 것을 원한다.)

①은 어린이들의 동작을 받아들이기 좋아하는 성질을 수동태를 써서 나타내고 있다.
두개의 문장이 올바르게 전환이 되었을지라도 뜻은 전혀 다른 뜻이 되고 만다.
위의 문장은 그래서 다음과 같이 바꿔져야 한다.

Children like someone to read for them.
(어린이들은 누군가가 자기들을 위해 읽어 주기를 좋아한다.)

수동태 문장을 뚜렷한 목적 없이 함부로 쓰지 말자. 수동태 문장은 사물로부터 당하고 사는 것을 표현한 것이라고 해도 틀리지 않다.

① I was prevented from going to school by the storm.
② The storm prevented me from going to school. (나는 폭풍 때문에 학교에 못 갔다.)
학교에 못간 사실을 피해(결과)라고 가정한다면 ②의 문장과 같이 해를 초래한 무엇       (물건 혹은 행동)이 주어가 되어야 옳다.

수동태 문장을 바라볼 때 글을 쓰는 사람의 정확한 의도가 무엇인지 알려고 노력해야지
수동태 문장을 볼 때마다 능동태로 바꿔야만 하는 습관이 있다면 문제이다.

① It sure is a wonder how toddlers could be taughtto swim at that early age.
② It sure is a wonder how toddlers could learn to swim at that early age.

①은 유아들에게 수영을 가르치는 방법이 신기하고 놀랍다는 말이며,
②는 기저귀를 찬 유아들에게 수영을 가르치는데 신기하게도 유아들은 수영장에서 물개처럼 수영을 해 낸다는 말이다.

∴ 수동태는 그 문장 그대로를 받아들이자.

※참고서적 : 영어의 바다에 헤엄쳐라. (하광호)

제 5 장   수와 시제의 일치           목차로

제5장. 수와 시제의 일치

1. 수의일치 (=주어와 동사의 일치)

주어가 단수이면 단수동사를 복수이면 복수동사를 써야한다.

확인학습:

You (like / likes) apples.   He (like / likes) apples.  They (like / likes) apples.

1) 주어가「A and B」의 형태인 경우는 복수로 취급한다.

He and I (are / am) good friends.

David and Jane (work / works) at the same bank.

Mike and I (were / was) in America last year.

2)「Both A and B」는 복수로 취급한다.

Both John and Bob (like / likes) baseball.

Both Mr. Smith and Miss Jones (are / is)  doctors.

Both Amy and Bob (are / is) going to participate in the conference.

(Both) my sisters and my brother (want / wants) to work in an office.

참고 : 관사의 쓰임에 따른 수의 변화

A white and black dog (are / is) barking at me.

A white and a black dog (are / is) barking at me.

보충 학습 : and로 연결되는 두 요소는 보통 복수 취급하지만 전체로서 한 개념이          된 것이나 every, each, no 등으로 수식될 때는 단수로 취급한다.

Early to bed and early to rise (make/makes) a man healthy, wealthy, and wise.

Bread and butter (are / is) what he eats for breakfast.        (버터 바른 빵)

Bread and butter (are / is) necessary for a quick breakfast.   (빵과 버터)

Each man and woman (have / has) a car.

Every boy and girl in this class (are / is) good at math.

3) 수의 계산을 나타내는 표현은 단수로 표현하는 것이 보통이다.

Two and two is four. = Two and two makes four.            (2+2=4)

Three times four is twelve. = Three times four makes twelve. (3×4=12)

Two from five leaves three.                                   (52=3)

Four divided by two makes two.                              (4÷2=2)

4) 주어가「A or B」로 된 형태인 경우에는 동사와 가까운 B의 인칭과 수에 일치시킨다.

You or Tom (have / has) to go there.

He or I (are / am) wrong.

5) 주어가「either A or B」,「neither A nor B」의 형태인 경우에 동사는 B의 인칭과 수에     일치시킨다.

Either Mike or I (are / am) to go.

Either you or he (have / has) to attend the meeting.

Either two chairs or a table (have / has) got to be moved out from the room.

Neither she nor I (are / am) the winner.

Neither he nor you (know / knows) the secret.

Neither Mary nor her sisters (are / is) going to the party.

6) 주어가「not only A but (also) B」,「B as well as A」의 형태인 경우에 동사는 강조가     되는 B의 인칭과 수에 일치시킨다.

Not only you but also he (are /is) going to the party.

= He as well as you (are / is) going to the party.

Not only she but I (is / am) able to speak English.

= I as well as she (is / am) able to speak English.

Not only coffee but also other drinks (are / is) served.

The teacher as well as the students (were / was) overjoyed.

7) 주어 + (전치사 + 명사) + 동사의 경우

The house with the broken steps (are / is) for sale.

8) There is/was + 단수명사; There are/were + 복수명사

There (are / is) an incorrect statement in that newspaper article.

There (are / is)  some interesting pictures in today's newspaper.

There (are / is) a book on the desk.   There (are / is) some books on the desk.

9) police, people, cattle + 복수동사

The police (are / is) prepared in case there is a riot.

10) the rich/ the poor/ the old/ the young/ the disabled + 복수동사

The poor (have / has) many problems.

11)no one/ everyone/ everybody/ everything/ anything/ something/ nothing + 단수동사

No one (are / is) here.   No one (know / knows) the answer.

Everyone (were / was) pleased by the news.

12) 부분을 나타내는 말인 some of, most of, half of 등이 주어에 쓰일 때는 그 다음에       오는 말에 따라 단수, 복수가 결정된다.

Some of the books (are / is) quite interesting.

Some of the money (were / was) spent on books.

Most of the students (know /knows) me.

Most of the work (has / have) been done.

Half of the apple (are / is) rotten.

Half of the apples (are / is) rotten.

Some of the apples (were / was) too small to sell and had to be thrown out.

The top part of the shoe (are / is) made of leather.

Almost three-fourths of the Earth (are / is) covered with oceans.

Almost two-thirds of the country (are / is) unsuitable for farming.

13) to 부정사구, 동명사구, 명사절이 주어인 경우 단수 취급

To lean out of the windows (are / is) dangerous.

Reading books (are / is) easier than speaking it.

Growing flowers (are / is) her hobby.

What annoys me (am / is) the way he boasts about what he's done.

What they found (are / is) very important.

14) 주어가 수식을 받아 주어와 동사 사이가 멀어진 경우

The similarity between the two stories (suggest / suggests) Lowry wrote them both.

The most effective way to safeguard Internet users at a public library (are / is)        through blocking programs.

The bridge weakened by successive storms (are / is) no longer safe.

People who suffer from migraine headaches (have / has) an increased risk of stroke.

15) a number of (= many : 많은) 뒤에는 복수동사 ,

the number of (~ 의 수)에서 주어는 the number로 단수동사가 옴.

A number of participants were late for the conference.

A number of students in the class (speak / speaks) English very well.

Quite a number of paintings (have / has) been sold at auction. However,            the number of paintings sold at auction in the 1990s (were / was) not revealed to    the public.

The number of students in this room right now (are / is) twenty.

The number of participants in the conference is twenty.

16) 시간, 거리, 무게, 금액 등 전체를 하나의 단위로 생각해서 단수취급

Twenty miles (are / is) a long way for him.

Fifty minutes (are / is) too long for me to wait.

17) 복수형 학과명(Politics, Physics, Mathematics 등) - 단수취급

Mathematics (are / is) my favorite subject.

18) 주격관계대명사+동사의 경우 : 선행사에 일치

I have a computer program which (do / does) the job for me.

19) one of/ each of 복수명사에서는 one과 each가 주어

One of my best friends (are / is) coming to visit me tomorrow

One of the boys who (come / comes) first (are / is) welcomed.

Each of my friends (are / is) here.

Every one of my friends is here.

Each of us (have / has) to go.

We each (have / has) to go.  (중심어는 We임)

20) None of +복수명사도 단수취급(복수도 가능)

None of the boys is here. (formal 격식을 차리는 경우 none을 단수취급)

None of the boys are here. (informal 격식을 차리지 않는 경우 의미에 중점을 두어)

*확인학습

1. Some of the apples in this bowl (is, are) rotten.

2. A lot of the students in this class (is, are) from Korea.

3. The number of employees in my company (is, are) approximately five hundred.

4. The subjects you will be studying in this course (is, are) listed in the syllabus.

5. Getting to know students from all over the world (is, are) one of the best part of      my job.

수능예문 속에서 익히기

1) A common mistake in talking to celebrities (are / is) to assume that they don’t       know much about anything else except their occupations. [문장출처: 2007 수능]

2) The ability to sympathize with others (reflect / reflects) the multiple nature of the     human being, his potentialities for many more selves and kinds of experience than     any one being could express.                             [문장출처: 2008 수능]

<해석> 타인과 공감할 수 있는 능력은 인간의 복합적 본성, 즉 어느 한 인간이 표현할      수 있는 것보다 더 많은 여러 인간상과 각종 경험에 대한 잠재력을 반영한다.

3) One of the easiest ways to reduce these emissions (are / is) simply to change our mind-set about driving.                           [문장출처: 2009 9월 평가원]

<해석> 이러한 배출을 줄이는 가장 좋은 방법 중 하나는 운전에 대한 우리의 사고방식    을 바꾸는 것이다.

4) Someone who reads only newspapers and books by contemporary authors (look /   looks) to me like a near-sighted person.                [문장출처: 2006 수능]

<해석> 단지 신문과 현대의 저자들이 쓴 책만을 읽는 사람은 나에게는 근시안적인      사람처럼 보인다.

5) The total number of foreign students attending Korean language programs (have /  has) increased to more than 30,000 in Seoul alone this year from about 4,700 at the end of last year.                                     [문장출처: 2005 수능]

6) In a commercial society, where having money or wealth is most important, things that can be brought by wealth, such as cars, houses, or fine clothing, (are / is)   considered status symbols.                                 [문장출처: 2008 수능]

<해석> 돈이나 부를 얻는 것이 대단히 중요한 상업 사회에서는 자동차, 주택, 또는         고상한 의복 등과 같이 부를 통해 얻어질 수 있는 것들이 지위의 상징으로 간주된다.

7) 다음 글의 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 틀린 것은?

The phrase, `jack-of-all-trades` is a ① shortened version of `Jack of all trades and master of none.` It refers to those who ② claim to be proficient at countless tasks, but cannot perform a single one of them well. ~ A large number of efficiency experts set up shop in London, ③ advertising themselves as knowledgeable about every type of new manufacturing process, trade, and business. ~ But it soon became ④ evident that their knowledge was limited and of no practical value. ~ These experts are still with us, and as a result so ⑤ does the phrase.

2 시제의 일치

주절과 종속절로 이루어진 복문에서 주절의 시제와 종속절의 시제를 일치시키는 것을      시제의 일치라 한다.

1) 주절의 동사가 현재, 현재완료, 미래인 경우 :

주절의 동사가 현재, 현재완료, 미래이면 종속절의 동사는 제한이 없이 쓰인다.

(1) 주절의 동사 : 현재

They know that he lives in Japan.

They know that he will go to Japan.

They know that he lived in Japan.

They know that he has gone to Japan.

(2) 주절의 동사 : 현재 완료

They have known that he lives in Japan.

They have known that he will go to Japan.

They have known that he lived in Japan.

They have known that he has been in Japan.

(3) 주절의 동사 : 미래

They will know that he lives in Japan.

They will know that he will go to Japan.

They will know that he lived in Japan.

They will know that he has gone to Japan.

The point is that I can't do anything without her.

There is no possibility that he will be freed.

That's not what I meant to say.

I will never forget that he insulted me.

2) 주절의 동사가 과거인 경우 :

주절의 동사가 과거인 경우에는 종속절의 동사는 과거나 과거완료가 되어야 한다.

They knew that he lived in Japan.

They knew that he had gone to Japan.

I thought that he could win the game.

He said that he had once been to Japan.

We knew that you had had a good time.

It was so cold that they could not go on a picnic.

She asked me when I had caught cold.)

1. 시간 표현과 동사의 시제를 일치시킨다.

We installed a new accounting system three years ago.

We have purchased three companies so far.

과거완료: by 1980, by the time + 과거

과    거: three years ago, last week, in 1980, yesterday

현재완료: since 1990, for three years, so far

미래완료: by next July, by the time + 현재

2. 주절의 동사와 종속절의 동사를 일치시킨다.

We (were / have been) friends since we met at school. (현재완료 + since + 과거)

She said that she couldn't come to the party on Friday. (조동사도 시제 일치)

3. 가정법: If 절의 시제와 주절의 시제 일치

a) 가정법 현재

If the company (will fail / fails), we will lose our money.

b) 가정법 과거: 현재 사실

If I (had / have) enough money, I would travel around the world.

If I (were / was) you, I would buy a house. (인칭 무관 were)

c) 가정법 과거완료: 과거 사실

If I had been told that you would go, I would have gone too.

4. 시간/조건 부사절

*시간 부사절(when, after, before, until, once, as soon as): 미래 대신 현재, 미래완료

대신 현재완료

*조건 부사절(if, unless): 미래 대신 현재

a) I must get to the bank before it (will close / closes).

b) If we (will miss / miss) the train, we can get the next one.

5. 동사원형을 쓰는 특별 구문

a) demand, order, insist, require, request, suggest, propose, recommend + that +         주어 + 동사원형

The teacher demands that we (are / be) on time.

b) It is important/ necessary/ essential/ vital/ imperative/ advisable + that + 주어 +       동사원형

It is important that they (are / be) told the truth.

제 6 장   접속사(接續詞, Conjunctions)       목차로

제6장. 접속사(接續詞, Conjunctions)

영어 문장이 어렵게 느껴지는 것은 아마도 긴 문장을 접할 때 일 것이다.  그런데 알고 보면 이런 긴 문장들도 대개는 문장의 5형식에서 배운 짧은 문장들이 접속사로 이어져 길어져 있음을 알 수 있다. 접속사를 알면 문장은 짧아져 보인다고 말할 수도 있을 것이다.

A. 접속사의 종류

1. 형태에 의한 분류
(1) 단순접속사(Simple Conjunction) ―낱말 하나로 이루어진 것으로서 but, or, that, if,       because....등을 가리킨다.

(2) 등위 상관 접속사 (Correlative Conjunctions) ―두개 이상의 낱말이 상호 관련되어        하나의 접속사 역할을 하는 것.

not only A but also B  (A뿐만 아니라 B도)
both A and B          (A와 B 모두)
either A or B           (A나 B 중 어느 한쪽)
neither A nor B         (A도 B 도 ∼아니다)

(3) 구 접속사 (Conjunction Phrase) ― 두 개 이상의 낱말로 구성된 것.

B as well as A          (A처럼 B도; A뿐만 아니라 B도)
=not only A but also B  (A뿐만 아니라 B도)
여기서 as well은 too    (역시, ∼도)의 뜻임
as/so long as           (∼하는 한 = as/so far as)
so that ∼               (그래서 ∼하도록)
now that∼              (이제 ∼하니까)

2. 기능에 의한 분류
(1) 등위 접속사 (Coordinate Conjunction) ― 대등한 관계에 있는 단어, 구, 절을 연결하는 접속사.
and (그리고), but(그러나), or(혹은), nor(∼도 아니다), for(왜냐하면)

(2) 종속접속사(Subordinate Conjunction) ― 주절에 대해 종속적으로 연결시키는 접속사
if       (∼이면),              as       (∼하면서, ∼ 때문에, .....),
after    (∼한 후에),           before   (∼하기 전에),
since   (∼한 이래로),         because  (∼하기 때문에),
whether (∼인지 아닌지)       when     (∼할 때)
that     (∼라고, ∼라는 것, ......)
though  (∼일지라도, =although, even though, even if, if)

B. 알아둘 만한 접속사들
1. 등위 접속사
① and (그리고, 그래서, 그러면)
He likes apples and bananas.
He failed again, and we were greatly disappointed.
Water the seeds, and they will grow.

(씨앗에 물을 주어라, 그러면 그것들이 자라날 것이다.)

② not A but B (A가 아니라 B다)
He is not an American, but a German.

※기타의 기능
There is no one here but me.     (전치사: but=except)
He is still but a child.             (부사: but=only)
There is no one but knows him.   (유사관계대명사: but=that∼not)
It never rains but it pours.         (종속접속사)
=When it rains, it always pours.
(never∼but; = when ∼ always)

③ or
▲명령문에서 : (그렇지 않으면:=unless. if ∼not)
Start at once, or you will miss the train.
=If you don't start at once, you will miss the train.

▲동격구문에서 : (즉, 환언하면:=that is to say) : 흔히 코머 다음에 or는 ‘즉’으로 해석.
He is good at grammar, or the act of speaking and writing correctly.
This is the end, or the last part.

▲or의 부정 nor (=and ∼not)
The job cannot be done by you nor by me.
The meal didn't cost much, nor was it very good.
(그 식사는 별로 비싸지도 않았지만 아주 좋지도 않았다.)

2. 등위 상관접속사
① both A and B : (A와 B모두)
= not only A but also B
= B as well as A
= A and B as well
= at once A and B
= In addition to ∼,
= Besides ∼,
This novel is both interesting and instructive.
=This novel is not only interesting but also instructive.
=This novel is instructive as well as interesting.
=This novel is interesting and instructive as well.
=This novel is at once interesting and instructive.
=In addition to being interesting, this novel is instructive.
=Besides being interesting, this novel is instructive.

② either A or B (A, B중 어느 하나: B의 수에 일치)
neither A nor B (A도 B도 아니다: B의 수에 일치)

Either my brothers or my father is coming.
Neither the teacher nor the students are lazy.
(선생님도 학생들도 모두 게으르지 않다.)

3.종속접속사
종속접속사가 이끄는 종속절은 기능상 명사절, 형용사절, 부사절로 구분할 수 있다.

1) 명사절 : 문장 속에서 주어, 목적어, 보어, 동격의 역할.
① that 절 (∼것)
I know that the Korean people are diligent.
(that이하는 know의 know의 목적어로서 명사절)

② whether와 if절 (∼인지 아닌지)
He asked me whether she was coming (or not).
=He asked me whether or not she was coming
=He asked me if she was coming (or not).
Do you mind if I smoke?

③의문절 : 의문사+주어+동사 (의문사가 명사절을 이끄는 접속사역할)
I don't know what his name is.
The question is why we have to learn English.

2) 형용사절 : 선행사를 수식하며, 관계사절 (관계대명사절, 관계부사절)이 형용사절임.
Tom's brother (who lives in New York) is a teacher.
※흔히 문장의 구문을 빨리 파악하기 위해서는 수식어(군살)를 제거하고 뼈대를 볼 줄       알아야 하는데 관계사절 같은 경우는 (  )를 이용하면 구문이해가 빨라진다.

3) 부사절 : 흔히 종속절하면 부사절이 떠오를 정도로 부사절을 이끄는 종속접속사는          그 수도 많으며 알아둘 것도 많다. 의미상 시간(때), 장소, 목적, 이유(원인), 결과, 조건,     양보, 비교 등의 접속사로 나눈다.
①시간(때)의 부사절 접속사 :
when(∼할 때), before, after, while(∼하는 동안에), since(∼한 이래로), until (~할 때     까지), (,until= and at last), as(=when), as soon as, once(일단 ∼하면), the moment     (∼하는 순간), whenever,   Each time SV, Every time SV,

ex) While I was out, he started to misbehave.
(내가 없는 동안 그는 나쁜 행동을 하기 시작했다.)
He saw her as they were both getting off the bus. [as=when]
As soon as I saw her, I recognized her.
=The moment I saw her, I recognized her.
=The instant I saw her, I recognized her.
=The minute I saw her, I recognized her.

=Immediately I saw her, I recognized her.

②목적의 부사절 종속접속사 :
▲ so that... S may/will/can (∼하도록)   =in order that .....

He went to France so that he could learn French.
"         in order that he could French.
"         in order to/ so as to/ to learn French.
"         for the purpose of learning French.
"         with a view to learning French.

▲ lest ... should ∼ (∼하지 않도록)   =for fear (that) ... should∼

He came in quietly lest he should wake the child.
"          so that he might not wake the child.
"          so as not to/ in order not to/ not to wake the child.
"          for fear of waking the child.

③결과의 부사절을 이끄는 종속접속사
so ∼that.... (너무∼해서),    such∼that... (너무∼해서)

The boy was so clever that he could solve the problem.
=The boy was so clever as to solve the difficult problem.
=The boy was clever enough to solve the difficult problem.
He was such a clever boy that he could solve the difficult problem.

④원인, 이유의 부사절 종속접속사 :
as, since, seeing that, now (that) (이제∼하니까), not because∼but because ....

As she had no car, she stayed at home. (as= ∼ 때문에)
Since you can't answer the question, perhaps we'd better ask someone else.
Seeing that(=Since) she's lawfully old enough to get married, I don't know how you can stop her.
(사실 그 여자는 법적으로 충분히 결혼할 수 있는 나이인데 어떻게 당신이 그녀의 결혼을 막을 수 있을는지 나는 모르겠다.)
Now (that) I've heard the music, I understand why you like it.
(이제 그 음악을 들어보니 나는 네가 그것을 좋아하는 이유를 알겠다.)
I like him not because he is wealthy, but because he is faithful.
(나는 그가 부유하기 때문이 아니라 성실하기 때문에 그를 좋아한다.)

⑤조건의 부사절을 유도하는 종속접속사 : (∼하면, ∼라고 가정하면) :

※가정법에서 If 대용어구 참조
if, unless (∼하지 않으면 =if ...not), in case (that), suppose (that),
supposing (that), providing (that), on condition that, etc.

Unless you start at once, you will be late for class.
=If you don't start at once, you will be late for class.
In case[=If] the house burns down, we will get the insurance money.
If only we can get to the next gas station, we'll be all right.
(다음 주유소까지만 갈 수 있다면 우리는 괜찮을 것이다.)
Supposing (that) you fall in love with your boss, what will you do?
=Suppose (that) you fall in love with your boss, what will you do?
=If you fall in love with your boss, what will you do?

⑥ 양보의 부사절을 이끄는 종속접속사 : (∼할지라도)
although, even though, even if, granted (that), while, no matter 의문사+S+V.

Even if/ Even though you don't like wine, try a glass of this.
=Though you may not like wine, try a glass of this.

No matter what you do, don't touch this switch.
=Whatever you do, don't touch this switch.

Patient as/though he was, he had no intention of waiting for three hours. (형용사도치)
=Though he was patient, he had no intention of waiting for three hours.
(☞ as가 양보로 쓰일 때는 문두에 오지 않음.)

Child as he was, he was not afraid of darkness. (명사가 문두도 도치될 경우 무관사)
=Though he was a child, he was not afraid of darkness.

Go where you will, you cannot succeed without diligence. (명령형 양보)
(어디를 가더라도 근면하지 않으면 성공할 수 없다.)

⑦ 비교·비례·양태의 부사절을 이끄는 종속접속사 :
as, than; according as, as, the+비교급; as if, like.

She doesn't run as/so fast as she used to. [뒤의 as]
(그녀는 옛날만큼 빨리 달리지 못한다.)

I think you understand the problem better than I do.

They move into the next class, according as they pass or fail in the exam.
(according as ∼ =∼에 따라서)

As we went up the mountain, we felt colder. (as= ∼함에 따라)

The more, the better. (많으면 많을수록 좋다.)

When in Rome, do as the Romans do.

You look as if/ as though you are going to cry.  =You seem to cry.

It looks like it is going to rain. (구어체. like⇒접속사)

He is the taller of the two.

He loves her none the less for her faults.

=He loves all the more for her faults.

=He loves all the more because she has faults.

★ 접속사 as의 다양한 의미와 기능

a) Cold as it was, we went out.             (=though)

b) As I was walking down the street, I came across my friend. [as=while]

c) As women were not supposed to be novelists, she took the name George Eliot.      [as=since]
(여자들은 소설가가 되어서는 안 된다고 여겨졌기 때문에, 그녀는 George Eliot이라는       이름을 사용했다.)

d) I don't regard you as being a genius.    [as는 전치사]
(나는 너를 천재로 여기지 않는다.)

e) I have the same problem as you have.   [as는 유사관계대명사]
(나는 너와 똑 같은 문제를 가지고 있다.)

연결부사 (Connecting adverbs)       목차로

1. Position in a clause

A subordinate conjunction must usually be placed at the beginning of a clause. However, as was seen in the discussion on adverbs, a connecting adverb may be placed at the beginning, in the middle, or at the end of a clause. This is illustrated below.

접속사는 절의 앞에 위치하지만 연결부사는 그냥 부사의 위치와 똑같음.

e.g. His visit was unexpected. Nevertheless, I was pleased to see him.   (문두)

His visit was unexpected. I was, nevertheless, pleased to see him. (문중)

His visit was unexpected. I was pleased to see him, nevertheless.  (문미)

2. Examples of connecting adverbs

The following are examples of words which may be used as connecting adverbs. Each connecting adverb is followed by its meaning and an example of its use.

Connecting Adverbs

accordingly : so	He was very persuasive; accordingly, I did what he asked.
also : in addition	She is my neighbor; she is also my best friend.
besides : in addition	I like the job. Besides, I need the money.
consequently : so	She had a fever; consequently, she stayed at home.
furthermore : in addition	You should stop smoking. Furthermore, you should do it at once!
hence : for that reason	He is a good friend. Hence, I was not embarrassed to ask him for help.
however : but	We wanted to arrive on time; however, we were delayed by traffic.
likewise : in addition	The region is beautiful. Likewise, the climate is excellent.
moreover : in addition	She is very intelligent; moreover, she is very ambitious.
nevertheless : but	They are proud. Nevertheless, I like them.
nonetheless : but	The ascent was dangerous. Nonetheless, he decided to attempt it.
otherwise : if not, or else	We should consult them; otherwise, they may be upset.
still : but	It is a long way to the beach. Still, it is a fine day to go swimming.
then : 1. next, afterwards	We went shopping, then we had lunch.
2. so	If you are sure, then I must believe you.
therefore : for that reason	I was nervous; therefore, I could not do my best.
thus : so, in this way	He travelled as quickly as possible. Thus, he reached Boston the next day.
그럼에도 불구하고	nevertheless (=nonetheless), in spite of that, despite that, for all that, still, yet, but, just the same, all the same, notwithstanding He's not very reliable, but I like him just the same. 그가 그렇게 믿을 수 있는 사람은 아냐. 하지만 그래도 난 그가 좋아.

제 7장 가정법 (假定法)

목차로

제7장. 가정법 (假定法)

1. 서론

가정법은 영어 표현 중에서 잘 쓰이고 있는 부분이고 이제까지 출제 빈도가 동사․준동사와 거의 쌍벽을 이룰 정도로 매우 높다. 대학 수학 능력 시험이 학력고사처럼 단문형태인 가정법에 대한 문법 지식으로 출제될 가능성은 희박하다.  그러나 독해에 있어서 가정법의 출현은 약방의 감초 그 이상의 관계로 해석에 주의하여 가정법을 철저히 습득할 필요가 있겠다.

2. 가정법이란?

말하는 사람의 마음 속에 떠오르는 가정․의심․소원․요구․ 주장 등을 나타내는 표현법으로 실제 사실과 반대인 머리 속에서만 떠올리는 것이므로 서상법(敍想法)이라고도 한다.

3. 가정법 시제와  직설법 시제의 비교

현재완료     현재부터 미래

(혼합 가정법)    (가정법 현재)

□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□→

□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□                과거           현재             미래

(가정법 과거완료)  (가정법 과거)    (가정법 미래)

★ 잠깐!  질문 있어요.

왜 과거를 과거완료로 표현하고, 현재는 과거로 표현하고, 미래는 그냥 미래로 표현하는지 통 이해가 되질 않네요.

답변:

가정법이란 앞서 지적한 바와 같이 서상법이라고도 했듯이, 사실과는 다른 우리의 머릿속에서만 이루어지는 일이므로 실제 시제를 쓰지 않는다는 점을 기억해 두어야 한다.   그래서 현재나 과거 사실은 한 시제 과거 쪽으로 당겨진 시제를 사용하고 가정법 현재 또한 실제 일어난 일도, 앞으로 일어날 일도 아니고 단지 소원․간망․요구이므로, 다시 말해, 과거나 현재, 미래와 같은 구체적인 시제를 쓸 수 없다는 말이다.  그래서 동사의 의미만 전달되고 시제는 없는 원형을 쓰는 게 원칙인데, 사실 그렇지 않은 것도 있어 좀 머리 아프다.  하지만 여기서는 꼭 기억할 것들로만 다루고 있고 혼돈하지 않도록 해 놓았다.  가정법에서 조동사가 사용된다는 점은 실제 사실과는 요원한 것을 표현하기 위함이라고 짐작할 수도 있겠다.

※조건문(Conditionals) 문장 익히기

If special tenses = unreal, improbable situations now or in the future.

□□ If I become President, I'll ...     (said by a candidate in an election)

□□ If I became President, I'd ...     (said by a schoolboy)

□□ If I win this race, I'll ....        (said by the fastest runner)

□□ If I won this race, I'd ....       (said by the slowest runner)

․ Not the difference of time.

․ They can refer to the present or future.

․ After if, the past tense suggests that the situation is less probable, or impossible, or imaginary.

☞다음 다섯가지 문장을 가능성의 정도에 따라 비교해 보자.

1. General truth  : 과학적, 철학적, 조건의 의미는 거의 없음.

If you live, you die.

If you put butter in the sun, it melts.

2. Probable (75%)

If I work hard, I'll succeed.

If it rains, I'll ....  (가능성 높음, 영국에서)

3. Unlikely (25%)  : current situation

If I worked hard, I'd succeed.

If it rained, I'd .... (사우디에서)

4. Impossible  : hindsight (뒤늦은 깨달음)

If I'd worked hard, I'd have been successful.

If I'd done that, I would have done it.

5.  If you hadn't studied English well, you wouldn't be here.

(It's the combination of the past and the present, and it is quite acceptable.)

4. 가정법의 종류

1) 가정법 과거완료   (과거 사실에 반대: ～했더라면 ～했을 텐데)

형태: If ∼had p.p,   S 과거 조동사 + have p.p

(would, should, could, might)

Ex. If he had helped me, I could have done it.

직설법: As he did not help me, I was not able to do it.

2) 가정법 과거   (현재 사실과 반대 가정: ～라면 ～할텐데)

형태: If ∼과거동사,  S 과거 조동사 + R

(were)

Ex. If I knew her address, I could write a letter to her.

직설법: As I do not know her address, I cannot write a letter

to her.

※말하는 당시의 사실과 반대되는 것을 가정할 때 씀.

①He says, “If I knew her address, I could write a letter to          her.”  (knew는 현재 사실을 반대로 가정한 것임.)

②Yesterday he said, “If I knew her address, I could write a         letter to her.”

(여기서 knew는 said가 과거이므로 어제 그가 말하는 시점인 과거가 됨. 즉 말하는 당시의        사실에 반대되는 가정을 가정법 과거라고 하며 과거동사를 사용함.)

3) 혼합 가정법   (조건절에 과거 사실, 주절에 현재 사실의 반대 가정:                                        ∼했더라면 (지금)∼할텐데)

형태: If ∼had p.p,   S 과거 조동사 + R

Ex. If he had taken the doctor's advice, he might be alive.

직설법: As he did not take the doctor's advice, he is dead.

4) 가정법 미래  (미래의 강한 의심:

(그럴 리는 없지만) 혹시～한다면, ～ 일 것이다.)

형태: If ∼ should R,   S  will(shall, can, may) R

were to         과거 조동사

Ex. If I should fail, I will try again.

If I were to be born again, I would be a poet.

5) 가정법 현재①:

현재․미래에 대한 불확실한 상상, 또는 단순 가정 (만약～하면, ～일 것이다.)

형태:   If(현재 동사),   S+ 현재형 조동사(will, shall, can, may).

Ex. If it be fine tomorrow, I will go on a journey.

(is)

∴ 가정법 현재는 요즈음 단순 조건과 마찬가지로 현재 시제를 많이 쓰므로             별로 중요치 않으나 다음 가정법 현재②는 기억해야 한다.

※가정법 현재②:  (∼하기를 주장․요구․제안․명령하다.)

요구, 주장, 제안, 명령의 내용이 담긴 that절 속에서

insist, urge          (주장)   □

demand, request, ask (요구)  □+ that S (should)+ 동사원형

propose, suggest     (제안)  □

order, command      (명령)  □

※

가정법 현재②에는 동사원형이 사용됨을 꼭꼭꼭 기억하자.

Ex. He insisted that she be sent to America.

He insists (that) he saw a UFO. (그는 비행접시를 보았다고 우긴다.)

☞주의 : insist는 내용에 따라, that절에 여러 가지 시제가 올 수 있다는 것을

기억해야 한다.

※ should의 쓰임은 동사의 내용이 ‘해야 한다’, ‘～할 필요가 있다.’는

필요․당위성을 내포하는 뜻으로 쓰이고 있으며 흔히 생략된다.

문제는 생략이 되더라도 주절의 시제나, that절의 주어의 수에                  관계없이 원형 동사만 쓴다는 것이다.

*가정법 현재③:  소망, 기원문에서  (∼하소서!,  ∼하기를!)

다시 얘기하지만 동사원형을 쓴다함은 실제 일어나는 게 아니고                 일어났으면 좋겠다는 소원일 뿐이다.

㉠ The Lord have mercy on us!

㉡ (May) God bless you!

㉢ Peace be with all the world!

6) 그 외 특수 가정법

① I wish +□□가정법 과거          ( ∼라면 좋겠는데)

□□ 가정법 과거완료     ( ∼였다면 좋을 텐데)

Ex.㉠ I wish it were true.

= I am sorry it is not true.  (직설법)

㉡ I wish it had been true.

= I am sorry it was not true.

㉢ I wished it were true.

= I was sorry it was not true.

(현재 사실의 반대란?  말하는 당시의 현재를 말함)            ㉣ I wished it had been true.

= I was sorry it had not been true.

(말하는 당시의 과거 사실 반대)

② as if + □□ 가정법 과거          ( 마치∼인 것처럼)

□□ 가정법 과거완료      ( 마치∼였던 것처럼)

Ex.㉠ She looks as if she were ill.

=In fact she is not ill.

㉡ She looks as if she had been ill.

=In fact she was not [has not been] ill.

㉢ She looks as if (she were) drunk.

㉣ As if to match his mood, it began to rain.

=As if (it were) to match his mood, it began to rain.

as if= like (직설법, 구어체)

㉤ It looks as if (=as though) it's going to rain.

㉥ You look as if you are going to cry.

㉦ You look like you are very tired.

㉧ He shook his head as if (he was) to say, "I don't believe it."

③ It is (high, about) time (that) □□ 가정법 과거

□□ S should

□□ for ∼ to

Ex. It is high time you went to bed.

= It is high time you should go to bed.

= It is high time for you to go to bed.

1. as if (=as though) + 가정법

① He speaks English as if he were an American.

② He spoke English as if he had been an American.

③ She looks as if (she were) drunk.

2. as if + 직설법 : 구어체․일상적인 용법

① He shook his head as if (he was) to say, "I don't believe it."

② He smiled as if (he was) to welcome her.

3. as if + to R

① As if to match his mood, it began to rain.

=As if (it were) to match his mood, it began to rain.

② She ran forward as if (she were) to take him in her arms.

4. as if = like

① It looks as if(=as though) it's going to rain.

② You look as if you are going to cry.

③ You look like you are very tired.

5. 조건절 대용어구

1) With = If S had (가정법 과거: ∼이 있다면)

If S had had (가정법 과거완료: ∼이 있었더라면)

․With a little more capital, he could succeed in the enterprise.

= If he had a little more capital, he could succeed in the enterprise.

2) Without [But for] =  If it had not been for∼  (∼이 없었더라면)

․ Without your help, I should have failed.     (∼이 아니었더라면)

=But for your help, I should have failed.

=If it had not been for your help, I should have failed.

=Had it not been for your help, I should have failed.

=If you had not helped me , I should have failed.

=If there had been no help of yours, I should have failed.

=I should have failed but that you helped me.

(=if ∼not)

※가정법 과거문장은 If it were not for로 바꾸어짐.

3) to부정사가 조건절 대신함   (부사적 용법중 조건)

․ To tell a lie again, you would be punished.

=If you told a lie again, you would be punished.

․ I should be very glad to speak French.

= if I could speak French.

4) 분사구문이 조건절 대신함

① Coming tomorrow, you will be able to see him.

= If you come tomorrow, you will be able to see him.

② Left alone, he would have been helpless.

= If he had been left alone, he would have been helpless.

③ The same thing,  happening in war time,  would be dangerous.

= The same thing, if it should happen in war time, would be dangerous.

5) 접속사[otherwise]가 조건절 대신함

직설법, otherwise + □□ 가정법 과거            (그렇지 않으면)

□□ 가정법 과거완료        (그렇지 않았더라면)

①He is busy, otherwise he would come here.    (그렇지 않으면)

=or else

=or

=if he were not busy,

②I started at once, otherwise I would have missed the train.

(그렇지 않았더라면)

= if I had not started at once,

6) 관계대명사가

A man who had common sense would not do that.

=A man, if he had common sense, would not do that.

7) but that  :  (∼하지 않는다면= if ∼not, unless)

※가정법 주절 + but that 다음엔 직설법이 온다.

Ex.①I would buy the book but (that) I don't have enough money.

= I would buy the book if I had enough money.

②I should have failed but that you helped me.

= but for the fact that you helped me.

= If you had not helped me, I should have failed.

③But that she was ignorant, I would have married her.

=If she had not been ignorant, I would have married her.

․But that I was poor at English, I could have gone abroad.

=If I had not been poor at English, I could have gone abroad.

cf. I am well except (that) I have a cold.

=save (that)

=if I do not have a cold.

․He is a good student, only (that) he is a little lazy.

8) 명사(주어)가

①형용사+명사가

This medicine might have cured your stomachache.

=If you had taken this medicine, it might have cured your stomachache.

②명사+and

One more step, and you might have fallen off the cliff.

=If you had taken one more step, you might have fallen off the cliff.

9) 부사구가

①Ten years ago, his story would not have been accepted.

=If it had been ten years ago, his story would not have been accepted.

②What would you have done in my place?

= if you had been in my place?

6. 조건절 생략(주절만 있는 경우) : 문맥상 내용 파악 가능한 경우.

① He might have been rich.

⇒(If he had wanted to be rich, he might have been rich.)

② I would like to make a tour round the world.

⇒I would like to make a tour round the world if I could.

7. If절만 있는 경우

① If anybody should come!  [What shall we do?]

② If you ever speak to me like that again!

③ Oh, had I studied harder!

④ Oh, if it were only payday!

8. 접속사 If를 생략하는 경우

가정법 조건절은 흔히 if 가 들어 있으나 생략되는 경우도 있다. If가 생략된 조건절은 VS순으로 위치가 바뀌어지므로 좀 이상하고 생소한 문장처럼 보이게 된다. 이럴 때는 if가 생략되었다는 사실을 기억해야 한다.

Ex.① Could I do so, I would do.

= If  I could do so, I would do.   ( If 생략하면 조동사를 도치함)

↑   □

□□□□□□

② Did I possess the book, I would lend it to you.

= If I possessed the book, I would lend it to you.

(일반 동사의 경우 helping verb 'do'를 사용.)

③ Should he fail to come in time, he would lose the chance.

= If he should fail to come in time, he would lose the chance.

9. If대신 흔히 쓰는 말들

①․ Suppose (that) the plane is late.

= What if the plane is late?

= What will happen if the plane is late?

․ Supposing [=Suppose] you were me, could you put up with such

a rude word?

② Providing [=Provided (that)] you attend the party, I will pick you up.

․ I will lend you the money, provided (that) you pay it back within a week.

③ You may go out on condition that you are back in time.

④ You may stay here so long as you keep quiet.

⑤ Granting [=Granted] that it is true, it doesn't concern me.

= Even if it is true, it doesn't concern me.

⑥ What would you do first in case fire broke out at home?

․ Take your umbrella in case it should rain.           (∼할 것을 대비하여)

․ In case of fire, keep calm and then summon help quickly.

⑦ Unless you work hard, you will fail.

= If you do not work hard, you will fail.

※․if : 상상한 것, 가정된 조건을 나타냄. 종종 의문이나 불확실한 뜻을 내포함.

․provided (that): 명시된 조건을 나타내며, 강한 제한․한정의 느낌을 수반함.

We will keep fighting, provided you help us.

․providing : 만일의 경우를 가정함.

10. 기타 관용어구

① few  □□ if any, + ⓝ              (설령 ~가 있다 하더라도)

little □□

There are  very few, if any, mistakes.

There is little, if any, difference between them.

② if ever                         (설사～하는 일이 있다고 해도)

He seldom, if ever, goes to church.

③ if at all; if ∼at all              (조금 ～한다 할지라도)

․ He is little, if at all, better than a beggar.

= He is little better than a beggar.

= He is no better than a beggar.

= He is as good as a beggar.

․ If you do it at all, do it well.              (이왕 ∼하려거든)

Troops should be sent, if at all, quickly.

④ if anything                              (어느 편인가 하면)

Ben, if anything, was a sensible man.

⑤ if not∼= but not∼                      (∼은 아닐지라도)

The weather was fine, if not glorious.

=but not

≠unless

․ He spent more than half the money, if not all.

․ A good book, if not the best, is worth reading.

⑥ as it were  (=so to speak)                      (즉 말하자면)

He is, as it were, a human computer.

(삽입구로)

cf. As it is,                (문두에 써서)   (실은, 실정을 말한다면)

․ If I had money, I would pay what I owe you.

As it is, I cannot pay.            (=in fact)

․ But for your help, I should have been drowned.

As it was, I was safe.             (그때의 사정으로는, 사실은)

‧ I got enough problems as it is.     (문미에 써서) 이미

(문제라면 이미 충분히 쌓여 있다.)

‧ Perhaps we should accept it as it is.

(아마도 우리가 있는 그대로 받아들여야만 할 것이다.)

Reading Comprehension

※가정법 구문 찾기

①조동사가 들어 있는 문장을 찾아라.

②if절 대용어구를 찾아라.

Language is an (    ⓐ   ) instrument of human society. Indeed it is unlikely that any human organization could either be formed or long maintained without language.  Certainly, in the absence of communication the complex structure of modern society would be utterly impossible.  The effectiveness of human society, therefore, is largely dependent upon the clarity, accuracy, and efficiency with which language is used or understood.  But language, unlike such phenomena as breathing and eating, is not biologically inherent. Sound by sound, word by word, the child acquires ⓑthis wondrous vehicle for expressing his feelings and thoughts, for understanding what others wish him to know or do. Language, as a social convention, thus becomes one of the prime characteristics of men rising above a simple animal existence.

․indispensable :없어서는 안될  ․inherent : 내재적인  ․convention : 관행

1. ( ⓐ )에 들어갈 가장 알맞은 것은?

①intellectual       ②inadequate      ③incredible

④indispensable     ⑤communicative

2. Modern society could not maintain its complex structure  ____________.

① without human organization

② were it not for communication

③ but for the absence of communication

④ if we could not breathe and eat

⑤ without the biological inheritance of language

3. We must use and understand language clearly and accurately __________.

① lest we should be dependent on human society

② in order that we may reform human organization

③ so as to achieve effective human society

④ because language is not biologically inherent

⑤ because language should be acquired sound by sound, word for word

4. 밑줄 친 ⓑthis wondrous vehicle이 가리키는 것은?

정답 :   1.④  2.②  3.③  4.language

※다음 글을 읽고 주어진 문장을 완성하라. (가정법 구문 찾기)

The road itself is a brilliant achievement of modern technology.  It runs for several hundred miles into the mountains, winding like a snake round steep sides up to the top and then down again to the valleys beyond.  I remember one spot in it where there is sheer cliff of more than a thousand feet.  As the road is only wide enough for one vehicle, open spaces have been cut into the sides of the mountains at intervals.  Should two vehicles meet, as often happens, it is necessary for one to reverse to the nearest open space in order to let the other pass.  In bad weather, it is quite terrifying to feel the vehicle travel across the road towards a horrifying cliff.  The drivers are quite unconcerned, however.  To tell the truth, I have never heard of a serious accident.

*Should two vehicles meet, = If two vehicles should meet,

1. When two vehicles meet, one has to reverse, because ______________.

① only one vehicle can pass at a time.

② the road is as long as several hundred miles.

③ the road is winding like a snake

④ the cliffs are too high.

⑤ there are open spaces at intervals

2. Serious accidents are _______________________________.

① rarely heard of .     ② frequently heard of.

③ never heard of       ④ always heard of.

⑤ heard of at intervals.

3. The drivers are ____________________________.

① nervous in bad weather.

② terrified of the sheer cliffs.

③ not worried.

④ always talking about the achievement of modern technology.

⑤ not concerned with the mountain roads.

4. The roads ________________________________.

① winds uphill all the way.

② climbs straight to the top of the mountain.

③ has numerous open spaces.

④ climbs gradually to the top and then down again.

⑤ is cut into the sides of the mountain.

정답 :  1.①  2.③  3.③  4.④

제 8 장.  전치사 (前置詞, Prepositions)    목차로

제8장. 전치사 (前置詞, Prepositions)

★ 전치사란  “(명사) 앞에 두는 말”이란 뜻으로 전치사+명사(상당어구)의 형태로 전명구(전치사구)를 이루어 다른 말을 수식하는 수식어구의 역할을 주로 하게 된다. 문장이 좀 길다 싶으면 전치사+명사로 된 전치사구가 들어있지 않은지 살펴보자. 전명구가 들어있지 않은 문장이 없을 정도이다.

A. 전치사구의 기능

①명사를 수식하는 형용사 기능

The meeting at nine o'clock will be canceled.

(at nine o'clock은 the meeting을 수식)

②동사를 수식하는 부사적 기능

He sat under the tree to rest. (under the tree는 sat을 수식)

③그 외에도 전치사의 목적어 역할을 하는 명사적 기능이 있다.

The moon came out from behind the clouds.

(behind the clouds는 from의 목적어)

④ 마지막으로 동사+전치사=구동사(Phrasal verbs)가 되어 유용한 말들이

생성되므로 전치사를 잘 알아 둘 필요가 있겠다.

ex) look at                         ...을 보다

look up at                       ...을 쳐다보다

look up to      = respect         ...를 존경하다

look down at                     ...을 내려다보다

look down on   = despise         ...를 무시하다

look for        = seek            ...을 추구하다

look after      = take care of      ...를 돌보다

look into       = examine         ...을 조사하다

look forward to = anticipate with pleasure ...을 학수고대하다

B.전치사의 목적어

전치사의 목적어는 명사, 대명사뿐만 아니라 명사절, 그 외 부정사와 동명사 등이 목적어로 쓰인다.

Ex) Everything depends on whether we will pass the test. (명사절:whether이하)

There is nothing to do but to obey him.   (but=except)   (to obey)

He prevented me from speaking at the meeting.          (speaking)

C. 전치사의 위치

전치사는 원래 목적어 앞에 오지만 뒤에 오는 경우도 허다하다. 분명한 것은 전치사는 목적어를 필요로 한다는 사실이다.

Ex) What are you so angry about? (about의 목적어는 what)

Whom(=Who) does this house belong to?

=To whom does this house belong?

The house (which) the Browns live in is very old.

=The house in which the Browns live is very old.

I need something to write with.

I hate being laughed at.

What a lot of trouble I'm in.

D. 전치사의 종류

1)단순전치사

① aboard (∼을 타고)

They went aboard the ship. (그들은 배를 타고 갔다.)

② about (불규칙적으로 여기저기에)

around (∼둘레에 :정적인 면); round (∼주위에 : 동적인 면)

I dropped the key somewhere about here.

We sat around the table.

He sailed round the world and came back to England.

③ above (∼을 넘어서)

This book is above me.

=This book is beyond my understanding.

④ beside (∼의 곁에); besides (∼이외에도)

She would like to live beside the sea.

I have three other hats besides this.

⑤ but (=except ∼을 제외하고)

There is no one here but me.

⑥ save (=except ∼을 제외하고)

We know nothing about him save that he was in the army during the war.

⑦ after (∼에도 불구하고)

After all my care, it was broken.

⑧ for (=despite, in spite of∼, ∼에도 불구하고)

For all his efforts, he didn't succeed in finishing the work.

⑨ with (=for, notwithstanding, in spite of, ∼에도 불구하고)

With all your advantages, you are not a success.

(당신의 장점에도 불구하고 당신은 성공한 사람이 못된다.)

⑩ notwithstanding (∼에도 불구하고)

Notwithstanding any other agreements, the law will go into force.

(다른 어떤 협정에도 불구하고 그 법은 시행될 것이다.)

2)복합전치사

① along with (=together with ∼와 더불어)

There was a bill along with the parcel.

② apart from (=aside from ∼을 제외하고)

This is a good work, apart from a few slight faults.

③ as for (∼에 대하여)

I would stay for one or two days, but as for staying a week, that would be    impossible.

④ as to (∼에 관하여)

As to that, I haven't decided yet.

⑤ in respect of (∼에 관하여)

His work is good in respect of quality but bad with regard to quantity.

⑥ with respect/regard to (∼에 관하여)

With respect to the recent flood, please report the number of sheep that were    drowned.

⑦ up to (∼까지, ∼에 종사하고 있는)

Count up to ten.

What in the world are you up to?

⑧ but for (∼가 없다면=without)

But for my brother's help, I would not have finished the work.

⑨ except for (∼을 제외하고)

Except for one old lady, the bus was empty.

3) 기타 분사형 전치사

concerning  (∼에 관하여),    considering  (∼을 고려할 때)

including   (∼을 포함한),    regarding    (∼에 관한)

참조: 고려원 종합영어

(전상범, 김태성, 이승환, 이홍배, 석경징 공저) 1990년판

전치사와 전치사적 부사 (Prepositional Adverbs)

전치사와 전치사적 부사

on,   off,   in,  into,   within,    after,   at,  to,   with,   for， of

☞ 전치사의 용법은 반드시 사전을 보고 수많은 예시를 통해 공부하는 것이 좋습니다.

on ：

전치사나 부사로도 쓰이며, 자주 쓰이는 전치사적 부사(prepositional adverb)의 하나이다.  ‘접촉’을 나타내며 그 접촉면은 상하 좌우 어느 것이든 관계없다. 이러한 사실을 가장 명확히 나타내는 한 가지 예는 a fly walking on the ceiling ‘천장을 기고 있는 파리’이며, 여기서는 ‘…의 위에’라는 번역은 분명히 적당하지 못하다. ‘접촉’을 나타내는 이 on의 성질에서, ‘절박’ ‘종사’ ‘동시성, 일시(日時)’ ‘기초’ 및 기타의 비유적 뜻이 파생하게 된다. 이런 점에서 on은 ‘떨어짐’을 나타내는 off와 정반대이며, 사실상 get on―get off 따위와 같이 관용구에도 짝을 이루는 것이 많다. on은 동사와 결합해서 다수의 중요 동사구를 만든다.

on은 ‘…면에 접하여’의 뜻이 있다: The boat is on the river. 보트는 강 위에 떠 있다. over는 ‘…의 위쪽(특히 바로 위)에’: build a bridge over the river 강에 다리를 놓다. above는 ‘…의 위쪽에’이지만 반드시 바로 위를 가리키는 것은 아님: The waterfall is two miles above the bridge. 폭포는 다리에서 2마일 상류에 있다. up은 ‘…을 올라가, …을 올라간 곳에’: The waterfall is further up the river. 폭포는 좀 더 상류에 있다.

①⦗동명사 또는 동작을 나타내는 명사와 함께⦘ …와 동시에, …하는 즉시,     …하자 곧, …의〔한〕 바로 뒤에

• on arrival 도착하자(마자) 곧

• on receipt of the money 돈을 받자 곧

• On arriving in Seoul, I called him up on the phone.

서울에 도착하자 곧 그에게 전화를 걸었다.

②⦗기초·근거·원인·이유·조건·의존⦘

a) …에 의(거)하여, …에 근거하여; …한 이유로〔조건으로〕, …하면

• a story based on fact    사실에 의거〔입각〕한 이야기

• on condition that ...     …라는 조건으로

• act on her advice       그녀의 충고에 따라 행동하다

• On what ground do you think it is a lie?

무슨 이유로 그것을 거짓말이라고 생각하나

b) …을 먹고, …로

• live on rice 쌀을 주식(主食)으로 하다

• Cattle live 〔feed〕 on grass. 소는 풀로〔풀을 먹고〕 산다.

③

a) ⦗도중을 나타내어⦘ …하는 도중〔길〕에

• on one’s〔the〕way home 〔to school〕 귀가(歸家)하는〔학교로 가는〕     도중에.

b) ⦗동작의 방향을 나타내어⦘ …을 향해, …쪽으로; …을 목표로 하여,      …을 (노리어)

• go 〔start, set out〕 on a journey    여행을 떠나다

• The storm is on us.                폭풍이 닥쳐오고 있다

• She smiled on us.                  그녀가 우리에게 미소를 지었다

• The army advanced on〔to〕the town.

군대는 그 시(市)를 향해 진군했다.

《to는 방향을 나타내지만, on은 덮쳐드는 기분·공격의 뜻이 더함》.

c) ⦗작용·영향·불이익⦘ (곤란하게도) …에 대하여; …을 버리어

• have (a) great effect on ... …에 큰 영향을 미치다

• The heat told tell on him. 그는 더위에 지쳤다.

tell on …에 즉효가 있다, …에 영향을 미치다

• The noise gets on my nerves. 그 소음이 나의 신경을 건드린다.

in :

①⦗경과⦘ (지금부터) …후에, …지나면, …지나서

• in a week    1주일이면〔지나서〕

《주로 미래에 쓰임; 《미국구어》에서는 종종 within과 같은 뜻으로도 사용됨》

• be back in a few days            며칠〔2, 3일〕이면 돌아온다.

• I’ll phone you in two hours, after the meeting.

(지금부터) 두 시간 후, 회의가 끝난 뒤에 곧 전화하겠습니다.

②《주로 美》 지난 …동안〔간, 중〕(에)

• the coldest day in 30 years        지난 30년 동안에 가장 추운 날

• I have never seen him in [for] months.

그를 몇 달간 만나지 못했다《영국에서는 for만 씀》.

into :

<상태의 변화를 나타냄>

The fruit can be made into jam.           그 과일은 잼을 만들 수 있다.

Can you translate this passage into German?

이 단락을 독일어로 번역할 수 있겠니?

They came into power in 2003.           그들은 2003년에 정권을 잡았다.

She was sliding into depression.             그녀는 우울증에 빠져 들었다.

<행동의 결과를 나타냄>

He was shocked into a confession of guilt.  그는 충격을 받아 죄를 자백했다.

The girl turned into a swan.                        소녀는 고니로 변했다

Those words scared him ~ silence.    그 말에 그는 두려워서 입을 다물었다

I tried to argue him ~ going.       나는 그를 설득하여서 가게 하려고 했다.

within

① (기간·거리가) …이내에

• within two hours                2시간 이내에

• within a few miles of London    런던에서 수 마일 이내에.

② …의 범위 안에, …을 할 수 있는 곳에(서)

• within one’s power              자기의 힘이 미치는 범위 안에서

• within reach (of the hand)        손 닿는 곳에

• within my reach                 나의 손〔힘〕이 미치는 곳에

off :

※원뜻은 ‘떨어져’이며, 이로부터 여러 가지 뜻이 생겨난다. 반의어인 on이나 up, down 그 외의 것과 함께 전치사와 부사를 겸한 전형적인 전치사적 부사(prepositional adverb)의 하나로, get off (the bus) ‘(버스에서) 내리다’ 또는 turn off the gas ‘가스를 잠그다’ 따위와 같이, get, go, make, put, set, take, turn 등과 결합해서 수많은 숙어동사를 만든다.《각 동사 항목 참조》

※off의 발음상 특징의 하나로는, 부사일 때는 물론이고 전치사일 때도 강하게 발음된다는 것이다. 실은 off와 of는 본디 ‘떨어져’라는 의미를 중심으로 하는 같은 말이었던 것이, 보통 강하게 발음되는 용법이 off, 약하게 발음되는 용법이 of로 되어 분화된 것이다.

after

부사 :⦗순서·시간⦘ 뒤〔후〕에, 다음에, 나중에; 늦게, 뒤쳐져서

• follow after 뒤따르다, 뒤따라가다

• three days after  3일 후에(=three days later =after three days)

전치사 :

① 순서⦘ …의 뒤에〔뒤로〕

• Come after me. 나를 따라오시오

② ⦗흔히 all과 함께 쓰여⦘ …에도 불구하고, (그토록) …했는데도

• After ɑll my trouble, you have learned nothing.

그토록 애써 가르쳤는데도 너는 도무지 모른다.

③ ⦗목적·추구⦘ …의 뒤를 따라〔쫓아〕, …을 찾아〔추구하여〕

• The police are after you.     경찰이 자네 뒤를 쫓고 있네

• What are they after?         그들은 무엇을 찾고〔노리고〕 있는가.

④ ⦗모방·순응⦘ …을〔에〕 따라서, …을 본받아〔본떠〕, …식〔풍〕의

• name a boy after his grandfather

사내 아이에게 그 조부의 이름을 따서 붙이다

• a picture after Rembrandt 렘브란트풍(風)의 그림.

⑤ ⦗관련⦘ …에 대하여〔관하여〕

• inquire〔ask〕after a person (아무)의 안부를 묻다.

※ after ： 추구를 강조함．           run ɑfter a dog 개를 쫓아가다.

for  ： 대상 또는 목표를 강조함． long for peace   평화를 열망하다.

to (전치사)

주로 전치사로서 쓰이지만 ‘닫히어’의 뜻의 부사로서의 용법도 있다. 전치사로는 A 일반적 용법과 B 부정사와의 결합이 있다. 전치사 to의 근본 뜻(특히 A’1 b)은 우리말의 ‘까지’ ‘로’의 뜻에 극히 가까우며, 운동(상태의 추이)이 도달점이나 결과·한계를 갖는 점에 특징이 있다.

≪일반적 용법≫

① ⦗도착의 뜻을 함축시킨 방향⦘ …까지, …로〔에〕

• go to the office                회사에 출근하다

• a trip to the moon             달에 가는 여행

• He fell to the ground.          그는 땅에 쓰러졌다.

② ⦗변화의 방향⦘ …하게, …(으)로

• He rose to fame.               그는 유명해졌다

• bring it to a stop              그것을 멈추게〔서게, 못하게〕 하다

• The total came to $50.         총계 50달러가 되었다

• Things went from bad to worse. 사태는 더욱 악화되었다.

③ ⦗한계; 종종 up to⦘

⦗도달점을 나타내어서⦘ …까지, …에 이르기까지

• from beginning to end          처음부터 끝까지

• count (up) to sixty             60까지 세다

• count from one to fifty         하나에서 쉰〔50〕까지 세다

• all wet to the skin             흠뻑 젖어

• fight to a 〔the last〕 man      최후의 1인까지 싸우다.

④ ⦗정도·범위⦘ …에(이르기)까지

• to a degree                           다소

• to some extent                        어느 정도까지

• to the minute                         1분도 틀리지 않고

• tear a letter to pieces                  편지를 갈가리 찢다

• to the best of my belief〔knowledge〕  내가 믿기로는〔아는 한〕

• I enjoyed to the full.                  실컷 즐겼다.

⑤ ⦗목적⦘ …을 위하여, …하러

• sit down to dinner                    저녁식사를 위해(서) 자리에 앉다

• He came to my rescue.                그는 나를 구하러 왔다

• Here’s to your health!                 자네의 건강을 위하여 축배!

★ 유익을 뜻하는 ‘…을 위해’는 for:

Wine is good for the health.            포도주는 건강에 좋다.

⑥ ⦗결과·효과⦘

a) ⦗흔히 to a person’s에 감정을 나타내는 명사가 와서⦘ …하게도, …한 것은

• much to the delight of the children     아이들이 무척 좋아한 것은

• to my surprise〔joy, sorrow〕        놀랍〔기쁘, 슬프〕게도.

b) …하게 되기까지, 그 결과…

• be starved to death                  굶어 죽다

• be moved to tears                   감동하여 울다

• sing a baby to sleep               노래를 불러 아기를 잠재우다.

ⓝ

c) ⦗결과·효과를 나타내는 구를 이끌어⦘

• to one’s cost                       결국 손해를 입고

• to no purpose                      헛되이

• to the point 〔purpose〕            적절히.

⑦ ⦗대비⦘ …에 대하여, …대(對); 매(每) …에, …당

• Reading is to the mind what food is to the body.

독서의 정신에 대한 관계는 음식의 몸에 대한 관계와 같다

• Two is to four as three is to six.            2:4=3:6

• The score was nine to five.                 득점은 9대 5였다.

• He was the first to come.                   그 사람이 첫 번째로 왔다.

(=He was the first who came.)

to (부사)

《be 동사와 결합한 때에는 형용사로 볼 수도 있음》

① 본디 상태〔위치〕로, 제자리에; (문 따위가) 닫히어; 멈추어; 제정신이 들어,      의식을 차리어

• draw the curtains to                       커튼을 치다

• Shut the door to.                         문을 꼭 닫아라.

• bring a ship to                          배를 멈추게 하다

• He came to.                  그는 제정신이 들었다〔의식을 차렸다〕

《‘제정신이 들게 하다’는 bring him to》.

② 활동을〔일 따위를〕 시작하고, 착수하고

• We turned to gladly.                      기꺼이 일에 착수하였다

• We sat down for lunch and fell to.

우리는 점심을 먹기 위해 자리에 앉아 식사를 시작했다.

③

a) 《미국》 앞쪽에〔으로〕

• He wore his cap wrong side to.

그는 모자를 뒤쪽을 앞으로 하여 쓰고 있었다.

b) 〖항해〗 (뱃머리를) 바람부는 쪽으로 향하여〔돌리어〕(forward).

★ on, up 따위로 이루어지는 구동사와는 달리, to는 목적어 앞에 나올 수 없음

• push the door to.    ≪ ̽push to the door》.

♣ to and fro 여기저기(에), 이리저리(로), 왔다갔다

∘ He was walking to and fro in the room.

그는 방안을 왔다갔다 하고 있었다.

※⟪NOTE⟫ to, toward, for의 차이: He ran to 〔towɑrd, for〕 the door. 그는 방문쪽으로 달려갔다. to는 방향의 뜻에 더하여 도어에 도달했음을 암시함. toward는 방향을 나타내어 ‘문쪽으로’, for는 목표를 나타내어 ‘문을 향하여’를 암시함.

※⟪NOTE⟫ ⑴ 이 용법의 to는 본디 전치사이지만, 현재에 와서는 ‘to+동사의 원형’으로 부정사를 보이는 기호처럼 되었음.

with

①《소유》

a)⦗소유·소지·구비⦘ …을 가지고 (있는), …이 있는(⟨OPP.⟩ without)

《whose, of which를 쓴 관계대명사 절의 대용 표현으로 선호됨》

• an animal with horns                 뿔이 있는 동물

• a child with no brothers or sisters     형제도 자매도 없는 아이

• a girl with blue eyes                 푸른 눈을 가진 소녀

• a can with a hole in the bottom       바닥에 구멍이 난 깡통

• She is with child.                    그녀는 임신하고 있다

• I want a house with a large garden.    넓은 뜰이 딸린 집을 원한다.

b)⦗휴대⦘ …의 몸에 지니고《on 보다 일반적》

• I have no money with〔on〕me.         갖고 있는 돈이 없다

• Take an umbrella with you.             우산을 가지고 가거라.

• He always carries a camera with him.   그는 늘 카메라를 지니고 다닌다.

②⦗부대(附帶) 상황⦘ …한 상태로, …하고, …한채, …하면서

《⑴ 보통 with+명사+보어(형용사·분사·부사어구·전치사구 따위)의 형태를 취함. ⑵ with는 종종 생략되는데 이 때 관사·소유격 따위도 생략될 때가 있음》

• speak with a pipe in one’s mouth 파이프를 입에 물고(서) 이야기하다      (=speak pipe in mouth)

• sit with one’s eyes closed            눈을 감고 앉다

• He stood with his back against the wall.

그는 등을 벽에 기댄 채 서 있었다．

• Mary left the kitchen with the kettle boiling.

메리는 물이 끓는 주전자를 그대로 놓아 둔 채 부엌을 나갔다

• They stood there with their hats off 〔on〕.

그들은 모자를 벗고〔쓴 채〕 거기 서 있었다.

• With night coming on, we closed our shop.

밤이 다가와서 가게를 닫았다《with를 생략하면 독립 분사 구문》.

③⦗양태⦘ …으로(써), …하게, …을 가지고《보통 추상 명사와 더불어 부사구를 만듦》

• with ease                          수월히(=easily)

• work with diligence 〔diligently〕    부지런하게 일하다

• He did it with confidence.           그는 확신을 가지고 그것을 했다．

• She greeted me with a smile.        그녀는 미소로써 인사했다．

• Treat this with care 〔carefully〕.    이것을 조심해서 다루시오．

• They listened to us with (a) surprising calmness.

그들은 놀라울 만큼 침착하게 우리 이야기를 들었다．

• entertain a guest with cordial hospitality

손님을 진심으로 기꺼이 환대하다.

④⦗관리·위탁⦘： (아무)의 손에, …에 맡기어

• leave a child with a nurse                    아이를 유모에게 맡기다

• He entrusted me with his car[=his car to me].  그는 차를 나에게 맡겼다.

⑤⦗이유·원인⦘ …으로 인해, …때문에, …탓으로

• eyes dim with tears                   눈물로 침침해진 눈

• faint with hunger                     굶주림으로 정신을 잃다

• tremble with fear                     공포로〔에〕 떨다

• He was down with fever.              그는 열로 쓰러졌다．

• I was silent with shame.               창피해서 말도 안 나왔다.

⑥⦗양보; 종종 ~ all로⦘ …에도 불구하고, …이 있으면서도

• With ɑll his wealth, he is still unhappy.

그만한 부(富)를 가졌는데도 그는 여전히 불행하다．

• With the best of intentions, he made a mess of the job.

성심성의로써 했는데도 그는 그 일을 잡쳐놓았다.

⑦⦗대상⦘⦗감정·태도의⦘ …에 대해서, …에(게)

• be angry〔frank, gentle〕with a person

아무에게 성을 내다〔솔직히 하다, 상냥하게 하다〕

• Be patient with people.

남에게 참을성 있게 굴어라〔화를 내서는 안 된다〕

• She is popular with〔among〕the boys.

그녀는 남자 아이들에게 인기가 있다

• They are in love with each other.         그들은 서로 사랑하는 사이다.

★ with를 쓰는 그 밖의 형용사: cross, furious, pleased, upset.

한편 kind, polite, rude 따위는 with를 취하지 않음: be kind to people.

of

①a) ⦗기원·출처⦘ …로부터, 출신〔태생〕의, …의《특정 연어(連語)를 제외하고 현재는 from이 보통》

• a man of〔from〕Oregon           오리건 출신의 사람

• the wines of〔from〕France        프랑스산(產)의 포도주

• come of〔from〕a good family     지체 있는 집안〔명문〕의 출신이다

• I asked a question of [̽to] her.  (=I asked her a question.)

그녀에게 질문을 했다

• You expect too much of [from] her. 자넨 그녀에게 지나치게 기대를 한다.

b) ⦗원인·이유·동기⦘ …로 인해, …때문에, …(으)로

• be sick of ...            …에 넌더리가〔신물이〕 나다, …이 싫어지다

• be afraid of dogs                 개를 무서워하다

• die of cancer                     암으로 죽다.

②⦗분리·박탈·제거⦘

a) ⦗동사와 함께 쓰이어⦘ (…에게서) ―을 (하다)

• cure him of his disease            그의 병을 고치다

• deprive a person of his money      아무에게서 돈을 빼앗다

• cheat him (out) of his money       그를 속여 돈을 빼앗다.

b) ⦗형용사와 함께 쓰이어⦘ …로부터, …에서

• free of charge                    무료로

• a room bare of furniture           가구(家具) 없는 방

• be guiltless of ...                 …을 모르다, …의 경험이 없다

• independent of ...                 …로부터〔에서〕 독립하여.

③a)⦗of+명사로 형용사구를 이루어⦘ …의, …한《나이·성질·색채·직업·크기·가격 따위를 나타내는 명사와 함께 쓰이며 of는 생략될 때가 많음》

• a man of courage                용기 있는 사람(=a courageous man)

• a man of character               인격자

• a matter of importance           중대한 문제(=an important matter)

• a girl of ten (years),  (=a girl (of) ten years old, a ten-year-old girl)

열살의 소녀

• potatoes of my own growing      (=potatoes I grew myself)

내가 재배(栽培)한 감자

• We are (of) the same age. =We are of an age. 우리는 동갑내기이다

• I am glad I have been of some use to you.

다소라도 도움이 돼 드려 다행입니다.

b)⦗명사+of a ...로⦘ 《앞부분의 명사+of가 형용사 구실을 함》 …(와) 같은

• an angel of ɑ boy  (= an angelic boy)   천사와 같은 소년

• a mountain of ɑ wave                  산더미 같은 파도.

④ ⦗관계·관련⦘

[allow, approve, accuse, complain, convince, inform, remind, suspect 등의 동사에 수반하여]

• approve of his choice                 그의 선택이 옳다고 생각하다

• suspect her of lying                  거짓말을 한다고 그녀를 의심하다

• She complains of a headache.          그녀는 두통을 호소하고 있다.

⑤⦗주격 관계⦘

a) ⦗동작의 행위자·작품의 작자⦘ …가, …이; …의

• the rise of the sun 해돋이, 일출(The sun rises.의 명사화)

• the works of Shakespeare              셰익스피어의 작품

• the stories of Poe                     포우의 단편 소설

• the love of God 하느님의 사랑《God’s love로 고쳐 쓸 수 있음; ⑥ a의 예와 비교》.

b)⦗it is+형용사+of+(대)명사(+to do)⦘ (아무가 …하는 것은) ―이다〔하다〕

《⑴ 이 때의 형용사는 careless, foolish, clever, good, kind, nice, polite, rude, wise 따위 성질을 나타내는 것. ⑵ (대)명사는 의미상의 주어》

• It wɑs kind of you to do so.      그렇게 해 주시다니 친절하셨습니다．

• It wɑs very kind of you indeed! 정말이지 친절하시게도《상황으로 보아 자명할 때에는 흔히 to 이하는 생략함》.

⑥ ⦗목적격 관계⦘

a) ⦗동작 명사 또는 동명사에 수반되어서⦘ …을, …의

• a statement of the facts 사실의 진술

• the love of God 하느님에 대한 사랑《⑤ a의 예와 비교》

• the ringing of bells 종을 울림

• the bringing up of a child 어린아이를 기름.

b)⦗afraid, ashamed, aware, capable, conscious, envious, fond, greedy, jealous, proud 등의 형용사에 수반되어⦘ …을, …에 대하여

• He is proud of his daughter.        그는 딸을 자랑으로 여기고 있다

• He is desirous of going abroad.     그는 외국에 가기를 바라고 있다

• I am doubtful of its truth.          나는 그 진위를 의심하고 있다.

⑦ ⦗동격 관계⦘ …라(고 하)는, …인〔한〕, …의

• the city of Seoul                 서울(이라는) 시(市)

• the fact of my having seen him    내가 그를 만났다는 사실

• the five of us 우리 다섯 사람《⑧ a의 five of us와 비교》

⑧a) ⦗부분⦘ …의 (일부분), …중의, …중에서

• many of the students              그 학생들 중의 다수

※《*many of students라고는 못 함》

• the King of Kings                왕(王)중(의) 왕《그리스도》

• the most dangerous of enemies     적 중에서도 가장 위험한 적

• five of us 우리들 중의 다섯 사람《the가 붙지 않는 점에 주의할 것.   붙으면 of는 동격이 되어 전부를 가리킴; ⑦의 예 the five of us와 비교》

• some of my money               내 돈 중의 일부

• everyone of you                  당신들 중의 누구라도

• either of the two                 둘 중의 어느 하나〔어느 것이라도］

※of에서 또 하나 중요한 점은, 이것이 형용사〔부사〕 및 동사와 결합하여 무수한 관용구를 만든다는 사실이다: ⦗형용사·부사⦘ short of, worthy of, suggestive of, independent(ly) of, etc.; ⦗동사⦘ take care of, think of, make ... of, suspect ... of, remind ... of, etc.

The melody is suggestive of rolling waves. 그 멜로디는 넘실거리는 파도를 연상케 한다.

for

①⦗방향·목적지⦘ …을 향하여; (열차 따위가) …행(行)의; …에 가기 위해〔위한〕;

• start〔leave〕(Busan) for China      중국을 향해 (부산을) 떠나다

• The ship is bound for Busan.        그 배는 부산행(行)이다

• change for the better〔worse〕

좋은〔나쁜〕 쪽으로 변하다; 호전〔악화〕되다

②⦗이유·원인⦘

a) …이유로; …때문에; …으로 인하여〔인한〕

• for fear of ...                      …을 두려워하여

• shout for joy                       기쁜 나머지 큰 소리를 지르다

《for는 pity, grief, sorrow 따위의 감정을 나타내는 명사와 함께 쓰임》

• a city known for its beauty         그 아름다움으로 알려져 있는 도시

• I can’t see anything for the fog.     안개로 인해 아무것도 안 보인다．

• be dismissed for neglecting one’s duties  직무를 태만히 하여 해고되다.

b)⦗보통, the+비교급의 뒤에서⦘       …결과(로서); …탓으로

• He felt (the) better for having said it.

그는 그것을 말하고 나니 오히려 속이 시원했다．

③⦗찬성·지지⦘ …에 찬성하여; …을 지지하여〔한〕; …을 위하여; …을 편들어(⟨OPP.⟩ ɑgɑinst)

• vote for〔against〕a person        아무에게 찬성〔반대〕투표하다

• stand up for women’s rights         여성의 권리를 옹호하다

• Are you for or against the proposal? 그 제안에 찬성인가 아니면 반대인가

《for or against는 목적어 생략이 가능》

④⦗흔히 for all의 형태로⦘ …에도 불구하고, …한데도 (역시)(in spite of)

♣ for all ...     …에도 불구하고, …한데도

∘ for ɑll that 그럼에도 불구하고

∘ For ɑll his riches he is not happy.

그렇게 부자인데도 그는 행복하지가 않다.

⑤⦗교환·대상(代償)·등가⦘ …와 상환(相換)으로; …에 대해; …의 금액〔값〕으로

• He gave her his camera for her watch.

그는 자기 카메라를 그녀의 시계와 맞바꿨다

• The eggs are ￦3,000 for 10〔10 for ￦3,000〕.

이 달걀은 10개에 3천원입니다

• We sold our car for 〔at〕 $1,000.         자동차를 천 달러에 팔았다

《for는 ‘…와 상환으로’, at은 ‘…의 값으로’를 나타냄》.

⑥⦗보상·보답·보복을 나타내어⦘ …에 대해, …의 보답으로서; …의 대갚음으로

• five points for each correct answer                   각 정답에는 5점

• reward him for his services               그의 일에 대해 보수를 주다

• give blow for blow                           주먹엔 주먹으로 맞서다

• an eye for an eye           〖성서〗 눈에는 눈으로(출애굽기 XXI:24)

• Thank you for your kindness.         친절히 해 주셔서 감사드립니다

⑦⦗자격·속성⦘ …로(서)(as)《이 용법으로는 종종 뒤에 형용사나 분사가 따름》

• take ... for granted                       …을 당연한 것으로 여기다

• I know it for a fact.                       그것을 사실로 알고 있다

• Do you take me for a fool?                자넨 나를 바보로 아는가?

• They chose him for〔as, to be〕their leader. 그들은 그를 지도자로 택했다

• He was given up for lost〔dead〕.     그는 죽었다고 모두가 체념했다.

⑧⦗관련⦘ …에 관해서(는); …에 대해서; …점에서는

• for my part                                나로서는(=as for me)

• for this time〔once〕                       이번만은

• for that matter                              그 일에 관해서 말하면

⑨⦗기준·관점⦘ …로서는, …치고는; …에 비해서는

• It is cool for July.                           7월치고는 선선하다

• He is young for his age.                     그는 나이에 비해서 젊다

• For a learner, he swims well.      그는 초심자로서는 수영을 잘 한다.

⑩⦗대비·비율⦘

a)⦗each, every나 수사 앞에서⦘ …에 대해(―꼴로)

• There is one Korean passenger for every five English.

승객은 영국인 5명에 한국 사람 1명 꼴이다

• Use four cups of water for one cup of dry beans.

마른 콩 한 컵에 4컵의(비율로) 물을 사용하시오

• For every mistake you make I will deduct 5 points.

틀린 것 하나마다 5점 감점합니다.

♣ That’s what ... is for. 그런 일은 …이라면 당연하다

∘ Thɑt’s whɑt friends ɑre for. 그런 건 친구라면 당연하지 않습니까.

※for는 전치사와 등위(等位)접속사로 쓰이는데 특히 전치사로서의 역할이 중요하다. 다른 많은 짧은 전치사와는 달리 부사로는 사용되지 않는다. 전치사가 문 중에서 대체로 약하게 발음되는 것은 물론이지만, 특히 for는 잘못해서 강하게 발음하면 four로 오해되기 쉽다.

※⟪NOTE⟫ ⑴ for의 생략: 계속·상태를 나타내는 동사 뒤에 와서, 특정한 시간·거리를 나타낼 경우에는 생략할 수가 있음: We stayed there (for) two 〔several〕 weeks. 단, 수사(數詞)가 없을 때에는 생략할 수가 없음: The rain lasted for hours〔days〕.

※⑵ 특정한 기간을 가리킬 경우 for는 쓸 수 없음: during [̽for] the six weeks (그 6주일간). 단, ‘(어느 특정한) 기간을 지내기 위해’의 문맥(文脈)에서는 쓸 수 있음: We camped there for 〔throughout, in, during〕 the summer. 우리는 여름 동안 그곳에 캠프를 했다(throughout는 ‘처음부터 끝까지’의 뜻을 강조, in은 ‘여름철 어느 시기에’의 뜻임. during은 문맥에 따라 어떤 의미로도 됨).

※⟪NOTE⟫ for는 이익을 받는 대상을 나타냄. 불이익의 대상에는 종종      on: She shut the door on me. 그녀는 내 앞에서 문을 쾅하고 닫았다.   ⟨cf.⟩She opened the door for me. 그녀는 나에게 문을 열어주었다.

at

① a) ⦗위치·지점⦘ …에, …에서

• ɑt the top                   꼭대기에, 맨 위에서

• ɑt my side                  내 곁에

• ɑt the foot of the hill        산 기슭에

• ɑt the end of the street       거리의 막바지〔끝〕에

• put up ɑt an inn             여관에 투숙하다

• sit ɑt the window            창(가)에 앉다

• stand ɑt the door            문(의 곁)에 서다

• Open your book ɑt 〔《미국》to〕 page 20. 책의 20페이지를 펴라

• He is a student ɑt Yale.      그는 예일 대학의 학생이다

《of Yale로 하는 예는 드묾》

b) ⦗출입의 점·바라보이는 곳을 나타내어⦘ …에서, …으로(부터)

• look out ɑt the window      창문에서 밖을 내다보다

《단지 ‘창으로’의 뜻이면 at 대신 out of를 씀》

③ ⦗동작·상태·상황⦘

a) ⦗동작을 나타내어⦘ …에, …(으)로

• ɑt a blow                  일격(一擊)에

• ɑt a stretch〔stroke〕        단숨에

• ɑt a bound                 한 걸음에, 일거에

• ɑt a mouthful               한입에

• (drink) ɑt a draft            단숨에(마시다)

• ɑt a time                   한번에(≠ɑt one time 한때는).

b) ⦗상태·궁지·입장을 나타내어⦘ …하여

• ɑt a loss                   어찌할 바를 몰라, 당혹〔당황〕하여

• ɑt (one’s) ease              (마음) 편히

• ill ɑt ease                  불안하여

• ɑt large                    (범인 등이) 안 잡히어

• ɑt stake                    위험에 직면하여.

c) ⦗자유·임의·근거를 나타내어⦘ …로, …으로

• ɑt will                      마음대로

• ɑt one’s convenience          형편 닿는 대로, 편리한 대로

• ɑt one’s disposal              뜻〔마음〕대로

• ɑt the mercy of              …의 마음대로〔의지·처분에 내맡겨져〕

d) ⦗평화·불화를 나타내어⦘ …하여, …중(인)

• be ɑt peace                  평화롭(게 지내)다

• be ɑt war                   전쟁 중이다

• ɑt odds (with)                (…와) 불화하여.

e) ⦗정지·휴지(休止)를 나타내어⦘ …하여

• ɑt rest                      휴식하여

• ɑt anchor                    정박하여

④a) ⦗종사중임을 나타내어⦘ …에 종사하여, …을 하고 있는; …중에《관용구는 흔히 관사가 안 붙음》

• ɑt breakfast                  아침 식사 중

• The children are ɑt play.      어린이들이 놀고 있다

• be ɑt work                  일〔공부〕하고 있다

• be ɑt prayer                 기도(를 드리는) 중이다

• What is he ɑt now?          그는 지금 무엇을 하고 있나

b) ⦗종사의 대상을 나타내어⦘ …에(달라붙어), …을

• work ɑt math(s)             수학을 공부하다

• knock ɑt the door            문을 노크하다.

⑤ ⦗기능·성질을 나타내어⦘ …에〔을〕, …점에서

• good〔poor〕ɑt swimming〔mathematics〕 수영〔수학〕을 잘〔못〕하여

• They are quick〔slow〕ɑt learning.   그들은 배우는 게 빠르다〔더디다〕

• He is genius ɑt music.              그는 음악에 천재다,

《구어》그는 음악을 무척 잘 한다

• He is an expert ɑt chess.            그는 장기의 명수다.

⑥⦗방향·목적·목표를 나타내어⦘ …을(노리어), …을 향하여, …을 목표로

• aim ɑt a mark                 과녁을 겨누다

• catch ɑt a straw      한 오라기의 지푸라기라도 잡으려고 손을 뻗치다

• fire ɑt                        …을 노리어〔겨누어〕 발포하다

• look ɑt the moon              달을 보다

• gaze ɑt                       …을 뚫어지게 보다

• glance ɑt                     …을 흘끗 보다

• guess ɑt                      …을 알아맞혀 보다, 추측해 보다

• What is he aiming ɑt?   그는 무엇을 노리고 있는 건가, 무엇이 목적인가

• point ɑt〔to〕the house         그 집을 가리키다

• rush ɑt                       …으로〔에〕돌진하다

• sneer ɑt                      …을 냉소하다〔비웃다〕

• stare ɑt                       …을 응시하다

• throw a stone ɑt a cat          고양이에게 돌을 던지다

《비교: throw a piece of meat to a cat 고양이에게 고기를 던져 주다》.

⑦⦗감정의 원인·사물의 본원⦘ …에 (접하여), …을 보고〔듣고, 알고, 생각하고〕, …으로, …에서〔로부터〕

• frown ɑt                     …을 보고 얼굴을 찡그리다

• blush ɑt a mistake             잘못을 저질러 얼굴을 붉히다

• wonder ɑt the sight            그것을 보고 놀라다

• laught ɑt                     …을 보고〔듣고〕 웃다; …을 조소하다

• feel uneasy ɑt the thought of   …을 생각하고 불안해지다

• rejoice〔mourn〕ɑt            …을 기뻐하다〔슬퍼하다〕

• be angry ɑt                  …에 화를 내다

• be surprised〔astonished〕ɑt the result 결과에 놀라다

• be glad〔pleased, delighted〕ɑt the news of …의 소식을 듣고 기뻐하다

• be terrified ɑt the sight of     …을 보고 공포에 질리다

• be annoyed ɑt a person’s stupidity 아무의 바보스러움에 속이 상하다.

⑧ ⦗비율·정도⦘

a) ⦗값·비용·속도·정도를 나타내어⦘ …(의 비율)로, …하게

• ɑt full speed                  전속력으로

• ɑt a low price                 싼 값으로

• ɑt (an angle of) 90°                   90도로

• ɑt (a speed of) 80 miles per〔an〕hour  시속 80마일로

b) ⦗대가·희생·조건·대상을 나타내어⦘ …로써, …하고〔하여〕

• ɑt any price                         어떤 희생을 치르더라도

• ɑt the price of liberty                 자유를 희생하고

• ɑt a heavy cost                      큰 손실을〔손해를〕보고

• ɑt great cost                         큰 돈을 들여, 큰 희생을 치르고

• ɑt the cost of one’s health            자신의 건강을 희생으로 하여

• ɑt any cost =ɑt all costs              어떤 대가를 치르더라도

• ɑt one’s (own) risk                   자기의 책임으로.

⑨ ⦗무관사의 관용어구⦘

• ɑt home              (마음) 편히, 마음 푹 놓고; …에 정통〔환〕하여

• ɑt church                           (교회에서) 예배(禮拜)중

• ɑt school                           (학교에서) 공부중

• ɑt sea                              항해중에

• ɑt table                             식사중에.

♣ be at ...

①(귀찮게 남편 등)에게 졸라대다

∘ She is ɑt her husband again to buy her a new dress.

새 드레스를 사 달라고 남편을 성가시게 졸라대고 있다.

②…에게 대들다

∘ At him!                        그놈에게 대들어라.

③…을 공격하다, …을 노리다

∘ The cat is ɑt the fish again. 그 고양이는 또다시 생선을 노리고 있다.

④(남의 것 따위)를 만지작거리다

∘ He’s been ɑt my tools. 그는 내 연장을 만지작거리고 있다.

제 9 장  강조, 도치, 생략, 삽입, 공통관계         목차로

I. It be ... that 강조구문과 기타 강조어

It be ... that 강조구문 외에 do, very, much, even, far, by far, still, on earth, in the world, 등의 강조어들이 있습니다.  It be ... that~ 강조구문같은 경우는 가주어, 진주어 구문인 It be ...that구문과 구별해볼 수 있습니다. 강조구문에서 that은 관계사이기 때문에 앞의 선행사에 따라 알맞는 관계사를 선택하여 쓸 수 있습니다. It be ...that~강조구문에서 강조할 수 없는 부분은 동사부분으로 동사는 do를 이용하여 강조합니다.

ex) I met Tom in the park yesterday.
It was I that/who met Tom in the park yesterday.

(강조구문생략후 구문 파악을 할 줄 알아야 됨. )
It was Tom that/whom I met in the park yesterday.
It was in the park that/where I  met Tom yesterday.    ]

(전명구가 강조될 때 that대신 which를 사용하면 안됩니다.)
It was yesterday that/when I met Tom in the park.

It is necessary that you should study English hard.

(가주어 진주어구문: It is.. that생략불가 )

2. do  (긍정문에서의 강조)

I do hate him.   (나는 아무리해도 그가 싫다.)
Do sit down.    (어서 앉으세요.)
He worked well whenever he did work. (그는 일할 때는 언제나 아주 잘했다.)

3. 최상급을 very로 강하게 할 때에는 the나 소유격 따위의 뒤에 놓는다.
the very latest fashion         (최신 유행)
She put on her very best dress.

(그녀는 자기가 가지고 있는 옷 중 제일 좋은 옷을 입었다)
Do your very best.             정말로 최선을 다해라
It was the very last thing that I had expected.

그것은 전혀 생각지도 못했던 일이었다.
This camera is my very own.   이 카메라는 정말로 내 것이다.

4. far, by far.
비교급과 최상급을 강조하는 far와 by far - : 훨씬, 단연코
보통 far는 비교급을, by far는 최상급 또는 the가 붙은 비교급을 강조한다.

This is far better [than that].
This is by far the best [of all].
This is by far the better [of the two].
This book is far better than that.        이 책은 저것보다 훨씬 좋다
She spoke English far better than he.    그녀는 그보다 영어를 훨씬 잘 했다.

5. even은 강조하는 낱말 앞에 온다.
그러므로 even의 위치에 따라 문장 뜻의 뉘앙스가 달라지게 된다.

Even I did not see him on Monday.

[다른 누구보다도 그와 만나게 되어 있던] 나조차도
I did not even see him on Monday. [이야기는커녕] 만나기조차
I did not see even him on Monday. [당연히 만날 수 있으리라 여겼던] 그조차
I did not see him even on Monday.

[당연히 만날 수 있는 날이라고 여겼던] 월요일에도.

6. on earth, in the world

의문을 강조해서 도대체, 대관절.
What in the world does he mean?   도대체 그는 무슨 말을 하려는 거지 ?

부정을 강조해서 전혀, 조금도.
They never in the world would believe you.

모두가 너를 조금도 믿으려 들지 않을 것이다.

7. still

형용사, 부사의 비교급 앞에서 더욱더, 한층.
still less...      더더구나 아니다
still more...     한층 더 한

강조 : Adapted from a dictionary.

II. 도치구문(Inversion)

1. 강조를 위한 도치

a) 부사어 강조 : 부사어 + V+S

Out came the man and his wife.   (완전자동사)

Out they came.

In front of the house stands a big tree.   (stand, be, lie등의 동사)

Deep in the tiny atom lies hidden a tremendous force.  (도치)

A tremendous force lies hidden deep in the tiny atom.  (정치)

Well do I remember the day.    (완전타동사일 경우 helping verb do를 이용)

b) 부정어 도치: no, nor, little, not, neither

Not a word did he say.

Little/Never did I dream of a letter coming from him.

Not only does he play the piano, (but) he (also) writes his own song.

(= He not only plays the piano, but he also writes his own song.)

c) 형용사 보어 도치 : 형용사 보어 +V+S

Happy is the man who is contented.

d) 목적어 도치

Whether I shall win or not, I don’t know.   (목적어 +S+V)

Many a rabbit did he snare.                (many[much]+명사+do+S+V)

(많은 토끼들을 그는 올가미로 잡았다.)

2. 관용적인 도치

a) 양보절에서 도치

․ Woman as she was, she was brave.          (무관사 명사)

= Though she was a woman, she was brave.

․ Young as he was, he was able.

= Though he was young, he was able.

b) 가정법에서 if생략시 도치

․ Were I rich, I could buy the car.

= If I were rich, I could buy the car.

․ Had you been there, you would have met her.

= If you had been there, you would have met her.

․ Should you have any questions, do not hesitate to raise your right hand.

혹시라도 질문이 있으시면, 주저 말고 오른손을 들어 주세요.

c) there(유도부사), here로 이끌릴 때 VS도치

There lived a king named Alfred.     (알프레드라는 왕이 살았다.)

Here comes the bus.

III. 생략구문(Ellipsis)

1. 대등절이나 비교구문에서 반복되는「주어나 동사, 또는 주어+동사」생략

I went home and (I) watched television.                 (I는 공통관계)

To err is human, to forgive (is) divine.

I met Tom and (I met) Jane.                           (공통주어 동사 생략)

He likes music as much as (he likes) sports.

He is younger than I (am young).

2. 부사절에서「주어+be」생략

When (you are) angry, count ten before you speak.       (동일주어)

I will come if (it is) necessary.                           (it은 앞 문장 전체)

3. 형용사절에서「주격관대+be」생략

The book (which is) on the desk is mine.                 (수식관계)

Tom, (who is) an American, came to see you.            (동격관계)

IV. 삽입구문(Insertion)

1. 코머 사용 삽입절

a) 주절삽입

It was, I am sure, a mistake.

b) 종속절삽입

The boy, who was poor, couldn’t go to high school.     (관계사절 삽입)

He is, as I have told you before, a musician.            (부사절 삽입)

2. 코머없는 삽입절

a) S+think, suppose, guess, believe등의 삽입

The teacher who we thought was punctual was late today. (관계사절 내 삽입)

cf. The teacher whom we thought to be punctual was late today.

b) 의문사 뒤에 do you think/suppose/guess등 삽입

Who do you think that lady is?

3. 독립절의 삽입

․ It was cold, and what was worse, it began to rain.         (설상가상으로)

․ What is shown on television is, as it were, reflection of what society is like.

(텔레비젼에 보이는 것이 말하자면 현 사회상의 반영이다.)

도치, 생략, 삽입구문:  Adapted from 영탑 중급종합영어(1994)

제 11장.   해석요령과 직독직해           목차로

1. 제 5형식 문장 해석요령

2. 종속접속사 when 해석요령

3. 수동태 해석요령

4. 종속절의 인칭대명사 해석요령 : they

5. 관계대명사 해석요령

6. 동명사 해석요령

7. 분사구문 해석요령

8. to부정사 해석요령

9. Not ~ until 구문 해석요령

10. No sooner ~than, Hardly ~when구문 해석요령

11. or 해석

12. so that 해석

13. That’s why. (=So)

: that이 원인, 즉 앞문장의 내용이 원인. why다음이 결과

It’s because (=Because)     : because 뒤에 원인

14. 병렬구조 해석

15. 무생물주어 (物主構文) 해석

16. 공통관계 해석요령, 코머해석요령

17. 콤마 위치에 따른 해석

1. 5형식 구문 해석요령 :  목적어가 목적보어 하는 것을 주어는 동사하다.

5형식 문장은 두 개의 문장으로 바라보고 해석하세요.

I saw her running. => I saw her + she was running.

나는 달리고 있는 그녀를 보았다.         (X)

나는 그 여자가 달리고 있는 것을 보았다. (O)

I saw him carried to the hospital.

=> I saw him +  he was carried to the hospital.

(나는 그가 병원으로 후송되는 것을 보았다.)

Look at the singing girl.        (저 가수를 보아라. = singer)

Look at the girl singing.        (뒤에 있는 분사는 동사적 성격이 강함. 진행형)

= Look at the girl (who is) singing.

Look at the girl singing in the rain.  (빗속에서 노래하고 있는 소녀를 보아라.)

Look at the singing girl in the rain.  (비 맞고 있는 저 소녀가수를 보아라.)

2. 종속접속사 when, 의문사 해석

I loved history when I was at school.

나는 학교 다닐 때 역사를 아주 좋아했다.              (역순번역)

I loved history / when I was at school.

나는 역사를 좋아했는데 그 때는 학교 다닐 때였다.     (직독직해)

I loved history when / I was at school.

내가 역사를 좋아했을 때는 학교 다니고 있었다.   (우리말식 번역)

Call me when you've finished.                 끝나면 전화해.     (역순번역)

전화해, 끝나면.     (직독직해)

He had just drifted off to sleep when the phone rang.

그가 막 잠에 빠져든 참인데 바로 그 때 전화벨이 울렸다. (잘 된 번역)

Could you tell me /whom he met yesterday?

①너는 나에게 말해줄 수 있니 / 그가 어제 만난 사람이 누구인지를?

②너는 나에게 말해줄 수 있니 / 누구를 그가 어제 만났는지?

I reached the bus station / when he started for his destination

①나는 버스정류장에 도착했다/ 그가 자기 목적지를 향해 출발했을 때.

②나는 버스정류장에 도착했는데, 그 때 그는 자기 목적지를 향해 출발했다.

③내가 버스정류장에 도착했을 때 그는 자기 목적지를 향해 출발했다.

①번은 일반적인 직독직해.

②번은 종속접속사when를 관계부사 계속적용법처럼 해석.

③번은 우리말 어순으로 바꿔서 해석

(번역을 이렇게 하면 안되지만 내용 파악하는 데는 상관없음.)

3. 수동태 해석요령 : 때로는 능동으로 바꾸어서 해석한다.

In 1812, he attended a series of lectures given by the British chemist Sir Humphrey Davy.

1)1812년 그는 영국의 화학자인 Humphrey Davy경에 의해 받은 일련의 강의에 참석했다.

2)1812년 그는 영국의 화학자인 Humphrey Davy경에 의해 주어진 일련의 강의에 참석했다.

2)1812년 그는 영국의 화학자인 Humphrey Davy경이 한 일련의 강의에 참석했다.

3)1812년 그는 영국의 화학자인 Humphrey Davy경의 일련의 강의에 참석했다.

1~2번은 좀 어색하고, 4번으로 갈수록 세련된 해석이라 볼 수 있습니다.

by이하는 행위자이므로 능동으로 바꿔서 해석하면 더 자연스러울 때가 있습니다.

4. 종속절의 인칭대명사 해석요령 :

1) 본디 명사가 있는 경우 인칭대명사를 해석하지 않는 것이 바람직할 때가 있다.

Unless they’re depressed, people are already motivated to succeed.

잘못된 해석: 그들이 풀이 죽지 않는다면, 사람들은 이미 성공하려는 동기가 있다.

정확한 해석 : 풀이 죽지 않는다면, 사람들은 이미 성공하려는 동기가 있다.

해설 : 문두에 나온 종속절에 대명사가 있고. 주절에 본명사가 있는 경우이다.

종속절은 문장의 앞부분으로 이동할 때 코머를 사용하고, 앞으로 이동해도         종속절에 대명사를 쓰는 경우가 있는데, 종속절의 대명사는 해석을 안해도 좋다.

People are already motivated to succeed unless they’re depressed.

(사람들은 이미 성공하려는 동기가 있다 / 풀이 죽지만 않는다면.)

☞반복되는 they를 해석하지 않는 것이 의미를 정확하게 파악하는데 도움이 된다.

2) 주절에 인칭대명사가 있는 경우도 해석을 하지 않아도 된다.

When you consume calories, most of them are used to fuel your muscles.

(여러분이) 칼로리를 소모할 때, (칼로리의) 대부분은 근육에 연료를 공급하는데      사용된다.

To know one’s strengths, to know how to improve them, and to know what       one cannot do ― these are the keys to continuous learning.

해석 : 자신의 장점을 아는 것, 그 장점을 향상시키는 방법을 아는 것, 그리고      우리가 무엇을 할 수 없는지를 아는 것은 지속적인 학습을 위한 핵심이다.

해설 : 열거를 하고 다시 they, these와 같은 대명사를 쓴 경우 대명사를 해석할     필요는 없다.  마치 직독직해하는 방법을 설명해주는 예문같이 보이는 문장이다.

3) 인칭대명사의 소유격

주어가 3인칭일 때 소유격 his와 her는  ‘그의’ ‘그녀의’ 보다 ‘자신의’ ‘자기의’      로 해석하는 것이  옳다.

Each pupil has his own desk.

어색한 해석 : 각각의 학생은 그의 자신의 책상을 가지고 있다.

잘된 해석 : 학생은 각자 자기의 책상을 가지고 있다.

Each pupil has his or her own desk.

어색한 해석 : 각각의 학생은 그나 그녀 자신의 책상을 가지고 있다.

잘된 해석 : 학생은 각자 자기의 책상을 가지고 있다.

학생은 (남학생 여학생 모두) 각자 자기의 책상을 가지고 있다.

As a precious being, each of us has his or her own value. (Teentimes)

잘못된 해석 : 소중한 존재로서, 우리 각각은 그나 그녀의 자신만의 가치를 지니고 있다.

정확한 해석 : 소중한 존재로서, 우리 각각은 자신만의 가치를 지니고 있다.

Every criminal deserves a trial / to prove his or her guilt or innocence.                                                                     (Teentimes)

잘못된 해석 : 모든 범죄자들은 그나 그녀의 유죄 혹은 무죄를 증명하기 위해                    재판을 받을 자격이 있다.

정확한 해석 : 모든 범죄자들은 자신의 유죄 혹은 무죄를 증명하기 위해 재판                    을 받을 자격이 있다.

5. 관계대명사 해석요령

There was a tragicomical piece of news // that a very fat neighbor, (whose      sole wish was to lose weight), / dieted herself to death.

직독직해 : 한 비극적인 뉴스가 있었는데, <그 뉴스는> 매우 뚱뚱한 한 이웃이,                (그런데 그 이웃의 유일한 소원은 체중을 줄이는 것이었지) <그런데                그 이웃이> 다이어트를 하다가 죽었다는 거야.

해석요령 : 관계대명사절(=형용사절)이 문장 속에 들어있을 경우 괄호를 쳐서                  수식절을 분리하여 문장의 주성분을 빨리 파악할 줄 알아야 한다.

해석 : 체중을 줄이는 것이 유일한 소망이었던 매우 뚱뚱한 한 이웃이 다이어트           를 하다 죽었다는 희비극적인 뉴스가 있었다.

Those who are conscious of their lack of education are discontented, / if they cherish ambitions to excel in occupations for which they are not qualified; // they are sometimes discontented, / simply because they have been told that more education would have made them happier.

전치사+관계대명사도 역시 앞의 선행사를 수식하는 “∼하는”으로 대부분 해석이     되며, for는 뒤의 말 be qualified for ~에서 for가 앞으로 옮겨진 것이다.

교육의 부족을 의식하고 있는 사람들은 자기에게 자격이 없는 직업에 종사하여     남보다 뛰어나려는 열망을 가지면 불만을 느낀다. 이러한 사람들은 좀 더 교육     을 받았더라면 더 행복했을 수도 있었을 텐데라는 말만 들어도 때로는 불만을      느낀다.

However, though ultimately he succeeds, he does not do so without a struggle during which his success is in doubt, // for opposed to him are not only natural difficulties like glass mountains, or barriers of flame, but also hostile wicked powers, stepmothers, jealous brothers and witches.

하지만, 결국 그가 성공한다 해도, 그의 성공이 불확실할 동안에 악전 고투하지     않고서는 성공하지 않는다. 왜냐하면 유리 산이라든가 화염 장벽 같은 자연적인     방해뿐만 아니라, 적대적인 악한 권력자들, 계모들, 시기심 많은 형제들과 마녀     들이 그에게 닥쳐오기 때문이다.

during which이하 관계사절을 우리말에 맞게 적절하게 해석해 놓은 경우임.

for이하는 도치구문임

6. 동명사 해석요령

R+ing로 시작한 긴 말 뒤에 동사가 이어지면 동명사이므로 주어로 해석한다.

Predicting interview questions / and thinking about answers in advance // will     help you feel more confident.

면접질문을 예상하고 / 답변에 대해 미리 생각하는 것은 // 당신이 좀 더          자신감을 느끼게 도와줄 것이다.

(R+ing구 다음에 동사가 이어졌으므로 동명사구이며 주어로 해석하다.)

Running in every race is Amanda's goal.                ― 동명사(Running은 주어)

7. 분사구문 해석요령

1) R+ing로 시작한 긴 말 뒤에 코머가 붙고, 주어가 나오면 분사구문이므로 주어를 수식하는 말로 해석한다.

Running in every race, Amanda is known to everybody.

― 현재분사(Amanda를 수식)

2) 직독직해 : 분사구는 관계대명사절로 풀어서 계속적인 용법으로 해석한다.

The Eskimos /living in the Arctic today / resemble a group of Asian

S                                   Vt

people / known as Mongolians.

O

해석 : 오늘날 북국에 사는 에스키모인들은 몽골리안으로 알려진 한 무리의               아시아인들과 닮았다.

The Eskimos /(who are) living in the Arctic today / resemble a group of         Asian people / (who are) known as Mongolians.

에스키모인들은 / 오늘날 북극에 사는데 /한 무리의 아시아인들과 닮았으며/       (아시아 사람들은) 몽골리안으로 알려졌다.

3) 코머 다음에 연속동작의 분사구문이 올 경우, 코머 앞은 원인, 코머 뒤의          분사구문은 결과로 해석한다.

Wind and rain continually / hit against the surface of the Earth, // breaking large rocks / into smaller and smaller particles.

바람과 비는 계속해서 지구 표면을 쳤고, <그결과, 그래서> 큰 바위를 깨서 더 작은 입자로 만들었다.

8. to부정사 해석요령

To부정사가 문장의 맨 앞에, 또는 종속절의 맨 앞에 길게 나온 경우, 그냥 쭉     해석한다.

1) 긴 To부정사구 뒤에 바로 동사가 이어져 주어로 쓰인 경우 : 그것은

To think of the future / in relation to the present // is essential / to civilization.

미래를 생각하는 것 /현재와 관련지어 / <그것은> 문명에 있어 필수적이다.

※ To부정사구가 길다고 해서 반드시 가주어를 사용해야하는 것은 아니다.

To admit authorities into our libraries and let them tell us how to read and what to read, / is to destroy the spirit of freedom.

권위자를 우리 서재에 데리고 와서, 어떻게 독서를 해야 하며 무엇을 읽어야 하는지 말하게 하는 것은 /  자유의 정신을 파괴하는 일이다.

to부정사구가 아주 길어서 동사 앞에 코머를 사용하였습니다. is앞에 따로 주어가 없으므로 to부정사구가 is의 주어가 되는 것입니다.

2) 긴 To부정사구 뒤에 코머가 있고, 주어가 이어져 부사구(목적)로 쓰인 경우 :       그러기 위해

To get some wisdom / from superstitions, // you need a good education /       from intelligent people.

미신으로부터 지혜를 얻기 위해, / 당신은 지성인들로부터 좋은 교육을 받아야 한다.

★ 지문 속에서 to부정사 해석 연습

※ 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오.

It is by no means self-evident that the educated person is happier than the uneducated.  Those who are conscious of their lack of education are discontented, if they cherish ambitions to excel in occupations for which they are not qualified; they are sometimes discontented, simply because they have been told that more education would have made them happier.  On the other hand,   ①to be educated above the level of those whose social habits and tastes one has inherited, may cause a division within a man which interferes with happiness; though, when the individual is of superior intellect, it may bring him a fuller and more useful life. And ②to be trained or taught above the level of one’s abilities may be disastrous; for education is a strain, and can impose greater burdens upon a mind than the mind can bear.  Too much education, like too little education, can produce unhappiness.

Q. 위 글의 제목으로 가장 적절한 것은?

① Limitations of Education              ② Education and Happiness

③ In Defense of the Uneducated        ④ Lifelong Education for Happiness

⑤ Satisfaction in Vocational Education

해석 : 교육을 받은 사람이 교육을 받지 못한 사람보다 행복하다는 것은 결코 자명하지 않다. 교육의 부족을 의식하고 있는 사람들은 자기에게 자격이 없는 직업에 종사하여 남보다 뛰어나려는 열망을 가지면 불만을 느낀다. 이러한 사람들은 좀 더 교육을 받았더라면 더 행복했을 수도 있었을 텐데 라는 말만 들어도 때로는 불만을 느낀다. 반면에, 자신이 이어받은 사회적인 습관이나 취미를 가진 사람들의 수준 이상으로 교육을 받게 되면, 그 사람의 마음속에 분열이 생겨 이것이 행복을 방해할 수도 있다. 하지만 그 사람이 뛰어난 지성을 가지고 있는 사람이라면, 그것에 의해서 좀 더 충실하고 보람 있는 삶을 보낼 수 있다. 또한 자신의 역량 이상으로 기술이나 학문을 교육받는 것은 그 사람에게 재앙이 될 수 있다. 교육은 많은 노력을 필요로 하는 것이고 사람의 마음이 견디어 낼 수 있는 것보다 더 큰 부담을 지울 수   있기 때문이다. 교육도 도가 지나치면, 너무 부족할 때와 마찬가지로 불행을 낳을 수 있는 것이다.

☞ 아래 to부정사는 주어로 사용되었지만 “...하면”으로 해석된 점을 눈여겨 보세요.

그리고 종속접속사 when도 “...라면”으로 해석되는 것이 자연스러울 때가 있어요.

On the other hand, ①to be educated above the level of those / (whose social habits and tastes one has inherited,) may cause a division within a man which interferes with happiness; though, when the individual is of superior intellect, it may bring him a fuller and more useful life.

반면에, (자신이 이어받은 사회적인 습관이나 취미를 가진) 사람들의 수준 이상으로 교육을 받게 되면, 그 사람의 마음속에 분열이 생겨 이것이 행복을 방해할 수도 있다. 하지만 그 사람이 뛰어난 지성을 가지고 있는 사람이라면, 그것에 의해서 좀 더 충실하고 보람 있는 삶을 보낼 수 있다.

해설 : To see is to believe. (보는 것은 믿는 것이다. = 보면 믿게 된다.)

to부정사구 To be educated ~ 의 끝에 바로 동사 may cause가 이어지므로  문장의 주어로 쓰인 명사적 용법이며 앞의 예문처럼 “~하면”으로 해석해도 된다.

다시 위 예문을 해석하기 쉽게 풀어써보면,

On the other hand, ①to be educated above the level of people (, and their social habits and tastes one has inherited,) may cause a division within a man (,which interferes with happiness); // though (=but), (when the individual is of superior intellect,) it may bring him a fuller and more useful life.

부연덩어리(수식절)인 관계사절을 괄호쳐서 구문을 쉽게 파악하는 것이 필요하다.

of + 추상명사 = 형용사구

직독직해 :

반면에, 사람들의 수준 이상으로 교육을 받게 되는 것은, (그런데 그 사람들의 사회적인 습관이나 취미를 물려받은 상태인데,) 그 사람의 마음속에 분열을 가져올 것이며, 이것이 행복을 방해할 수도 있다. // 하지만 (그 사람이 뛰어난 지성을 가지고 있는 사람이라면,) 그 교육을 받으면 좀 더 충실하고 보람 있는 삶을 보낼 수 있다.

And ②to be trained or taught above the level of one’s abilities / may be disastrous; // for education is a strain, and can impose greater burdens upon a mind than the mind can bear.

또한 자신의 역량 이상으로 기술이나 학문을 교육받는 것은 / 그 사람에게 재앙이 될 수 있다. // 교육은 많은 노력을 필요로 하는 것이고 사람의 마음이 견디어 낼 수 있는 것보다 더 큰 부담을 지울 수 있기 때문이다.

긴 to부정사구 다음에 동사가 이어지므로 주어로 명사적 용법입니다.

9. Not ~ until 구문 해석요령 :

부정문으로 해석하지 말고 ③번처럼 긍정문으로 해석한다. 그래야 정확히 내용을 파악할 수 있다.

① I didn’t fall asleep / until the dawn began to appear.

나는 잠들지 않았다. 새벽이 나타날 때까지.

② = Not until the dawn began to appear did I fall asleep.

새벽이 나타날 때까지 나는 잠들지 않았다.

③ = Only after the dawn began to appear did I fall asleep.

겨우 새벽이 나타나기 시작한 후에 나는 잠들었다.

10. No sooner ~than, Hardly ~when구문 해석요령 :  = As soon as

① He had no sooner entered the room than he felt the house shake.

②= No sooner had he entered the room than he felt the house shake.

③= Scarcely had he entered the room when he felt the house shake.

④= Hardly had he entered the room before he felt the house shake.

⑤= As soon as he entered the room, he felt the house shake. (해석대표구문)

위의 모든 구문은 그냥 ⑤번 문장과 똑같이 직독직해 하면서 그냥 해석해가면 된다.

11. or 해석

⦗콤마 뒤에서 환언·설명·정정·보완⦘ ⦗종종 ~ rather⦘ 즉, 바꿔 말하면

• botany, or the study of plants 식물학, 곧 식물의 연구

12. so that 해석

I stepped aside (so) that he might pass.   (목적: so that앞에 코머가 없을 때)

그 남자가 지나가도록 나는 옆으로 비켜섰다.

Nothing more was heard of him, so that people thought that he was dead.

더 이상 그에 대한 소식을 듣지 못해서 사람들은 그가 죽었다고 생각했다.

13. That’s why (=So)  : that이 원인, 즉 앞문장의 내용이 원인. why다음이 결과

That's why you can't make it. (= That's the reason why you can't make it.)

그래서 네가 성공을 못하는 거야.

It’s because (=Because)     :  because 뒤에 원인이나 이유

14. 병렬구조 해석

Geomancers, (who are masters of the art of this,) try to measure a building’s ability (to attract good luck) (based on its design, shape, orientation, layout, and location,) bring good energy into the building, and increase the happiness and success of its inhabitants.      geomancer 지관(地官,흙점쟁이)

해석 : 이 이술의 달인인 지관들은 건물의 설계, 형태, 방향, 배치, 그리고 위치를 근거로 한 행운을 끌어들일 수 있는 건물의 능력을 측정하여, 좋은 기를 건물로 가져오고, 그리고 그 건물에서 사는 사람들의 행복과 성공을 증가시키려고 노력한다.

해설 : 위의 bring과 increase는 앞의 동사들 중에 어떤 동사와 병렬구조를 이루는지        찾아보자.  ①try   ② measure  ③ attract

정답은 measure이다. measure a building’s ability (건물의 능력을 측정하여), bring good energy (에너지를 가져와), increase the happiness(행복을 증가시킨다)는 것이 하나의 연결동작으로 되어있고 이렇게 하나의 연결동작일 경우 to부정사에 to는 맨 앞의 동사 하나에만 붙이게 된다.

만약에 to attract와 병렬구조가 되어야 한다면 into the building에서 building은 대명사 it을 써야한다.

15. 무생물주어 (물주구문) :

☞ 주어는 부사어로, 목적어인 사람을 주어로 바꿔서 해석

Illness prevented him from attending the conference.       (物主構文)

⇒ Because he was ill, he could not attend the conference. (人主構文)

병 때문에 그는 회의에 참석할 수 없었다.

What made you change your mind?         (물주구문)

⇒Why did you change your mind?           (인주구문)

무엇 때문에 (=왜) 마음을 바꾸셨습니까?

16. 공통관계 해석요령 (코머 주의)

Stickleback 큰 가시고기

With the nest ready, he waits for a female. When she arrives, he attracts her to the nest by dancing, zigzaging, and standing on his tail.  He prods her to lay eggs, and then chases her away lest she should remain and eat them. As soon as they hatch, the babies are interested in seeing the world, so they start swimming toward the sunlit surface.  Immediately, he chases after, and catches them in his mouth. Returning to the nest he spits them one by one back into the safety of the nest.

해석 : 둥지가 준비되면 그는 암컷을 기다린다. 암컷이 도착하면, 그는 춤을 추고 갈지자로 오가며 꼬리를 서면서 그녀를 둥지로 유인한다. 그는 그녀를 자극하여 알을 낳게 한 다음 그녀가 남아서 알을 먹지 않도록 내쫓아 버린다. 부화하자마자 새끼들은 세상을 보는 데 관심을 가지고 햇볕이 드는 수면 쪽으로 헤엄치기 시작한다. 즉시, 그는 뒤를 쫓아가 그의 입 안에 그들을 잡아 넣는다. 둥지로 돌아와서 그는 둥지의 안전한 곳에 하나하나 그들을 뱉어 낸다.

chase away ~ ~을 쫓아내다;   chase after ~  ~를 뒤쫓다. 추적하다

위에 away는 부사이며, after는 전치사이다.

them이 전치사 after와 타동사 catches의 공통 목적어이다.

※ 다음 [   ] 안의 알맞은 단어를 고르시오.

Economics has assumed that people are motivated by money and by the possibility of making a profit, and this has allowed it to construct [formal / formally], and often predicative, models of human behavior.

해석 : 경제학은 사람들이 돈과 이윤을 낼 가능성에 의해 동기를 부여받는다고            가정해 왔고, 이것은 경제학이 인간의 행동에 대하여 형식을 갖추면서 종종         예측 모델을 만드는 것을 가능하게 했다.

정답은 formal인데 동사 construct를 꾸며주는 부사형이 오면 안된다. construct는 목적어를 필요로 하고 만약에 construct를 꾸며주는 부사의 역할을 하려면 construct 바로 앞에 위치해야 한다.  formal은 뒤의 명사  model을 꾸며주는 형용사이며 그 뒤에 추가적인 형용사가 양쪽에 코머를 사용하여 삽입되어 있어서 구문 파악을 좀 어렵게 한다. 코머를 뺀다면 formal and predicative models가 된다. 즉 model은 두 형용사의 수식을 받는 공통관계에 있는 말이 된다.

해설 : 코머가 있을 경우 혹시 추가내용이 삽입되었는지 파악하고 삽입된 내용 뒤의        말과 연결하여 생각할 필요가 있다.

17. 콤마 위치에 따른 해석

1) Friends, who share the chocolate with Hye-Reen, are well loved.

혜린과 초코렛을 공유하는 친구들은 사랑을 받는다.

(모든 친구들이 그렇다는 의미)

Friends who share the chocolate with Hye-Reen, are well loved.

혜린과 초코렛을 공유하는 친구들은 사랑을 받는다.

(일부 친구들만 그렇다는 의미)

2) 같은 명사를 수식하는 두 개의 형용사를 분리하기 위해 코머를 사용함.

단 두 개의 형용사 중에서 첫 번째 형용사가 두 번째를 수식하는 경우는 코머를 사용하지 않아야 함. (두개의 형용사의 위치를 바꿔도 되는 경우는 코머를 사용할 수 있고 위치를 바꾸면 뜻이 달라진 경우는 코머를 사용할 수 없음.)

Incorrect : The only approach to the city was by a long old highway.

Correct  : The only approach to the city was by a long, old highway.

Incorrect : The suspect drove a light, blue truck. (코머사용 : 가볍고 청색의)

(The truck was light in weight as well as blue in color.)

Correct : The suspect drove a light blue truck.  (밝은 청색)

제 11 장.   수능어법 문제풀이            목차로

제11장. 문법성 판단 문제 39문항

I.  문법성 판단 문제 39문항

]

문법성 판단 문제 1

1. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

On my last day in Nairobi, I decided to visit the game reserve. Leaving my hotel, I bought a map and hired a car. On the way I stopped to be taken photographs of giraffes. A little later, I was delighted when I saw notices saying: "Caution: Lions, Stay in Your Car.“

① stopped taking photographs of giraffes

② stopped to take photographs of giraffes

③ stopped having photographs of griaffes taken

④ stopped having taken photographs of giraffes

⑤ stopped to have photographs of giraffes taken

2. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

An elderly Russian, tired of lining up outside a vodka store, said, "That's the limit. Eight hours' wait for a small vodka. I'm going to Moscow to finish off Yeltin." He left for Moscow but was soon back again. Asking why, he said "The line for that is even longer."

① When asking why      ② Asked why

③ To be asked why      ④ To ask why    ⑤ Asking the reason

3. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

On a fall afternoon, my four-year-old son was helping me rake leaves in the front yard of our farmhouse. I glanced up just in time to see a flock of geese flying over and pointing out how they flew in a formation shaped like a "V." He patiently watched them as they disappeared over the horizon and then turning to me asked, "Do they know any other letters?"

① to be pointed out     ② point out

③ to point out          ④ pointed out      ⑤ had pointed out

4. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

An organism is affected by its environment throughout its life. Environment causes it to act in certain ways. The way an organism acts in response to its environment is called its behavior. An organism's behavior includes everything that it does stay alive in its environment.

① it stays alive to do        ② it does to stay alive

③ stays alive to do it        ④ it stays alive and does

⑤ does it to stay alive

5. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

On the morning of my son's wedding, he noticed that one of the tires of his car was flat. He went to a garage to have changed the tire, and while the attendant was working, my son nervously exclaimed "I'm getting married this afternoon." The attendant looked at him and said, "Gee, today really isn't your day, is it?"

① to change the tire          ② for the tire to change

③ to be the tire changed      ④ to be changed the tire

⑤ to have the tire changed

6. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

Father was talking on the phone with the hospital in Chicago. A voice said: "Yes, sir! Your wife is here. Your wife is much better. There is no danger." He sat down quietly. Everything was all right. Mother was going to live. There was little he could do weep. Big tears rolled out of his eyes and down his cheeks.

① he could do to weep        ② he could do and weep

③ he could do but weep       ④ he could do but wept

⑤ he could do and wept

7. 다음 밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 것은?

People's priorities (A) vary with age. One study showed that people responded in age-related ways (B)when asked how they would spend their time (C)if telling that they had six months to live. Of those between 20 and 39, 29 percent said that they would emphasize (D) being with loved ones. Older people, however, emphasized (E)the inner life of reading or prayer.

① (A)      ② (B)       ③ (C)

④ (D)      ⑤ (E)

8. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

If the mosquito likes you, she lands onto your flesh very gently, and she breaks your skin with her proboscis tip. She stabs her proboscis into your skin at once, and if she hits a blood vessel, she'll get a full dinner in about a minute, All this usually takes place so quickly and quietly that you have suspected anything.

*  proboscis (곤충의) 주둥이

① you must have suspected anything

② you may not have suspected anything

③ you ought to have suspected anything

④ you need not have suspected anything

⑤ you should not have suspected anything

9. 다음 밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 것은?

We ought to remember that (A) this leaves us important lessons: it requires bloody sacrifice for us to regain national independence (B) once it is lost; it is a lot easier to maintain independence than (C) to try to regain it; it is true that the national will (D), as it is strong, is not sufficient to protest national independence, unless (E) the will power is backed up with real strength.

① (A)    ② (B)     ③ (C)

④ (D)    ⑤ (E)

문법성 판단 문제 정답 및 해설

1.②  game reserve  사냥감 보호지역

take photographs of ～ 는 ～의 사진을 찍다”의 뜻이고 have photographs taken 은 자신이 직접 찍은 것이  아니라 다른 사람을 시켜 사진을 찍게 할 때 사용하는 표현이다.

☞ to take a picture (사진을 직접 찍다.)

to have a picture taken (남이 찍어 주도록 부탁하다)

have는 사역동사로서 “부탁하여～하게 하다”는 뜻이다.

2. ②    ②번의 Asked why는 When he was asked why (When somebody asked him why 의 수동태문장임)를 분사구문으로 고친 문장으로 “그가 왜 그러느냐고 질문을 받았을 때”의 뜻이므로 글의 흐름으로 보아 가장 잘 어울린다.

☞과거분사로 시작되는 분사구문을 수동분사구문이라한다.

* rake : 갈퀴로 모으다

3. ④  :  pointing out은 기러기가 하는 것이 아니라 필자가 하는 것이므로 glanced up과  평행구조를 이루어야 하므로 pointed out이 되어야 한다.

4. ② :  organism 유기체, 생물

to stay alive는 in order to stay alive의 뜻이고 does는 강조의 does가 아니라 “～을 하다“의 뜻을 갖는 본동사이며 everything 이 does의 목적어이다.

5.⑤ * to change the tire는 “필자의 아들이 직접 타이어를 갈아 끼우기 위해”의 뜻이고 to have the tire changed 는 “다른 사람에게 부탁해서 타이어를 갈아 끼우기 위해”의 뜻이다.

6. ③  마지막 문장으로 보아 밑줄 친 부분이 있는 문장은 “그가 울었다.”의 뜻이 되어야 한다 There was little he could do but weep .:그는 우는 수밖에 없었다. 여기서 but은 제외하고(=except)의 뜻이고 He could do little but weep. 과 같은 뜻이다.

7.③ :  ③이 옳다고 가정을 하면 that 이하의 말을 한 주체가 they가 되어 “그들이 that 이하의 말을 하면”의 되어 문맥이 통하지 않으므로 if telling을 if told로 고쳐야한다. if(they were)told는 “그들이 듣는다면”의 뜻이다.

☞현재분사는 능동;  과거분사는 수동의 뜻임을 구분하는 문제임

8.② :  that앞의 내용으로 보아 눈치를 챘다고 하면 문맥이 통하지 않으므로 눈치를 챘다는 뜻을 나타내는 ①,④,⑤는 어색하다.

must have p.p : ～했음에 틀림없다.   need not have p.p :～할 필요가 없었다.

ought to have p.p :～했어야 했다.   may not have p.p :～하지 않았을지도 모른다.

should not have p.p :～하지 않았어야 했다.

9.④ : 내용으로 보아 “국민의 의지가 강하다 하더라도”의 뜻이 되어야 하므로 as it is strong(국민의 의지가 강하기 때문에 )를 strong as it is로 고쳐야 한다.

☞ though + S + V + C    = C + as S + V

as가 양보(=though)의 뜻으로 사용될 때는 앞에서 사용되지 않고 사이에서 사용됨.

문법성 판단 문제 2

10. 다음 밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 것은?

When you go to the interview, the employer's first impression of you will be based on your appearance, or (A) how you look. So (B) give some care to your clothes. You should, of course, take a bath before you (C) dress for an interview. Some people (D) forget doing this. Their body odor may end any chance of (E) being hired.

① (A)      ② (B)       ③ (C)

④ (D)      ⑤ (E)

11. 다음 밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 것은?

(A) Never force yourself to read a book that you do not enjoy. There are so many books in the world that (B) it is foolish to waste time on one that does not give you pleasure. If you have chosen a book in good faith and (C) have found it unsatisfactory after a fair trial, (D) put it back on the self and (E) devote your time instead to read something else that will bear you richer fruit.

① (A)      ② (B)      ③ (C)

④ (D)      ⑤ (E)

12. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 어법상 적절하지 않은 문장은?

① Some camels start to run just as soon as the rider dismounts. ② Such behavior may leave a person stranded in the desert, far from water. ③ Camels don't always do which their riders hope them to do. ④ Sometimes the animals try to go where they please. ⑤ The worst habit a camel can have is to throw its rider by kneeling quickly.

13. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

My brother had just moved into his own apartment and was disappointed that the new dishwasher didn't seem to work well. Later that month he was invited to dinner at a friend's home. He and his friend's mother chattered about how was a dishwasher convenient, and she added, "But the soap is pretty expensive." My brother, with realization dawning in his eyes, said, "Soap?"

① how was a dishwasher convenient

② how was a convenient dishwasher

③ how a dishwasher was convenient

④ how convenient a dishwasher was

⑤ how convenient was a dishwasher

14. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 어법상 적절하지 않은 문장은?

① In the 1700s, King George Ⅲ of England founded a peculiar holiday - Bean Day! ②While inspecting the construction of a military establishment near London, he smelled something cooking. ③ It was baked beans and bacon. ④ Hearing not of the dish ago, the king sat down and ate lunch with his workers. ⑤ Because he so enjoyed this feast with his subjects, the king instituted a yearly bean celebration.

15. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

When I'm nervous I tend to jump to conclusion. For example, this morning I yelled at my daughter for using my fountain pen and return it not, and then I found it at the bottom of my briefcase.

① not to return it      ② not return it

③ returning it not      ④ didn't return it

⑤ not returning it

16. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

I'm an counting major and knew particular course was a tough one to pass. When I took it, I was shocked to find that I was the only student in my row taking notes. At the end of the first weeks. I asked the person next to me why anyone else was appeared to have written nothing. "We don't have to," he said "We all took the course last semester."

① no one else was appeared to have written anything

② no one else appeared to have written nothing

③ anyone else appeared to have written nothing

④ no one else appeared to have written anything

⑤ no one else was appeared to have written anything

17. 다음 밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 것은?

(A)People who live in countries with many doctors and modern hospitals are the world's healthiest people - right? (B) Not necessarily. Some groups of people who have (C) no doctors or hospitals at all are among the world's healthiest. For example, people who live on small faraway islands get (D) a few diseases because there are (E) hardly any outsiders to bring in germ or new illnesses.

① (A)      ② (B)    ③ (C)

④ (D)      ⑤ (E)

18. 다음 밑줄 친 분분 중 어색한 것은?

(A)As I was very busy in my shop, my daughters, eight and ten years old, (B) offered to make our lunch. When I went to the kitchen to see (C) how were they doing, I was surprised to see the two of them (D) cutting up onions while wearing swimming goggles (E) so as not to cry.

① (A)      ② (B)    ③ (C)

④ (D)      ⑤ (E)

문법성 판단 문제 정답 및 해설

10. ④

forget ～ing 는 “～한 것을 잊다”의 뜻이고 forget to~는 “～할 것을 잊다”의 뜻이다.forget doing this는 “목욕했다는 것을 잊다”의 뜻이므로 문맥에 맞지 않으므로 목욕해야 할 것을 잊다“의 뜻을 갖는 forget to do this 가 되어야 한다.

11 ⑤

devote your time instead to read something else에서 devote는 devote+목적어+to ～ing의 형태를 취하므로 to read를 to reading으로 해야한다.

☞instead는 부사로 “그 대신에”라는 뜻이다.

instead of는 전치사구로 “...대신에”, "......하지 않고(=without)"과 같은 뜻이된다.

12.  ③

③에서 do 다음에는 선행사가 없으므로 선행사를 포함하는 관계대명사 what을 써야 한다.hope는 목적격 보어로서 to부정사가 오는 구문을 취하지 않는다 (～do which their riders hope them to do --> ～ do what their riders want them to do)

cf. I hope to see you again (○)

I hope him to go there (X)

I hope that he will go there (○)

* strand : (보통 수동형으로) 오도가도 못하게 하다(못 하다)

13.④ 밑줄 친 부분은 의미상 how로 시작하는 감탄문이 전치사 about의 목적어로 쓰인 것이다.

how로 시작하는 감탄문은 ‘how+형용사(또는 부사)+주어+동사’의 어순을 취한다.

14. ④ subjects 백성, 국민, 신하, 부하

④에서 문사구문의 시제는 왕이 점심을 먹었던 때보다 더 이전이므로 완료분사구문이 되어야하고, 분사구문의 부정은 분사 앞에 부정어를 위치시킨다. ago는 단독으로 쓰이지 않으며 또한 완료시제와 함께 쓰이지 않는다 (hearing not of the dish ago, ～--> Not having heard of the dish before, ～)

15.⑤  밑줄 친 부분은 의미상 for에 걸리므로 동명사형이 되어야 하고 , 동명사를 부정할 때에는 동명사 앞에 not을 위치시킨다.

16. ④

한 문장 내에서 any 다음에 부정어가 오는 형식은 불가능하고 ‘not(또는 no) ～any ～의 어순을 취하다. appear는 자동사이므로 수동형을 취할 수 없다.

17. ④

(D)는 문맥상 질병을 거의 얻지 않는다는 부정적 의미가 되어야 하므로a를 생략하고 그냥few만을 사용하는 것이 옳다.

18.  ②

(B)는 간접의문문의 어순 (의문문+주어+동사․․․)을 취해야 한다.

(-->how they were doing)

문법성 판단 문제 3

19. 다음 밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 것은?

Mozart, (A) born in Austria in 1757, became the musical genius of his day. While his friends played games, Wolfgang Mozart sat in his room and (B) taught himself to play the piano. (C)Though he became very famous, his whole life (D) was marked by poverty. In fact, there were times when he and his wife were so penniless that they could not buy coal and (E) forced to dance to keep warm.

① (A)      ② (B)    ③ (C)   ④ (D)      ⑤ (E)

20. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 어법상 적절하지 않은 문장은?

① Reed's experiment had risked human lives - and had cost one. ② But it had tested an idea and had proved that mosquitoes carried the infection. ③ As a result, war was declared against the mosquito. ④ In ninety days, Havana was completely free of yellow fever. ⑤ This courageous example saved the lives of thousands of people who died from the disease.

*yellow fever: 황열병

21. 다음 밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 것은?

After sound movies (A) were introduced in 1927, millions of people discovered movies as a form of entertainment. Gangsters were popular, and (B) so did monsters - Dracula and Frankstein. And, of course, comedies by Laurel and Hardy (C) made people laugh. All this started in what (D) used to be an orange grove near Los Angeles, which (E) was named Hollywood later.

① (A)    ② (B)     ③ (C)   ④ (D)    ⑤ (E)

22. 다음 밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 것은?

No one lives alone. People (A) like to live in groups. It is human nature that (B) makes them do so. This means that they like and (C) need to be part of some kind of a group. This need begins when people are born and (D) are continued for the rest of their lives. In short, humans are social beings who (E) have to be accepted and loved by others.

① (A)    ② (B)     ③ (C)    ④ (D)    ⑤ (E)

23. 다음 밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 것은?

After the dishes were done, Micky and I would go into the living room and (A) sit near the heating stove, and Mother (B)would read to us from a story book. Micky and I (C)would be lonely those long nights when the cold wind (D)whistled around the home if it had not been for our friends (E)who were in the stories.

① (A)    ② (B)     ③ (C)   ④ (D)    ⑤ (E)

24. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 어법상 적절하지 않은 것은?

①Many people would say that the tallest plants are the giant redwood trees of California. ②Actually, the tallest plants are in the oceans. ③These are seaweeds that grow almost 700 feet tall. ④ Comparing to this height, the giant redwoods are pygmies of only 400 feet. ⑤To get some idea of theses heights, consider the Statue of Liberty, which rises only 300 feet.                                              * pygmy ; 소인, 난쟁이

25. 다음 밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 부분은?

Eels (A)were used to be thrown back into the water by American fishers. Most Americans (B)have never regarded them as a tasty food. Now, however, (C)eels have become valuable. The Japanese love to eat eels so much that (D)they are buying frozen eels from America. For these eels they are willing to pay (E)over fifty times as much as east-coast Americans do!

① (A)    ② (B)     ③ (C)   ④ (D)    ⑤ (E)

26. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

Destruction by fire has been a problem since civilization began. This fearful enemy has yet to be conquered. You can help prevent fire, though, by looking for potential fire hazards in your home. Do you put away piles of papers that might easily catch on fire? Do you keep baking soda near the stove to use for putting out kitchen fires? Doing these can keep fires start in your home.

① keep fire to start           ② keep fires starting

③ keep fires from starting     ④ be kept fires starting

⑤ be kept fires from starting

27. 다음 글의 흐름을 보아, 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

The large amounts of chemicals in the water encourage the growth of the alga. The animals that  feed on water plants cannot keep up with this rapid growth and soon the water becomes full of algae. As the alga die, poisonous substances are produced. These substances use up all oxygen in the water, making impossible for fish breathe. Eventually, river or lake become broken down.   *alga (식물) 조류

① making it possible for fish to breathe

② made it impossible for fish to breathe

③ to make it possible for fish to breathe

④ making it impossible for fish to breathing

⑤ to make it impossible for fish to breathe

28. 다음 글의 흐름을 보아, 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

When I entered the elementary school, mother brought me to the school. When school was over, I couldn't find my mother outside the school. I waited for mother to turn up for about half an hour. At last she appeared, and I asked her, "Why are you so late?" She was anything but sorry to keep me wait long. She replied, "Grace, you know where your home is and you can come home by yourself." She was teaching me to be self-sufficient at seven.

① keeping me waiting      ② to keep me to wait

③ to keep me waiting      ④ having kept me waiting

⑤ to have kept me waiting

29. 다음 글의 흐름을 보아, 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

Although Johnny had a stiff neck, there was no indiction of polio and we were not to worry. Nothing at all alarming was indicated. But one of his classmates, observing his stiff neck, insisted on his seeing a doctor. Then, wisely, Dr. Johnson held him for observation. Had this not happened, Johnny die then there.   * polio 소아마비

① died                    ② may die

③ had died                ④ might die     ⑤ might have died

문법성 판단 문제 정답 및 해설

19. ⑤

(D)는 문맥상 모차르트와 그의 아내가 남에게 춤을 추도록 강요한 것이 아니라 그들 자신이 어쩔 수 없이 춤을 추지 않으면 안 되는 상황이 되어야 자연스러우니 수동형인 ‘be forced to dance'의 형태로 고쳐야 한다.

20. ⑤

⑤는 문맥으로 보아 “죽지는 않았지만 그 질병 때문에 죽었을지도 모르는 사람들이 목숨을 구했다.”라는 뜻이 되어야 하므로 가정법과거완료 시제로 표현해야 옳다. (died -->might have died)

21. ②

(B)의 so did monsters는 앞 절의 동사가 be동사이므로 so were monsters가 되어야 한다.   * grove :  작은 숲, (특히 감귤 재배하는) 작은 과수원

22. ④  (D) are continued는 begins와 병렬 구문이며, continue는 여기서 ‘계속하다, 연속되다’의 의미의 자동사이므로 능동형으로 써야한다.

are continued → continue

23.  ③

(C) would be lonely는 가정법 구문으로 if it had not been for our friends의 주절이 되어야 한다. 그러므로 (C)는 would have been lonely가 되어야 한다.

24.④

④의 comparing to this height, ～는 compared to this height로 바꾸어 써야 함. (=If it is compared ～) 분사구문에서 주절의 주어와 분사 구문의 주어가 일치되어야 하는 것에 유의할 것

25.①

(A)는 글의 흐름으로 보아 ‘～하는 데 사용되었다’의 의미가 아니라 ‘(과거에는) ～하곤 했다’의 의미가 되어야 하므로 ‘used to be thrown back'으로 고쳐야 옳다.

26. ③

keep+A+from+～ing (A가 ～하는 것을 막다)

27.⑤

make it possible for+목적어+to do나 make it impossible for+목적어+to do 구문에 유의한다. to make ～ 은 to 부정사의 부사적 용법의 결과

28. ⑤

완료동명사를 써야 하는 것은 주절의 시제보다 한 시제 앞선 과거를 표시하는 경우이다. 여기서 는 필자가 이미 기다렸으므로 완료동명사를 써야 한다.

29. ⑤

had this not happened는 If this had not happened의 뜻이므로 이 문장에서는 가정법과거 완료형이 와야 한다.

문법성 판단 문제 4

30. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 어법상 적절하지 않은 문장은?

① For thousand of years, people have looked up at the night sky and looked up at the moon. ②They wondered what the moon was made of. ③ They wanted to know how big was it and how far away was it. ④ One of the most interesting questions was "Where did the moon come from?" ⑤No one knew for sure.

31. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 어법상 적절하지 않은 문장은?

①In the United States, it is important to be on time, or punctual, for at appointment, a class, a meeting, etc. ②This may not be true in all countries, though. ③An American professor discovered this difference while teaching a class in a Brazilian university. ④The two-hour class scheduled to begin at 10 A.M. and end at noon. ⑤ On the first day, when the professor arrived on time, no one was in the classroom.

32. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 어법상 적절하지 않은 문장은?

①Scientists collect information, or idea, by research. ②They begin by making firsthand observations of facts or events. ③These observable facts or events are called phenomena ④Usually, scientists measure the phenomena in some way. ⑤Then they are described what they have measured.

33. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 어법상 적절하지 않은 문장은?

①If the matter is one that can be settled by observation, make the observation yourself. ②Aristotle could avoid the mistake of thinking that women have fewer teeth than men had he asked Mrs. Aristotle to keep her mouth open while he counted. ③ It would have been quite a simple way of finding the truth. ④However, he did not do so because he thought he knew. ⑤Thinking that you know when in fact you don't know is a fatal mistake, to which we are all prone.

34. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 어법상 적절하지 않은 문장은?

① When Louis Pasteur was a young boy in France, he was very curious ②Louis was especially interested in medicine, so he spent many hours every day with the chemist who lived in his small town ③The chemist sold pills, cough syrups, and other types of medicine, so modern pharmacists, or druggist, do today. ④At that time, the chemist had to make all the medicines himself. ⑤Young Louis enjoyed watching the chemist as he worked and listening to him assist the customers who came to him every day.

35. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

Language students often complain about their difficulties in hearing. They may understand everything that the professor says in class, but less than 50% of what he says on the taped exercises. They may follow most of a dinner conversation, but have trouble on the telephone. Naturally they would rather watch television than the radio listening.

① the radio to listen

② the radio listen

③ listen to the radio

④ to listen the radio

⑤ the radio's listening

36. 다음 밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 것은?

(A)Driving our family to a new restaurant, I took a few wrong turns. When I finally (B)found the right road, I asked my husband, "Why didn't you tell me (C)I lost?" "I thought you knew where you were going." he replied. (D)"You always know where you're going when (E)I'm driving."

① (A)    ② (B)     ③ (C)   ④ (D)    ⑤ (E)

37. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

To be able to read is one of the most important things in our life. If you can read and enjoy and learn many things from reading, you are among happy people because more than half of the people in the world do not know to read.

① does not know to read

② do not know in reading

③ do not know to be read

④ do not know how to read

⑤ do not know how to reading

38. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

Never let others see that you are carrying a large amount of cash. Most Americans carry small amounts of money ($10 to $100 depending on the person). When they are traveling, they often prefer to carrying traveler's checks or credit cards insisted a lot of cash.

① are preferred to be carried

② prefer to carry

③ prefer to be carried

④ are preferred to carry

⑤ prefer to being carried

39. 다음 밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 것은?

Many old people who (A)have watched TV for a long time think that watching TV for hours (B)makes people foolish. It (C)takes away a lot of valuable time for thinking deeply, for talking with family, and (D)reads good books. We sometimes find that we sit in front of a TV set (E)without thinking about anything.

① (A)         ② (B)         ③ (C)

④ (D)         ⑤ (E)

문법성 판단 문제 정답 및 해설

30. ③

의문문의 타동사의목적어 역할을 할 때는 간접의문문이라고 부르며 이 경우에 가장 중요한 것은 어순이다. 죽, 의문사 뒤에 ‘주어+동사’의 순서로 연결되어야 한다.

31. ④

④문장의 경우 주어는 ‘The two-hour class'이고 동사가 ’scheduled' 인데 강의는 사람에 의하여 시간이 정해지는 것이므로 수동태로 표현되어야 옳다. 또한, ‘scheduled'를 주어를 수식하는 분사로 볼 수도 있는데. 이 경우에는 그 뒤에 이어지는 말 중 동사 역할을 하는 단어가 없어서 역시 옳지 못한 분서이다.

scheduled → was scheduled

32. ⑤

⑤번 문장의 주어진 ‘they'는 그 앞 문장의 주어인 ’scientists'를 가리키는 대명사이고, 과학자들은 자신들이 측정한 것을 기술하는 주체이지 기술되는 대상이 아니므로 능동태로 표현되어야 옳다.

are described → describe

33. ②

②번 문장의 경우 뒷부분의 had he asked Mrs. Aristotle ～ 이하 부분을 보면 이 문장은 가정법 과거 완료시제로 표현된 것임을 알 수 있다.

34. ③

과거의 화학자와 오늘날의 약사의 유사한 성격을 비교하고 있으므로 접속사는 so가 아니라 as가 되어야 한다.

35. ③  would rather 다음과 than뒤에는 원형부정사 가온다. 그리고 동사 listen은 자동사로서 전치사 to의 도움을 받아 목적어를 취한다.

36. ③   (C)는 문맥으로 보아 ‘길을 잃었다’가 되어야 한다.

I lost(나는 졌다)   --> I was lost(나는 길을 잃었다.)

37.④  know 동사는 직접 to-부정사를 목적어로 취하지 않고 ‘의문사+to-부정사’를 목적어로 취한다.

38. ②   prefer동사는 to-부정사와 결합한다. 따라서, 'prefer to carry'가 옳은 표현이다.

39. ④

[해설]

∙take away : 가져가다, 빼앗다

∙valuable 가치 있는, 소중한

(D)reads good books는 앞부분의 'for thinking ～, for talking …'과 병렬 구조를 이루고 있으므로 for reading good books로 고쳐야 한다.

[해석]  텔레비전을 오랫동안 시청해 왔던 많은 나이 드신 분들은, 여러 시간 동안 텔레비전을 보는 것이 사람들을 어리석게 만든다고 생각한다. 그것은 깊이 생각하고, 가족들과 이야기하며, 좋은 책들을 읽을 수 있는 많은 가치 있는 시간을 빼앗아간다. 우리는 때때로 아무 생각 없이 텔레비전 수상기 앞에 앉아 있는 우리 자신을 발견한다.

II. 최종정리 수능 문법           목차로

최종정리 수능 문법 : 여덟가지만 알면 된다.

여덟가지만 알면된다.

1. 병렬구조

2. 수의 일치

3. 시제, 가정법

4. 수동태

5. 준동사

6. 간접의문문과 관계대명사

7. 조동사

8. 동사

수능 문법은 단순한 암기차원의 문법 문제가 출제되는 것이 아니라, 독해와 관련된 기본적이고, 전반적인 사항을 아는데 중점을 두고 출제된다. 따라서, 세부적인 문법사항보다는 아주 기본적이고, 문장 구조를 이해해야 독해를 할 수 있는 차원의 문제이다.

다음 표를 참고하여 반드시 읽어보기 바란다.

학년도	94-1차	94-2차	95	96	97	98	99	2000	2001	2002	총
문항수	2	2	2	2	1	1	1	1	1	2	15
평행구조		1	1								2
수의일치				1							1
시제				1	1					1	3
수동태	1	1				1					3
부정사			1					1			2
동명사										1	1
간접의문문									1		1
조동사 (should)	1						1				2

`94년부터, `2002년까지 출제된 문법문제는 총 8가지 유형이며, 15문항이다. 또한 위의 표에서 보는 바와 같이, 2002년부터 2문항으로 늘어났고, 점수 배점도 3.5점(2, 1.5)이 되었다. 문법 문항은 적으나, 그 배점을 보면 고득점에 영향을 분명 미친다. 문법에 대한 수험생들의 두려움은 상당히 큰 걸로 알고 있다. 이미 알고 있는 문법도 문제에 접했을 때에는 어떻게 접근해야 하는지도 잘 모르고 그냥 막연히 접근하는 것 같다. 그러지 말고 이제 자신감을 가지고 몇 문항 되지도 않은 것을 정복해 보자.

2003학년도에서도 마찬가지로 수능문제에 문법이 1∼2문항일 걸로 예상된다. 출제된 경향을 보면, 같은 부분에서 또 출제된다는 것이다. 속단일지 모르나, 아직 한 문제밖에 출제되지 않은 부분은 앞으로 출제될 가능성이 상당히 높은 부분이라는 것이다. 또한 모의고사 출제 경향도 위 8가지 부분을 바탕으로 출제되고 있다.

제 개인적인 경험으로 볼 때, 99년 수능에 94년 조동사 should have + p.p 출제가능성을 예측한 바 있다. 출제된 문법 사항은 언제나 출제될 가능성이 있다. 한 특정 문법과 관련된 유사한 형태는 훨씬 출제될 가능성이 높다. 예를 들면, must have + p.p.나 cannot have + p.p는 should have + p.p.가 두 번이나 출제되었으므로 유사한 형태가 출제될 가능성이 언제나 있는 것이다.

특히 모의고사에 출제된 문법 사항은 필히 숙지해야 한다. 출제될 가능성이 상당히 높다. 실제로 모의고사 문제에 출제된 문법이 출제된 예도 많이 있다.

이런 취지에서 다음 8가지 수능과 모의고사에 출제된 문제를 최근 출제된 2002년도 모의고사에서부터 거꾸로 2001년, 2000년, 1999....... 가면서 중복 문제를 제외시키고 필수적인 문제만을 필히 엄선하였다. 마지막 100일 가량을 앞둔 문법에 고민하는 수험생들에게 조금이나마 도움이 되었으면 한다.

평행구조 : 등위접속사(and, but, or...)나 상관접속사(both A and B; not only A                 but also B) 비교의 대상 (than)에 의해 문장을 구성하는 요소가 나열될              때는 의미의 일관성을 위해서 반드시 문법상 대등한 관계가 되어야               한다.  이들 중 등위접속사의 and 와 or 로 이루어진 형태가 가장 많이              출제 되었다.

1. 평행구조(병렬구조)

병렬구조 푸는 요령 : 등위접속사, 상관접속사, 비교구문이 나오면 동그라미를 해서

동그라미를 기준으로 앞뒤가 똑같은 구조를 이루는지 확인한다.

1. 등위접속사 and와 or

A, B, and C : A, B, C 각각은 항상 같은 형태로 이루어진다.

A or B : A, B 각각은 항상 같은 형태로 이루어진다.

예를 들면, 다음 문장에서

Cro-Magnon man, a human being who lived about 35,000 years ago,

was about six feet tall, stood straight, and had a large brain and a high forehead.

A                    B               C

위의 A, B, C 는 주어 Cro-Magnon의 동사로 각각 이루어져야 한다.

만약 A의 형태가 to+R이라면, B, C도 또한 to+R이어야 한다. 이를 평행구조 또는 병렬구조라고 한다.

2. (등위) 상관 접속사

상관을 이루는 두 부분 또는 그 이상의 각각이 같은 형태를 이루고 있어야 한다.

예를 들면, not only A but (also) B 구문에서 A와 B의 각 형태는 같아야 한다.

not A but B ; A as well as B ; neither A nor B ; either A or B ; both A and B ;  between A and B도 또한 마찬가지다.

3. 비교의 대상

1. 평행구조(병렬구조)

1. 평행구조(병렬구조)

비교되어지는 어떤 단어도 항상 같은 형태, 기능을 하고 있어야 한다.

다음 문장에서 보면,

ex) She thinks that she would rather stay at home than go out in the rain.

A               B

would rather A(동.원) than B(동.원) : B라기 보다는 차라리 A이다 에서 A와 B의 각 형태는 동사의 원형으로서 항상 같은 꼴이이야 한다.

ex) The weather of Korea is milder than that of England.

A                           B (= the weather)

It is easier for us to extenuate our own shortcomings than those of others.

(우리는 남들의 단점보다 자기 단점을 변명하는 것이 더 쉽다.)

위의 문장에서도 또한 마찬가지이다. A와 B가 비교되어질 때 같은 기능과 형태로 되어야 한다.

이상과 같이 평행구조는 이미 수능과 모의고사에서 많이 출제되었고 또한 앞으로도 이런 유형은 계속 출제될 전망이다. 필히 숙지해서 알아 두도록 합시다.

수능기출 문제

(`94 수능 기출 문제) 다음 글을 읽고, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 부분이 있는지를 결정하고, 만약 있다면 그 부분은?

Everybody became part of the war. The men and boys were fighting; the                                         (A)

women and girls were in the factories, making war materials or while they                                            (B)                                       (C)

were helping with civil defense and fire fighting.

(D)

① 어색한 부분 없음    ② (A)     ③ (B)     ④ (C)     ⑤ (D)

(`95 수능 기출 문제) 밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 부분이 있는지를 찾아보고, 만약 있다면 그 부분은?

In order to make their dream come true, Mike and Amy decided not to                                                   (A)

waste money. By living temporarily with Mike's parents and drastically                  (B)                                                                   (C)

cut their leisure expenses, they hoped to save enough money to buy a                                                                     (D)

modest  house in two years.

① 어색한 부분 없음   ② (A)       ③ (B)       ④ (C)       ⑤ (D)

【모의고사 기출 문제】

1. 평행구조(병렬구조)

1. 평행구조(병렬구조)

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은 ?

People (A) [who / whom]  write for youths write all kinds of books. Some write about real things, like sports, cars, or boats. But others tell stories that are (B) [making / made]  up. Many of these stories are about things in the past.  But some show what it's like to live today. These may be about going to school or (C) [being / to be]  part of a family.

(A)	(B)          (C)

① who  ----- making  ------- being

② who  ----- made    ------- being

③ who  ----- made    ------- to be

④ whom ---- making  ------- being

⑤ whom ---- making  ------- to be

다음 글의 줄친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

① To have a good health, we should take plenty of rest and exercise regularly. We ② need to sleep from six to eight hours each night. Plenty of rest, fresh air, sunshine, and exercise will ③ make us look and feel better. ④ Swimming and to ride a bicycle are both good activities during summer months. We should exercise during cold weather, too and ⑤ remember to dress in warm clothing.

다음 글의 줄친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

Cro-Magnon man, a human being who lived about 35,000 years  ago, was about six feet

①　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　②

tall, stood straight, and with a large brain and a high forehead.

③　　　　　　　④　　　　　      ⑤

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

American mothers ① have always worked hard. Traditionally, most American mothers ② worked only at home or on the farm. It was their job to take care of the children and ③ helped with the farm work.  Now many American mothers also ④ work outside the home.  Life is expensive in the U.S., and families ⑤ need much money.

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

The first people to ① try snowboarding were young people. They liked the new sport because it was ② fast and challenging. They did special tricks on the board, such as jumping over the * bumps in the snow or ③ turn over. The young snowboarders ④ wore special clothes and used a special vocabulary to talk about their moves. For example, they ⑤ called themselves "shredders" because they would shred, or tear up the snow as they moved.

* bumps: 돌출 부분

다음 밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 것은?

Many old people who (A) have watched TV for a long time think that watching TV for hours (B) makes people foolish. It (C) takes away a lot of valuable time for thinking deeply, for talking with family, and (D) reads good books. We sometimes find that we sit in front of a TV set (E) without thinking about anything.

다음 밑줄 친 부분 중에서 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

We don't know exactly how and when sports ① first started. However, sports ② are extremely popular in most countries around the world. People ③ feel excited and happy when their favorite team wins, and they feel sad and disappointed when their favorite team loses. Sports make everyday life more fun and ④ more interesting. In addition, playing sports can be a good way of keeping healthy, getting exercise, and ⑤ relax from stress.

밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 표현이 있다면 그 부분은?

The earth is limited in size, in farmland, and the amount of food that                                                                         ①

can be grown on land and in the sea. One of our problems is that we                    ②                                                ③

tend to believe that the food supply is limitless.

④                    ⑤

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

When I'm nervous I tend to jump to conclusion. For example, this morning I yelled at my daughter for using my fountain pen and return it not, and then I found it at the bottom of my briefcase.

① 고칠 필요 없음           ② not return it          ③ returning it not

④ didn't return it            ⑤ not returning it

다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

When a computer stops working or is replaced one of three things can happen to ① it. It might be fixed up and ② give to someone else who can use it. Or perhaps it could be ③ taken apart and the various parts could be recycled. The greatest ④ possibility is that it might be sent to the dump. There, it would join countless other computers in ⑤ filling up the limited dumping space.

다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 틀린 것은 ?

I remember ① receiving a small diary when I was eight years old. The most fascinating thing about it ② was the lock on the leather *binding that ③ held it shut and the tiny key that came with it. In the five lines ④ provided. I seldom went beyond the daily activities of getting up, eating, and ⑤ went to school.

*binding : 표지, 제본

다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 틀린 것은 ?

Santa Claus ① is based on a real person, St. Nicholas.  Nicholas was a Christian leader from Turkey in the 4th century A.D. He was very shy, and wanted ② to give money to poor people without their ③ knowing about it.  It is said that one day, he climbed the roof of a house and ④ to drop a purse of money down the chimney.  It landed in the stocking which a girl ⑤ had put to dry by the fire!  This may explain the belief that Santa Claus comes down the chimney and places gifts in children's stockings.

글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 틀린 것은?

Right now Allen is studying Russian language and literature.  He plans to finish his degree next year.  Then he expects to study in Moscow for a year because he ① wants to improve his ability to speak Russian.  After ② coming back from Russia, he wants to return to school and ③ finish his Ph.D.  He hopes ④ to get a job as a professor in a respectable university.  Then he wants to get married, buy a beautiful house and ⑤ has three or four kids.  He wants a long and full life, and he will work hard to get it.

*Ph.D. 박사학위

글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 틀린 것은?

When ① I was studying in the third year of junior high school, I came to the crossroads in my life. I had to decide between going up to senior high school and ② to be a professional baseball player. At that time I was ③ so interested in baseball that I dreamed of becoming  a professional baseball player. But my parents insisted that I ④ should attend senior high school. After a lot of discussion, I finally ⑤ decided to go up to senior high school.

밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 표현이 있다면 그 부분은?

Tomas was a real friend, for he advised me as well as helping me with                                (A)        (B)                       (C)       (D)

my work.

(E)

어법상 어색하거나 잘못된 표현이 있는 부분은?

Automation affects our lives more and more every day; its effects have                              ①                     ②

made themselves felt not only in science and industry but politics, education                     ③                                                   ④

and social behavior as well.

⑤

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

Zoos in the past often contributed to the disappearance of animal populations. Animals were cheap, and getting new ones was easier than (A) [provided / providing] the special diet and shelter necessary to keep captive animals alive. Recently, however, zoo directors have begun to realize that if zoos themselves are to continue, they must help save many species from extinction. As a result, some zoos have begun to redefine (B) [them / themselves] as places where endangered species can be protected and even revived. The Basel Zoo in Switzerland, for example, elects endangered species and encourages captive breeding. If zoos continue such work, perhaps (C) [it / they] can, like Noah's Ark, save some of earth's wonderful creatures from extinction.

(A)            (B)            (C)

① provided	them	it

② providing	themselves	they

③ provided	them	they

④ providing	them	it

⑤ provided	themselves	it

밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

The cover of this book is different from you.

① from yours                          ② from what you have

③ from that of you                     ④ from your book

⑤ from that of yours

어법상 어색하거나 잘못된 표현이 있는 부분은?

She said softly that she would rather stay at home than to go out                          ①                         ②                 ③             ④

in the rain.

⑤

다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 틀린 것은 ?

Some of the experts on violent crime ① are suggesting that we ② should make a fundamental change in our approach to this growing social problem.  They say we must make it our goal to prevent people ③ from becoming criminals in the first place, rather than ④ focusing on punishment and correction after the crime.  According to these experts, the majority of violent criminals ⑤ have been cheated of certain important things they had a right to in their childhood.

2. 수의 일치

수의 일치 : 주어와 동사의 수를 일치시키는 것을 말한다. 즉 주어가 단수이면,               단수동사, 복수이면 복수 동사가 와야 한다. 그런데 실제로 주어를                찾기란 만만치가 않다. 주어와 동사를 쉽게 알 수 있는 경우를 제외하             고, 일반적으로 나타나는 형태는 the + 명사 + of + 명사에서 원칙은              of 앞에 있는 명사가 항상 주어가 된다.

예를 들면,

ex) the building of bridges, one of the students, the cover of books 에서 각각의     주어는 the building, one, the cover 이다.

[자주 출제되는 수의 일치]

1. 관계사절이 있을 때 문장의 주어와 동사 일치시키기

① 선행사 + 주격관대 + 동사 + 목적어 + (수식어) + 동사 + (보어 or 목적어).

전체주어                                        전체동사

② 선행사 + (목적격관대) + 주어 + 동사 + (수식어) + 동사 + (보어 or 목적어).

전체주어                                         전체동사

※ (     )안의 것은 필수요소가 아니며 목적격 관계대명사는 주로 생략된다.

선행사가 문두에 오고 관계대명사가 이어지는 경우 관계대명사는 주격이든 목적격이든  동사는 2개가 뒤에 있게 된다. 이때 관계대명사절은 두 번째 동사 앞까지이고 선행사가 전체 주어가 되고, 두 번째 동사가 문 전체의 동사가 된다.

①번의 경우, 선행사가 전체 주어가 되고 두 번째 동사가 전체동사이다. 다만 이때 관계대명사절 안의 동사도 선행사와 수를 일치시켜야 한다.

실제 출제문제를 보면 두 번째 동사를 어법상 틀리도록 해서 출제된다. 이때 반드시 선행사와 두 번째 동사의 수를 일치시켜야 한다.  특히 두 번째 동사 바로 앞에 명사가 있는 경우 그 명사를 주어로 착각하게 하는 문제를 많이 내므로 함정에 빠지지 않도록 주의해야 한다.

2. 수의 일치

2. 수의 일치

다음 문장을 예를 들면,

ex) People (who are still not familiar with the computerized catalog)  has to          make several telephone calls or make several car trips to find out the books they need.

위 문장에서 줄친 has의 주어는 catalog가 아니다. 주어는 People이다. 따라서 has가 아니라, have로 고쳐야한다. 물론 관계대명사절 안의 are 는 People과 일치시킨 것이다.

요령 : 관계대명사가 들어있을 경우 관계사절은 (      )치는 습관을 기르자.

2. [one of + 복수명사]와 동사 일치시키기

이 구문에서 주어는 one이다. one은 단수이므로 동사도 단수가 되어야한다.

예를 들면,

ex) One of these animals ( is / are ) a lobster which is a popular food.

위 문장에서 주어가 animals가 아니고 One이다, 따라서, is가 되어야한다.

3. the number of, a number of + 복수명사의 경우 동사는?

① a number of + 복수명사 + 복수동사

형용사        주어        동사

→ a number of는 ‘많은’의 뜻을 가진 수량형용사이므로 명사를 수식한다. 따라서      주어는 복수명사이다.

ex) A number of students in the city still have their memories when young.

주어                  동사

이 문장에서 주어는 students이고 A number of은 students를 수식하는 형용사이다. 따라서 동사는 당연히 복수형태를 취해야 한다.

② the number of + 복수명사 + 단수동사

주어                      동사

→ the number는 “갯수, 수, 숫자”를 뜻하는 말이며 단수명사이다.

ex) The number of children attending school has more than doubled during                   주어          복수명사                 동사

the last half century.

→  children이 주어가 아니라, The number가 주어이다. 따라서 동사는 단수 has다.

4. 부분을 나타내는 말

→ 부분을 나타내는 말은  of 뒤에 오는 명사의 수에 따라 동사를 일치시킨다.

① 분수 of + 명사 + 동사

주어    동사

ex) Three-fifths of the passengers were killed in the accident.

복수주어    복수동사

② half of + 명사 + 동사

주어   동사

ex) The half of the story is not true.

단수주어  단수동사

③ the rest of + 명사 + 동사

주어   동사

ex) The rest of her life was devoted to helping sick people.

단수주어  단수동사

④ most of + 명사 + 동사

주어    동사

ex) Most of the windows are broken.

복수주어   복수동사

수능기출 문제

[`96 수능 기출 문제] 다음 중 어색한 부분의 문장을 고르시오.

The fact that someone is ① interested enough to give help to poor villagers ② often work wonders. The villagers become interested in helping themselves. They become ③ less discouraged when they realize that they themselves can ④ help make a better future. ⑤ 어색한 부분 없음

【모의고사 기출 문제】

밑줄 친 부분을 고칠 필요가 있는지 확인하고 만약 있다면 가장 잘 고쳐진 것은?

Three-fifths of the passengers killed in the accident.

① was killed      ② were killed     ③ has killed

④ have killed     ⑤ 고칠 필요 없음

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은 ?

The (A) [amazing / amazed]  progress in science nowadays is such that hardly a day passes without our reading some accounts of a new discovery or invention in the newspaper. No discovery, however, that has been made of recent years (B) [is / are]  likely to prove so important as (C) [that / those] of atomic energy.

(A)       (B)      (C)

① amazing	is	that

② amazing   are	those

③ amazing	are	that

④ amazed	is	those

⑤ amazed	are	that

밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 곳이 있다면 그 부분은?

The number of children attending school (A) have more than doubled during (B) the last half century. (C) More than three-fourths of the population between the ages of five and nineteen (D) is now enrolled.

① 어색한 곳 없음             ② (A)               ③ (B)

④ (C)                        ⑤ (D)

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

(A) [Create / Creating] the electrical energy also create environmental problems. We can't give up electricity, but we can control the ways we use (B) [it / them]. We can use alternative sources of energy that (C) [is / are] not as harmful to the environment as those which we are presently using.

(A)         (B)      (C)

① Create	it        is

② Create	them     are

③ Create	it       are

④ Creating	them      is

⑤ Creating	it	are

다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

Many libraries now ①  keep their catalogs on computers, and they share that resource with other libraries. A student ②  searching for a certain book in a library may learn quickly that the book he or she needs ③  is owned by another nearby library. In fact, it takes only a few minutes for the student ④  to find out where the book is. People who are still not familiar with the computerized catalog ⑤  has to make several telephone calls or make several car trips to find out the books they need.

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

One out of every two Americans (A)

is / are

overweight. So many people think breakfast hurts their efforts to control calories because it means one more meal. So they tend to skip their breakfast. But (B)

it / they

won’t work well. In reality, weight- watchers who skip breakfast might stuff themselves at lunch. Doctors say, “If you want to lose weight, you must eat breakfast. Breakfast is a low-fat meal and keeps you (C)

overeating / from overeating

at lunch table.”

(A)           (B)           (C)

① is  …………… it ………… overeating

② is  …………… they ………overeating

③ is  …………… it ………… from overeating

④ are …………… they ………overeating

⑤ are …………… it ………… from overeating

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

Russians are big *soap opera fans : one of the most popular TV shows that ever aired in Russia (A)

was/were

a Mexican soap opera called 'The Rich Also Cry.' It was the story of a rich and powerful man who (B)

married/married with

his beautiful maid. Russian viewers also love Russian game shows, music videos, and broadcasts from the parliament. In fact, when the Russian government first aired a daily broadcast of its parliament in 1989, people were so (C)

interested/interesting

that they stayed home from work to watch it.

* soap opera : 연속극

(A)            (B)              (C)

① was  ------ married      -------- interesting

② was  ------ married with --------  interesting

③ was  ------ married      -------- interested

④ were ------ married with  -------  interested

⑤ were ------ married     ---------- interesting

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

A scientist says that Cleopatra was really quite ugly. He bases his theory on the pictures of the queen that were (A) ( printed/printing ) on coins. During Cleopatra's days there (B) ( was/were ) a coin made in her honor. The picture on the coin shows a woman who is ugly. He doesn't think that the problem was caused by a bad engraver, (C) ( because/so ) ancient coins were normally quite correct.

(A)             (B)               (C)

① printed	was	because

② printed           was             so

③ printed	were            so

④ printing	were            so

⑤ printing	was	because

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

A shellfish is a water animal that has many legs. One of these animals (A) (is/are) a lobster which is a popular food. The lobster has only five pairs of legs. The thick legs can reach in front of the lobster's head and have huge claws on the ends. One of the two claws is heavy and has thick teeth that are (B) (using/used) to kill its prey. The other claw has sharp teeth for (C) (tear/tearing) the food into pieces.

(A)	(B)	(C)

①	is	using	tear

②	is	used	tearing

③	is	used	tear

④	are	used	tearing

⑤	are	using	tearing

다음 글에서 줄친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

The Incas, Indians of Peru, were ① some of the most accomplished builders of their day. Their specialty was bridges. They were huge structures ② made of rope. But the rope ③ used for this purpose was very special. It was made from grass. The grass ④ was woven into ropes that were often as thick as an adult person's body. Most of them were over 100 feet long. Clearly, the building of bridges ⑤ were not a job that the Incas took lightly.

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은? (2점)

(A)  Einstein's idea of relativity is not easy for someone who is not an expert in mathematics. We can understand (B)  fully only by understanding the mathematical statements that explain it. Parts of the theory (C)  impossible to believe. But experiments proved they are true.

Understand / Understanding

it / them

seem / seems

*relativity 상대성

(A)	(B)	(C)

① Understand	it	seem

② Understand	them	seems

③ Understanding	it	seem

④ Understanding	them	seems

⑤ Understanding	it	seems

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 줄친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

A long time ago, only the Native American people ① lived on the continent of North America. But then other people came here. These people ② came from Europe, all the way across the Atlantic Ocean. One of the first Europeans who came here ③ were a man ④ named Christopher Columbus. Columbus ⑤ was a sailor and also a dreamer, who dreamed about making a great voyage across the ocean.

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

In the United States, there (A)

is / are

four main ways to travel: by bus, by car, by train and by plane. (B)

Go / Going

by bus is cheap. A bus usually stops to pick up people in every city and town. But some buses stop only in the big cities. For example, it is possible to go from New York to Boston without (C)

stop / stopping

.

(A)        (B)         (C)

① is   ----  Go     ----  stop

② is   ----  Go     ----  stopping

③ is   ----  Going  ----  stop

④ are  ----  Going  ----  stop

⑤ are  ----  Going  ----  stopping

다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?  [2점]

Some people  ① eats mostly "fast food." One study shows that  ② many fast-food eaters have a lot in common with one another, but  ③ they are very different from vegetarians.  They are competitive and good at business. They are also usually in a hurry. Many fast-food eaters  ④ might not agree with this description of their personalities, but it is ⑤ a common picture of them.

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

The concept of retirement is a modern one. In the 1870s, the German statesman Bismarck introduced 65 as the age at which citizens could stop (A) [working / to work] and receive a pension. The typical retirement age for men (B) [has / have] been set at around 65 in most developed countries since the Second World War. But in recent years, people have been retiring, willingly or unwillingly, (C) [very early / much earlier] - as young as 50 in some cases - than before. That's because many companies reduce the size of their workforce.

(A)	(B)              (C)

① working	has	very early

② working	has	much earlier

③ working	have	much earlier

④ to work	have	very early

⑤ to work	have	much earlier

다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

A man was sitting ① drinking beer in a bar one day even though it was early in the morning. As he sat there ② he heard a bell ring. It was at the head of the procession which was taking a dead body to the graveyard. "③ Who is going to be buried?" asked the man. "That's ④ an old friend of you, sir. He ⑤ was killed suddenly last night as he sat drunk on a bench," said the bartender.

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은 ?

These days McDonald's restaurants are so popular with people. Almost everyone in the United States has (A) [gone / been] to a McDonald's restaurant. Almost one-third of all hamburgers sold in the U.S. restaurants (B) [is / are] sold in McDonald's. A new McDonald's opens every 15 hours somewhere in the world, so (C) [whenever / wherever]  you go, you might run into one.

(A)	(B)	(C)

①	been	is	wherever

②	gone	are	whenever

③	been	are	whenever

④	gone	is	whenever

⑤	been	are	wherever

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

Watching *fireflies (A) [is / are] one of the nicest things about summer evenings.  Did you ever wonder why fireflies light up? Some scientists think the lights keep off birds that may (B) [eat / eating] them. Others think the fireflies use their lights (C) [say / to say] "Hello" to their friends.                     *firefly: 반딧불

(A)        (B)           (C)

① is          eating         to say

② is          eating         say

③ is          eat            to say

④ are         eat            say

⑤ are         eat            to say

시제(Tense):

3. 시제

수능과 모의고사에 출제된 시제 전반적인 골격은 과거와 현재완료, 과거와        과거완료의 구분이다. 이를 정확히 구별하는 것이 가장 중요하다.

1. 과거

과거의 한 시점에서 일어난 모든 상황은 과거로 나타낸다.

예를 들면, ago, last + 시간명사, yesterday, 지난 년도 등 과거 시점에서 일어난 모든 시제는 과거로 나타낸다.

2. 현재완료 (have+p.p.)

과거의 일정 시점을 기준으로 현재까지 이르는 시제를 말한다. 따라서 과거 → 현재까지의 시간의 과정을 나타내는 시제이므로 명확한 과거를 나타내는 시간부사와는 함께 쓸 수 없다.

예를 들면,  ex) In the summer of 2001, he  has visited Asan, Korea,

위 문장의 has visited는 현재완료이다. 현재완료는 시간의 과정을 말해주므로 In the summer of 2001 이라는 과거의 한 시점과는 쓸 수 없다. 따라서 visited, 과거로 고쳐야한다.

또한, 과거부터 현재에 이르는 시간의 과정을 나타내는 말이 함께 올 때는 현재완료를 써야한다.

예를 들면, how long, for+숫자로 나타나는 시간단위, for a long time 등 시간상의 과정을 나타내는 말은 현재완료로 나타낸다.

특히 현재완료와 가장 많은 관련이 있는 since(∼이후로, ∼이래로)는 필히 숙지해 두어야 한다.

3. 시제

3. 시제

[주어 + 현재완료(have+p.p.)] + [since + 주어 + 과거동사(과거시점)].

또는,  [Since + 주어 + 과거동사(과거시점)] + [주어 + 현재완료(have+p.p.) ∼].

3. 과거완료 (had+p.p.)

과거시제 문장의 두 동작 중 먼저 일어난 동작은 반드시 과거완료(=대과거)로 나타낸다.

예를 들면,

ex) Yesterday I lost the book (that my father had bought me).

위 문장에서 lost는 과거에 일어난 일이다. 그런데 ‘잃어버린’ 시점보다 ‘책을 사준 상황이 더 빠르다’ 이때 먼저 일어난 동작은 대과거(had+p.p.)로 나타낸다.

4. 가정법

① 가정법 현재 : 주어 + suggest + (that) + 주어 + (should) + 동.원 ～ .

1) 명령, 주장, 요구, 제안 동사

위 문장은 가정법의 현재로 모의고사에 자주 출제되고 있다. 주절에 주어의 수나 동사의 시제에 상관없이 종속적인 that절에는 (should) 동사원형만 써야한다는 것이 그 핵심이다.

예를 들면,

ex) He suggested that I sought the help of the goldsmith who had made it.

줄친 sought는 (should) seek로 고쳐야한다.

① I suggest that he seek the help of the goldsmith who had made it.

현재         원형

② I suggested that he seek the help of the goldsmith who had made it.

과거           원형

그 외, suggest류의 동사는 insist, propose, order, advise, demand 등도 있다.

2) 동사 insist

명령, 요구, 주장, 제안의 동사 중에서 that절에 동사원형이외의 시제를 상황에 맞게 달리 써야할 말도 있다.  insist가 바로 그 주인공이다.

ex) Many witnesses insisted that the accident should take place on the              crosswalk.

위 문장에서 목격자들의 주장이 사고가 과거에 발생한 것을 주장하는 것이지 앞으로 일어날 일을 주장했다는 말은 있을 수 없는 일이므로, 앞으로 일어나는 경우에 쓰는 should +동사원형과는 함께 쓰일 수 없다. 그래서 should take는 had taken으로 고쳐서 대과거로 해야 한다.

즉,  insist는 that절에 동사원형뿐만 아니라 현재, 과거, 대과거 등의 시제가 올 수 있다는 사실을 기억해야 한다.

①해야 할 일인 경우는 주절의 시제와 상관없이 that절에는 동사원형을 쓴다.

• He insists that I (should) start at once.

(그는 내가 즉시 출발해야 한다고 강력히 주장한다.)

• He insisted that I (should) start at once.

(그는 내가 즉시 출발해야 한다고 강력히 주장했다.)

② 이미 일어난 사실은 과거나 대과거를 쓸 수 있다.

• He insists (that) he saw a UFO.         (그는 비행접시를 보았다고 우긴다.)

• He insisted (that) he had seen a UFO.   (그는 비행접시를 보았다고 우겼다.)

③ 그 외 현재시제, 현재진행형, 현재완료를 쓸 수도 있다.

• Iraq's prime minister insists there's no room for militants in the new Iraq.

(이라크 총리, 새 이라크는 무장단체 허용 안 해.)

• Some Vietnam veterans insist John Kerry is lying about his war.

(일부 베트남전 참전 용사, 케리의 배트남전 무훈 거짓이라고 주장해.)

• Environmentalists insist that the project's long-term effects on wildlife have not        been studied sufficiently.

(환경학자들은 그 프로젝트가 야생 동식물에 미치는 장기적인 영향에 대해         충분히 연구하지 못했다고 주장한다.)

② It is (about, high) time (that) 주어 + 과거동사.   (～해야 할 때다)

It is time that 주어 + should + 동.원 ~.

주절은 현재일지라도 종속절에는 과거를 쓴다는 점이 포인트다.

ex) It is (high) time that you went to bed.

=It is (high) time that you should go to bed.

=It is (high) time for you to go to bed.

③ 가정법 과거

If + 주어 + 과거동사(were) ～ 주어 + 조동사의 과거 + 동.원 ～

위 문장에서는 반드시 주절에 조동사의 과거를 확인해야한다.

예를 들면,

ex) If I had a bill larger than $20, I  won't eat here

위 문장에서 won't는 would not로 고쳐야한다. 주절에 조동사의 과거를 반드시 확인해야한다.

또 가정법 구문에서 were(가정법과거), had(과거완료), should(가정법미래)가 있으면 if가 생략되고 주어와 동사가 도치되기도 한다.

Were I you, I would not do such a thing.            (=If I were you, ....)
Had it been fine yesterday, we would have started.    (=If it had been....)
Should she know the truth, she would be disappointed. (=If she should know, ....)

④ 가정법 과거완료

If + 주어 + had + p.p ～, 주어 + 조동사의 과거 + have + p.p. ～

마찬가지로 If가 생략되면, had + 주어 + p.p.로 도치된다. 또한 주절의 조동사의 과거 + have + p.p.를 반드시 확인해야한다.

예를 들면,

ex) Had this not happened, Johnny die then there.

①                   ②

①번 문장은 if가 생략되어 도치되었고, 과거완료시제이므로 ②번의 die는 would have died로 고쳐야 한다.

아직까지 가정법은 수능에 출제되지 않았으므로 출제가능성이 높은 문제이다. 충분히 연습을 해 두자.

수능기출 문제

[‘02]  다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

Former U.S. President Jimmy Carter, ① who promotes Habitat for Humanity, has toured various countries ② since 1994. In the summer of 2001, he ③ has visited Asan, Korea, to participate in a house-building project. It was part of Habitat for Humanity International's campaign ④ to build houses for homeless people. He worked along with volunteers for the program, which is ⑤ named after him ― the Jimmy Carter Work Project 2001.

['97] 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 어법상 적절하지 않은 문장은?

① One day a truck hit a pedestrian on the street.  ② The driver argued that the careless pedestrian was to blame for the accident. ③ It was difficult to determine exactly where the accident had taken place. ④ Many witnesses insisted that the accident should take place on the crosswalk. ⑤ So, the driver was held responsible for the accident.

['96-1] 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 밑줄 친 부문을 고칠 필요가 있다면 가장 잘 고친 것은?

Robert was going steady with Susan and was thinking of marrying her. He wanted to know what kinds of girls her sisters were, what her father was like, and how long did her mother die.

① 고칠 필요 없음

② how long her mother has died

③ how long was her mother dead

④ how long ago did her mother die

⑤ how long her mother had been dead

【모의고사 기출 문제】

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 줄친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

Up to now comets ① have often been viewed as signs of future tragedy. In the 1830s, a New York farmer named William Miller told people that the world ② was soon going to end. Many people began to believe Miller when an unexpected comet ③ suddenly appeared in the sky in 1843. Miller's followers were confident ④ the world had ended on October 22, 1844. So many of them sold their possessions to pay off debts before that final day. They were shocked and disappointed when the sun ⑤ came up as usual on October 23.

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

Often, wisdom teeth cause so much pain as they come in that they have to (A) (pull out / be pulled out). The reason for that pain is because human skulls are shaped differently today than they (B) (are / were) many thousands of years ago. Primitive man's head was less rounded than ours, and his jaws were large enough (C) (having / to have) wisdom teeth. Our jaws are smaller, and often there's just no room for wisdom teeth.

*wisdom tooth : 사랑니

(A)	(B)	(C)

① pull out	are     having

② pull out	were	to have

③ be pulled out	were	having

④ be pulled out	were	to have

⑤ be pulled out	are	having

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 줄친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

① Most twins who grew up together are very close. John and Buell Fuller are ② 79-year-old identical twins. They ③ have always lived together, and ④ still did. They wear identical clothes and work together, too. They think ⑤ it is funny that people can't tell them apart. In fact, they like to confuse people.

다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

Jogging is a popular sport. Since the 1960s, millions of Americans ① are taking it up. I ② started jogging because of my weight problem. I like being outdoors too.  It ③ helps to relieve stress. Jogging doesn't ④ take much equipment. ⑤ All I need is loose clothing and good running shoes.

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

Most American families do a lot of things together when their children are young. For example, both the parents and children often enjoy (A) (going / to go) out to the movies or to a ballgame. These family trips usually continue until their children  (B) (become / will become) teenagers; that's when young people usually start going out with their own friends. (C) (Have / Having) a driver's license makes it easy for teenagers to go out to parties, movies, and malls.

(A)	(B)	(C)

① to go	become	Have

② to go	will become	Having

③ going	will become	Have

④ going	will become	Having

⑤ going	become	Having

밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 부분을 찾으시오.

Claire ① has been a vegetarian since she was twenty. She decided to do so ② because of how she felt. As she told her doctor, she always felt tired. Her doctor found her blood cholesterol was high. Therefore, her doctor suggested that she ③ reduced meat, especially red meat. Claire decided to become a vegetarian. She bought a cookbook and stopped ④ eating meat. She still eats eggs and cheese occasionally; now, however, most of her food ⑤ consists of vegetables, fruits, and grains.

다음 밑줄 친 분분 중 어색한 것은?

After the dishes were done, Micky and I would go into the living room and (A) sit near the heating stove, and Mother (B) would read to us from a story book. Micky and I (C) would be lonely those long nights when the cold wind (D) whistled around the home if it had not been for our fiends (E) who were in the stories.

① (A)       ② (B)         ③ (C)         ④ (D)        ⑤ (E)

다음 글의 흐름을 보아, 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

Although Johnny had a stiff sneck, there was no indiction of polio and we were not to worry. Nothing at all alarming was indicated. But one of his classmates, observing his stiff neck, insisted on his seeing a doctor. Then, wisely, Dr. Johnson held him for observation. Had this not happened, Johnny die then there.

① died                     ② may die

③ had died                 ④ might die

⑤ might have died

다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

A friend and I ① were standing in line at a fast food restaurant waiting to place our order. ② There was a sign posted: "No bills larger than $20 ③ will be accepted." The woman in front of us turned to me and, ④ pointing to the sign, remarked, "If I had a bill larger than $20, I ⑤ won't eat here."

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 어색한 것은?

In 1893, U.S. President Grover Cleveland ①was informed that he had cancer. Surgery was done on Cleveland on his own yacht. Most of his upper left jaw ②was removed. The president insisted that the operation ③had been kept secret. He was afraid that worries about his health might make worse the difficult economic problems the country ④was facing at the time. Cleveland was fitted with an artificial jaw made of hard rubber, and no one ⑤seemed to notice the difference. The secret was not revealed until 1917.

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 어색한 것은?

The main reason I am against capital punishment is that it is very easy for the law to make mistakes.  I remember ① hearing of the case of Timothy Evans who ② was hanged for a murder that he had not committed.  Some years later, the real murderer ③ was discovered.  Very recently there have been two cases of men ④ released from prison long after it was discovered that they had not committed the murders.  If they had lived in the days of capital punishment, they ⑤ were already died.

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 어색한 것은?

In 1853 Levi Strauss moved to San Francisco and ① started a business selling supplies to the miners.  One day ② a man, whose name was Jacob Davis, wrote him a letter.  He suggested that ③ Levi made pants with strong seams for miners, because working at a mine was very difficult.  He said that putting metal rivets on the pockets ④ would make them very strong.  ⑤ Levi liked the idea and hired the man.

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

Years ago, I bought my mother a gold necklace. She loved its delicate pattern and wore it often until one day it disappeared. (A)

Despite / though

our frantic searches, the chain seemed lost. Then, 15 years later, a repairman found the necklace inside the pump of my mother's washing machine, but the clasp and part of the chain were missing. Getting the chain (B)

repaired / repairing

proved difficult, so my mother sent it to me and suggested I (C)

seek / sought

the help of the goldsmith who'd made it.

(A)	(B)	(C)

① Despite	repaired	seek

② Despite	repairing	sought

③ Though	repaired	sought

④ Though	repairing	seek

⑤ Though	repairing	sought

다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

Most smokers suffer from heart diseases ①as well as lung cancers. ②Besides, second-hand smokers are harmed as much as the smokers themselves although they do not smoke.  Some smokers say they help the economy of their country ③by paying the tax included in the price of the cigarettes. However, the government ④has to pay a large amount of money for the health insurance of the smokers. It is high time smokers ⑤stop smoking.

4. 수동태

수동태 : 수동태는 be+p.p 형태이다. 따라서 be(get) 동사의 여부를 반드시 확인해           야 한다. 또한 목적어가 없는 1, 2형식동사는 수동태로 나타낼 수 없는           것이 원칙이다.

예를 들면, appear, look, seem (～처럼 보이다) 등은 수동태로 쓰일 수 없다. 즉, be appeared to, be looked (like), be seemed to 로 나타낼 수 없는 것이 원칙이다.

또한 사유동사 think, believe, suppose, guess, imagine 과 know, expect 등은 주어가 사물이면 수동태로 나타낸다.

수동태와 관련하여 가장 많이 출제된 형태로는 use와 관련된 용법이다. 다음을 반드시 구분하여 외워 두도록 하자.

① used to + 동.원 : ～하곤 했다,  (과거에는) ～였었다

(used to는 조동사; 본동사는 동사원형)

② be used to + 동.원 : ～하는데 사용되다

(be used는 주동사;  to V는 준동사)

③ be(=get) used to + ～ing(명사) : ～하는데 익숙하다 = be accustomed to

(used는 형용사)

위 ① ② ③ 중에서 be동사가 있고 없음을 확실히 알아두자.

수동태는 일반적으로 수능 및 모의고사 문법 문제를 종합해 보면, 가장 많이 출제되었다. 기본적인 형태를 숙지하고 특히 무생물이 주어일 때는 수동태로 나타낼지를 생각해 보아야 한다.

※이것만은 꼭 알아 두자.

동사에 줄쳐 있으면 세 가지 확인

4. 수동태

4. 수동태

문법은 동사와 관련된 문제가 가장 많이 출제되었다. 이것이 전체 수능 문법에 80%이상을 차지한다고 해도 과언이 아니다.

지금까지, 2과～4과 까지 배운 것을 바탕으로 다음을 꼭 확인하자.

문법문제에 접했을 때, 동사에 밑줄이 있을 때 세 가지를 확인하자.

첫째, 수의 일치이다.

- 주어를 찾아 그 동사의 수가 일치되었는지를 확인해야한다. 즉, 단수, 복수 형태     가 올바른가를 확인한다.

둘째, 시제 확인이다.

- 시제가 올바른지를 반드시 확인한다.

셋째, 수동태 확인이다.

- 수동태는 be + p.p.  즉, 수동태로 나타내야 할지를 꼭 확인하자.

항상, 이상 세 가지를 버릇처럼 확인하라. 거의 어법상 어색한 부분은 세 가지 중 80%는 잘못 나타내어져 있다.

수능기출 문제

['98] 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

① Starting up a store requires as much as $200,000. Raising that kind of money is difficult.  ② for someone without a business record because ③ the flow of venture capital has  dried up. In 1996, ④ the amount of venture capital fell 53% from the previous year, to $202 million. This year ⑤ the numbers expect to show a steeper decline.

[‘94 2차-2] 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분을 고칠 필요가 있는지를 결정하고, 필요가 있다면 가장 잘 고쳐진 것은?

Everyone told me that when I turned fifteen some great internal change would occur. I truly expected it to occur, but nothing happened. When I asked my grandmother, however, I replied, "Yes, I do feel a great change has taken place."

① 고칠 필요 없음

② I asked to

③ I was asked

④ asked by

⑤ being asked

[‘94 1차 -1] 다음 글을 읽고, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 부분이 있는지를 결정하고, 만약 있다면 그 부분을 고르시오.

(A) A check was once returned to a millionaire from a bank. (B) It bore a stamped imprint: "Insufficient Funds." (C) Beneath the stamped imprint was a notation from the bank in ink. (D) It was appeared to read, "Not you - us!"

① (A)        ② (B)         ③ (C)        ④ (D)        ⑤ 어색한 부분 없음

【모의고사 기출 문제】

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

Palmer was born in 1883. in England. In 1913 she and ① her husband, Frank, moved to Canada. Soon they moved on to California, where her husband ② helped build the Los Angeles electric train system. Unfortunately, Frank couldn't enjoy a long life with her. ③ Alone for almost twenty years now, Palmer stays active and involved. ④ When asking about the secret to her long life, Palmer says that learning something new every day ⑤ keeps a person young.

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

Many people dream about making a lot of money all of a sudden. That is what (A)

happened/was happened

to Gerald Krigel of Detroit. In 1974, a member of his family

died and left (B)

him/himself

more than $400,000. Gerald thought he had a safe place for all that money. He put (C)

it /them

in a metal box in the basement of his mother's house.

(A)	(B)	(C)

① happened       himself	it

② was happened	him	them

③ happened	him	them

④ happened	him	it

⑤ was happened	himself	it

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

Have you ever wished for a magic medicine that ① would let you live happily forever? If you have, ② don't feel alone! It's a very common, natural wish that ③ has a long history. Spanish explorers of the sixteenth century even ④ tried to find a fountain of youth in what is now the state of Florida. The water of this legendary fountain, which no one has yet found, ⑤ believed to give back youth and good health to those who drank it.

4. 글의 흐름으로 보아 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 어색한 것은?

As Gandhi ① got on a train one day, one of his shoes slipped off and landed on the track. He ② was unable to regain it as the train was moving. To the amazement of his companions, Gandhi calmly ③ took off his other shoe and threw it back along the track to land close to the first. ④ Asking a fellow passenger why he did so, Gandhi smiled. "The poor man who finds the shoe ⑤ lying on the track,"　he replied, "will now have a pair he can use."

5. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

Some insects produce a cold, chemical light. In most cases, this light is produced ① to attract a mate. In others ② it used to frighten away animals which would otherwise eat the insect. A special kind of beetle, for instance, which lives in the jungles of South America ③ has two great spots of light just behind its head. To any animal ④ coming across the beetle at night, these spots look like enormous shining eyes-and the beetle ⑤ is not attacked.

6. 각 (     ) 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

We sing the old memorial songs of our Lakota people. These songs have (A)

passed/been passed

down from  person to person for many generations. My mother told me how her grandmother used to (B)

sing/singing

these songs whenever the soldiers came through our reservation. Everyone was (C)

pride/proud

of how brave she was!

(A)	(B)	(C)

① passed ...........	singing ..............pride

② passed ...........	sing    .............	pride

③ been passed ..	singing .............	pride

④ been passed ....	sing	............	proud

⑤ been passed ....	singing  ...........	proud

7. 다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

① One of the most important contributions to world architecture, the skyscraper, ② developed in the United States. After a great fire ③ destroyed much of Chicago in 1871, the city became a center of skyscraper designs during its rebuilding. ④ Building upward meant that only a small piece of land had to ⑤ be used to housing many people or business.

8.  다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 분분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

Every year hundreds of visitors to national parks ① are injured by wild animals. They are urged to follow the rules ② posted for their own benefit. They are warned not to wander from the area marked for visitors. They ③ ask not to feed any animals because feeding them removes their fear of humans. ④ When animals learn they can get food from people, they ⑤ become bolder and more forceful.

9. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 분분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

The marathon race is named after a plain in Ancient Greece ① calling Marathon. In 490 B.C., ② the Athenians defeated the Persians in a battle at Marathon. Before the battle, the Greek's fastest runner, Pheidippides. ③ went to Sparta to call for help. He then went to Marathon ④ and fought in the battle. Then, Pheidippides ran the 40 kilometers to Athens, shouted, "Rejoice, we conquer," ⑤ and fell to the ground.

10. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

How will Asia provide the region's ① growing elderly population with the health services, financial support and personal care they will need? Japanese Prim Minister in July 2000 said that Japanese workers ② ought to be allowed to work until age of 70 instead of ③ forcing to retire by 60 or 65. Japan is ④ changing its pension system to provide full benefits to ⑤ those who retire at 65, up from the current 60.

11. 다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

There was ① a great deal of excitement in town the other day. A horse got out of a farm and ② came into town. It walked across the school grounds and through several busy streets, and then it ③ lay down in the middle of Main street. All traffic stopped, and quite a few people ④ tried to lead it away, but no one could move it. However, when a farmer ⑤  was appeared, it got up and followed him.

12. 다음 글의 줄친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

A car is really a consumer product. That is, it is made for people ① to use directly and it is not ② used to making other products. Of course, it is ③ one of the biggest and most expensive of all consumer products. It is also a very complex piece of machinery. It ④ consists of thousands of parts that must work together. All these parts are made in thousands of factories and then they ⑤ are finally brought to one place to be assembled into a car.

13. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 줄친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

Years ago, the United States Mint asked Anthony if he would ① try to design a new silver dollar. Anthony said yes. It was a great honor for him to ② ask to do such a thing. Anthony decided he would ③ put Miss Liberty on one side of the coin. His young wife, Teresa, was the model for Miss Liberty. When ④ Anthony's design was accepted, Teresa's face ⑤ began appearing on silver dollars.

14. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 줄친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

Some experts are ① so convinced that colors have strong effect on us that they believe colors ② can use to heal. They say that ③ by concentrating our thoughts on certain colors, we can ④ make energy go to the parts of the body that need treatment. For example, white light is said to be cleansing, and it can ⑤ balance the body's entire system.

15. 각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

Those who don't eat meat are (A) [calling / called] vegetarians. In fact, there are may different kinds of vegetarians. Some people call (B) [them / themselves] vegetarians because they avoid red meat. Others refuse to eat (C) [anything / nothing] made from any fish or animal. Strict vegetarians don't even eat eggs or dairy products.

(A)              (B)             (C)

① calling	them	anything

② calling	themselves	nothing

③ called           them	anything

④ called	themselves	anything

⑤ called	themselves	nothing

16. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 줄친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

Cash is ① a good way to make small purchases, but carrying large amounts of cash is dangerous. Cash can be lost or stolen. ② Cash should never send in the mail. The most convenient method of payment is by personal check. We open a checking account at a bank ③ by depositing money. The bank provides a checkbook of personal checks ④ with our name and address on them. The person ⑤ to whom we write a check takes the check to his own bank and deposits it into his own account, or receives the cash amount.

17. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 줄친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

I worked for a construction company. Once I ① was laying a drain pipe across a college campus. ② While working, I uncovered a power cable ③ lying directly in our path. I suspected it was only a dead line, however, to be safe, I called the campus electrical department and ④ was asked someone to identify it. An electrician arrived, looked at the cable and ⑤ assured us it was dead. "Just cut it our of your way," he said. "Are you sure there's no danger?" I asked. "I'm sure," he replied.

18. 다음 각 빈칸에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

In Japanese society, the group is usually favored over the individual. Once you belong to a group, you (A) (ask / are asked) to follow the group's standards. And being the same as others becomes extremely important. (B) (It means / They mean) that every Japanese looks, thinks and acts alike. Ijime is a tool which is often used to (C) (maintain / maintaining) this harmony.

(A)	(B)	(C)

① ask	It means	maintaining

② ask	They mean	maintain

③ ask	They mean	maintaining

④ are asked    It means	maintaining

⑤ are asked    It means	maintain

19.  다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

It ①used to be fashionable for women ②to have small waists. They often wore tight clothes around their middles ③to make them thinner. A woman with a very thin waist ④was said to be "wasp-waisted" because her body ⑤was looked like the body of a wasp. The wasp is an insect with a very thin middle.

*wasp 말벌

20. 다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

There's a town in Canada that ① didn't have TV until only a few years ago. Researchers compared the people in that town ② to people in two towns that    had had TV for 40 years.  They found that people who watch a lot of TV ③ are not as creative as people who don't watch much. For example, the researchers ④ were given some problem-solving tests to children.  The children who didn't watch much TV had more ideas about how to solve the problems than children who watched a lot.  They were also ⑤ faster at thinking of ideas.

21. 다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

The space shuttle is a reusable spacecraft ① designed to be launched into orbit by rocket and then to return to the earth. It ② is used to transporting people and cargo to and from orbit around the earth. The shuttle ③ was developed by NASA in the 1970s. It was made to replace the expensive booster rockets that ④ could only be used once. The first shuttle to be launched was the Colombia in 1981. Since that time, the shuttle ⑤ has proved its value for scientific and other uses many times.

22. 다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

Arnold Schwarzenegger ① was born in 1947. He enjoyed ② playing sports as a child, and he began ③ lifting weights to build up his strength for soccer and swimming. Then, when he was around 15 years old, he started ④ to lift weights seriously for the purpose of body building. When he was 18, he became the Junior Mr. Europe Champion. In 1970, he made a comedy ⑤ calling Hercules in New York.

23. 다음 글에서 줄친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

Shakespeare ① is well-known as the greatest English poet and dramatist. His plays ② have been translated into every important language. And now they ③ read and perform all over the world. Shakespeare did not write his plays ④ to be read but to be acted. Therefore, the best way to know him is ⑤ to see one or more of his plays on the stage or screen.

24. 글에서 줄친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

Michael Pitt is 86 years old.  He ① has just run the last ten kilometers of the marathon race.  It took him one hour and ten minutes ② to run the ten kilometers.  After his run, he went to the medical center to have his blood pressure ③ checked.  The nurse was surprised and pleased to see that his blood pressure was normal.  She told him that his blood pressure was normal.  Then she said, " I wish mine ④ were that good."  Michael Pitt ⑤ has known as the great-grandfather of a marathon.  He ran the entire course of a marathon 61 times.

5. 준동사

준동사 : 준동사라 하면 원래 동사였던 것이 다른 품사로 전환된 것을 말한다. 한           문장 내에는 단 하나의 동사가 있어야 하는데, 그 동사를 정동사(finite           verb)라 하고, 부정사, 동명사, 분사는 다른 품사로 전환된 것이다. 따라서          동사에 준하는 위 세 가지를 준동사(Verbal) 또는 부정(不定)동사라 한다.

이를테면, 한 문장에 동사가 두 개라면, 하나는 정동사이고, 나머지 하나는 다른 품사로 바뀌어져야 한다. 즉, 부정사, 동명사, 분사로 전환되어야 함을 말한다. 이는 기본적으로 반드시 알아 두어야 한다.

예를 들면,  ex) He saw me and came ran towards me.

위 문장에서 and를 기준으로 두 문장이 합쳐져 있다. came도 ran도 동사이다. came은 정동사(단 하나 있어야하는 동사)이고 ran은 다른 품사로 바뀌어져야 한다. 문맥상 ran은 running으로 고쳐야 맞다.

이러한 기본적인 사항은 꼭 알아두도록 하자.

수능과 모의고사에 가장 많이 출제된 준동사와 관련된 것은 to부정사가 올 때와 동명사(∼ing)가 올 때 뜻이 달라지는 동사들에 대한 물음이었다.

일단, 다음을 필히 숙지하고 각 준동사들의 중요사항을 배워 보도록 하자.

stop + to R : ～하기 위해 멈추다

stop + ～ing : ～하던 것을 멈추다

remember + to R : (미래) ～할 것을 기억하다(잊지 않다)

remember + ～ing : (과거) ～한 것을 기억하다(잊지 않다)

forget + to R : (미래) ～할 것을 잊어버리다

forget + ～ing : (과거) ～한 것을 잊어버리다

try + to R : ～하려고 애쓰다, 노력하다

try + ～ing : 시험삼아 ～해 보다

위의 각 동사들은 그냥 암기하는 것 보다 직접 문제를 풀면서 필히 연습해 두기 바랍니다.

1. to 부정사

- 명사, 형용사, 부사로서의 역할을 하지만, 출제 경향에 따르면 명사의 역할에 중점      을 두어야 한다.

5. 준동사

5. 준동사

① 명사로서의 역할

주어, 보어, 목적어 역할 - 가주어와 가목적어인 it에 대해 진주어, 진목적어역할

② 의미상 주어

for + 목적격 + to R (일반적)

of + 목적격 + to R (성질, 성격의 형용사일 때)

③ 부정 - 모든 준동사의 not의 위치는 바로 준동사 직전에 둔다.

not to + 동.원 : 부정할 때 to 앞에 not이 위치함

③ to 부정사와 관련된 중요한 문구

․형․부 + enough to + 동.원 (○) - 형용사, 부사 위치 꼭 확인할 것

enough + 형․부 + to +동.원 (×)

enough + 명 + to + 동.원 (○)

- enough 다음에 명사가 오는 형태를 더 많이 쓰임

명 + enough to + 동.원 (△) - 잘 안 쓰이는 형태

․It takes + 목적격 + 시간 + to + 동.원 : ～가 to 이하 하는데 시간이 걸리다

= It takes + 시간 + for + 목적격 + to + 동.원 - 순서 확인

2. 동명사

① 명사로서의 역할

주어, 보어, 동사의 목적어, 전치사의 목적어 역할

② 의미상 주어 - 소유격이 원칙 (목적격도 됨)

- to 부정사처럼 for, of을 쓰지 않고 단지, 소유격으로 나타낸다.

전치사 + 소유격 + ～ing

③ 부정

not ～ing : 부정할 때 동명사 앞에 not이 위치함

④ 동명사와 관련된 중요 문구 - 반드시 암기해 둘 것

- to 부정사와 구별하여 to 다음에 ing를 쓰는 전치사 to

․ look forward to + ～ing : ～를 학수고대하다

․ devote A to + ～ing : A를 ～하는데 바치다

․ object to + ～ing : ～를 반대하다

3. 분사 - 형용사 역할(명사를 수식하는 경우에 중점)

현재분사(～ing) : 능동, 진행          과거분사(p.p.) : 수동, 완료

※ 현재분사나 과거분사가 명사 뒤에서 명사를 수식하는 경우 : 후치수식

생략 : 명사 + (주격관계대명사 + be동사) + 현재분사(과거분사)

위의 생략 부분을 특히 유의하라.

수능기출 문제

[`02] 각 괄호 안에 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

When you attempt to do something and fail, you have to ask (A) (you / yourself) why you have failed to do what you intended. (B) (Answer / Answering) this question in a new, unexpected way is the essential creative act. (C) (It / They) will improve your chances of succeeding next time.

(A)	(B)	(C)

① you	Answer	It

② you	Answering	They

③ yourself	Answer	They

④ yourself	Answering	It

⑤ yourself	Answering	They

['00] 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

At the zoo, Simba the lion was very sick. The animal doctor came and tried giving him some red meat ① full of medicine. Poor Simba did not even raise his head. Finally, Simba ② stopped to breathe. The doctor said, ③ with tears in his eyes. "I regret to tell you that Simba is dead." The little children ④ were very shocked to hear it. "I feel like I've lost an old friend. I can remember ⑤ reporting Simba's birth," said a reporter.

['95-2] 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분을 고칠 필요가 있는지를 알아보고, 필요가 있다면 가장 잘 고쳐진 것은?

The most effective way to lose weight is to stay on a balanced diet. If you want to diet, you should consult a physician because it is  difficult for selecting a proper diet.

① 고칠 필요 없음                    ② for him to select

③ to select for yourself               ④ for his selecting

⑤ to have you selected

[모의고사 기출 문제]

다음 밑줄 친 분분 중 어색한 것은?

When you go to the interview, the employer's first impression of you will be based on your appearance, or (A) how you look. So (B) give some care to your clothes. You should, of course, take a bath before you (C) dress for an interview. Some people (D) forget doing this. Their body odor may end any chance of (E) being hired.

① (A)        ② (B)        ③ (C)       ④ (D)        ⑤ (E)

다음 괄호 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

Weeds cause trouble for garden plants in many ways. some weeds steal the water and minerals from the soil. They don't leave anything for the garden plants (A) ( use / to use ). Others wrap themselves around plants and kill (B) ( them / themselves ). But there are ways to keep these killers out of a garden. The easiest way is to simply get rid of them. But (C) ( pull / pulling ) them out can be too much work in a large garden. so some gardeners use chemicals to kill weeds.

(A)	(B)	(C)

① use	them	pulling

② use	themselves	pull

③ to use	themselves	pull

④ to use	them	pulling

⑤ to use	themselves	pulling

다음 밑줄 친 분분 중 어색한 것은?

(A) Never force yourself to read a book that you do not enjoy. There are so many books in the world that (B) it is foolish to waste time on one that does not give you pleasure. If you have chosen a book in good faith and (C) have found it unsatisfactory after a fair trial, (D) put it back on the self and (E) devote your time instead to read something else that will bear you richer fruit.

① (A)         ② (B)        ③ (C)         ④ (D)         ⑤ (E)

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

(A) [Eat / Eating] small amounts of lead can cause lead poisoning.  Layers of paint on the walls of many houses built before 1940 may have a high lead content.  Most modern indoor paint does not contain lead, but outdoor paint may.  A simple blood test can (B) [detect / be detected] lead poisoning. Children who live in old houses should be tested regularly. If they are found to have lead in their bodies, children can be treated with medicines that remove (C) [it / them]

(A)	(B)	(C)

① Eat	detect	it

② Eat	be detected	it

③ Eating	detect	it

④ Eating	detect	them

⑤ Eating	be detected	them

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 어법상 적절하지 않은 문장은?

Man cannot live without society any more than fish ① can live without water.  We, therefore, ② should be of some service to our society in return. To maintain social order, we should be citizens  ③ who obey the law. We should make social welfare system better in order to take care of the poor and needy. To leave our offspring a better living environment, we should ④ stop to pollute.  Only by doing so ⑤ can we feel relaxed believing that our society will remain harmonious and prosperous.

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

Destruction by fire has been a problem since civilization began. This dreaded enemy has yet to be conquered. You can help prevent fire, though, by looking for potential fire hazards in your home. Do you put away piles of papers that might easily catch on fire? Do you keep baking soda near the stove to use for putting out kitchen fires? Doing these can keep fires start in your home.

① keep fire to start                    ② keep fires starting

③ keep fires from starting              ④ be kept fires starting

⑤ be kept fires from starting

각 빈칸 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

It is not easy to be honest with oneself. In fact, it is very difficult. Shakespeare told us that above all we must be true to ourselves and then we cannot be false to any man. then, if we really want to be honest with ourselves, we must stop (A) [to make / making] an excuse. Instead, let's (B) [admit / to admit] our mistake or failure. And then, let's go on, trying (C) [to do / doing] better.

(A)                 (B)                (C)

① to make	to admit	to do

② to make           admit	doing

③ making	to admit	doing

④ making	admit	to do

⑤ making	admit	doing

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

Recently I was ① unfortunate enough to be in a store when a robbery took place. On my way home from work, I ② stopped buying a loaf of bread. As I entered a store, ③ a man standing nearby pulled out a gun and yelled, "Everyone, on the floor and away from the cash register!" Around me, people ④ lay down on the floor. I was bigger and stronger than he was. But his gun was bigger and stronger ⑤ than I was.

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

Most of the food in the supermarkets is very attractive. People ① stop looking at products in attractive containers. If they don't ② look carefully at the prices and the contents of each container, they might ③ spend more money. The next time you are in the supermarket, pay attention to how the products ④ are arranged on the shelves. Remember that many products will say, "Buy me!" ⑤ Stop and think. Which ones are the best value for your money?

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

Are you the type who worries about things like these: Did I set the alarm clock? Did I turn off the oven? Did I lock the door? Just ① stop worrying about these things. If you ② forget locking your door, and ③ the house is robbed, I assure you you'll never ④ lease it open again. If you are late to work once because you didn't set your alarm, you won't ⑤ make that mistake again.

다음 글의 흐름을 보아, 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

The large amounts of chemicals in the water encourage the growth of the alga. The animals that  feed on water plants cannot keep up with this rapid growth and soon the water becomes full of algae. As the alga die, poisonous substances are produced. These substances use up all oxygen in the water, making impossible for fish breathe. Eventually, river or lake become broken down.

① making it possible for fish to breathe

② made it impossible for fish to breathe

③ to make it possible for fish to breathe

④ making it impossible for fish to breathe

⑤ to make it impossible for fish to breathe

다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 어색한 것은?

I ① was born in 1960. My parents named me Cynthia Lee, after my mother. They had named me John after my father, but I turned out ② to be a girl. I'm not sure what "Cynthia" means, but I think it ③ comes from the Greek and has some connection to the moon. When I was growing up, I found it hard ④ pronounce my name ― especially the th. Whenever I tried to say Cynthia, it ⑤ came out more like ― SIN-TEE. So as a little girl I called myself Sinty.

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 줄친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

One day many people ① were waiting to see President Lincoln. But one old man ② kept on talking with the President about nothing very important for a long time. He told the President very proudly ③ who his grandfather was and what he did. When the old man ④ stopped to tell the long story, Lincoln said, "I don't care what my grandfather did. I only care ⑤ what his grandson will be."

14. 각 빈칸 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

Hikers should always inform someone (A) [where they are / where are they]  going and when they expect to return. You may inform a friend of yours of hiking plans. If a friend is not available, an authority, such as a ranger, should be informed. The plans should be written out and the information (B) [leaves / left] at the ranger station. Also, you should not forget (C) [to inform / informing]  the ranger when the hiking has been completed.

① where they are    leaves    to inform

② where they are    left       informing

③ where they are    left       to inform

④ where are they    leaves    informing

⑤ where are they    left       informing

15. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

Alice and I ① fell in love with each other. But my parents were not very happy at the thought of ② their son's having a girlfriend at the age of 15. So I had to start making all kinds of excuses in order to meet her. I ③ was supposed to go to water polo practice every day but I met her in a park instead of going to the pool. One day I ④ forgot wetting my swimming suit and towel before going home, so my parents ⑤ came to know I didn't go to the pool.

16. 다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

Storms affect birds in a variety of ways. When a storm ①is approaching, birds may ②stop to fly and rest nearby trees. If the coming storm is a severe one, the birds may fly off to an area where the weather is clear. Birds may ③appear uneasy and nervous when a storm is on its way. They might ④become noisier. When a snowstorm is coming, birds may eat more, too. They seem to realize that food ⑤might be difficult to get for a while.

17. 각 빈칸 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

The morning generally (A) [consists / is consisted] of hard work on the film set.  I don't always work in the mornings because the director sometimes requires special lighting conditions; consequently, we often work (B) [late / lately] at night.  In the evening, I always put my son to bed; I generally read him a story because he will not go to sleep without one of us (C) [to be / being] with him.  Then I don't do anything else for the rest of the evening.

① consists	late	being

② consists	late	to be

③ consists	lately	being

④ is consisted	lately	to be

⑤ is consisted	late	being

18. 다음 글의 밑줄 친 부분이 어법상 어색한 곳을 고르시오.

①Every Sunday Bob and Jack like ②watching a football game. Bob always ③remembers to take his hat, but Jack sometimes ④forgets taking his hat. Last Sunday they went to town ⑤to watch a football game.

19. 다음 글의 밑줄 친 부분이 어법상 어색한 곳을 고르시오.

I crossed the street to avoid meeting him, but he saw me and ① came ran towards me.  It was no use pretending that I ② had not seen him, so I waved to him.  I never enjoy ③ meeting him.  ④ No matter how busy you are, he always insists on coming with you.  I had to think of a way of keeping him ⑤ from following me around all morning.

6. 간접의문문과 관계대명사

1. 간접 의문문

실제 수능에 출제된 것은 간접의문문이지만, 접속사, 관계대명사와 관련된 문제가 모의고사에서 많이 출제되므로 함께 알아둘 필요가 있다.

다른 문장과 결합이 되는 의문문의 어순은 항상 평서문 어순이 된다.

(의문사 + 주어 + 동사)

예를 들면,

ex) If you know which way is south, then you also know that north is in the         opposite direction.

위 문장에서 you know + which way is south 두 문장이 결합이 되어있다. ‘남쪽이 어느 쪽인지 여러분이 안다’라는 문장이 되어야하므로 어순은, you know which way south is. 로 되어야 한다.

2. 접속사

기본적인 틀은 동사가 두개인 문장은 반드시 접속사가 하나 있어야 한다는 것.

예를 들면,

ex) It had rained all night, the soil was muddy.

위 문장을 보고 바로 잘못되었다는 것을 알아야 한다. 콤마가 있는 두 문장에 접속사가 없다. 따라서 앞의 문장을 분사구문으로 고치든지, 접속사를 넣어야한다.

그 외, 접속사의 종류와 그 뜻을 반드시 알아두자.

3. 관계대명사

6. 간접의문문과 관계대명사

6. 간접의문문과 관계대명사

- 접속사와 대명사의 역할을 하는 관계대명사는 주격, 목적격, 보격의 역할을 한다.

단순한 접속사와 관계대명사는 그 절에서 역할을 할 수 있느냐의 차이이다.     접속사는 두 문장을 연결해 줄 뿐, 아무런 역할(주격, 목적격등)을 하지 않는다.     그러나, 관계대명사는 반드시 그 관계대명사절에서 역할을 하고 있다. 이러한       차이를 반드시 알아 두어야한다. 그러면 단순한 접속사 자리인지, 관계대명사       자리인지를 쉽게 알 수 있다.

관계대명사가 하나 있으면, 반드시 동사는 두개가 있어야 한다.

특히 관계대명사는 선행사를 반드시 확인해야 한다. 선행사가 없인 관계대명사    는 존재하지 않는다. 다만, 관계대명사 what은 선행사가 자체 포함되어있다.       따라서 what 앞에는 선행사가 있어선 안된다. 그 문장은 틀린 문장이다.

예를 들면,

ex) As he was very hungry, he ate all what they gave him.

위 문장에서 관계대명사 앞의 all은 what의 선행사 역할을 하고 있다. 이미 what 안에 all that, the thing which의 의미를 포함하고 있으므로 all이 오면 틀린 문장이 된다.

수능기출 문제

[‘01] 다음 글에서 줄친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

Yesterday I went to a bookstore ① to buy a book about computers. I asked a clerk ② where did they have books about computers. She said that ③ they were on the second floor. ④ I was surprised that there were a large number of books. It took me a long time ⑤ to find one that was for beginners like me.

[모의고사 기출 문제]

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

Your team will quickly learn (A)

what / that

your standards are and perform accordingly. You need to be down on the field every day, (B)

smell / smelling

out whatever isn't working. A winning coach can't afford to let little things go unnoticed because that often (C)

cause / causes

the difference between success and failure.

(A)	(B)	(C)

① what	smell	cause

② what	smelling	cause

③ what	smelling	causes

④ that	smell	cause

⑤ that	smelling	causes

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

My brother had just moved into his own apartment and was disappointed that the new dishwasher didn't seem to work well. Later that month he was invited to dinner at a friend's home. He and his friend's mother chattered about how was a dishwasher convenient, and she added, "But the soap is pretty expensive." My brother, with realization dawning in his eyes, said, "Soap?"

① 고칠 필요 없음

② how was a convenient dishwasher

③ how a dishwasher was convenient

④ how convenient a dishwasher was

⑤ how convenient was a dishwasher

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

I am not an optimist, because I am not sure that everything ends well. (So / Nor) am I a pessimist, because I am not sure that everything ends badly. I just carry it in my heart.  It is a feeling that life and work have a meaning. You either have it (or / and) you don't, regardless of the state of the world that surrounds you.  Life without it is an empty, (bored / boring) and useless life.  I cannot imagine that I could strive for something if did not carry it in me. I am thankful to God for this gift.  It is as big a gift as life itself.

① Nor - or - boring

② Nor - and - bored

③ Nor - or - bored

④ So - and - bored

⑤ So - and - boring

다음 밑줄 친 분분 중 어색한 것은?

As I was very busy in my shop, my daughters, eight and ten years old, (A) offered to make our lunch. When I went to the kitchen to see (B) how were they doing, I was surprised to see the two of them (C) cutting up onions while wearing swimming goggles (D) so as not to cry.

① 어색한 부분 없음     ② (A)     ③ (B)     ④ (C)      ⑤ (D)

5. 각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

John greeted Moira and asked (A) [how she was / how was she].  She told him she was fine and asked about him. He said he felt wonderful (B) [why / because] they were together again. He added that it had been a long time since their holiday in Paris.  She said she had loved every minute in Paris and that she would never forget it. She asked if they could go back there next spring.  He said that he loved her. He asked if she would (C) [marry / marry with]  him and come to Paris with him for their honeymoon. She said that she would and that she loved him, too.

① how she was	because	marry with

② how she was	because	marry

③ how she was	why	marry with

④ how was she	why	marry with

⑤ how was she	because        marry

6. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 어법상 적절하지 않은 문장은?

① For thousand of years, people have looked up at the night sky and looked up at the moon. ② They wondered what the moon was made of. ③ They wanted to know how big was it and how far away was it. ④ One of the most interesting questions was "Where did the moon come from?" ⑤ No one knew for sure.

7. 다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

Scientific research satellites travel in space ①collecting information for scientists. They observe other planets, stars, and the sun. They record important information that ②is used to understand the solar system better. Weather satellites also ③ help scientists study changes in the Earth's weather. These satellites record images of clouds and storms ④that are coming. They send weather forecasts back down to Earth. Therefore, we can know ⑤what will the weather be like tomorrow.

8. 다음 각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

Ancient Egypt was a rich country because of its grain. Traders from all over the world went there to buy grain. In the granaries cats were used to (A) (keep / keeping) rats and mice away from the grain. Traders who came to Egypt managed to steal cats. They wanted cats to kill the rats (B) (eating / eaten) their food supplies on their ships. They also found that they could sell the cats they had stolen in the European and British ports (C) (which / what) they visited.

(A)	(B)	(C)

① keep	eating	which

② keep	eating	what

③ keep	eaten	what

④ keeping	eaten	which

⑤ keeping	eating	what

9.  다음 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 잘못된 것은?

As my word-base broadened, I could for the first time ① pick up a book and now understand ② what is the book saying. Anyone who has read a great deal can imagine the new world that opened up. ③ Let me tell you something: from then on, in every free moment I had, ④ if I was not reading in the library, I was reading in my bed. No one could make me ⑤ stop reading books.

10. 다음 각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

The waiter asked her (A) [if / that] she would have a drink. "I never drink anything for luncheon," she said. "(B) [So / Neither] do I," I answered promptly.  "Except white wine," she proceeded as though I (C) [had / have] not spoken.  "These French white wines are so light. They're wonderful for the digestion."

① if	So	had

② if	Neither	had

③ if	So	have

④ that	Neither	have

⑤ that	So	had

11. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

Gulliver ① could make the little men understand that he needed food and drink, and they climbed on his body and ② brought him bread, meat and wine. As he was very hungry, he ate ③ all what they gave him. But the wine contained something that ④ made him go to sleep, and while he was sleeping, the little men ⑤ got him onto a kind of cart they had made.

12. 각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

In 1926, there was a double tragedy in her life (A) (why / because) his much-loved moths died. Agatha Christie suffered a nervous breakdown, and one night she abandoned her car and mysteriously disappeared. She went missing for 11 days and (B) (found / was found) in a hotel in the north of England. It is (C) (interested / interesting) to note that it was while she was suffering so much that she wrote one of her masterpieces, The Murder of Roger Ackroyal.

(A)	(B)	(C)

① why	found	interesting

② why	was found	interested

③ because	found	interested

④ because	was found	interested

⑤ because	was found	interesting

13. 다음 글의 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

The room ①was full of excited young people who came from eight Asian countries. They ②were  dressed in colorful clothes. I spoke in Korean to a young man ③who looked like a Korean. ④To my surprise, he answered in fluent English. He was from Vietnam. I wondered ⑤why did he look so much like a Korean.

14. 다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 틀린 것은?

If you ever ①get lost in a forest, go to a tree. It can help you ②find your way out. Trees which grow in forests show ③where are north and south. For instance, leaves and branches ④tend to grow more thickly on the south side of a tree. And the top of a tree bends toward the south. The color of the bark is brighter on the south side. If you know ⑤which way is south, then you also know that north is in the opposite direction.

15. 다음 글에서 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 어색한 것은?

Today, in every modern society, people have several different ways ① to identify themselves. Sometimes people ② need to use official identification, such as a passport or a driver's license, to prove who they are, where they live, or ③ how old are they. Credit cards ④ are often used as IDs, too, because they show a person's name, signature, and credit card number. ⑤ The way we dresses, the cars we drive, and the colors we wear also show who we are and what we are.

16. 각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

In addition, the Japanese have almost no natural resources.  They import nearly all of their oil and coal.  (Though / Since) most land is too hilly for farming, Japan must also bring in about a third of (its / their) food.  Despite all of these needs, Japan is a world leader in industry.  How is this possible?  Part of the answer is modern factories (building / built) after World War Ⅱ.  These factories have helped Japan become the world's leading producer of steel, watches, cameras, and automobiles.  But modern factories are only a partial explanation for Japan's success.

① Though  - its     - built

② Though  - their   - built

③ Though  - its     - building

④ Since    - their   - building

⑤ Since    - its     - built

7. 조동사

조동사 : 당연히 중요한 문법사항이다. 하지만, 실제로 출제빈도는 낮은 편이었다.

조동사에 관련된 여러가지 사항 중 가장 중요한 것은

조동사 + have + p.p. 구문이다.

다음은 그 뜻과 형태를 정확히 숙지하지 않으면 안된다.

․should have + p.p. = ought to have + p.p. : ～을 해야만 했었는데 (하지못했다)

(과거의 유감이나 후회)

․must have + p.p. : ～이었음에 틀림없다 (should have + p.p. 와 반드시 구분할 것)

(과거의 확실한 단정) - 여기서 must는 의무의 의미가 아님

․may(might) have + p.p : ～이었을 지도 모른다.

(과거의 막연한 추측)

․cannot have + p.p. : ～이었을 리가 없다

(과거의 부정적 추측) - must have + p.p.와는 반대되는 의미

․need not have + p.p. : ～할 필요가 없었는데 (했다)

※ 다음 문장의 줄친 부분에 유의하여 정확히 해석해 보자.

A : Has Minsu arrived yet?

B : No, he should have come an hour ago. When I called him two hours ago,             he said he would start on hanging up the phone.

A : He can't have started at that time. If he had he would have arrived                  already.(가정법)

B : He might have met with a traffic accident.

A : It can't be.(현재) He is always late for an appointment. He must have idled           away his time.

해석

7. 조동사

7. 조동사

A :  민수는 아직 도착 안했니?

B : 그래, 그는 한 시간전에 와야했어. 내가 그에게 두시간 전에 전화를 했을 때        전화를 끊자 마자 출발한다고 했어

A : 그때 출발했을 리가 없어. 그랬다면 벌써 도착했을 걸.

B : 아마 교통사고를 당했을 지도 몰라.

A : 그럴리 없어. 항상 약속시간에 늦어. 늑장을 부렸음에 틀림없어.

수능기출 문제

(`94 수능 기출 문제) 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분을 고칠 필요가 있는지를 결정하고, 필요가 있다면 가장 잘 고쳐진 것은?

My brother became ill yesterday, I paid little attention to him and did not send him to hospital, because his illness did not seem to be serious. Now his condition is changing for the worse. I regret having paid little attention to him. In other words, I should be paid more attention to him.

① had better pay little attention

② should have paid more attention

③ had rather pay little attention

④ should like to pay little attention

⑤ 고칠 필요 없음

(`99 수능 기출 문제) 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

It is often believed that the function of school is ① to produce knowledgeable people. If schools only ② provide knowledge, however, they may destroy creativity, ③ producing ordinary people. We often ④ hear stories of ordinary people who, if education had focused on creativity, could have become great artists or scientists. Those victims of education ⑤ should receive training to develop creative talents while in school. It really is a pity that they did not.

[모의고사 기출 문제]

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

If the mosquito likes you, she lands onto your flesh very gently, and she breaks your skin with her proboscis tip. She stabs her proboscis into your skin at once, and if she hits a blood vessel, she'll get a full dinner in about a minute, All this usually takes place so quickly and quietly that you have suspected anything.

*  proboscis (곤충의) 주둥이

① you must have suspected anything

② you may not have suspected anything

③ you ought to have suspected anything

④ you need not have suspected anything

⑤ you should not have suspected anything

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

When I got married, I quit (A) [smoking / to smoke] and took up running. When I first started, I couldn't run more than a few hundred yards before I had to rest.  But I knew it would only get easier, and the longer I avoid smoking the (B)      [faster / fastest]  I was able to run.  Now I can run a mile in eight minutes.  I'm in much better shape now than I (C) [would / used to] be .

① smoking	faster	used to

② to smoke	fastest	would

③ smoking	faster	would

④ to smoke	faster	used to

⑤ smoking	fastest	would

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 줄친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

At Ashcelon, in Israel, scientists have found ① a very large dog cemetery. The cemetery dates from ② the fifth century B.C., when that area was part of the Persian Empire. The number of dog graves found in the cemetery ③ reaches about one thousand. Scientists are not certain about the reason for the graves. However, they believe that dogs ④ must be very important for the people there. In fact, the dogs which died of natural causes ⑤ were buried very carefully.

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

Bob's friend ① was supposed to meet him at the game. But he did not come. Bob wondered what ② had happened to him. Perhaps his friend got sick. He ③ might have trouble getting enough money for the ticket. Whatever happened, Bob thought that his friend ④ need not have called him to let him know that he wasn't going. If he ⑤ had known his friend wasn't going, he would have stayed home.

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

Thomas Edison, the most famous inventor, often boasted that he ① had never had any formal education. But records show that he ② attended chemistry classes at a college in New York. He also claimed that he hardly ever slept, but some photographs show that he ③ used to sleep in laboratories. Edison worked primarily on useful inventions, saying that he ④ wanted to make as much money as possible. However, he did not make the fortune, because he insisted that his inventions ⑤ should have remained exactly as he created.

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

Some time ago, an interesting discovery was made by archaeologists. An American team explore a temple which stands in an ancient city. The city at one time cannot have been prosperous, for it enjoyed a high level of civilization. Houses - often three stories high - were built of stone. The city was even equipped with a drainage system.

① must be

② must have been

③ might be

④ could have been

⑤ need have been

글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분을 가장 잘 고친 것은?

I began to smoke in high school. My friends smoked. My parents smoked. It seemed to be a natural thing. But forty years later we all started to hear about the effects of cigarette smoking lung cancer and heart problems. I didn't pay much attention to these reports. Then I started to cough. Doctors said that my lung got worse from smoking. I tried several times to quit, but it wasn't easy. Now I feel worried about my lung even though I've quit. I think I should quit  smoking earlier.

① 고칠 필요 없음

② must quit smoking

③ should quit to smoke

④ must have quit smoking

⑤ should have quit smoking

8. 동사

동사의 종류 : 동사와 관련되어 수능에 정답이 된 예는 없다. 하지만, 줄친 부분은               여러번 있었다. 따라서 상당히 출제될 가능성이 있는 부분이다.                    다음 중요한 동사는 꼭 알아 두도록 하자.

① 감정동사

- 감정동사라 함은 감정의 의미를 담고 있는 동사를 말한다. 예를 들면, excite,       disappoint, please, interest, confuse, discourage, worry 등등 의미자체에 사람의         감정을 나타내는 동사를 말한다.

이런 동사의 형태가 자주 출제되는 데 다음을 꼭 알아두기 바란다.

사람주어 + 동사 + P.P(감정동사)형태  - 과거분사

무생물주어 + 동사 + ～ing(감정동사)형태 - 현재분사

② 자동사 lie 와 타동사 lay의 차이

lie - lay - lain (lying): 눕다 → 명사를 취할 때 반드시 전치사를 동반한다.

cf) lie - lied - lied : 거짓말하다

ex) lie on the grass

lay - laid - laid (laying): 눕히다, 알을 낳다, 두다, 놓다

→ 전치사 없이 명사가 바로 온다.

ex) lay a book on the de나;   lay bricks

③ 2형식 지각동사 - 보어로서 형용사나 전치사구가 온다.

look, sound, smell, taste, feel + (부사) + 형용사

+ 전치사 + 명사

④ 5형식 지각동사

8. 동사

8. 동사

see, watch, hear, listen to, feel + 목적어 + 동.원(～ing)

: 목적어와 동사의관계가 능동일때

동사원형: 동작의 처음부터 끝까지

현재분사: 진행중인 동작일 경우

see, watch, hear, listen to, feel + 목적어 + p.p(과거분사)

: 목적어와 동사의관계가 수동일때

⑤ 사역동사

have, make, let + 목적어 + 동.원

: 목적어와 동사의관계가 능동일때

have, make, let + 목적어 + p.p(과거분사)

: 목적어와 동사의관계가 수동일때 (let은 be + p.p )

⑥ help동사

3형식 : help + (to) 동.원 ;

help + 사람 + with +사물

cannot help ---ing

5형식 : help + 목적어 + (to) + 동.원

⑦ 목적보어로 to + 동.원 을 취하는 동사

ask, allow, tell, advise, forbid, get(시키다), order, expect 등등

위의 각 중요한 동사들의 형태와 특징을 반드시 알아두어야 한다.

[모의고사 기출 문제]

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

One sunny day a tailor sat ① sewing by his open window. When he ② stopped to eat his lunch, he cut ③ two thick slices of bread and covered them with strawberry jam. But before he could take one bite, some flies ④ flew down to taste it. He angrily picked up a piece of cloth and swung it at them. Most of the flies buzzed away ― but not all. The tailor saw that seven of the flies ⑤ were laying there dead.

다음 글의 줄친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

① Troy is a quiet city with good schools and beautiful parks. In every part of the city ② we can see squirrels around the oak trees. In spring, ③ many pretty birds return to us. Yesterday morning ④ I saw a robin in an apple tree in our yard. ⑤ The little bird looked happily and joyously in the sun.

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 줄친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

One day two men were praying in church. They both wanted a cigarette ① while they prayed. They ② decided to ask their minister for permission. The first asked, ③ but was told no. A little while later ④ he saw his friend to smoke. "Why did the minister ⑤ allow you to smoke and not me? he asked. "Because you asked if you could smoke while you prayed and I asked if I could pray while I smoked!" the friend replied.

다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 줄친 부분 중 어법상 자연스럽지 못한 것은?

Last Sunday I ① paid a visit to the zoo in Washington D.C. I visited the monkeys first. They were of various types from different parts of the world. They were all very active, though they ② have been in their cages for a long time. Then, we went to the places where the tigers and the lions ③ were kept. These animals ④ did not seem to be active like the monkeys. They ⑤ were all laying down and looking at the visitors.

밑줄 친 부분 중 어색한 부분을 찾으시오.

The average man finds life very ① uninteresting. I think that the reason ② why he finds it uninteresting is ③ that he is always waiting for something ④ to happen to him instead of setting to work to make things ⑤ happened.

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

"I will find a way.  If I can't, I'll make (A) [it / one]  ," said Robert E. Peary, an American explorer.  He wanted to be the first man to reach the North Pole.  But he knew that patience was the most important thing.  First, he had his leg (B)   [break / broken]  and had to wait.  Then his toes were (C) [frozen / freeze].  Storms, ice and fog caused more waiting.  Many of his men left him on the way, but finally he realized his dream to reach the North Pole in 1909.

① it	break	frozen

② it	broken	freeze

③ one	broken	frozen

④ one	break	frozen

⑤ one	broken	freeze

각 네모 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현을 골라 짝지은 것으로 가장 적절한 것은?

It's a good idea (A) [to bring/bring] a small gift when you go to a dinner party. Flowers are always nice, or you might bring a bottle of wine if you know that the family drinks (B) [it/them]. You should arrive on time or five to ten minutes late. Don't get there early. If you're going to be more than fifteen minutes late, you should call and tell them. Try to relax at the dinner table. If you're (C) [confusing/confused]  about choosing the correct fork, knife, or spoon, just watch the other guests, and follow them.

(A)          (B)             (C)

① to bring    -    it      -    confused

② to bring    -    them   -    confusing

③ to bring    -    it      -    confusing

④ bring       -    them   -    confusing

⑤ bring       -    it       -     confused

정답

정답

1. 평행구조

수능기출문제 : ④ ④

모의고사기출문제

②  ④  ④  ③  ③  (D)  ⑤  ①  ⑤  ②  ⑤  ④   ⑤  ②  (D)  ④  ②  ⑤  ④  ④

해설 : being relaxed, relaxing yourself

2. 수의 일치

수능기출문제 : ②

모의고사기출문제

②  ①  ②  ⑤  ⑤  ③  ③  ①  ②  ⑤  ③  ③  ⑤  ①  ②  ④  ⑤  ③

3. 시제

수능기출문제 : ③ ④ ⑤

모의고사기출문제

④  ④  ④  ①  ⑤  ③  ③  ⑤  ⑤  ③  ⑤  ③  ①  ⑤

4. 수동태

수능기출문제 : ⑤ ④ ④

모의고사기출문제

④  ④  ⑤  ④  ②  ④  ⑤  ③  ①  ③  ⑤  ②  ②  ②  ④  ②  ④  ⑤  ⑤  ④  ②  ⑤  ③  ⑤

5. 준동사

수능기출문제 : ④ ② ③

모의고사기출문제

④  ④  ⑤  ③  ④  ③  ④  ②  ①  ②  ④  ④  ④  ③  ④  ②  ①  ④  ①

6. 간접의문문과 관계대명사

수능기출문제 : ②

모의고사기출문제

③  ④  ①  ③  ②  ③  ⑤  ①  ②  ②  ③  ⑤ ⑤  ③  ③  ⑤

7. 조동사

수능기출문제 ② ⑤

모의고사기출문제

②  ①  ④  ④  ⑤  ②  ⑤

8. 동사

모의고사기출문제

⑤  ⑤  ④  ⑤  ⑤  ③  ①

목차로

Wordiomstrusture Proficient

수능을 위한 단어공부

수능을 위한 숙어공부

수능을 위한 구문공부

Wordiomstrusture Proficient

머리말

Q1: 정리하게 된 계기

A: 수능 문제를 풀면서 많은 학생들이 힘들어 하는 것은 문제 푸는 요령이 아니라

바로 하루 아침에 이룰 수 없는 어휘문제이며 문법문제였다.

수능 어휘를 정리하며 단어와 숙어 공부뿐만 아니라 아울러 구문까지 잡는

일석 3조의 효과를 내도록 노력하겠다.

Q2: 무엇을 어떻게 정리할 것인가

A: 접두어와 접미어를 앞부분에 정리하고 분량이 많은 어간은 뒷부분으로 미루어

기본적인 것을 학생들이 빠른 시간 내에 습득하여 단어 공부에 용이하도록 한다.

Q3: 난이도는

A: 쉬운 것에서부터 어려운 것까지 이 한권에 모두 정리한다.

이해 못하고 외워지지 않은 것을 억지로 외울려고 할 필요는 없다.

Q4: Wordiomstrusture Proficient의 끝은 어디인가

A: 수능을 대비하는 학생의 심정으로 정리한다.  학창시절 하루라도 단어정리를 하지

않고 외지 않으면 입에 가시가 날 것 같은 마음으로 정리한다.

Q5: 정말 이 공부만 해도 수능대비는 충분할 것인지

A: 기대가 크면 실망도 크다.  매일 매일 기도하는 마음으로 정리하고 고민하겠다.

Wordiomstructure Proficient를 사랑해 주시고 격려해주신 여러분께 감사드린다.

Q6:  정리자료는?

A: 인터넷과 책을 통하되 특히 Vocabulary 33000(김동목, 넥서스)을 많이 참조하겠다.

Wordiomstrusture Proficient

1일

I. 접두사

bi-  two  2, 둘 : bicycle  자전거(바퀴가 두개);  bilingual  2개 국어를 말하는

bilateral 양쪽이 있는,  ambidextrous 양손잡이의 (ambi- =양쪽, 둘레)

binocular 쌍안경

dis-  opposite, not 반대, 역 : disagree 일치하지 않다, 의견이 다르다.

disappear 사라지다(↔appear 나타나다)  discourage : -의 용기를 잃게 하다

courage 용기, encourage 용기를 북돋다 courageous 용기있는, 용감한

disarm 무장을 해제하다

en-  make 명사앞에서 -로 만들다, 형용사 앞뒤에서 -을 하게 하다 : enable 할 수 있게 하다,      가능하게 하다.  enslave 노예로 만들다 encourage : -에게 용기를 주다, enrich : 부자로      만들다, 풍요롭게 하다, ensure 안전하게 만들다, 확실하게 하다, 보증하다 endear 귀하게      여기도록 만들다, 사랑받게 만들다.   enlarge 크게하다, 확대하다(=amplify)

-en 접미사로서 형용사+en의 경우: blacken 검게 하다, darken 어둡게 하다, deepen 깊게      하다, lighten 밝게 하다, 가볍게 하다. madden 미치게 하다 sadden 슬프게 하다,            sharpen 날카롭게하다 sicken 아프게 하다, soften  부드럽게 하다, weaken 약하게 하다     widen (거리를)넓히다, broaden (넓이를)넓히다, 넓게 하다, narrow 좁히다. 좁아지다

명사+en의 경우: heighten 높게 하다, lengthen 길게 하다 strengthen 강하게 하다

앞뒤에 en이 붙은 경우 : embolden 대담하게 하다, enlighten 계몽하다, 보다 명확하게 만     들다   enliven 활기있게 만들다, 생기를 북돋우다(=animate), enable ...을 가능케하다.

come to = come to life =recover = become conscious 의식을 회복하다. 소생하다,     생기를 찾다. After a while she came to.

come to V = ...하게 되다.  Only two or three months have passed since I came     to know him. 그를 만난지 단지 2~3개월 밖에 지나지 않았다.

happen to V:  (=chance to) 우연히 하다, 혹시...하다 I happened to meet him in      the park.  Do  you happen to know him? 혹시 그를 아시나요?

fore- (pre-)   before -전에, -앞에 : forecast -을 예측하다; foretell -을 예언하다 ;         foremost 맨 처음의, 맨 앞의; preface  서문, 서론 ;  prehistoric 선사시대의

il- (im- in- ir-) not  반대, 역 : illegal 불법의, illiterate 문맹의, illogical 비논리적인,     immoral 부도덕한, impatient 참지 못하는, inpatient 입원환자↔outpatient 외래환자        impossible 불가능한, incapable -을 할 수 없는, informal 격식을 차리지 않는, invisible     보이지 않는,  irrational 비이성적인, irregular 비정기적인, irresponsible 책임이 없는,

mis-  wrong 잘못된, -가 아닌 : misfortune 불운, misjudge 잘못 판단하다,                   mislead 잘못 인도하다, misunderstand 오해하다, mistreat 학대하다 mistrust 의심하다,

non-   not 부정, 결여:  nonfiction 논픽션, nonsense 무의미한 말, nonstop 도중에서 멈     추지 않는, nonviolent 비폭력적인,  non-smoker 비흡연자,

post-   after -후에 : postpone -을 연기하다(= put off, adjourn); postscript 추신

postwar 전후의 post meridiem 오후(의), ↔ antecedent 앞서는, 선행의, 선례, (pl)조상

re- again 다시 : reconstruct  -을 다시 건설하다,  recover  -을 되찾다, 회복하다 review      -을 다시 보다, 검토하다, 복습하다, readjust 재조정하다. remake 개조하다,  reassure 재      보증하다, 안심시키다.

sub- under - 아래에:  subconscious 잠재의식의, submarine 잠수함, subway 지하철(영:        underground, tube),  subsidiary 보조의, 자회사, 보조자, supplementary 보충의

tri-  three 3, 셋: triangle 삼각형, tricycle 3륜차, triple 3중의, 3배의,

un- not 반대, 역 : unable 할 수 없는, unhappy 불행한, unusual 비범한, 별난, untrue 진      실이 아닌, 허위의, untie 풀다, 끄르다 (=undo 풀다, 원상태로 돌리다, 취소하다)

II. 접미사

1. 명사를 만드는 접미사

① -ment : agree 동의하다, agreement 동의, develop - development ; 발달(전)시키다 -     발달, 발전;  excite - excitement ; 흥분시키다 - 흥분; improve - improvement 향상      시키다, 개선하다 - 향상, 개선; move - movement 움직이다 - 이동

② -ness (형용사의 명사형) : fit - fitness 적당한, 알맞은  - 적당(합), 건강;  happy -        happiness 행복한 - 행복; kind - kindness 친절한 - 친절; polite - politeness  공손한 -     예절바름; useful - usefulness 유용한 - 유용, correctness 정확함, (행동의)단정

③ -(t)ion 동사의 명사형 : compose - composition 작곡하다 - 작곡; decide - decision     결정하다 - 결정; discuss - discussion 토론․토의하다 - 토론, 토의; invite - invitation     초대하다 - 초대; observe - observation 관찰하다 - 관찰;   suggest - suggestion 제안     하다 - 제안; organize - organization 조직하다 - 조직,  correction 정정, 수정, 교정

④ -or, -er 행위자, 사람, 직업을 나타낸다 : act - actor 행동하다 - 배우; counsel -         counselor 상담하다 - 상담원; farm - farmer 농장 - 농부; play - player 놀다, 경기하다     - 선수; swim - swimmer 수영하다 - 수영하는 사람;  teach - teacher 가르치다 - 선생     님; visit - visitor 방문하다 - 방문객; work - worker 일하다 - 일하는 사람, 노동자;        write - writer (글을 쓰다) - 작가

⑤ -ship, -hood : 상태, 성질, 능력 등을 나타내며 추상명사를 만듦 : friend - friendship     친구 - 우정; citizen - citizenship 시민 - 시민권; child - childhood 아이 - 어린 시절;    neighbor - neighborhood 이웃 - 이웃, manhood 남자다움, 성년, womanhood 여자다움

⑥ -ing : 동사에 붙여서 동명사나 현재분사를 만든다 : cry - crying 외침, 울음; score -      scoring  득점; die - dying죽음, 사망, 죽어 가는; begin - beginning 처음, 시작, 초심의

⑦ 형용사 + -ity, -ty, -y 상태를 나타내는 명사 : 동사+y = 명사 : able - ability능력,       safe - safety안전; difficult - difficulty 어려움, deliver 배달하다, 연설하다, 구조하다, -     delivery 배달, 강연, 구조, 구원;  discover - discovery발견, victory승리, jealousy질투

⑧ 동사, 형용사 + -ance, -ence : appear - appearance나타나다-출현, 외관, 생김새;          ignore - ignorance무시하다-무지, 무식, important - importance중요한-중요성,             excellent - excellence 우수한 - 우수, 탁월;  nonviolent - nonviolence비폭력의-비폭력     (데모);  different - difference  다른, 여러 가지의, 다양한 - 차이, 차이점

⑩ 형용사, 동사 + -th(-t) = 명사: deep - depth 깊이, true - truth진리, 진실, warm -       warmth 따뜻함, 온정, 열심, die - death 죽음, growth 성장, height 키. complaint 불평

restraint 제지, 금지, 자제

2. 형용사를 만드는 접미사

① -ous : danger - dangerous 위험 - 위험한, humor - humorous 유머 - 유머있는,          mystery -  mysterious 신비 - 신비로운, religion - religious 종교 - 종교적인

② -ful -로 가득 찬 :  beauty - beautiful 미, 아름다움 - 아름다운, fear - fearful 무더움,     두려움 - 무서운, fruit - fruitful 과일 -열매가 잘 여는, 다산의, hope - hopeful 희망 -      희망적인, use - useful 이용 - 쓸모 있는, 유용한, wonder - wonderful 경이, 놀라움 -      멋진, 놀라운, forgetful 잘 잊는,  willful 계획적인, 제멋대로의, helpful(=useful) 유용한

③ -less -이 없는 : help - helpless 도움 - 무력한, 무능한, hope - hopeless 희망 - 희망     이 없는,  humor - humorless 유머 - 유머가 없는, joy - joyless 기쁨 - 기쁨이 없는,       mind - mindless  마음, 정신 - 부주의한, 경솔한, priceless 돈으로 살 수 없는              (=valuable, invaluable) ↔ worthless, valueless 가치없는

④ -ic : history - historic 역사 - 역사적으로 유명한, symbol - symbolic 상징 - 상징의

⑤ -y : health - healthy 건강 - 건강한, rain - rainy 비 - 비오는, scare - scary 겁(먹기)     - 무서운, 무시무시한, cloud - cloudy 구름 - 구름이 낀, ease - easy 쉬움 - 쉬운

⑥-able : -할 수 있는, enjoy - enjoyable즐기다-재미있는, 즐거운, respect - respectable,    존경, 존중, 존중하다 - 존경할만한; notice - noticeable 통지, 주의 -눈에 띄는, 주목할만한

⑦ 형용사+명사+ -ed = 형용사(유사분사) : gray-hair - gray-haired 회색머리의, high-heel     - high-heeled 굽높은, 하이힐의(신), off-centered 상식을 벗어난, parti-colored 파란 많은

⑧ 명사+ -al = 형용사 : addition - additional부가, 덧셈 - 부가적인, 추가의, emotion -        emotional 감정, 감동, 정서 - 감정적인, 감동적인, nation - national국민, 국가 - 국민의,     국가의;  origin - original 기원, 원천 - 최초의, 독창적인

⑨ 동사 + -ive : create - creative 창조하다, 창작하다, 야기하다 - 창조적인, 창의적인;        impress - impressive 감동시키다, 인상을 주다 - 강한 인상을 주는, 감명을 주는

3. 부사를 만드는 접미사

형용사 + ly = 부사 :  actual - actually 사실의 - 실제로, 사실은; awful - awfully 무서운 - 몹시,  대단히; fluent - fluently 유창한 - 유창하게; probable - probably -할 듯한 - 아마도; real - really 사실의 - 실제로, 정말로; usual - usually 흔한 - 흔히, 보통, 대개

4. 동사를 만드는 접미사 -ate, -en, -ify, -ize : communication - communicate 의사소통 - 의사소통하다; deep - deepen 깊은 - 깊게 하다; wide - widen 넓은 - 넓게 하다; glory - glorify 영광 - -에게 영광을 주다; memory - memorize 기억 - 기억하다; apology - apologize 사과 - 사과하다; critic - criticize 비평가 - 비평(판)하다

2일 : 접두어

ab- 비-, 벗어난, 떨어져서, 멀리에, from의 뜻 : normal - abnormal 정상적인 - 비정상적인; abduct 유괴하다;  abuse 남용, 남용하다, 학대하다; aboriginal 원래부터의, 토착의, 원주민, 토착인

anti- 반, 적대, 대항의 뜻   anti-American  반미의;  anti-West 반서구의; Chinese -  anti 반대론자; anti European 서유럽의 (사회, 경제, 문화적) 통합 반대의, 영국의 EC가맹    반대의;  anti-air post 대공초소; anti-aircraft gun 대공포;  anti-anxiety 항불안제;          anti-corruption 부정부패 방지, 부패추방;  anti-development 개발제한; anti-consumption movement 소비억제운동; anti-corruption accord 뇌물방지협약 ; anti-corruption drive   부패추방운동; anti-depression medication 항 우울제; anti-espionage 방첩활동; anti-government rally 반정부 시위; anti-prostitution law 윤락방지법

pro-  ...찬성의, ..옹호의  pro ［prou］ 프로, 전문가, 직업선수, 직업적인, 직업선수의, 프로의, -에 찬성하여, -을 위하여, 앞에 ; pro-verb [prou-] 대동사;  proverb [pra-]속담, 격언, 금언; pro-democracy fight 민주화 투쟁 ; pros and cons debate 찬반토론 ; pros and cons 찬성과 반대 ;  pro-slavery 노예제도 지지(의),  pro-life 임신중절합법화에 반대       하는, pro-choice 임신중절합법화 지지의;

cardi-, cardio- 심장의- cardiovascular 심장혈관의; CPR: Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation: 심폐 소생술

dis- 반대 agree - disagree 동의하다 - 동의하지 않다, 일치하지 않다; appear - disappear 나타나다 - 사라지다; approve - disapprove 인정하다, 찬성하다 - 승인하지 않다, 불찬성하다; close  - disclose 닫다, 폐쇄하다 - 드러내다, 폭로하다; cover 덮다 - discover 발견하다; like  -  dislike 좋아하다 - 싫어하다;  dissatisfaction 불만(족); disarm 무기를 빼앗다, 무장을 해제하다; mantle - dismantle 망토, 덮개 - 철거하다, 해체하다, 분해하다; disable 무능하게 하다 ↔ enable 가능하게 하다, ...할 수 있게 하다 ; disagreeable 불(유)쾌한;  honest - dishonest 정직한 - 부정직한

en- 동사를 만듦. danger - endanger 위험 - 위험에 빠뜨리다, 위태롭게 하다; large - enlarge 큰 - 크게 하다, 확대하다 ; rich - enrich 부유한, 풍부한 - 부자가 되게 하다, 풍부하게 하다

en- dis- courage용기 - encourage 용기를 북돋우다(= hearten) - discourage 용기를 잃게하다

im- 반대 (1앞에서는 il로, b, m, p앞에서는 im으로, r앞에서는 ir로 바뀜) in, into, not, without, un 따위의 뜻 : possible - impossible 가능한 - 불가능한; moral - immoral 도덕적인 - 부도덕한 mature -immature 성숙한, 심사숙고한 - 미숙한,  ↔ ripe익은

in- 반대 dependent - independent 의존하는 - 독립적인, 자존심이 강한; visible - invisible 눈에 보이는, 명백한 - 눈에 안 보이는; appropriate - inappropriate 착복하다, 적당한 - 부적당한

ir- 반대 regular - irregular 규칙적인 - 불규칙적인; responsible - irresponsible 책임이 있는, 신뢰할 수 있는(=reliable) - 무책임한 relevant - irrelevant 적절한 - 부적절한

mis- 잘못 treatment - mistreatment 처리, 대우, 치료 - 혹사, 학대; understand - misunderstand 이해하다 -  오해하다 ; use - misuse 쓰다, 이용하다 - 오용하다, 학대하다;

fortune - misfortune 부, 재산, 행운 - 불운, 불행, 역경, 재난

multi- 다양한, 여러 가지의 : multi-cultural 다 문화의; multi-dimensional 다 차원의; multi-faceted 다 면의; multiracial 다 민족의; multimedia 여러 미디어를 사용한

non- 비,  아닌  fiction - nonfiction 소설(novel) - 소설 외의 산문 문학 ; smoker - nonsmoker 흡연자 - 비흡연자; stop - nonstop 멈추다 - 직행의, 휴식없이; violent - nonviolent 격렬한 - 비폭력의

over- 지나치게 : overeat 과식하다; overemphasize 지나치게 강조하다;  oversensitive 지나치게 민감한, 신경과민인;  oversleep 너무 자다, 늦잠 자다

pre- 전  post- 후 : prehistory 선사시대; industrial - preindustrial 산업의 - 산업화 이전의, 산업혁명 전의 - postindustrial 탈공업화의; modern - postmodern 근대의 - 포스트모더니즘의

re- 다시  build - rebuild 세우다 - 재건하다 개조하다;  fill  -  refill  채우다 - 다시 채우다, 보충하다, 새 보충물; fund - refund 자금 - 돈을 갚다, 환불, 상환; make - remake 만들다 - 고쳐 만들다, 개조하다; pay - repay 지불하다 - 갚다, 상환하다, 보답하다; play - replay 놀다, 연주하다, 경기하다 - 재연하다, 재생하다 ; shape - reshape 모양, 형성하다 - 모양을 고치다, 새 국면을 개척하다; view - review 봄, 시력 - 재조사, 반성, 논평, 복습; wind - rewind 바람, 방귀, 감다 - 다시 감다

super- 초, 거대한 highway - superhighway 간선도로, 평탄한 길, 정도(正道) - (다차선의) 고속도로; superman 초인, 초인적인 사람, superwoman 뛰어난[초인적] 여성

market - supermarket 시장, 시세 - 슈퍼마켓; power - superpower 힘, 강국 - 막강한 힘, 초강대국 ; a supercomputer 초고속 전자 계산기, 슈퍼 컴퓨터; a superstate 전체주의 국가, 초강대국 (=superpower); a supermodel 슈퍼모델; a superhero 초영웅, 초인, 초일류의 탤런트[스포츠선수]

tele- 먼, 장거리 communication - telecommunication 전달, 통신, 교통수단 - 원격통신;   telepathy 정신감응, 텔레파시; marketing - telemarketing 장보기, 매매, 마켓팅 - 전화 판매, 전화 광고; phone - telephone 전화, 전화를 걸다 - 전화, 전화를 걸다; vision - television 시력, 상상력, 통찰력, 보이는 것, 환영 - 텔레비전

un- 반대 fasten - unfasten 묶다 - 풀다, 끄르다; authorized - unauthorized 인정받은, 권한을 부여받은 - 권한이 없는, 독단적인, 자기식의; happy - unhappy 행복한, 기쁜, 만족한 - 불행한, 불운한, 비참한, 공교로운, an unhappy meeting 공교로운 만남

sustainable - unsustainable 지속할 수 있는, 견딜 수 있는 - 지탱할 수 없는; like - unlike 같은, 비슷한, ...처럼 - 같지 않은, 닮지 않은

접미어

-able, -ible, -ability, -ibility  able - ability 할 수 있는, 능력 있는 - 능력, 재능; possible - possibility 가능한, 있음직한 - 가능성; responsible - responsibility 책임이 있는, 신뢰할 수 있는 - 책임, 의무

-able 할 수 있는  accept - acceptable 받아들이다 - 받아들일 수 있는; distinguish - distinguishable 구별하다, 두드러지게 하다 - 구별할 수 있는, 분간할 수 있는

-al 명사를 만듦   deny  -  denial 부인하다, 부정하다 - 부인, 부정; propose - proposal 제안하다, 청혼하다 - 제안, 결혼 신청; refuse - refusal 거절하다 - 거절, 사퇴

-al 형용사를 만듦      abdomen - abdominal 배(=belly) - 복부의;

finance - financial 재정 - 재정상의; globe - global 지구, 공 - 지구의, 세계적인, 포괄적인,

incident - incidental 작은 사건, 부수 사건 - 우연히 일어나는, 부수적인;

industry - industrial 산업, 공업, 근면 - 산업의, 공업의; industrious 근면한, 부지런한;

origin  -  original최초의, 독창적인 ; nature - natural 자연의, 천연의

profession - professional전문적인, 지적직업인 ; tradition - traditional  전통적인

-ance 명사  insure - insurance 보험, assist - assistance 원조, 도움 resistance 저항

-ary 형용사  volunteer - voluntary 자발적인, supplementary 보충의, subsidize -             subsidiary 보조금을 주다 - 보조의  ;  document - documentary 문서의, 기록영화;         imagine -imaginary 상상의, 가상의

-a(e)nt, -a(e)nce  형용사-명사  adolescent -adolescence 청년기, 사춘기; apparent또렷한, 외견의 - appearance 출현, (pl)외모 ; assistant - assistance 원조, 도움; confident - confidence신용, 비밀, 확신; dependent - dependence의존; excellent - excellence 우수, 탁월 important - importance; innocent - innocence 무죄; silent 고요한 - silence 침묵

-cy 명사    efficient - efficiency 능률, 효율,  intimate - intimacy 친밀함, 친교

delicate - delicacy 섬세, 민감, 미묘함, 까다로움

-ee ~사람   employ -employee 고용인, 종업원 *employer ; refuge - refugee 피난자,                망명자, invite - invitee 초대받은 자,

-en 동사  light - lighten 밝게하다, enlighten 계몽하다 ; long - length -lengthen 길게              하다 ; sharp - sharpen 날카롭게하다 ; strength - strengthen 강화하다 ;                   threat - threaten 협박하다;  widen, deepen,  broaden, whiten, blacken

-en 형용사  gold - golden 금 빛의, 귀중한, 50년째의;  wooden나무로 만든, 무뚝뚝한                 woolen 모직의, broken 부서진, 파산한  stolen 훔친, 은밀한

-er 행위자, 물건  fertile - fertilize비옥하게하다 - fertilizer 비료

-ern 형용사  east - eastern; west - western; south - southern; north - northern

-ess 여성   prince - princess, goddess, lioness, stewardess, hostess,

-ful -한 -less 없는 △care - careful - careless; harm - harmful - harmless; help - helpful - helpless; hope - hopeful - hopeless; penny - penniless 한 푼 없는; resourceful책략이 있는, 자력이 풍부한 - resourcefulness; sorrow - sorrowful슬픈; thoughtful생각이 깊은 - thoughtless분별없는; use - useful - useless

-ic 형용사  democracy - democratic 민주적인, heroic 영웅적인, historic 역사적으로           중요한, tragic 비극의↔ comic,  intrinsic 본질적인,  economic 경제(학)의

-icide 죽이다  suicide 자살; homicide 살인(자); insecticide - 살충제(pesticide)

herbicide - 제초제,

-ism ~주의 △ capital - capitalism; commerce - commercial - commercialism; commune집단농장 - communism공산주의; globe - global - globalism세계화정책; feminine - feminism여권신장론 isolate - isolation - isolationism고립주의, 쇄국주의; patriot - patriotism애국심; social - socialism사회주의

-ist ~사람,  ~가 △guitar - guitarist; piano - pianist;  violinist, economist, futurist          (=futurologist), activist 행동주의자 psychologist 심리학자

-ity 명사  able - ability; continue -continuous -continuity 연속(성); frugal -               frugality검약;  major - majority; mental - mentality정신력; minor - minority소수      (당․민족); possible - possibility가능성 productive - productivity; real - reality현실

-ive 형용사  -ion 명사 △contribute - contribution; create - creative - creation

corrupt - corruption; decide - decision; declare - declaration; destroy - destructive - destruction; divide - divisive불화를 일으키는 - division; donate - donation; frustrate - frustration; invade - invasion; irrigate - irrigation; organize - organization; persecute - persecution

-ize, -ise  화하다. 만들다 △ critic - criticize; fertile - fertilize; modern -                    modernize; revolution - revolutionize; western - westernize

-ly 부사 △ kind 친절한 - kindly 친절히; beautifully, softly,  pleasantly,  randomly

-ly 형용사 △friend 친구 - friendly 친절한, lovely,  worldly, fatherly, womanly

-ment 명사 △announce - announcement알림, 공고; astonish - astonishment놀람; encourage - encouragement격려, 자극 ; pay - payment지불, 보수

-ness 명사 △ bright - brightness; close - closeness접근, 친밀; dark - darkness; happy - happiness; kind - kindness; lazy - laziness; sad - sadness, correctness 정확성

boldness 대담, 배짱  rudeness 무례함,  cleanness 정결함,  clarity 명료, 맑음

-ology 학, -ologist 학자 △ biology - biologist; psychology - psychologist; sociology - sociologist; technology - technologist

-ous 형용사 △ courage - courageous용기있는; danger  - dangerous; fame - famous; hazard - hazardous위험한 ; luxury - luxurious사치스러운; ridicule - ridiculous우스운

-ship 명사 △ friend - friendship; partner - partnership공동, 협력, 조합; scholar - scholarship학식, 장학금; workman - workmanship솜씨, 제작품

-th 명사 strong - strength; wide - width; broad - breadth; long - length; deep -

depth;  high - height(th의 변형);   grow - growth; wealthy - wealth

-ual 형용사  act - actual; spirit - spiritual; vidual,  cordial 성심성의의

-ure 명사  depart - departure; fail - failure; press - pressure; overture 신청, 건의

-(t)y 명사 △ cruel  -  cruelty; dense - density; honest - honesty; safe  - safety

-y 형용사 △ cloud - cloudy; grass - grassy; might - mighty; mud - muddy; sleep -       sleepy; storm - stormy; wind - windy; worth - worthy; mist - misty 안개낀

接頭語 및 接尾語 (접두사 및 접미사 : Prefix & Suffix) 정리

일반적으로 영어단어는 어근(Root)에 접사들이 첨가되어 만들어진 합성어들이 많다. 그 중에서 고등학교 7차교육과정(고등영어기준)에서 다루어지는 빈출단어들로 접두사들의 의미를 분류해보았다. 2003년부터 시작되는 고등학교 선택교과에 대해서는 추후 자료를 업데이트 할 예정이다.

接頭語 및 接尾語

Categories	Contents
부정을 나타내는 접두어	un_ dis_ in_ (im_,il_,ir_) non_ mal_ mis_
반대를 나타내는 접두어	with_ ob_(of_ op_) ant(i)_ contra_(contro_,counter_)
선.악을 나타내는 접두어	bene_(beni_,bon_) mal_ mis_
전후를 나타내는 접두어	ante_ pro_ pre_ fore_ post_ re_
위.초과를 나타내는 접두어	super_ (sur_) extra_ over_ ultra_ hyper_
아래를 나타내는 접두어	de_ sub_(suc_) under_ hypo_
안. 사이. 밖을 나타내는 접두어	in_(il_ im_) en_ (em_) inter_(intro_) ex_(e_ ec_ ef_ es_ is_) out_ intra_
합동, 결합을 나타내는 접두어	com_ (co_ col_ con_ cor_) sym_(syn_ sys_) ambi_
관통. 횡단을 나타내는 접두어	trans_ per_
분리, 제거, 접근, 사역을 나타내는 접두어	ab_(abs_) de_(di_) se_ tele_ ad_(ac_) en_(em_) de_

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

un_ : not

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. unable: ....할 수 없는             2. uncertain:....불확실한; (...에 확신을 가질 수 없는)

3. uncomfortable: 불편한, 불안한.    4. unemployment: 실업, 실업상태.

5. unusual: 보통이 아닌, 이상한, 드문

unbelievable:믿을 수 없는, unconscious: 무의식적인. unhappy:불행한. unjust:부정한. unknown:미지의. unnecessary:불필요한. unpleasant:불쾌한. untie:풀다, 해방하다. unimportant:사소한. unnatural:부자연스러운. unfamiliar :친숙하지 않은. unfortunately:불행한. ungrateful:배은망덕한. unprecedented 전례가 없는.unstable: 불안정한. undeveloped 미발달의, 미발전의, 미개발의

I've been unable to go to school because of flu.

The plan of our activity is still uncertain.

I'm uncomfortable in this chair.

The recent unemployment is mainly due to the constant decrease of car manufacturing.

It is deeply unusual for you not to pass the college entrance examination.

나는 유행성 독감으로 학교에 갈 수 없었다.    우리 활동계획은 아직 불확실하다.

이 의자는 불편하다.      최근의 실업은 자동차 제조업의 지속적인 감소 때문이다.

네가 대학입학시험에 실패한 것은 매우 이상한 일이다.  그 문제는 이 때문에 중요하다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

dis_ : not

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. disadvantage : 불리, 불이익, 불편.    2. disappear : 사라지다, 보이지 않게 되다.

3. disappoint : 실망시키다.            4. discourage : 낙담시키다. 용기를 잃게 하다.

5. dislike : 싫어하다.

disease:질병. dishonest:부정직한. dismiss:해고시키다.  disregard:무시하다.  dissatisfy:언짢게하다.  disability:무능력.  dishonor:불명예. discard: 버리다. discern: 분간하다, 식별하다. disclose:폭로하다, 누설하다.  disgrace:치욕, 불명예. disguise:변장하다, 위장하다. disharmony:부조화. disinterested:사심없는, 공평한. disobedience:불복종. etc.

It is a disadvantage to be small when you're standing in a crowd to look at a football game. 군중 속에 서서 미식축구경기를 볼 때 키가 작으면 불편하다.

The sun disappeared below the horizon.   His behavior disappointed me.

태양이 지평선 아래로 사라졌다.               그의 행동은 나를 실망시켰다.

I was discouraged at the news.    He dislikes wearing a tie.

나는 그 뉴스를 듣고서 실망했다.        그는 내가 넥타이를  매는 것을 싫어한다.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

in_ : not *(변화형:im_ , il_ , ir_ , )

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. inadequate : 불충분한, 부적당한.       2. independent : 독립된, 의존하지 않은.

3. immature : 미숙한, 미완성의           4. impossible : 불가능한, 있을 수 없는.

5. illegal : 불법의, 위법의, 비합법적인.    6. irregular: 불규칙적인, 고르지 않은.

indifferent:무관심한. inevitable:필연적인. injustice:부정. innumerable:헤아릴 수 없이 많은. immoral:비도덕적인. immortal:불멸의. illiterate:문맹의. illogical:비논리적인. irresponsible:무책임한. immemorial:태고적의. impartial:공정한. impatient:성급한. impolite:무례한. inactive:소극적인, 움직임이 없는. inconsistent:일관성이 없는. incurable:불치의. indispensible: 없어서는 안 되는.

The information was inadequate to solve the problem.

The big company split into two independent companies.

She is immature for her age.

It is impossible to get a taxi on such a rainy day.

It is illegal to carry guns without permission.

The surface of the earth is irregular.

그 정보는 그 문제를 해결하는 데 부적합하다.  그 큰 회사는 두 개의 독립된 회사로 분리되었다.

그녀는 나이에 비해서 미숙하다.    이렇게 비 오는 날에 택시를 잡는 것은 불가능하다.

허락없이 총기를 휴대하는 것은 불법이다.  지구의 표면은  울퉁불퉁하다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

non_ : not

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. nonexistent :존재하지 않은.      2. nonsense : 무의미, 실없는 소리, 어리석은 말.

3. nonsmoker: 비 흡연가.           4. nonstop:직행의, 휴식없는.

5. nonviolence: 비폭력.  nonage:미성년의.  nonfiction: 논픽션. 소설․ 이야기 이외의 산문문학

Atlantis Continent was an imaginary island which was nonexistent.

아틀란티스대륙은 존재하지 않은 상상의 섬이었다.

You are talking nonsense.   허튼 소리 하고있네!

I took the nonstop flight to Seoul.  나는 서울행 무착륙 비행기를 탔다.

He was interested in Gandhian ideas of nonviolence.

그는 간디의 비폭력주의에 관심이 많다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

with- : 뒤쪽으로(back); 떨어져(away); 반대로(against)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. withdraw : 물러나다, 철수하다.    2. withhold : 보류하다, 숨기다, 억제하다.

3. withstand : 저항하다, 견디다.  wither: 시들다.

They determined to withdraw the troops from the front line.

She couldn't withhold her laughter.

They withstood the enemy's attack bravely.

그들은 군대를 전선에서 철수시키기로 결정했다.  그녀는 웃음을 참을 수가 없었다.

그들은 적의 공격에 용감하게 항거했다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ob_  : 반대/방해(against/in the way of) (oc-, of-, m앞에서 o-, op-)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. [방향] oblique 비스듬한, 기울어진  offer제공하다, 제안하다    2. [장애] obstacle : 장애, 방해(물)  3. [적의, 저항] obstinate 완고한, 고집센  oppose : 반대하다, 방해하다, 대조시키다.(형:opposite) offend : 화나게하다, 위반하다.      object : 물건, 대상, 목적어, 반대하다, 싫어하다(to)   4.[억압] oppress : 압박하다, 학대하다.(명: oppression) 5.[은폐]obscure 분명치 않은, 불명료한

obstinate:완고한, 고집센.  obstruct:방해하다.  opponent: 적, 상대. obliterate: 지우다, 흔적을 없애다. obscure:흐릿한, 불분명한, 눈에 띄지 않는. oblivious:잘 잊어버리는, 망각하는. observance:준수, 엄수. obsolete:안쓰는. obtain:획득하다, 얻다. obvious:명백한, 분명한. oppression:억압.

Do you object to smoking?   담배 피우는 것을 싫어하십니까?

High tariffs are the chief obstacle to free trade.

높은 관세가 자유무역의 최대장애가 되고 있다.

She was deeply offended at his remarks.  그녀는 그의 말이 매우 불쾌했다.

He considered the matter, opposing its merits to its demerits.

그는 장점과 단점을 대조하면서 그 문제를 깊이 생각했다.

The dictator oppressed the poor. 그 독재자는 가난한 사람들을 억압했다.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ant(i)_ : against, opposite

[반대, 적대, 대항, 배척]의 뜻 (opp. pro-) ANTE-와는 다른 뜻

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. antagonist: 대립자, 적대자.     2. antarctic: 남극의, (↔arctic: 북극의)

3. antipathy : 반감, 혐오.(↔sympathy: 동정)  4. antisocial: 반사회적인, 비사교적인, 이기적인.

5. antonym : 반의어(↔synonym: 동의어)

antialien : 배타적인.  antiwar:반전의. antiroman : 반소설. antiaircraft :방공(防空)의.

antibody:항체.   antirust:녹슬지 않는.  anticommunism 반공(反共)

Clinton was a formidable antagonist.    클린턴은 만만찮은 경쟁자였다.

The Antarctic is the region around the South Pole.   남극지방은 남극의 주변지역이다.

My antipathy to the communist is partly due to the frequent terror.

공산주의자들에 대한 나의 반감은 부분적으로 빈번한 테러 때문이다.

They both were proud and shy and antisocial.

그들 둘 다 자부심이 있고 수줍음이 많으며 비사교적이다.

"Good" is the antonym of "bad".     "Good"은 "bad"의 반의어이다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

contra- (counter-) : against/opposite

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. contradict: 부인하다, 모순되다. 부인하다.   2. contrary: 반대의.  3. contrast: 대조, 대비, 상반되다.   4. controversy: 논쟁, 언쟁.    5. counterattack: 반격, 역습. 반격하다.

contracept:피임하다. contravention:위반, 저촉. contravene: 위반하다, 저촉하다. counterattraction:항력(대항하는 힘). counterpart:상대물. counterreply: 말대답하다. 되대꾸하다

The witness contradicted the driver's statement.  목격자는 운전자의 진술을 부인했다.

My opinion is contrary to yours.     내 의견은 당신의 의견과는 반대이다.

In contrast to the city life, time seemed to pass slowly in the country.

도시생활과는 반대로, 시골에서의 시간이 천천히 지나가는 것 같다.

The new traffic regulations will cause much controversy among the drivers.

새 교통법규는 운전자들 사이에 많은 논쟁을 불러일으킬 것이다.

We hadn't expected them to counterattack so soon.

우리는 그들이 그렇게 빨리 반격할 줄은 예상하지 못했다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

bene_   : 좋은(good/well)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. benefactor: (교회, 자선단체의)후원자, 은인.   2. beneficial: 유리한, 유익한.  3. benefit: 이익, 자선흥행. 유리함, 이점.  4. benevolence: 자선심, 선의.  5. bonus: 특별수당, 상여금, 보너스.

benediction:축복, 감사기도. benefaction:자비, 은혜. beneficence: 선행, 은혜. beneficent: 자비심이 있는, 인정많은. benevolent: 인자한, 인정많은.

He went to Long Beach to thank his benefactor.

Most of the effects of science are really quite beneficial to people.

I got a lot of benefit from learning a foreign language.

Grandma was looking on with benevolence.

Did you get your Christmas bonus?

그는 그의 은인에게 감사 드리려고 롱비치로 갔다.

과학이 이루어놓은 성과의 대부분은 사람들에게 정말로 유익하다.

나는 외국어학습에서 많은 이익을 얻었다.   할머니는 자애롭게 지켜보고 계셨다.

크리스마스 보너스를 받았니?

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

mal_  : 악/불량의(bad/faulty)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. malice: 악의, 적의(형: malicious)    2. malignant: 유해한, 악성의, 불치의.

3. malnutrition: 영양실조(부족).        4. maladjustment: 부적응.

maladapt: 잘못응용(적용)하다. maladroit:서투른, 솜씨없는. malady:질병, 병폐. malaise:불쾌, 침체. malcontented:불평하는, 불만족의. maldistribution: 불평등배치(배급). malfunction:기능부진, 고장. malicious:악의있는, 심술궂은.

"So I notice," he added with a touch of malice.

The tumors were found to be malignant.

Twenty-five percent of the population suffers from malnutrition.

His failure to the student life result from his maladjustment.

"그래서 알아차렸지."하고 그는 약간 악의를 가지고 덧붙여 말했다.

그 종양은 악성으로 밝혀졌다.    인구의 25%가 영양실조로 고통받고 있다.

그의 학교생활의 실패는 그의 부적응 때문이다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

mis_   : 틀린/잘못된(bad/wrong)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. misapply: 오용하다, 악용하다.     2. mischief: (특히 아이들의)장난, 짖궂음.

3. misfortune: 불행, 불운.           4. mistake: 실수, 착각(하다)

5. misunderstand: 오해하다. 잘못 해석하다.

misapprehend: 잘못 생각하다(오해하다). misarrange: 잘못 배열하다. misbehave:못된 짓을 하다. misbelief:이교신앙. miscarriage:실패, 실책, 과실, 배달착오, 자연유산. misconduct: 비행, 불량행위. miserable:비참한. misfortune:불운. misgiving:걱정. misguide:잘못지도하다. mishap:재난, 불상사. misleading:오도하는. mismanagement:그릇된 관리(처리). misplace:잘못 놓다.

The term seemed to be misapplied.

You should keep children out of mischief.

She had the misfortune to lose her parents while she was very young.

There are several mistakes in your answer.

I'm sure you've misunderstood him.

그 용어는 오용되어있는 것 같다.     아이들이 장난치지 않도록 해야한다.

그녀는 불행하게도 어렸을 때 부모님을 잃었다.   너의 대답에는 몇 가지 실수가 있다.

네가 그를 오해하고 있던 것이 틀림없다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ante- : [앞(before)의 뜻 (opp. post-)  anti와는 다른 뜻

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. antecedent: 앞선(to), 선행자, 선례(-s):조상.   2. anteroom: 곁방, 대기실(=antechamber)

3. anticipate: 예상하다, 미리 대처하다.          4. antique: 오래되어 희귀한(명:골동품)

antedate:이전의 날짜로 하다. anterior:선행하는. antecede:앞서다, ..에 선행하다. antefix:(처마끝의)장식기와, 막새. antenna(곤충의)촉수, 안테나. anteorbital:눈앞의. antetype:원형.

antecedent: 앞서는. anterior: 이전의, 앞의.↔posterior 뒤의, 후부의  anticipate: 기대(고대)하다.

It is important to know about the antecedents of people.

인류의 조상에 대해서 아는 것은 중요하다.

The anteroom was full of posters and advertisements.

그 대기실은 포스터와 광고물로 가득했다.

You should anticipate what the customers will need.

손님이 원하는 것이 무엇인가를 예기해서 대처해야 한다.

I am collecting various selection of antiques.

나는 여러 가지 골동품들을 수집 중에 있다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

pro_ : 앞에/앞으로(before/forth)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. proceed: 나아가다, 전진하다, 계속하다.  2. prologue: (극, 시)등의 서막, 서두.(↔epilogue)

3. promising: 전도유망한.                 4. promote: 승진시키다, 촉진시키다, 장려하다.

5. protect: 지키다, 보호하다.

problem: 문제. project: 기획, 고안. prolong: 연장하다. promise: 약속.  pronounce:발음하다.  prophet:예언자.  provide: 공급하다.  provoke: 불러일으키다, 도발하다. process(procedure):과정, 절차. proclaim:선언하다. procure:획득하다, 마련하다. profess:공언하다. profile :옆얼굴, 윤곽. 인물소개 profuse: (앞으로)흘러나오다, 풍부한. prohibit: (미리)막다, 금지하다. prominent: 두드러진, 유명한. propel: 추진하다. propose:제안하다. prospect: 전망. protest: 단언하다, 항의하다.

She joined us in Paris and then we proceeded to  Rome.

He wrote a prologue to the play.

Julie Walters was voted ‘most promising new actress'.

The government is promoting the use of home product.

His head was protected by a helmet.

그녀가 파리에서 우리와 합류했고 우리는 로마로 향했다.  그는 그 희곡의 서막을 썼다.

줄리 월터스가 가장 유명한 신인여배우로 뽑혔다. 정부는 국산품애용을 장려하고 있다.

그의 머리는 헬멧으로 보호되었다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

pre_ : 미리(before)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. predict : 예언하다.(n. prediction)      2. preface: (책 등의)서문. 머리말.

3. prejudice: 편견, 선입관(against)       4. prepare: 준비하다.

5. previous: 이전의.                     6. prewar: 전쟁전의(↔postwar)

preach:설교하다. precaution:예방조치, 조심, 경계. precede:앞장서다. precedent:전례. precept:훈계, 훈시. precise:정확한.(n. precision). preconceive:미리 생각하다(예상하다).(n. preconception). predisposition:경향, 성질. predominate:우세하다.prefix:접두사. preliminary:예비적인, 준비의. prelude:전주곡, 서곡. premature:조숙한, 시기상조의. preoccupation:선점. preparation:준비. prescribe:규정하다, 처방하다. preside:(앞에서)의장이 되다, 사회하다. prestige:위신, 명성, 신망. presume:가정하다, 추정하다. pretend:...인 체하다. prevail:우세하다. prehistoric: 유사 이전의.

Is it possible to predict when one will die.

He had written a fine preface to the book.

He has a prejudice against career women.

Have you prepared to go a trip?

Your thanking is rather previous. I haven't decided to help you yet.

Prewar refers to the period before a war, especially the second World War.

사람이 언제 죽을지를 예언할 수 있을까?  그는 그 책에 멋진 서문을 썼었다.

그는 직장 여성들에 대한 편견을 가지고 있다.  여행갈 준비는 되었니?

감사를 표하기에는 좀 이릅니다. 아직 돕겠다고 결정하지 않았거든요.

Prewar는 전쟁전의 기간, 특히 2차 세계대전 이전의 기간을 말합니다.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

fore_ : 앞의, 미리(before)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. forefather : 선조, 조상.(=ancestor)        2. forefinger : 집게손가락.

3. forehead : 이마.                          4. foresee : 예측하다, 예지하다(=predict)

5. foretell : 예언하다, 예고하다.       fore 앞부분의, 앞면의 (↔hind, back, aft)

forecast: 예언(보)하다. forefather:맨앞. forerunner: 선구자. foresight: 선견지명. forewarn:....에게 미리 알리다. foretaste: 미리 맛보기. forejudge: 미리 판단하다. foreknow: 사전에 알다, 예지하다. foregoing: 앞에 쓴, 위에서 말한.foreclose: 저당권을 설정하다. forebear: 조상, 선조. forearm: 전완, 팔뚝, 전박. forego: 앞서가다. foremost: 제일의, 일류의, 주요한.

He wiped his forehead with the back of his hand.

그는 그의 손등으로 그의 이마를 닦았다.

It's difficult to foresee whether she'll be well enough to go to school.

The fortuneteller foretold the man's death.

We Koreans are customary to respect their forefathers.

We should foresee the arrival time of the airplane in order to be ready.

그녀가 학교에 갈 만큼 충분히 회복될 것인지를 예견하는 것은 어렵다.

그 점쟁이는 그 남자의 죽음을 예견했다.

우리 한국사람들은 그들의 조상들을 존경하는 것이 관례이다.

우리는 사전준비를 위하여 비행기의 도착시간을 예고해야한다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

post_ : 다음의, 뒤의(after/later)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. postgraduate : 대학졸업 후의, 대학원의. 2. posthumous: 사후의, 저자사후에 출판된, 아버지가 죽은 후에 출생한.    3. postpone: 연기하다, 늦추다.   4. postscript: (편지의)추신(P.S)

5. postwar : 전후의(↔prewar)

postdate: 날짜를 실제보다 늦추다. posterior:뒤쪽의, 후부의. posterity:후손, 자손(=offspring). postposition:후치(뒤에 위치). postlude:후주곡. postfactum:사후의. postmodernism:후기모더니즘. 포스트모더니즘

Many students go on and do postgraduate work.

He received a posthumous award for bravery.

The baseball game was postponed because of the bad weather.

Jane added a postscript to her letter.

Postwar is the meaning which represents "after the war.".

많은 학생들은 진학을 해서 대학원공부를 한다.   그는 죽은 뒤에 용기에 대한 상을 받았다.

야구시합은 악천후 때문에 연기되었다.   제인은 편지 끝에다 추신을 덧붙였다.

Postwar는 전쟁후의 의미를 나타낸다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

re_ : 다시/뒤로(again/back)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. reaction : 반작용, 반응(to); 반발.    2. recede : 물러나다, 멀어지다, 철회하다(=proceed 나아가다, 시작하다) 3. reflect: 반사하다, 반영하다, 반성하다. 4. restore: 부흥하다, 복원하다.

5. return : 돌아오다, 되돌려주다.  6. reverse : 반대(의), 반대로 하다.

react : 반작용하다. readjust:...을 재조정하다. readmit: 재허가하다. reaffirm: 재확인하다. reanimate:재생(소생)시키다. reappear:재발하다. rearrange:...을 재정리(배열)하다. reascend:다시 오르다. reassume:...을 다시 취하다. reassure:자신을 되찾게 하다....을 안심시키다. rebellion:모반, 반역. rebirth:갱생, 재생. rebound:되튀다. rebuke: ..을 책망하다. recalculate:다시 계산하다. recall: ..을 상기하다. recapture: ..을 되찾다. receive:수령하다. recession:후퇴, 퇴거. recharge:재충전하다. recite:암송하다. reclaim:개간하다, 재생하다. recollect:회상하다. recommend:추천(천거)하다. recompense:보답하다, 보상하다. reconciliation:조정, 화해, 조화, 일치. reconstruct:재건축(개조. 복원)하다. recover:회복하다. recruit:충원하다. recur:다시 일어나다, 재발하다, 순환하다. review: 복습, 검토. revive:소생하다. regain:만회하다. revolve:회전하다. reconfirmation 재확인, 예약재확인

What was her reaction to the news?

Now and then cars passed me, red tail-lights receding.

Her severe look reflected how she really felt.

The police restored order.

He hopes to return to his former position.

Feel the reverse side of the cloth.

그 소식에 대해 그녀는 어떻게 반응했니?

때때로 차들이 내 곁을 지나, 미등의 빨간빛을 남기며 멀어졌다.

그녀의 진지한 표정이 그녀가 사실은 어떻게 생각하고 있는지를 반영해주었다.

경찰은 질서를 회복했다.    그는 이전의 지위로 복귀하기를 바라고 있다.

그 천의 안쪽을 만져주세요.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

super_ : 위/초과(above/over/beyond) : sur_

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. superficial :피상적인, 표면의.    2. superfluous : 여분의, 필요 이상의, 불필요한.

3. superhuman : 초인간적인.       4. superior : 뛰어난, 우수한(to)(↔inferior): 상위의.

5. surface : 표면, 외관.

superadd: 더 부가(첨가)하다. superb: 최고의. supercharge: 과잉공급하다. supereminence: 무쌍, 탁월. superexcellence:탁월, 우수함. superfine:극히 좋은, 극상의. superimpose: ...을 위에 놓다. 겹쳐놓다. superintend:..을 감독하다. superiority: 우위, 우월, supernatural :초자연적인. superpose: ...을 위에 놓다. supercede: ...에 대신하다...의 지위를 빼앗다. superstition: 미신. supervise: 감독하다, 관리하다. supervisor: 감독자, 관리자. surgery:(외과)수술. surpass:능가하다, 초과하다. surplus: 나머지, 여분, 잉여분. surround: 둘러싸다, 에워싸다. survive: (보다)오래살다. surrender: 인도하다, 명도하다, 단념하다, 포기하다. surmount:극복하다. surprise:놀라다. survey : 총괄적으로 보다. 조사하다

They've only got a superficial knowledge of linguistics.

There is something superhuman, even magical and alien, about Pyramids.

His mind is much superior to his brother's.

I saw a shark beneath the surface of the sea.

The capitals of automobile investment in Korea are superfluous.

그들은 언어학에 대한 피상적인 지식만을 가지고 있다.

피라미드에 대해서 초인간적인 심지어 마법적이고 외계적인 무엇인가가 있다.

그의 정신은 그의 동생의 것보다도 더 우수하다.  나는 바다의 표면 아래에 상어 한 마리를 보았다.

한국에서 자동차 투자의 자본들은 충분하다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

extra_ : ...밖의(outward)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. extracurricular:  정규학과 이외의, 과외의.   2. extraordinary: 이상한, 별난.

3. extravagant: 낭비하는, 사치스런; 엉뚱한.

extradition :외국 범인의 인도, 본국 송환. extraneous:외래의, 외부의. extrasensory: 초감각의. extreme:과도한, 지나친. extrovert:외향의(성격이↔introvert). extraterrestrial:외계의.

We offered a wide range of extracurricular activities.

It was extraordinary that he refused our request.

He said his wife was extravagant.

우리는 광범위한 과외활동을 제안했다. 이상하게도 그가 우리 요청을 거절했다.

그는 자기 아내가 사치스럽다고 말했다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

over_ : 여분의, 위에,...을 넘어서(over)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. overcome: 극복하다.                     2. overdo: ..을 자나치게 하다. 과장하다.

3. overhead: 머리 위에, 하늘높이.           4. overlook: 눈감아주다, 간과하다, 내려다보다.

5. overwhelm: 압도하다, 난처하게 하다.

overact:과장하여 행동하다. overall:전장(全長)의, 끝에서 끝까지. overbalance: 균형을 잃다. overburden:과중한 짐, 부담. overcharge:부당한 요금을 청구하다. overcrowded:초만원의. overdose:과도한 사용(과용). overestimate:과대평가하다. overexpose:과도하게 노출하다. overflow:넘쳐흐르다.

I am still trying to overcome my fear of the dark.

Don't overdo these exercises, especially at first.

Seagulls were circling overhead.

The army overlooked the fact that the caves were on the other side.

The horror of it had overwhelmed me.

나는 아직도 어둠에 대한 공포를 극복하려고 노력하고 있다.

특히 처음에는 이 운동을 지나치게 하지 마시오.   갈매기들이 머리 위에서 돌고 있었다.

그 군대는 반대쪽에 동굴이 있다는 사실을 간과했다. 그것에 대한 공포가 나를 압도했다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ultra_ : 초(超)..., 과(過):(beyond)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. ultramodern: 초현대적인              2. ultrasonic: 초음파의

3. ultraviolet: 자외선

ultrashort :초단파의. ultrasound: 초음파. ultraism:극단론, 극단(과격)주의. ultramodern:초현대적인. ultraright:극우파.

Ultrasonic sound has very high frequencies, which human beings cannot hear.

Ultraviolet light causes your skin to become darker.

초음파는 고주파이므로 인간들이 들을 수 없다. 자외선이 당신의 피부를 검게 한다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

de_ : 아래로(down)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. decline :(정중히)거절하다, 기울다, 쇠하다.  2. degrade: (품위를)떨어뜨리다.

3. dejected: 낙담한, 풀죽은.         4. depress: 낙담시키다, 의기소침하게 하다.

5. descend: 내리다, 세습하다.(↔ascend)

decay: 쇠퇴하다, 쇠하다. declare:발표하다, 언명하다, 공언하다. decompose: 분해하다, 분석하다. decrease:감소하다, 줄다, 저하하다. deduct:빼다. defend:막다, 방어하다. deficit:적자, 부족액. deflation:통화수축. deform:변형하다,(모양을)훼손하다. degenerate: 퇴화하다, 퇴보하다, 타락시키다. delay:지연시키다. delight:기쁨, 환희. deliver:전하다, 배달하다. delude:현혹시키다. demilitarized:비무장화하다. demolish:파괴하다, 뒤집다. demur:반대하다, 이의를 제기하다. denote:나타내다. denounce:비난하다, 규탄하다. depart:출발하다. depopulation:인구감소. deprive:빼앗다.

They asked me to their party, but I declined the invitation.

A dishonest action like that will degrade you.

He had a dejected, saddened look.

This gloomy weather depressed me.

The elevator descended fast when the electricity was off.

그들은 파티에 초대해주었지만 나는 거절했다. 그와 같은 부정직한 행위를 하면 네 품위가 떨어질

것이다. 그는 풀이 죽고 슬픔을 짓고 있었다.  이 음울한 날씨 때문에 기분이 우울해졌다.

전기가 나갔을 때 엘리베이터는 빠르게 내려갔다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

sub_ : 아래(under)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. submarine: 잠수함                 2. subway: 지하철, 지하도.

3. succeed: 성공하다; 뒤를 잇다.      4. suspect: 의심하다.

subagency:보조기관. subconscious:무의식의. subdivide:세분하다. subdue:진압하다. 정복하다. subjective:주관적인. subjugate:정복하다, 복종시키다. submerge:가라앉다. submit:순종시키다. subordinate:부차적인, 종속적인. subscribe:기부하다, 출자하다. subsequent:차후의, 다음의. subside:가라앉다, 내려앉다. substitute: 대신하다, 대용하다. subtract:빼다, 공제하다. suburb:교외, 근교. suburban:교외의, 도시주변의.

Submarines are used in war because they cannot be seen easily.

Several earthquakes succeeded the eruption of the volcano.

She suspected him of taking her money.

When the terrorists broke into the building, many people were hiding under the subway.

잠수함들은 쉽게 보이지 않으므로 전쟁에 사용된다. 화산분출 후에 몇 차례 지진이 잇달았다.

그녀는 그가 돈을 가져가지 않았나 하고 의심했다.

테러리스트들이 건물 안으로 침입했을 때, 많은 사람들은 지하도 밑에 숨어있었다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

under_  : 아래(under)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. underestimate:과소평가하다.(↔overestimate)    2. underfoot: 발 밑에

3. undergo: 겪다, 견디다.                          4. underground: 지하의, 비밀의.

5. underline: 밑줄을 치다.

underdeveloped: 발육부진의, 저개발의. underlie: ..의아래에 눕다. 놓여있다. undertake:착수하다. underwater:수면아래. underwear:속옷, 내복류. underrate: 낮게 평가하다, 얕보다. underscore:밑줄을 긋다, 강조하다.   underdeveloped :후진국의, 발달이 불충분한, 미숙한, 발육부진의.

I underestimated your abilities with which you could finish the difficult job.

He crushed the fallen nuts from the tree underfoot.

We have undergone many hardships since the war.

Mines can be a long way underground.

Underline the most important words.

나는 당신이 그 힘든 일을 끝마칠 수 있었던 능력을 과소평가 했다.

그는 발아래 나무 밑에서 떨어진 밤을 밟아 부수었다. 우리는 전쟁 후 많은 역경들을 겪었다.

광산은 지하 깊은 곳에 있을 수 있다. 가장 중요한 단어들에 밑줄을 그어라.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

in_ (il_, im_,) : 안에/안으로(in/into)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. include :포함하다(↔exclude)            2. income: 수입/소득.

3. inform : 알리다, 통지하다.               4. illuminate: 비추다, 밝게 하다.

5. immigrate: 이주해오다.(↔emigrate)

induce: 권유하다, 유발하다. indulge:빠지다, 탐닉하다. infect:더럽히다, 감염시키다. infer:추론하다. inflame:태우다, 불을 붙이다. inflate:팽창시키다, 부풀리다. inflict: (타격, 고통)을 가하다, 주다(=impose). infuse:주입하다, 불어넣다. inhabit: 거주하다, 살다. inhale:흡입하다. inherent:고유의, 타고난. inject:주입하다, 주사하다. inquire:묻다, 알아보다. inscribe:(문자)등을 쓰다. insert:삽입하다. inspire:고무시키다, 격려하다. install:설치하다, 비치하다. instill:주입하다. insure:보험에  들게 하다. internal:안쪽의.

The price includes postage charge.   그 값에는 우송료가 포함되어 있습니다.

My income isn't enough to support my family.

What illuminates the rooms of the lodge?

As a mere child, he immigrated to this country from Ireland.

We were soon informed that the war would be stopped .

나의 수입으로는 내 가족을 부양하는 데는 충분치 않다.

그 산장의 방은 무엇으로 밝게 합니까?  그는 아주 어린아이일 때 아일랜드에서 이 나라로 이주해왔다. 우리는 그 전쟁이 중단될 것이라는 것을 통보 받았다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

en_ (em_) : 안에(in, with)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. enclose: 둘러싸다, 동봉하다.               2. engage: 종사시키다, 약혼시키다.

3. enroll: 등록하다, 입회하다.                4. embrace: 껴안다, 포함하다.

5. employ: 고용하다.

enchant: 마법을 걸다. 매혹시키다. encircle:에워싸다, 둘러싸다. encompass: 둘러싸다, 에워싸다. encourage: 격려(장려, 고무)하다. endorse: 시인하다(승인하다). endow:주다, 기부하다. enforce:시행하다, 집행하다. engage:종사하다, 끌어들이다. engrave: 새겨 넣다, 조작하다. engross: 열중하다, 몰두하다. enhance:(정도)를 올리다, 인상하다. entangle: 얽히게 하다, ...에 빠지다. entrust: 위임하다, 맡기다. embark: 승선․탑승하다, 착수하다.

You'd better enclose the garden with a higher wall.

The work we're engaged on is a study of heat transfer.

He went to college to enroll on an art course.

She embraced her baby tenderly.  The firm employs two interpreters.

당신은 그 정원을 높은 벽으로 둘러싸는 편이 낳겠다.  우리가 하고 있는 일은 열전도에 관한 연구이다.

그는 대학에 진학해서 예술학부에 입학했다.  그녀는 자기 아들을 부드럽게 껴안았다.

그 회사는 두 명의 통역사를 고용하였다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

inter- (intro-) : 사이/중간에(between/among)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. intermediate: 중간의, 중간에 있는.                  2. international: 국제적인

3. interrupt: 방해하다, 끼어들다, 중단하다.             4. introduce: 소개하다, 도입하다.

intercourse:교제. intercept:빼앗다, 차단하다. interchange: 교환하다. intercurrent:사이에 일어나는/중간의. interfere:충돌하다, 방해하다. interfuse: 스미게하다, 침투시키다. interlude:사이, 틈, 중간. intermingle:서로 뒤섞이다. interpose:사이에 놓다, 끼우다. interpret: 해명하다, 해설하다. intersect:가로지르다/교차하다. intervene:끼어들다, 간섭하다. interweave: 뒤섞가, 쥐어짜다. interval:사이, 간격.

One group of animals developed into another by way of intermediate forms.

The company is international with offices in more than 50 countries.

Don't interrupt while I'm speaking.

The principal introduced a new teacher to the student.

어떤 동물집단은 중간형태를 거쳐서 또 다른 모습으로 바뀌었다.

그 회사는 50개 이상의 나라에서 지사를 가지고 있는 국제적인 회사이다.

내가 이야기하고 있는 중에는 방해하지 마시오. 교장은 학생들에게 새 선생님을 소개했다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ex_ : (e_ ec_ ef_ es_ is_ ): 밖으로(out)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. exit:출구(↔entrance)    2. expand: 확장하다, 팽창하다.   3. educate: 교육하다.           4. eccentric:이상한, 별난.   5. effort: 노력   6. essay: 소논문, 수필. 7. issue: 논점, 발행(하다)

excursion:소풍, 관광여행. exhaustion:(극단의)피로. exhibit:전시하다. expel:쫓아내다, 제명하다. expense:비용. explore:탐험하다. export:수출하다. expose:폭로/노출하다. express:표현하다. exterior: 외측의, 밖의. external:외부의. ecstasy: 무아지경. explore:탐험하다.explode:폭발하다. extend:뻗다, 늘리다.  extrication :구출, 해방, 이탈. extrude: 추방하다, 쫓아내다. extraction:추출, 짜내기, 빼내기.

That's the only exit from the theater.

The boy expanded his chest by breathing deeply.

She was educated at Oxford University.

They were dressed in strangely eccentric clothing.

Please make an effort to arrive early.

Have you read his essay on pollution?

The article had appeared in the previous day's issue.

그것이 극장의 유일한 출구이다.   소년은 심호흡을 해서 가슴을 부풀렸다.

그녀는 옥스퍼드대학에서 교육받았다.  그들은 이상하게 별난 옷을 있었다.

일찍 도착하도록 해라.  공해에 관한 소논문을 읽어보았느냐?

그 기사는 전날의 발행물에 나와 있었다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

out_ : 밖에/~보다 더 (out/better than)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. outcome: 결과, 산출물.               2. outline: 윤곽, 개요.

3. outlive: ...보다 오래 살다.             4. outlook: 전망, 경치.

5. output: 생산(액)/출력                 6. outstanding: 현저한/두드러진.

outargue:(논쟁에서)이기다. outbalance:(보다)무겁다, 뛰어나다, 능가하다. outbrave:용감하게 맞서다. outcry:(..보다)큰 소리로 외치다. outdo:능가하다/뛰어나다. outgo:뛰어나다. outlaw: 무법자,..을 금지하다. outlet:출구. outlive:..보다 오래 살다. outlook:경치, 조망. outman:보다 인원수가 많다....보다 남자답다 outmatch:보다 뛰어나다. outpace:보다 빨리 걷다. outreach:보다 뛰어나다/능가하다. outrun:보다 빨리 달리다/앞지르다. outsell:보다 빨리 팔다. outskirt:주변, 변두리. outspoken:솔직한. 거침없이 말하는. outstay:보다 더 머무르다. outwork:보다 더 빨리 하다.

What was the outcome of your investigation?

She gave me an outline of  lecture.

She outlived her husband by ten years.

The hotel has a good outlook.

EC countries are steadily increasing agricultural output.

She was not an outstanding actress.

그 조사결과가 어떠했습니까?   그녀는 나에게 강연의 개요를 설명해주었다.

그녀는 남편보다 10년 더 오래 살았다.   그 호텔은 전망이 좋다.

EC나라들은  농업생산량을 꾸준히 증가하고 있다. 그녀는 그리 뛰어난 배우가 아니었다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

com_ (col_, col_, con_, cor_) : 함께/공동으로(with/together)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. combine : 결합시키다, 결합하다.   2. commit: (나쁜 뜻으로)행하다, 위탁하다.

3. company: 동행, 회사, 친구   4. coexist: 공존하다.  5. collect: 모으다, 수집하다.       6. consent: 동의하다(to) (명:동의/승낙)  7. correspond: 일치하다(with);해당하다; 편지왕래하다.

coalition:동/연합. coeducation:남녀공학. coexistence:공존. cohere:밀착하다/응집하다. cohesion:결합/부착. coincide:동시에 일어나다. collaborate:협력(동)하다.

collaboration:협동/력. collapse:무너지다. colleague:동료(associate). collide:충돌하다. collision:충돌. collocation:배치, 배열. combat:전투.combination:조합. commend:칭찬하다. commission:위임, 위탁. common:공통의. communal:자치의. companion:친구/동료. comparable:비교할 수 있는. comparison:비교. compassion:동정. 연민. compatible: 양립할 수 있는. compensate:보상하다. competition:경쟁, 다툼. complain:불평하다. complement:보충. component:구성요소. compose:구성하다. compound:복합의. comprehend:이해하다. compromise:타협/협상하다. comrade:친구/동료. concentrate:집중하다. concession: 양보. 면허, 특허. conclude:결론을 내리다. concord:일치/조화. concur:동의하다/일치하다. condense:응축하다. confession:자백/고백. conflict:충돌. contract:계약. contract:축소하다.

They combined their efforts to finish the work.

About 17% of all crime was committed by people under 21.

Collect old magazines and bind them together.

My father refused to consent to my marrying her.

Let your actions correspond to your words.

그들은 힘을 합쳐서 일을 마쳤다.  모든 범죄의 약17%가 21세 이하의 사람들에 의하여 저질러졌다. 헌 잡지를 모아서 한데 묶어라.  아버지는 내가 그녀와 결혼하는 데 동의하지 않으셨다.

너의 행동이 말과 일치하도록 하라.(언행을 일치시켜라)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

sym_ (syn_, sys_) : 같은(the same)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. sympathy: 동정. 공감.(↔apathy)  2. symptom: 징후/증상.  3. synonym: 유의어(↔antonym:반의어)     4. system: 조직, 체계.

symmetry:균형, 대칭. symphony: 교향곡. sympathize:동정하다. synchronize: 동시에 일어나다. syndicate: 기업조합. syndrome: 증후군. synthesis: 통합, 합성. synthetic:종합의/합성의. synergy: 공동작용. systematic:체계적인

I have sympathy with his opinion. 나는 그의 의견에 동감이다.

It is generally said that cancer doesn't show a symptom in its early stages.

암은 초기에는 증상을 보이지 않는 것으로 알려져 있다.

You mustn't expect good results if you work without system.

체계없이 일하면서 좋은 결과를 기대해선 안  된다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

trans_ : 횡단/관통(across/through)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. transfer : 옮기다. 전학시키다. (명:이전, 양도)  2. transform: (형태, 성질 등을)바꾸다, 개조하다(into).           3. transition: 이행, 변천, 변화  4. translate: 번역하다.(into)

5. transmit : 옮기다, 보내다, 전달하다.

transcend: 초월하다. transport: 운송하다. transparent:투명한, 분명한. transact: (업무/교섭)을 하다. transcribe: 베끼다, 복사하다. transcript: 복사, 전시물. transection: 횡단(면). transit:통과, 경과, 운반. transition:변천/변화. transitive: 변천하는. transmigration:이주, 이동. transmission:전달(송). transplant: (식물을)이식하다. transverse:가로의, 횡단의. transportation:운송․수송. transpose:(순서, 위치)를 바꾸다. translocation:이동, 전위. transient: 멸망하기 쉬운, 덧없는.

Please help me transfer these files to the new cabinet.

Transform this sentence into the passive.

Adolescence is the transition period between childhood and adulthood.

We translated the novel from England into Korean.

She transmitted the message to me.

이 파일을 새 캐비넷으로 옮기는 것을 도와주세요. 이 문장을 수동태로 바꾸시오.

청소년기는 유아기와 성인기 사이의 이행기이다. 우리는 그 소설을 영어에서 한국어로 번역하였다.

그녀는 그 메시지를 나에게 전해주었다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

per_ : 완전히(completely)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. perfect: 완전한, 완벽한(동: 완성하다)

2. perform: 상연하다, 연주하다; 실행하다, 이행하다.

3. permanent: 영구의, 불변의.

perceive: ..을 지각하다. perception:지각. perdure:영속하다. perfume:향수. perish:죽다, 사라지다. perpetual:영원한, 영속적인. perplex:당황(황당)하게 하다, 난처하게 하다. persecute:박해하다, 괴롭히다. persevere:인내하다. persist:주장하다, 고집하다. persistent:고집하는, 집요한. persuade: 설득하다. pervade: 퍼지다, 침투하다.

His performance was perfect in every way.   그의 연주는 모든 면에서 완벽했다.

The surgeon was performing a dangerous operation.

그 외과의사는 위험한 수술을 하고 있었다.

Some drugs taken in large quantities cause permanent brain damage.

어떤 약은 다량 섭취하면 뇌에 영구적인 손상을 초래한다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ab_ : (abs_) : ～로부터/제거/분리(from/away/off)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. abdicate : 퇴위하다; 포기하다.             2. abhor: 혐오하다, 몹시 싫어하다.

3. abnormal: 비정상적인, 보통과 다른.        4. abscond: 자취를 감추다. 도주하다.

5. absorb: 흡수하다, 열중시키다.(in, by)

abdomen: 복부. abduct:유괴하다. abhorrence:혐오감, 질색. abject:비열한. absence:결석, 부재. absolute:절대적인. absolve:해제하다. absorption:흡수, 병합. abstain: 삼가다, 절제하다. abstract:추상적인.

I abhors the thought of having to study all day.

It is abnormal for a baby to have teeth at the age of two months.

I was absorbed in a book and didn't hear you call.

하루종일 공부해야한다는 생각만 해도 질색이다.

갓난아이가 생후 두 달만에 이가 나는 것은 비정상적이다.

나는 책에 열중하고 있었기 때문에 네가 부르는 소리를 듣지 못했다.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

de_  : 떨어져/분리/이탈(apart/away)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. defect : 결점, 단점.   2. delay: 연기하다, 지체하다.  3. divorce: 이혼(동: 이혼하다)

4. individual: 개개의. 개인

decay: 쇠퇴하다/쇠하다. decentralize: 분산(권)시키다. declare: 발표/공언/선포하다. decline:거절하다. decompose: 분해하다/분석하다. deduct: 빼다/공제하다. defect: 결점/결함/흠. defiance: 도전/반항. deflation: 빼기/수축/긴축. degenerate: 퇴화(보)/타락하다. degrade:(가치/지위)를 떨어뜨리다. delight:기쁨/환희. delude:현혹시키다. demand:요구/청구하다. demolish: 파괴하다/뒤집다. demur:반대하다. denounce:비난하다/규탄하다. depart:작별하다. department:부문/구분. depose:면직하다/퇴위시키다. depress:낙담시키다/기를 꺾다. deprive: 빼앗다. 탈취하다. derive: 끌어내다.

Our plane was delayed by heavy fog.   우리 비행기는 짙은 안개 때문에 연착하였다.

She wants to get divorced because of her husband's frequent beating.

The rights of the individual are perhaps the most important rights in a free society.

그녀는 남편의 잦은 구타로 인하여 이혼하길 원한다.

개인의 권리들은 아마도 자유사회에서 가장 중요한 권리일 것이다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

se_ : 떨어져(apart)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. seclude: 격리시키다. 은퇴시키다.   2. secular: 세속적인. 속된   3. secure: 안전한(동:확보하다; 안전하게 하다)     4. separate: 분리시키다. 분리된.

secede: 탈퇴하다/분리하다. seclusion:분리/탈퇴. seduce:꾀다/타락시키다. seduction;유혹. sequence:연속/이어짐.

Moslems seclude their wives in the harem.

The choir sings both sacred and secular music.

The two parts of the town were separated by a river.

회교도들은 아내들을 하렘에 가두어 둔다.

그 합창단은 종교적인 노래와 세속적인 노래를 모두 부른다.

그 마을의 두 지역은 강으로 분리되어 있었다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

tele_  : 멀리 떨어진(away)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. telegram: 전보. 전신   2. telegraph: 전보. 전신(을 치다).  3. telepathy: 텔레파시. 정신감응.  4. telescope: 망원경.

telecast: 방송하다. telecourse:텔레비전 강좌. teleconference: 원격회의. telecommunication: 원격통신

I sent a telegram to my mother saying I had arrived.

The news was sent by telegraph.

He invented an astronomical telescope.

내가 도착했다는 것을 내 어머니에게 알리는 전보를 보냈다.

그 뉴스는 전신으로 보내졌다. 그는 천체망원경을 발명했다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ad_  (ac_) : 접근, 근접/...쪽으로(toward/near)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. adequate: 적당한. 충분한.   2. add: 더하다. 추가하다.   3. adjoin: 인접하다.

4. adjust:  맞추다. 적응하다.(to)  5. access: 접근. 출입.

adhere: 달라붙다. 부착하다. adhesion: 부착/고착. adjacent: 근접(인접)한.  adjoin: ...을 결합하다. ...에 인접하다. adjourn: 휴회하다. 폐회하다. adjunct:부가물. administer: 관리/처리/통치하다. admonish:훈계/타이르다. adventure: 모험(심). adversary: 적수. adversity: 역경/불운. advertise: 광고하다. advocate:옹호하다/지지하다.

China adjoins Korea.

I adjusted a telescope to my eyes.

All students have free access to the library.

중국은 한국과 인접해 있다. 나는 망원경을 내 눈에 맞추었다.

모든 학생들은 도서관에 자유로이 출입할 수 있다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

en_   : (em_): ...시키다, ...하게 하다.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. embody: 구체화하다. 나타내다.        2. encourage: 용기를 주다. 장려하다.

3. enrich: 풍부하게 하다. (내용/질)을 높이다.    4. ensure: 안전하게 하다.

embank: 둘렀다/제방을 쌓다. embarrass: 난처(당황)하게 하다. embrace: 껴안다/포옹하다. empower:권한을 부여하다. enchant:마법을 걸다. enclose: 둘렀다./에워싸다. encumber:방해하다/훼방하다. endanger: 위험에 처하다. engage: 종사시키다. engrave:장식하다/조각하다. enhance: 올리다/강화하다. enlarge:확대하다. enlighten:개화(계몽)시키다. enrage: 격분케 하다, 분노케 하다. enroll:등록하다. enslave: 노예로 만들다. enthrone: 왕위에 앉히다. entitle:자격(권한)을 부여하다. entrust: 위임하다/맡기다. environment:환경(에워싸다).

The letter embodied all his ideas.

He encouraged the boy to work harder.

Music can enrich your whole life.

그 편지는 그의 모든 생각을 나타내었다. 그는 그 소년이 더욱더 열심히 일하도록 격려해주었다.

음악은 여러분들의 전 생애를 풍요롭게 해 줄 수 있다.

제 13장. 성문종합영어 숙어 총정리      목차로

성문종합영어 숙어 총정리

1. abide by (＝keep, be faithful to) : 지키다

An honorable man always abides by his promises.  (존경할 만한 사람은 항상 자신의 약속을 지킨다.)

2. abound in, be rich in  --이 풍부하다.  ~이 많이 있다.

This garden abounds in (=is rich in) beautiful flowers.

3. above all (things) (＝more than anything else) : 무엇보다도

Attend to your business above all things.    (무엇보다도 너의 업무에 힘써라.)

4. abstain from (＝refrain from) : ～을 삼가다

We must abstain from speaking ill of others.   (우리는 남을 헐뜯는 것을 삼가야 한다.)

5. according as + SV (＝in proportion as)    : ～에 비례해서, ～에 따라서

according to (＝on the authority of) : ～에 의하면, ...에 따르면

You will receive according as you give.

According to the Bible, God created the world.

According to today's paper, there was a big fire in Busan.

(오늘 신문에 의하면, 부산에 큰 화재가 있었다.)

6. account for (＝explain) : 설명하다

His idleness accounts for his failure.  (그의 실패는 그의 게으름 때문이다.)

7. add to (＝increase) : 증가시키다

This adds to our difficulties.         (이것은 우리 어려움을 더욱 증가시킨다.)

8. adhere to (＝stick) : ～을 고수하다, 들러붙다

He adhered to the party to the end.  (그는 끝까지 그 정당을 지지(고수) 하였다.)

9. after all (＝in the end, in spite of) : 결국, ～에도 불구하고

So you see I was right after all.     (결국 내가 옳았다는 걸 너는 알겠지.)

10. again and again (＝repeatedly, over and over) : 반복해서

He makes the same mistakes again and again. (그는 되풀이해서 같은 실수를 저지른다.)

11. agree with＋사람 (＝be of the same mind, suit) : 동의하다, 적합하다

The climate here does not agree with me. (이곳의 기후는 내게 적합하지 않다.)

12. agree to  ＋사물 (＝consent to) : ～에 동의하다

I cannot agree to your proposal.        (나는 너의 제안에 동의할 수 없다.)

13. all at once (＝suddenly, all of a sudden, on a sudden) : 갑자기

All at once the sky became dark and it started to pour.

(갑자기 하늘이 어두워지고 비가 쏟아지기 시작했다.)

14.  all but (＝almost) : 거의

It took him all but ten years to attain his object.  (그가 그의 목표를 달성하는데 거의 10년이 걸렸다.)

15. allow for (=take ~ into account) ～을 고려하다.

You must allow for his youth and inexperience.

16. all the same (＝nevertheless, just the same, in spite of that, still) : 그래도, 역시

He has many faults, but I love him all the same.

(그가 결점이 많음에도 불구하고 나는 그를 사랑한다.)

17. and so on (＝and so forth, and what not, and the like, etcetera) : ～ 등등, 따위

He asked me my name, my age, my address and so on.

18. answer for (＝be responsible for)  책임지다

I cannot answer for his honesty. (나는 그의 정직을 책임질 수 없다.)

19. anything but (＝never) : 결코 ～이 아닌

His English is anything but correct. (그의 영어는 결코 정확하지 않다.)

20. apart (or aside) from (＝independently of, except for) : ～은 별도로 하고

Apart from joking, what do you mean to do?  (농담은 그만두고, 너는 무얼 할 작정이니?)

21. apply for (＝ask to be given) : ～에 지원하다

I applied for membership in the club.  (나는 그 클럽의 회원에 지원했다.)

22. apply to  (＝concern, fit) : ～에 적용되다

This rule applies to all cases.  (이 규칙은 모든 경우에 적용된다.)

23. apply oneself to (＝give all one's energy to, be absorbed/engrossed in): ～에 전념하다

He applied himself to the study of English.     (그는 영어 공부에 전념하였다.)

24. as a matter of fact (＝in fact) : 사실

As a matter of fact I know nothing about the matter.

25. as a rule (＝usually, on the whole) : 통상, 대체로

They work ten hours a day as a rule.         (그들은 통상 하루에 10시간을 일한다.)

26. as far as I am concerned, (=as for me) : 나에 관한 한

As far as I am concerned, I have no objection.

as to (=about, concerning, regarding) :  --에 관해서 (문두, 문중에서)

I will deal with him later as to your brother.

as for (＝with reference to, speaking of) : ～에 관하여 말하면 (문두에서)

As for clothing, for instance, she is always in shorts.

(옷에 관해 말하면, 예를 들어 그녀는 늘 반바지 차림이다.)

27. as good as (＝practically, no better than, almost) : 사실상, …이나 다름없는, 거의 …인

He is as good as dead.  (그는 죽은 거나 마찬가지이다.)

be as good as one's word = keep one's promise  --약속을 잘 지키는

He is as good as his word.

28. as it were (＝so to speak, that is (to say), namely) : 말하자면

He is, as it were, a bookworm. (말하자면 그는 책벌레이다.)

29. as likely as not (＝probably, most likely, possibly) : 아마

He will fail as likely as not. (그는 아마 실패할 것 같다.)

30. as regards (＝as to, concerning, regarding) : ～에 관하여

As regards money, I have enough.    (돈에 관해서라면, 나는 충분히 가지고 있다.)

31.  as such  --그대로 그런 것으로

Therefore, while we recognize the need to adhere to policies, it is our feeling

that this particular case is exceptional and should be treated as such.

그러므로 방침을 준수해야만 하는 것은 잘 알겠습니다만, 본건은 특별하고 예외적인 경우이므로

별도의 대처방안이 필요하다고 생각합니다.

32. as usual (＝in the usual way) : 평소와 다름없이

He was late for school as usual. (그는 평소처럼 학교에 지각했다.)

33. ~ as well (＝besides ~, into the bargain, too) : 게다가, 덤으로

He gave me food and money as well.    (그는 내게 음식과 게다가 돈까지 주었다.)

34. as yet (＝up to now) : 이제껏, 아직까지

The matter has not been settled (as) yet.     (그 문제는 여태껏 해결되지 않았다.)

35. ask after (＝inquire after) : 안부를 묻다

I asked after my friend in hospital. (나는 병원에 있는 친구의 안부를 물었다.)

36. at a loss (＝perplexed, uncertain) : 어쩔 줄을 몰라서

I was at a loss what to do. (나는 무얼 해야할지 어쩔 줄을 몰랐다.)

37. at all costs (＝by all means, certainly) : 어떤 일이 있어도, 꼭

You must keep your promise at all costs.  (너는 무슨 일이 있어도 약속을 지켜야 한다.)

38. at all events (＝in any case, at any rate) : 어떤 경우라도

I will start tomorrow at all events.     (어떤 경우라도 나는 내일 출발한다.)

39. at any rate (＝in any case, at all events) : 어쨌든

I will try to help him at any rate.     (어쨌든 나는 그를 도우려고 노력할 것이다.)

40. at best (＝in the most favorable case) : 아무리 잘해야

The old man cannot live more than a week at best.

(그 노인은 기껏해야 일주일 이상 살지 못한다.)

41. at first (＝in the beginning) : 처음에는

I found the job difficult at first, but soon got used to it.

(나는 처음에는 그 일이 어려운 것을 알았지만, 곧 익숙해졌다.)

42. at first hand  (＝directly) : 직접적으로

He experienced it at first hand.   그는 그것을 직접 경험하였다.

43. be at one's wits'(wit's)end, be confused, be at a loss  당황하다, 어찌할 바를 모르다.

He's always making trouble, so I'm at my wits' end about what to do with him.

44. at second hand (＝indirectly) : 간접적으로

I got the news at second hand. (나는 간접적으로 그 소식을 들었다.)

45. at hand (＝near; within reach) : 가까이

The examination is near at hand. (시험이 가까이 다가왔다.)

46. at home (＝comfortable) : 편안한

Please make yourself at home. (편히 하세요.)

47. at large (＝usually, at length) : 대개, 상세히

The people at large are against war. (사람들은 대개 전쟁에 반대한다.)

48. at last (＝in the end, finally) : 드디어

In spite of many hindrances they have at last succeeded.

(많은 장애에도 불구하고 그들은 마침내 성공했다.)

49. at length (＝at last, in detail) : 드디어(文頭), 상세히(文尾)

We discussed the subject at length.   (우리는 그 문제에 대해 상세히 토론했다.)

50. at least (＝not less than, at any late) : 적어도, 어쨌든

It will take at least a week to read this book through.

(이 책을 다 읽는 데 최소한 1주일은 걸릴 것이다.)

51. at liberty (＝free) : 자유로운

Each member will be at liberty to state his own views.

(각 회원은 자신의 의견을 말하는데 자유롭게 될 것이다.)

52. at once (＝immediately, right now, right away, in no time; at the same time) :

즉시; 동시에

I want you to send this telegraph at once.  (나는 네가 즉시 이 전보를 보내주기를 원합니다.)

You must go, and that at once.

53. at once A and B (=both A and B): A이기도 하고 B이기도 한

Tears of at once joy and sorrow flowed down from her eyes.

(기쁘기도 하고 슬프기도 한 눈물이 그녀의 눈에서 흘러내렸다.)

54. at one's disposal : 누구 마음대로 쓸 수 있는

My services are at your disposal.    (당신이 원하는 대로 봉사해드리겠습니다.)

55. at one's finger(s') ends : ～에 정통한

He has Shakespeare at his fingers' end.   (그는 셰익스피어에 정통하다.)

56. at one's wits'(wit's) end (＝not knowing what to say or do) : 어찌할 바를 몰라

I was at my wits' end what to do about it.

(나는 그것에 관해 무엇을 해야할 지 어찌할 바를 몰랐다.)

be at a loss =be confused =be perplexed =at one's wit's end  --어찌할 바를 모르다.

He was at a loss for words.

57. at random (＝without aim) : 함부로, 닥치는 대로

He reads books at random.   (그는 책을 닥치는 대로 읽는다.)

58. at stake  --위태로운, 문제가 되어있는

at stake; (=at risk, in danger) ~이 걸려 있는, 위태로운

My honor is at stake.

59. at the mercy of (＝wholly in the power of) : ～에 좌우되어

The vessel was rolling to and fro at the mercy of the waves.

(그 배는 파도에 좌우되어 이리저리 흔들리고 있었다.)

60. at times (＝sometimes, occasionally) : 가끔

It occurs at times that the traffic is disorganized by fog.

(안개로 교통 혼란이 가끔 발생한다.)

61.  at work  --일을 하고 있는, 활동하고 있는

He is up to his ears. =He is very busy. =He is behind at work.

그 분은 일 때문에 꼼짝을 못 합니다.

62. attend on (＝wait on, serve) : 시중들다

They thought it a great honour to attend on the queen.

(그들은 여왕의 시중드는 일을 큰 영광으로 생각했다.)

63. attend to (＝pay attention to, be attentive to) : ～에 주의하다

Parents must attend to the education of their children.

(부모들은 자녀들의 교육에 주의해야 한다.)

64. attribute A to B (＝ascribe A to B, impute A to B) : A를 B의 탓으로 돌리다

He attributed his success to good luck. (그는 자신의 성공을 행운 탓으로 돌렸다.)

65. avail oneself of (＝take advantage of, use) : 이용하다

You had better avail yourself of this opportunity.  (너는 이 기회를 이용 하는 것이 좋다.)

66. be absorbed in (＝be engrossed in, apply oneself to) : ～에 열중하다

The children are absorbed in play.   (그 아이들은 노는데 열중하고 있다.)

67. be accustomed to ⓝ/~ing(＝be used to ⓝ/~ing) : ～에 익숙하다

I am not accustomed to making a speech in public.

(나는 대중 앞에서 연설하는데 익숙하지 못하다.)

68. be anxious about (＝be uneasy about) : 근심하다

My mother is anxious about my health. (어머니는 내 건강을 염려하신다.)

69. be anxious for (＝be eager for) : 갈망하다

He is anxious for fame. (그는 명성을 갈망한다.)

70.  be apt to (＝be likely to, be liable to) : ～하기 쉬운

We are apt to be wasteful of time. (우리는 시간을 낭비하기 쉽다)

71.  be at a loss = be confused = be perplexed = at one's wit's end

--어찌할 바를 모르다.

He was at a loss for words.

72.  be at home in, be well informed in, be good at, be familiar with

--익숙하다, 정통하다

He is at home in English literature.

73.  be badly off (＝be poor) : 궁핍하다  □ be well off

On account of his failure in business he is worse off now.

(그의 사업 실패 때문에 지금 그는 더욱 가난하다.)

74.  be composed of (＝be made up of) : ～으로 구성되다

The committee is composed of eleven members.

(그 위원회는 11명으로 구성되어 있다.)

75.  be concerned in(or with) (＝become occupied with) : ～과 관계가 있다

He is said to have been concerned with the crime.

(그는 그 범죄와 관련이 있다고들 말한다.)

76.  be familiar with + 사물, be acquainted with + 사물 = -을 잘 알고 있다.

He is proficient in both French and Italian, and is an expert in international affairs.

=He speaks both French and Italian well, and is familiar with international problems.

그는 불어와 이태리어에도 능통하며, 국제 문제에도 정통하다.

→ ~에 능통하다, ~에 능숙하다: be proficient in, at~ 또는 be good at.

→ ~에 정통하다: ~을 잘 알고 있다, ~의 전문가이다 등으로 보고 know ~ very well;        know a lot about~ ; be familiar with; be an expert in~ 등으로 이용할 수 있다.

77. be liable for, be responsible for, be accountable for  --에 대한 책임이 있다

He declared that he was not liable for his wife's debts.

(그는 아내의 부채에 대한 법적 책임이 없다고 주장했다.)

78. be used to ＋명사, ～ing (＝be accustomed to) : ～에 익숙하다

I am used to doing without breakfast.  (나는 아침 식사를 하지 않고 지내는 것에 익숙하다.)

79.  bear in mind (＝keep in mind, remember, learn by heart) : 명심하다

It must be borne in mind that success depends on exertions.

(성공은 노력에 달려있다는 것을 명심해야 한다.)

80.  become of (＝happen to) : ～이 (어떻게) 되다

What has become of him? (그는 어떻게 되었는가?)

81.  before long (＝pretty soon, by and by) : 곧

He will come back before long. (그는 곧 돌아올 것이다.)

82.  behind time (＝late) : 시간에 늦은

He was behind time for his appointment. (그는 약속 시간에 늦었다.)

83.  behind the times (＝out-of-date, old-fashioned) : 시대에 뒤떨어진

The old gentleman was behind the times. (그 노인은 시대에 뒤떨어졌다.)

84.  beyond recognition  --알아볼 수 없을 정도로

You sure have changed beyond recognition.       (몰라보게 달라졌구나.)

85.  be bound to (＝be certain to, be obliged to) : 틀림없이 ～하다, ～하지 않을 수 없다

Such a person is bound to get on in life. (그런 사람은 틀림없이 출세한다.)

I am bound to visit my grandmother every week. --해야한다, 할 의무가 있다.

cf. The ship is bound for Finland.  (Finland행이다.)

86.  be obliged to ⓝ : ~에 감사하다(=thank)

I am much obliged to you.   (이래저래 신세만 진다.)

be obliged(compelled, forced) to V :  --하지 않을 수 없다

I was obliged to go at once.  (나는 당장 가지 않을 수 없었다.)

87.  be occupied in, be engaged in : --에 종사하다

He is now occupied in editing a magazine.

88.  break in/into, entered by force : --침입하다

A burglar broke into my house last night.

Thieves had broken in during the night. (도둑들이 밤중에 침입하였다.)

break in the conversation  대화에 끼어들다.

89.  break away, go away abruptly, escape suddenly : --도망가다

The prisoner broke away from his guards.

90.  break down= 무너지다(collapse), 고장나다(become useless), 건강이 나빠지다

Our plans have broken down. (좌절되다)

The car broke down.      His health broke down.

91.  break out (＝occur suddenly) : 갑자기 발생하다

She was born in the year when the war broke out.  (그녀는 전쟁이 나던 해에 태어났다.)

92.  bring about (＝cause to happen) : 발생시키다, 야기하다

The accident was brought about by his carelessness.

(그 사고는 그의 부주의로 일어났다.)

93. bring home to (＝cause one to realize) : ～을 절실히 느끼게 하다

Her death brought home to me the sorrow of life.

(그녀의 죽음은 내게 인생의 슬픔을 절실히 느끼게 했다.)

94. bring up (＝educate, rear) : 교육하다, 양육하다

He was brought up by his uncle. (그는 삼촌에게서 자랐다.)

95. burst into (＝begin suddenly) : 갑자기 시작하다

She burst into tears at the sad news.

(그녀는 그 슬픈 소식을 듣고 갑자기 눈물을 터뜨렸다.)

96. by accident (＝by chance, accidentally) : 우연히

I met him by accident in New York. (나는 뉴욕에서 그를 우연히 만났다.)

97. by all means (＝at all costs, certainly) : 어떤 일이 있어도, 좋고 말고요

We should by all means do our duty.  (어떤 일이 있어도 우리는 본분을 다하여야 한다.)

98. by and by (＝soon, before long) : 이윽고, 곧

By and by the cold winter will be over. (얼마 안 가서 추운 겨울이 끝날 것이다.)

99. by degrees (＝gradually, step by step) : 점차로

Their friendship by degrees grew into love.  (그들의 우정은 점차로 사랑으로 변하였다.)

100. by dint of (＝by means of) : ～에 의하여

By dint of great effort he succeeded at last.  (대단한 노력으로 그는 마침내 성공했다.)

101. by means of (＝with the help of, by dint of) : ～에 의하여

We climbed up the cliff by means of a rope. (우리는 밧줄로 그 절벽을 올라갔다.)

102. by no means (＝far from) : 결코 ～이 아닌

He is by no means a coward.  (그는 결코 겁쟁이가 아니다.)

103.  by the way (＝incidentally) : 그런데

By the way, what is your address? (그런데 너의 주소는 어디니?)

104.  by turns, in rotation, one after the other  교대로, 차례로

They laughed and cried by turns.

105.  by virtue of, because of, by reason of, thanks to, owing to  덕분에, 때문에

He passed the exam by virtue of diligence.

106. by way of ; via (경유해서) ; 목적으로, (=as a sort of 일종의～로서)

He came by way of (=via) America.

I am going to Europe by way of America. (나는 미국을 경유하여 유럽에 갈 예정이다.)

He said so by way of apology.

107.  call at+장소; call on+사람;  pay a visit to; visit : --방문하다.

I called at his house yesterday.       I am going to call on Mr. Green.

108.  call for (＝demand, require) : 요구하다

This crime calls for severe punishment. (이 범죄는 엄벌이 요구된다.)

Your plan will call for a lot of money.

109.  call off (＝cancel) : 취소하다

This game was called off on account of darkness.   (그 경기는 어둠 때문에 취소되었다.)

110.   call sb up; ring sb up;  give sb a ring;  telephone to sb  : 전화하다

Please call me up at six.

111.  care for + 명사  --좋아하다(=like, be fond of), 돌보다(=look after).

care to do = wish to do = desire to do = --하기를 바라다. 좋아하다

Everybody does not care for music. (모든 사람이 다 음악을 좋아하는 것은 아니다.)

112. carry on (＝continue, manage) : 계속하다, 경영하다

She carried on scientific research with her husband.

(그녀는 남편과 함께 과학 탐구를 계속했다.)

113. carry out (＝accomplish, execute) : 수행하다

You must carry out the work for yourself. (너는 혼자 힘으로 그 일을 수행해야 한다.)

114. catch sight of (＝see; get a glimpse of) : ～을 언뜻 보다

I caught sight of the boy who was trying to hide behind a hedge.

(나는 울타리 뒤로 숨으려는 그 소년을 언뜻 보았다.)

If you ever catch sight of him, call the police.

lose sight of --안보이게 되다, 시야에서 놓치다.

I've lost sight of that bird.     We must not lose sight of the fact.

115. catch up with (＝overtake, come up with) : ～을 따라잡다

I ran as fast as possible to catch up with them.

(나는 그들을 따라잡으려고 가능한 한 빨리 뛰었다.)

Go on in front, I'll soon catch up with you.

116. close at hand (＝near) : 가까이

The examination is close at hand. (시험이 다가왔다.)

117. come about (＝take place, happen) : 일어나다

Tell me how the accident came about.   (그 사고가 어떻게 일어났는지 내게 말해 다오.)

118. come across (＝chance upon, meet or find unexpectedly; meet by chance, run across:

우연히 만나다

While cleaning the attic yesterday, I came across an old photograph of my father.

(어제 다락방을 청소하면서 우연히 아버지의 오랜 사진을 보았다.)

I came across her yesterday.

119. come by (＝get, obtain ; visit) : 획득하다, 방문하다

Did he come by that money honestly?   (그가 그 돈을 정직하게 얻었느냐?)

120. come in contact with (＝come in touch with) : ～와 접촉하다

As he is a diplomat, he comes in contact with many people.

(그는 외교관이어서 많은 사람들과 접촉한다.)

We must always come in contact with new books.

A steel cable came into contact with the engine.

121. come to pass (＝happen, come about) : 일어나다

I don't know how the accident came to pass. (나는 그 사고가 어떻게 발생했는지 모른다.)

122. come true (＝really happen, become fact) : 실현되다

Everything he predicted has come true.  (그가 예언했던 모든 것이 실현되었다.)

123. come up to (＝equal) : 동등하다, ～에 이르다

The yield of the mine did not come up to our expectations.

(그 광산의 생산량은 우리 기대에 이르지 못한다.)

124.  come up with (＝catch up with, overtake, produce, think of) : ～를 따라잡다

제공하다. 제안하다. 생산하다, 생각해 내다.

catch up with; (=overtake, come up with) ~을 따라잡다

A man on horseback will quickly come up with a traveller on foot.

(말을 탄 사람은 걸어가는 여행자를 곧 따라잡기 마련이다.)

He worked hard to catch up with the rest of the class.

I hope we come up with something. 뭔가 좋은 방도가 있으면 해요.

I came up with a nice idea. 저에게 좋은 생각이 떠올랐습니다.

Did you come up with any ideas? 당신에게 무슨 수가 떠올랐습니까?

Mary came up with a really good idea. 메리에게 정말 좋은 생각이 떠올랐습니다.

produce or find a thought, idea or answer

Please try to come up with a name for the new magazine.

Before it is too late, we have to come up with a good idea.

(늦기 전에 어떤 좋은 안건을 생각해내야 할텐데. )

125. compare A to B (＝liken A to B) : A를 B에 비유하다

Books are often compared to friends. (책은 종종 친구에 비유된다.)

126. consist in (＝lie in) : 놓여 있다.

The true wealth does not consist in what we have, but in what we are.

(진정한 부(富)는 재산이 아니라 사람됨<인격>에 있다.)

127. consist of (＝be composed of, be made up of) : 구성되다

Water consists of hydrogen and oxygen.    (물은 산소와 수소로 구성된다.)

128. correspond to (＝be similar to) : 비등하다, 일치하다

The wing of a bird corresponds to the arm of a man.  (새의 날개는 사람의 팔에 해당한다.)

129. correspond with (＝exchange letters) : 서신 교환을 하다

I would like to correspond with her. (나는 그녀와 서신 교환을 하고 싶다.)

130. count for much (＝be of much importance) : 매우 중요하다

He counts for much among us. (그는 우리 사이에서 매우 중요하다.)

131. count for little, be of little importance, be useless  --쓸모 없다.

Knowledge without common senses counts for little.

132. count on (＝rely on) : ～을 믿다

May I count on your coming? (당신이 오리라고 믿어도 될까요?)

133. cut a fine figure (＝make a fine appearance) : 두각을 나타내다

He cut a brilliant figure on the stage. (그는 무대에서 두각을 나타냈다.)

134. deal in (＝do business ; buy and sell) : 장사하다

He deals in rice. (그는 쌀장사를 한다.)

135. deal with (＝treat) : 다루다, 취급하다

This book deals with the uses of atomic power. (이 책은 원자력의 이용법을 다루고 있다.)

136. depend on (＝rely on) : 의지하다

Prices depend upon supply and demand.  (가격은 공급과 수요에 의존한다.)

137. devote oneself to (＝give oneself to) : ～에 몰두하다

He devoted himself wholly to psychology. (그는 완전히 심리학에 몰두했다.)

138. dispense with (＝do without, manage without, live without, go without): ～없이 지내다

It's so warm today that I can dispense with an overcoat.

(오늘은 너무 따뜻해서 외투 없이 지낼 수 있다.)

139. dispose of (＝throw away, give away, sell) : ～을 처분하다

How are you going to dispose of all rubbish?

(너는 그 모든 쓰레기를 어떻게 처분할 생각이니?)

140. distinguish/tell/discern A from B (＝distinguish between A and B) : A와 B를 구분하다

Speech distinguishes man from animals. (언어가 사람과 동물을 구별한다.)

141. distinguish oneself (＝make oneself well known) : 이름을 내다

He distinguished himself by his bravery in the battle.

(그는 그 전투에서 용맹으로 유명해졌다.)

142. do away with (＝abolish, get rid of, destroy) : 제거하다, 죽이다

We should do away with a bad custom. (우리는 나쁜 관습을 없애야 한다.)

143. do good (＝help or benefit one) : ～에게 이익이 되다

This rain will do much good to the crops.  (이 비는 농작물이 대단히 이로울 것이다.)

Eat more fruit; it will do you good.

do harm = do harm to A  --에게 해가 되다

Smoking does you more harm than good.

144. do one's best (＝do all one can) : 최선을 다하다

Whatever you do, you must do your best.  (너는 무슨 일을 하든지 최선을 다해야 한다.)

145. do well to (＝had better) : ～하는 게 좋다

You would do well to say nothing about it.  (너는 그것에 대해 아무 말도 않는 게 나을 거야.)

146. do without (＝dispense with, manage without, live without) : 없이 지내다

We cannot do without water even for a few days.  (물 없이는 단 며칠도 살 수 없다.)

147. drop in (＝drop by, visit casually) : 우연히 방문하다 [～ on＋사람 / ～ at＋장소]

I wish you drop in on me more often. (당신에 좀 더 자주 내게 들려줬으면 합니다.)

148. due to ＋명사 (＝owing to, thank to) : ～ 때문에

His success was due to his will and ability.   (그의 성공은 그의 의지와 능력 때문이다.)

149. be due to ＋동사 (＝be expected to, be going to) : ～할 예정이다

He is due to arrive in Seoul this evening. (그는 오늘 저녁 서울에 도착할 예정이다.)

150. dwell on (＝think, speak or write a lot about) : 상술(詳述)하다, 곰곰이 생각하다

Don't dwell on your past failure, but think of your future.

(과거의 실패에 대해 곰곰이 생각할 게 아니라, 장래를 생각하라.)

151. be eager for (＝be anxious for, be zealous for) : ～을 열망하다

He is eager for fame as well as wealth. (그는 재산뿐만 아니라 명성도 갈망한다.)

152. end in, result in = 결과적으로 -이 되다.

His attempt ended in failure.

153. be engaged in (＝be busy with, be occupied with; take part in, ～에 바쁘다, 종사하다

He is engaged in literary work. (그는 문학 작업에 종사하고 있다.)

He is engaged in writing a novel.

be engaged to = -과 약혼하다      Tom is engaged to Mary.

154. enter into (＝begin) : ～을 시작하다

They entered into a discussion.  (그들은 토론을 시작했다.)

155. be equal to (＝have ability for) : ～을 감당할 능력이 있다

Though he is old, he is still equal to the task.

(그는 비록 나이 들었지만, 아직도 그 일을 할 능력이 있다.)

156. ever since  -그 후로 줄곧

ever since; (=from then till now) 그 이후 죽

He went to America in 1960 and has lived there ever since.

157.  every now and then (＝occasionally, from time to time) : 이따금, 가끔

He comes to see me every now and then. (그는 이따금 나를 보러 온다.)

158.  exert oneself (＝make an effort) : 노력하다

I hope you will exert yourself in the work.  (나는 네가 그 일에 노력하기를 바란다.)

159.  express oneself : 의견을 나타내다

He is still unable to express himself in English. 그는 아직도 영어로 자기 의견을 나타내지 못한다.

160.  face to face : 대면하여

We came face to face at a street corner. (우리는 길모퉁이에서 대면하게 되었다.)

161. fail in  : ～에 실패하다

He failed in the examination. (그는 시험에 실패했다.)

162. fall a victim to (＝become a victim of) : ～의 희생이 되다

He fell a victim to his own ambition.    (그는 자신의 야망의 희생물이 되었다.)

163. fall back on (＝depend on, have recourse to, count on, rely on, depend on)

～에 의지하다

In case you fail, you must have something to fall back on.

(네가 실패할 경우에, 의지할 무언가가 있어야 한다.)

If he loses one thing, he can fall back upon another.

I have nothing to fall back on.

164. fall ill,  be taken ill, become sick  --병에 걸리다

It was really a misfortune to the promising scholar that he fell ill before he could            complete his studies.

165. fall in with (＝happen to meet, agree to) : 우연히 만나다, 동의하다

I fell in with him in New York.  (나는 뉴욕에서 그를 우연히 만났다.)

166.  fall on  = 습격하다(=attack), 만나다, (경축일 등이) -에 해당하다

They fell on the enemy.   Christmas day falls on a Monday this year.

167. fall short of (＝be insufficient) : 미달하다

His results fell short of our expectations.  (그의 결과는 우리의 기대에 미치지 못했다.)

168. fall to (＝begin) : 시작하다

They fell to crying at the news. (그들은 그 소식을 듣고 울기 시작했다.)

169. far from (＝not at all, never) : 결코 ～이 아닌

I am far from blaming you for it.  (나는 그것에 대해 너를 결코 비난하는 게 아니야.)

170. feel at home (＝feel comfortable) : 편히 느끼다

I cannot feel at home with that man.  (나는 저 남자와 함께 있으면 마음이 편치 않다.)

171. feel for (＝sympathize with, grope) : 동정하다, 더듬다

I feel for you deeply. (나는 너를 깊이 동정하고 있어.)

172. feel like ～ing (＝be inclined to [or for]) : ～하고 싶다

I feel like taking a walk for a while.

173. find fault with (＝criticize, blame, condemn ) : ～을 비난하다

He is constantly finding faults with my work.  (그는 항상 나의 일을 비난한다.)

174. first of all (＝above all, before anything else)  무엇보다도

One will be judged by one's appearance first of all.

(사람은 무엇보다도 외모에 의해 판단된다.)

175. be fit for (＝be suitable for) : ～에 적합하다

This book is fit for the beginners. (이 책은 초보자들에게 적합하다.)

176. fix up (＝repair, mend) : ～을 수선하다

We must fix up our house.

177. for ages (＝for years, for a long time) : 오랫동안

I haven't seen you for ages. (오랜만에 뵙겠습니다.)

178. for all (＝in spite of) :～에도 불구하고

For all his wealth, he is unhappy.

179. for all I know (＝perhaps) : 아마

He may be dead for all I know. (그는 아마 죽었을지도 모른다.)

180. for all the world (＝on any account) : 어떤 일이 있어도, 세상없어도

I would not do it for all the world.

181. for certain (＝certainly)  틀림없이

I shall be there for certain.  (나는 확실히 거기에 갈 거야.)

182. for convenience' sake : 편의상

I did it so for convenience' sake.  (나는 편의상 그것을 그렇게 했다.)

183. for ever (＝for good) : 영원히

It is well known that time once past never returns and that the moment which is lost is        lost for ever.   (한번 지나간 시간은 결코 돌아오지 않고, 잃어버린 순간은 영원히 잃는다는          것은 잘 알려져 있다.)

184. for example(or instance) (＝by way of illustration) : 예를 들어

Many great men have risen from poverty―Lincoln and Edison, for example.

(많은 위대한 사람들 - 예를 들어 링컨과 에디슨 같은 사람들은 가난을 딛고 성장했다.)

185. for good (and all) (＝for ever) : 영원히

He says he is leaving the country for good. (그는 시골을 영원히 떠날 예정이라고 말한다.)

186. for lack of (＝for want of, for short of) : ～이 부족하여

For lack of funds he failed in his enterprise.  (그는 자금이 부족하여 사업에 실패했다.)

187. for my part (＝as for me, as far as I am concerned) : 나로서는

I have no objection for my part.  (나로서는 반대하지 않는다.)

188. for nothing (＝in vain, without reason, without payment, for free): 헛되이, 이유없이, 공짜로

I got it for nothing. (나는 그것을 공짜로 얻었다.)

189. for one's life (＝desperately) : 필사적으로

He ran away for his life.

190. for the life of me (＝however hard I try) : 아무리 해도

For the life of me, I could not remember her name.

(아무리 해도 나는 그녀의 이름을 기억할 수 없었다.)

191. for (this) once (＝this once)  한번만(이번만)

Listen to me for this once.   (이번만은 내말을 들어 다오.)

192. for oneself (＝without others' help) : 혼자 힘으로

Do everything for yourself.

193. for the sake of (＝for the benefit of)  ～을 위하여

Man does not live for himself alone. He lives for the sake of others as well as of himself.

(인간은 혼자만을 위해 사는 게 아니다. 자기자신 뿐만 아니라, 남을 위해서도 산다.)

194. for the first time (＝before one does anything else) : 처음으로

I met him then for the first time.    (나는 그를 그 때 처음으로 만났다.)

195. for the future (＝in future) : 이후로는, 장래는

I am going to be a good boy for the future.   (나는 이제부터 착한 소년이 될 거야.)

196. for the most part (＝mostly)  대부분, 대개

The life of man in this world, for the most part, is a life of work.

(이 세상에서 인간의 생활은, 대부분 노동의 생활이다.)

197. for the occasion (＝occasionally) : 임시로

He is engaged for the occasion.  (그는 임시로 고용되어 있다.)

198. for the present (＝for the time being) : 당분간

I shall stay at this hotel for the present.  (나는 당분간 이 호텔에 머무를 것이다.)

200. for the time being (＝for the present) : 당분간

For the time being you'll have to share this room with him.

(당분간 너는 이방을 그와 함께 써야 한다.)

201. for the last time (＝lastly) : 마지막으로

I saw him then for the last time.

202. for want of (＝for lack of) : ～이 부족하여

Plants died for want of water.  (식물이 수분 부족으로 죽었다.)

203. free from (＝without) : ～이 없는

The streets are free from dust.  (그 거리들은 먼지가 없다.)

204. from age to age : 대대로 (from generation to generation)

It has been handed down from age to age.  (그것은 대대로 후세에 전해져 왔다.)

205. from bad to worse (＝get worse everyday) : 악화하다

The state of affairs went from bad to worse.  (일의 사정이 점점 더 악화되었다.)

206. from hand to mouth (＝keep the wolf from the door) :

그날 벌어 그날 지내다, 겨우 굶주림을 면하다

He lives from hand to mouth.   (그는 하루 벌어 하루 먹고 산다. - 몹시 가난하다.)

207. from time to time, on occasion, occasionally, sometimes, at times, between times,

(every) once in a while, (every) now and then, on and off

He comes to me from time to time.

208. furnish A with B (＝supply/provide/endow A with B) : A에게 B를 공급하다

They furnished the expedition with food.   (그들은 탐험대에 음식을 공급하였다.)

209. gain on (＝get closer to, encroach upon) : ~을 능가하다. ~에 따라 붙다, ~을 침식하다

In spring the day gains on the night.  (봄에는 낮이 밤보다 길어진다.)

210. get along (＝make progress, manage)  진척되다, 살아가다

We cannot get along without money. (우리는 돈 없이 살 수 없다.)

211. get at (＝reach, discover) : 도달하다, 이해하다

The books are locked up and I cannot get at them.

(그 책들은 자물쇠가 채워져 있어서 내가 열어볼 수 없었다.)

212. get away (＝escape, leave) : 도망치다, 떠나다

One of the prisoners got away.   (죄수들 중 한 명이 도망쳤다.)

213. get back (＝return, come back) : 돌아오다

He won't get back until Saturday.   (그는 토요일까지 돌아오지 않을 것이다.)

214. get in one's way (＝be in one's(the) way) : ～의 방해가 되다

He's always getting in my way. (그는 늘 내게 방해가 된다.)

215. get off (＝descend from, get down, dismount) : 내리다

I am getting off at the next station.   (나는 다음 역에서 내릴 것이야.)

216. get on (＝mount, board 타다),

They got on the plane at Cairo.  (그들은 카이로에서 비행기를 탔다.)

진보하다, 성공하다 (=succeed in life)

Let's get on with it.  (빨리 일을 해치웁시다.)

Such a person is bound to get on in life. (그런 사람은 틀림없이 출세한다.)

217. get on with (＝live in a friendly way with) : 사이좋게 지내다

It is hard to get on with a suspicious man.

(의심 많은 사람과 사이좋게 지내기는 힘들다.)

218. get over (＝recover from, overcome, tide over) : 회복하다, 극복하다

He soon got over his illness.  (그는 병에서 곧 회복되었다.)

219. get rid of (＝eliminate, become free of, remove) : 제거하다

You must get rid of your bad habit.  (너의 나쁜 습관을 없애야 한다.)

220. get the better of (＝defeat) : 이기다

He always gets the better of his opponents.  (그는 항상 그의 적수들에게 이긴다.)

221. get through with (＝finish) : 끝마치다

As soon as I get through with my work, I will join you.

(내 일을 끝마치자마자 너와 합류하겠어.)

222. get tired of (＝become weary of) : 싫증나다

I got tired of my monotonous life.  (나는 단조로운 생활에 싫증이 났다.)

223. get to (＝reach, arrive at) : 도착하다

He will get to Busan tomorrow morning.

224.  give birth to, bear, produce  --생산하다, 낳다.

She gave birth to a girl-baby last week.

225. give forth (＝radiate) : ～을 발산하다

The diamond gives forth all colors of the rainbow.

(다이아몬드는 무지개의 모든 색을 발산한다.)

226. give in (＝hand in ; surrender, yield, collapse) : 제출하다 ; 굴복하다, 무너지다

He will not give in except on fair terms.  (그는 공평한 조건이 아니면 양보하지 않을 것이다.)

227. give oneself to (＝devote oneself to) : 몰두하다

He gave himself to the work body and soul.  (그는 몸과 마음을 다해 그 일에 전념했다.)

228. give one's regards to, remember one to  --에게 안부 전하다.

Give my best to your parents.  =Give my regards to your parents.

=(Please,) say hello to your parents.  (당신 부모님께 안부 전해 주세요.)

229. give out (＝wear out, distribute)  (힘이)다하다, 배부하다

The teacher gave out the examination papers.   (선생님이 시험지를 나눠주셨다.)

230. give place to (＝be succeeded by) : ～와 교대하다

Now that the exam is at hand, play must give place to work.

(시험이 다가왔기 때문에 놀이는 공부와 교대하여야 한다.)

231. give rise to (＝cause) : 일으키다

These words will give rise to suspicion.  (이 말은 의심을 일으킬 것이다.)

232. give up (＝abandon, desert, forsake; surrender, ) : 포기하다 ; 굴복하다

You should give up smoking and drinking.   (당신은 흡연과 음주를 금해야 한다.)

233. give way (＝break down, retreat) : 무너지다, 물러나다

The ice gave way and they all fell into the water.

(얼음이 무너져서 그들은 모두 물속에 빠졌다.)

234. go off  --폭발하다(explode), 갑자기 떠나다(leave suddenly), 부패하다(go bad)

The firecracker went off with a bang. (폭죽)

He went off without saying goodbye to anyone.

He went off like a shot. (그는 쏜살같이 달려갔다.)

235. go on (＝continue) : 계속하다

He is gone, but this work goes on.  (그는 갔지만 이 일은 계속된다.)

236. go over  --반복하다(repeat), 검사하다(examine).

Let's go over this lesson again.

We should like to go over the house before deciding to rent it.

Would you go over my composition?   (제 작문 좀 검토해 주실래요?)

237. go through (＝suffer, experience) : (고통을)겪다, 경험하다

The country has gone through too many wars.  (그 나라는 너무 많은 전쟁을 겪었다.)

238. be good at (=be quick at)  (↔be poor at) : ～에 능숙하다

He is good at tennis.

239. be good for nothing : 아무짝에도 소용없다

He is good for nothing. (그는 쓸모없는 사람이다.)

240. hand down (＝bequeath, pass by tradition․inheritance) : 유산으로 남기다

The story was handed down to posterity. (그 이야기는 후손에게 전해졌다.)

241. hand in (＝turn in) : 제출하다

Each student has to hand in a composition once a week.

(모든 학생은 일주일에 한번 작문을 제출해야 한다.)

242. hand in hand (＝holding hands) : 손을 마주잡고, 제휴하여

They walked away hand in hand with each other.  (그들은 서로 손을 잡고 걸었다.)

243. hand over (＝give control of, transfer; give over) : 넘겨주다, 양도하다

He handed over all his property to his son.  (그는 모든 재산을 아들에게 양도했다.)

244. happen to (＝chance to, have the fortune of) : 우연히 ～하다

I happened to be out when he called at my house.

(그가 내 집을 방문했을 때, 공교롭게도 나는 외출했다)

245. have a good opinion of : ～을 좋게 생각하다

I have a good opinion of the man. (나는 그 남자를 좋게 생각한다.)

246. have a mind to (＝feel inclined to, be disposed to ) : ～하고 싶다

I have a mind to take a short walk along the beach.

(해변을 따라 잠깐 산책을 하고 싶다.)

247. have a taste for  --취미가 있다, 좋아하다(=have a liking for)

She seems to have acquired a taste for alcohol.  (그 여자는 술맛을 알게 된 것 같습니다.)

248. have an ear for : ～에 대한 감상력이 있다

She has an ear for music.  (그녀는 음악을 감상할 줄 안다.)

249. have an idea of (＝know) : ～을 알다

I have a rough idea of it. (나는 그것을 대충 알고 있다.)

250. have done with (＝finish, complete) : ～을 끝내다

I will go out when I have done with my homework.  (내가 숙제를 마치면 외출하겠다.)

251. have nothing to do with (＝have no dealings with) : ～과 관계가 없다

I have nothing to do with the incident.   ( 나는 그 사건과 관계가 없다.)

252. have on (＝wear) : 입고 있다

He has a blue coat on.  ( 그는 푸른색 코트를 입고 있다.)

253. have one's own way (＝get or do what one wants) : 마음대로 하다

She had her own way in everything.  (그녀는 모든 것에 자기 마음대로 한다.)

254. have the best of it (＝win) : 이기다

Although Carl put up a good fight, his opponent had the best of it.

(카알이 비록 선전했지만, 상대가 이겼다.)

255. have to do with (＝be concerned with) : ～와 관계가 있다

We have to do with the facts, not theories.

(우리는 이론이 아니라, 그 사실과 관계가 있어.)

256. hear from (＝receive news from) : 소식을 받다

How often do you hear from your brother in America?

(당신은 미국에 있는 형으로부터 얼마나 자주 소식을 받습니까?)

257. hear of (＝know by hearsay) : ～에 관해 소문을 듣다

I have heard of his illness.   (나는 그가 아프다는 소문을 들었다.)

258. help oneself to (＝take without asking or being asked) : 맘껏 들다, 마음껏 가져가다

Please help yourself to anything you like.  (당신이 원하는 것은 아무거나 맘껏 드세요.)

Help yourself to the book.

Help yourself. 드세요. 맘껏 드세요. =Be my guest.

259. hit on (＝come upon, occur to) : 우연히 만나다, 생각나다

I have hit upon a good idea.  (나는 우연히 좋은 생각이 떠올랐다.)

260. hold good (＝remain valid, be effective) : 유효하다

The rule does not always hold good. (이 규칙은 항상 유효한 것은 아니다.)

261. hold on (＝wait, continue, keep one's grip on) : 기다리다, 계속하다, 꼭 붙잡다

We held on our journey in spite of the storm.  (우리는 폭풍에도 불구하고 여행을 계속했다.)

262. hold out (＝offer, resist) : 내밀다, 저항하다

How long can the enemy hold out?   (적이 얼마나 오래 버틸 수 있을까?)

263. hold up  --지연시키다(delay), 멈추게 하다(stop), 강탈하다

hold up; (=support, rob) 지지하다, 강탈하다

I will hold up your rights. They held up the bank.

264. hold over  --연기하다(defer, postpone, delay, adjourn)

put off; (=hold over, postpone) 연기하다

Never put off till tomorrow what you can do today.

265. ill at ease (＝uncomfortable) : 불안한

I am ill at ease about it. (나는 그것에 대해 불안하다.)

266. in a degree (＝in some degree) : 조금은, 어느 정도

He is angry in a degree. (그는 다소 화가 나 있다.)

267. in a measure (＝in a certain degree) : 어느 정도

Goodness in some measure implies wisdom.  (선행은 어느 정도 지혜를 포함한다.)

268. in a little while (＝soon) : 곧

I will be back in a little while.  (나는 곧 돌아오마.)

269. in a sense : 어떤 의미에 있어서

What you say is true in a sense.    (네가 말하는 것은 어떤 의미로는 사실이다.)

270. in the way : 방해가 되는

The desk is in the way. (그 책상은 방해가 된다.)

271. in a word (＝briefly, to sum up) : 간단히 말해서

In a word he lacked will power.  (한 마디로, 그는 의지력이 부족했다.)

272. in accord with (＝agree with) : ～와 일치하여

I am glad to find myself in accord with your view.

(나는 당신의 견해와 같다는 것을 알게 되어 기쁩니다.)

273. in accordance with (＝according to) : ～에 따라서

In accordance with custom, they bowed to their teacher.

(관례에 따라, 그들은 선생님께 절을 했다.)

274. in addition to (＝as well as) : ～뿐만 아니라, 부가하여

In addition to that sum he still owes me $50.

(그 금액 외에도 그는 내게 아직도 50달러 빚이 있다.)

275. in advance (＝before) : 미리, 사전에

Send your luggage in advance. (너의 짐을 미리 보내라.)

276. in all (＝altogether) : 모두 합해서

The guests numbered twelve in all.   (손님들은 모두 합해 12명이었다.)

277. in behalf of (＝in the interest of, in one's behalf) : ～을 위하여

He fought in behalf of a good cause.   (그는 대의명분을 위해 싸웠다.)

on behalf of-, on one's behalf, as the representative of-  --대신하여

278. in case of (＝in the event of) : ～의 경우에

In case of my not being there, ask her to help you.

(내가 거기 없을 경우에, 그녀에게 도와 달라고 부탁해라.)

279. be in charge of (＝be responsible for) : ～을 책임지다

I am in charge of the third-year class.  (제가 3학년 담임입니다.)

280.  in company with, together with  --과 함께

He came in company with a group of boys.

281.  in consequence of; (=as a result of) ~의 결과로서

The river flooded in consequence of the heavy rainfall.

282. in consideration of (＝paying thoughtful attention to) :～을 고려하여

In consideration of his previous conduct, the boy wasn't punished severely.

(그의 이전 선행을 고려하여, 심하게 처벌받지는 않았다.)

283. in contact with (＝in touch with) : ～와 접촉하다

Our troops were in contact with the enemy.   (우리 군대는 적과 접전했다.)

284. in course of (＝in process of) : ～하는 과정에

The ship is now in course of construction.   (그 배는 지금 건조 중이다.)

285. in detail (＝at length) : 상세히(文尾) →文頭에서는 “드디어”

There is no time to explain in detail.  (자세히 설명할 시간이 없다.)

286. in fact (＝really, as a matter of fact) : 사실

Great Britain is a republic in fact.  (대영 제국은 사실상 공화국이다.)

287. in favor of (＝in support of, in behalf of) : ～에 찬성하여, ～을 위하여

I am in favor of the proposition.  (나는 그 제안에 찬성했다.)

288. in general (＝as a rule, usually) : 대개

In general he is a satisfactory student.  (대체로 그는 괜찮은 학생이다.)

289. in honor of (＝in celebration of) : ～에게 경의를 표하여, ～을 기념하여

This monument was built in honor of the founder.

(이 기념비는 설립자를 기념하여 세워졌다.)

290. in itself (＝in its own nature) : 그 자체로는

It is harmless in itself. (그것은 그 자체로는 해가 없다.)

291. in nine cases out of ten : 십중팔구

In nine cases out of ten he won't come here.  (십중팔구 그는 여기 오지 않을 거야.)

292. in no time (＝very quickly) : 즉시

Let me know in no time when he comes. (그가 오면 즉시 내게 알려 다오.)

293. in one's place (＝in place of, instead of) : ～대신에

I will attend the meeting in his place. (나는 그 대신에 모임에 참석할 거야.)

294. in other words (＝that is to say, namely) : 즉, 다시 말해서

He became, in other words, a great hero.   (그는 다시 말해서 위대한 영웅이 되었다.)

295. in particular (＝especially) : 특히

I remember one man in particular.  (나는 특히 한 사람을 기억한다.)

296. in person : 본인 자신이, 몸소

You had better go and speak to him in person. (네가 그에게 몸소 가서 말하는 것이 나을 거야.)

297. in place of (＝in one's place, instead of) : ～대신에

Plant a willow tree in place of this dead pine.  (이 죽은 소나무 대신에 버드나무를 심어라.)

298. in practice (＝in fact, actually) : 사실상

It is not so easy in practice as in theory. (그것은 사실상 이론처럼 그렇게 쉽지는 않다.)

299. in praise of  : ～을 칭찬하여

Everybody was loud in praise of him. (모두가 그를 큰 소리로 칭찬하였다.)

300. in preference to (＝prefer to) : ～보다 우선하여, ～보다 차라리

I will choose death in preference to dishonor.  (나는 불명예보다 차라리 죽음을 선택하겠다.)

301. in private (＝privately, not in public) : 개인적으로, 내밀히

I have a word for you in private. (너에게 개인적으로 할 말이 있어.)

302. in process of (＝under) : ～하는 과정에

The bridge is in process of construction. (그 다리는 건설 중에 있다.)

303. in proportion as[to] (＝relative to) : ～에 비례하여

A man will succeed in proportion as he preserves.  (사람은 인내하는 것에 비례하여 성공한다.)

304. in public  : 공개적으로

It is a good rule to blame in private, and praise in public.

(개인적으로는 비난하고, 공개적으로 칭찬하는 것은 좋은 관례이다.)

305. in pursuit of (＝pursuing, seeking) : ～을 추구하여

We are all in pursuit of happiness.  (우리 모두는 행복을 추구한다.)

306. in quest of, in search of,  go after, go for, --을 찾아서

They explored the desert in quest of buried treasure. 그들은 매장된 보물을 찾아 사막을 탐험했다.

307. in reality (＝really) : 사실

He is a king in name, but not in reality.  (그는 명목상으로만 왕이지, 실제로는 그렇지 않다.)

308. in regard to (＝with regard to, in respect to) : ～에 관하여

You have no choice in regard to this matter. (너는 이 일에 대해서는 선택권이 없다.)

309. in relation to, in respect to, with regard to, about  --관하여

in(or with) relation to; (=in(or with) reference to) ~에 관련하여

You must see the part in relation to the whole.

310. in respect of (＝in regard to) :  ～에 관하여

In respect of that there is nothing to be said. (그것에 관해서는 들을 게 전혀 없다.)

311. in response to  -에 응하여, 답하여

The development of electronic commerce should be led primarily by the private sector        in response to market forces. (전자상거래의 개발은 시장원리에 따라 민간부문에 의해서 주도되어야 한다.)

312. in return for (＝as repayment for) : ～의 보답으로

He gave us many things in return for our service. 그는 우리 봉사의 보답으로 많은 것들을 주었다.

313. in search of (＝searching for) : ～을 찾아서

We started in search of the lost child. (우리는 잃어버린 아이를 찾아서 출발했다.)

314. in short (＝to sum up briefly, in a few words) : 간단히 말해서

In short, he is a man of great ability. (간단히 말해서, 그는 대단히 유능한 사람이다.)

315. in sight (＝able to be seen) : 보이는  □ out of sight

We came in sight of land at dawn. (우리는 새벽에 육지가 보이는 곳에 왔다.)

316. in spite of (＝notwithstanding, for all) : ～에도 불구하고

She started in spite of the heavy rain.  (그는 호우에도 불구하고 출발했다.)

317. instead of (＝in place of) : ～대신에

You should be out instead of sitting in on such a fine day.

(너는 이렇게 좋은 날씨에 안에 있지 말고 나가야 한다.)

318.  in store  --준비해 둔(kept ready for use), 운명 지어진, 닥쳐올

What do you have in store for me?  (저를 위해 무슨 계획을 가지고 있습니까?)

319.  in succession (＝continually) : 계속하여

The ghost appeared for three nights in succession. (유령이 사흘 밤 동안 계속하여 나타났다.)

320. in terms of (＝by means of, from the standpoint of) : ～에 의하여, ～의 견지에서

He expressed his idea in terms of action.   (그는 행동에 의해 자신의 생각을 표현했다.)

321. in the cause of (＝for the sake of) : ～을 위하여

He worked in the cause of world peace.  (그는 세계 평화를 위해 일했다.)

322. in the distance : 멀리서

A spire was seen in the distance.  (첨탑이 멀리서 보였다.)

323. in the event of (＝in case of) : ～할 경우에

In the event of his not coming, let us start leaving him behind.

(그가 오지 않을 경우에, 그를 뒤에 남겨 두고 출발하자.)

324. in the face of (＝in spite of, in the presence of) : ～에도 불구하고, ～의 면전에서

She did so in the face of her mother's refusal. 그녀는 어머니의 거절에도 불구하고 그렇게 했다.

325. in the first place (＝first of all, to begin with) : 우선

You must read the book in the first place. (너는 우선 그 책을 먼저 읽어야 한다.)

326. in the long run (＝ultimately, after all) : 결국

Honesty pays in the long run.  (정직함은 결국 이득이 된다.)

327. in the presence of (＝in front of) : ～의 면전에서, ～의 앞에서

It is rude to yawn in the presence of others.  다른 사람들 앞에서 하품하는 것은 실례가 된다.

328. in the teeth of (＝despite, in spite of) : ～에도 불구하고

He took his own way in the teeth of my advice. 그는 내 충고에도 불구하고 자기 마음대로 했다.

329. in time (＝sooner or later, early enough) : 머지않아, 시간에 맞게

You are sure to succeed in the work in time. (너는 언젠가는 그 일에 틀림없이 성공한다.)

on time  --정각에(not late, punctually)

330.  in token of  (= as evidence of)  --증거로, 표시로

I sent him a present in token of gratitude.

331. in touch with (＝in contact with) : ～와 접촉하여, ～에 뒤떨어지지 않다

We should keep more in touch with world developments.

(우리는 세상의 발전에 뒤떨어지지 않아야 한다.)

332. in truth (＝in fact, really) : 정말, 참으로

Without her, in truth, I should have but little advanced in my work.

(그녀가 없었다면, 사실, 나는 내 일에 향상이 거의 없었을 것이다.)

333. in turn (＝in succession) : 차례로

I will hear you all in turn.   (나는 차례로 너희 말을 들을 것이다.)

334. in vain (＝without the desired result) : 헛되이

It was in vain that we protested. (우리가 항의했지만 헛일이었다.)

335. in view of (＝considering, in the range of vision) : ～의 견지에서, ～이 보이는 곳에

In view of recent development we don't think this step advisable.

(최근의 발전에 비추어 볼 때, 우리는 이번 조치가 현명하다고 생각지 않는다.)

336. in virtue of (＝by means of, because of) : ～의 힘으로, ～에 의하여

The Spaniards, in virtue of the first discovery, claimed all America as their own.

(스페인인들은 최초의 발견을 이유로, 전 아메리카 대륙을 그들 소유라고 주장했다.)

337. in want of (＝for lack of, in need of) : ～이 결핍하여, ～이 필요하여

Are you in want of anything? (어떤 것이 부족합니까?)

338. inquire after (＝ask about one's health) : 안부를 묻다

I inquired after his health. (나는 그의 건강에 대해 안부를 물었다.)

339. inquire into (＝investigate, examine) : 조사하다

We must inquired into the merits of the case. (우리는 그 사건의 시비를 조사해야 한다.)

inquire of, ask  --질문하다

340. into the bargain (＝besides, as well) : 덤으로, 그 위에

I have a headache and a cough into the bargain.  (나는 두통이 있고, 게다가 기침도 난다.)

341. judging from (＝if we judge from) : ～으로 판단컨대

Judging from his appearance, he must be a cheat. 그의 외모로 판단컨대, 그는 사기꾼임에 틀림없다.

342. do one justice  : ～를 공평히 평가하다

To do him justice, he is a good-natured man.  (공평하게 판단하면, 그는 선량한 사람이다.)

343. keep abreast of(with) (＝keep up with) : ～와 보조를 맞추다

We must read the papers to keep abreast of the times.

(우리는 시대의 흐름에 맞추기 위하여 신문을 읽어야 한다.)

344.  keep an eye on, watch, guard  --지키다, 감시하다

Keep an eye on my suitcase while I buy my ticket.

Could you please keep an eye on my baby?  우리 아이 좀 잠깐 봐주시겠어요?

345. keep company with (＝be friendly with) : ～와 친히 사귀다

Don't keep company with such a mean fellow.  (그런 야비한 녀석과 사귀지 말아라.)

346.  keep in mind, bear in mind, remember  --명심하다

Keep in mind that time is money.

347.  keep in touch with  --접촉을 유지하다(continue in communication with)

348.  keep in contact with  --연락을 유지하다

keep from, abstain from, refrain from  --삼가다, 피하다

I'll keep in touch with you.      당신하고 계속 연락할게요.

349.  keep one's temper (화를 참다)  ;  lose one's temper(화를 내다)

350.  keep one's word (＝keep one's promise) : 약속을 지키다

She promised, and she has kept her word.   (그녀는 약속을 했으며, 약속을 지켰다.)

351.  keep track of, keep in touch with  --놓치지 않다, 따르다

lose track of, lose touch with  --놓치다, 따르지 못하다

352.  keep up with, keep pace with, keep abreast of(with) -에 따라가다, 에 뒤지지 않다

I tried to keep up with the times.

Keep up with the program.    뒷다리 긁지 마.

Wake up and smell the coffee.  뒷다리 긁지 마.

You can't keep up with the Joneses.(세상/인근 사람들). 뱁새가 황새를 따라가면 가랑이가 찢어진다.

353.  know A from B (＝tell[distinguish] A from B) : A와 B를 구별하다

They are twins and it is difficult to know one from the other.

(그들은 쌍둥이여서 서로 구별하기가 힘들다.)

354.  know -- by sight  --안면이 있다

I know him by sight but his name doesn't ring a bell.  얼굴은 알지만 이름은 기억나지 않아

I know him by sight.  나는 그를 얼굴만 알고 있습니다.

355.  later on (＝afterwards) : 후에, 나중에

I will explain in detail later on. (내가 나중에 자세히 설명하겠어.)

in advance, beforehand  --미리, 먼저

356.  lay aside (＝save for future needs, lay by, put aside, save, store) : 저축하다

He is laying aside money for his old age.   (그는 노후에 대비해 돈을 저축하고 있다.)

357. lay down (＝give up, make plans) : 버리다, 계획하다

We laid down a plan for the coming holidays.  우리는 다가오는 휴일에 대한 계획을 세웠다.

358. lead to (＝go towards, result in) : ～으로 이르다, ～을 가져오다

Such an armament race can only lead to one thing－war.

(그러한 군비 경쟁은 한 가지, 즉 전쟁만을 가져올 뿐이다.)

359. learn ～ by heart (＝memorize) : 암기하다

I am trying to learn it by heart. (나는 그것을 암기하려고 노력하고 있다.)

360. learn to (＝come to) : ~을 알 수 있게 되다, ～하게 되다

You will learn to do it by and by.  (너는 머지않아 그것을 하게 될 것이다.)

361. leave off (＝no longer wear, stop) : 입지 않다, 중지하다

Where did we leave off last time?  (우리가 지난번 어디에서 중지했었니?)

362. leave out (＝omit, fail to consider) : 생략하다, 잊다

I leave out the letter ‘u' in writing ‘honor'.   (나는 ‘honor’를 쓰는데 ‘u’자를 생략한다.)

363. let alone (＝not to mention) : ～은 말할 것도 없이

He lacks necessaries, let alone luxuries.   그는 사치품은 말할 것도 없고, 필수품도 부족하다.

364. let ~ go (＝release) : 해방하다, (쥐고 있던 것을) 놓아주다

The judge let the prisoner go free with only a few words of warning.

(그 판사는 몇 마디의 경고만으로 그 죄수를 석방했다.)

365. let go of~ ; (=release) :  (쥐고 있던 것을) 놓다, 놓아 주다

Don't let go of the rope until I tell you.

366. let on; (=reveal) 비밀을 누설하다

Don't let on to Helen that we are going to the movies.

let sb in on sth┅ (비밀 따위를) 아무에게 누설하다[알려 주다]; (계획 따위에) 아무를 참가시키다.

The information is secret, but we can let him in on the secret.

367. let up; (=stop, slacken, lessen in intensity) 멈추다, 누그러지다, (폭풍우가) 자다

It has rained for three days without letting up.

368. lie in (＝consist in) : ～에 놓여 있다

The difficulty lies in the choice of men. (어려움은 사람을 선택하는 데에 있다.)

369. little (or no) better than (＝as good as, almost) : ～과 거의 비슷한

He is little better than a beggar.  (그는 거지나 다름없다.)

370. little by little (＝bit by bit) : 조금씩 조금씩

He got better little by little every day.  (그는 매일 조금씩 건강이 나아졌다.)

371. little short of (＝almost) : 거의

It was little short of a miracle. (그것은 거의 기적이었다.)

372. live on (＝have as food of diet) : ～을 먹고 살다

We Koreans live on rice.  (우리 한국인들은 쌀을 주식으로 한다.)

373. long for (＝yearn for, desire earnestly) : 갈망하다

How I long for a sight of my native place!   (얼마나 내가 고향을 보기를 갈망하는가!)

374. look after (＝take care of, seek after) : 돌보다, 찾다

She kindly looked after my children.    (그녀는 친절하게도 내 아이들을 돌보았다.)

375. look back upon (or at, on) (＝view in retrospect) : 회상하다

It is pleasant to look back on our high schools days.

(우리의 고교 시절을 회상하는 것은 즐거운 일이다.)

376. look down on (＝despise) : 멸시하다

She looks down on her husband. (그녀는 남편을 멸시한다.)

377. look for (＝search for, expect) : 찾다, 기대하다

What are you looking for?  (너는 무엇을 찾고 있니?)

378. look forward to (＝anticipate) : 고대하다

People look forward to more prosperous times. 사람들은 지금보다 더 번영된 시대를 고대한다.

379. look into (＝investigate, examine closely) : 조사하다

We must closely look into the matter.  (우리는 그 일을 면밀히 조사해야 한다.)

380. look like (＝resemble) : ～처럼 보이다

He looks just like his mother. (그는 꼭 그의 어머니를 닮았다.)

381. look on (＝be a spectator) : 방관하다

He looked on the fire with folded arms.  (그는 팔짱을 낀 채 화재를 방관했다.)

look on A as B =( regard A as B) 간주하다

382. look out (＝be careful) : 조심하다

I have warned you, so look out.  (내가 경고했으니, 주의해라.)

383. look over (＝examine, pardon) : 검사하다, 눈감아주다

I must look over the examination papers.   (나는 그 시험지를 검토해야만 한다.)

384. look to A for B (＝depend upon A for B) : A에게 B를 바라다

I do not look to you for assistance. (나는 네게 도움을 바라지 않는다.)

385. look up to (＝respect) : 존경하다

We all look up to him as an authority.  (우리 모두 그를 권위자로 존경한다.)

386. look upon A as B [＝regard A as B, consider A (as) B] : A를 B로 간주하다

I do not look on the matter as a calamity.    (나는 그 일을 불행으로 보지 않는다.)

387. lose heart (＝become discouraged) : 낙담하다

Don't lose heart because you cannot solve the problem.

(네가 그 문제를 풀 수 없다고 낙담하지 말아라.)

388. lose no time in ～ing (＝do without any hesitation) : 곧 ～하다

I shall lose no time in reading the book.   (나는 그 책을 곧 읽어 치워야 할 것이다.)

389. lose one's temper (＝get angry) : 화를 내다

He entirely lost his temper with them. (그는 그들에게 몹시 화를 냈다.)

keep one's temper  --화를 참다

390. lose oneself in (＝become engrossed in, stray) : 몰두하다, 길을 잃다

He lost himself in the novel.    (그는 소설에 몰두했다.)

391. lose sight of (＝miss, cannot be seen) : 놓치다, 안보이다

I have lost sight of Smith among the crowd.  나는 군중 속에서 Smith를 시야에서 놓치고 말았다.

catch sight of --을 발견하다

392. make a fool of (＝make an ass of, scoff, laugh at, ridicule, deride) : 조롱하다

He was going to make a fool of me in the presence of the company.

(그는 동료들이 있는 자리에서 나를 조롱하려고 했다.)

make a fool of oneself  --바보짓을 하여 남의 웃음거리가 되다.

393. make no difference to (＝be of no importance to) : 상관없다

Success or failure makes no difference to me. (성공이든 실패든 내게는 상관없다.)

make a difference to, be of importance to  --중요하다

394. make a fortune (＝earn great wealth) : 돈을 모으다

He has made a fortune by means of industry. (그는 부지런함으로 돈을 모았다.)

395. make a point of ～ing (＝make something one's rule, habit) : ～을 습관으로 하다

I make a point of attending such a meeting.  (나는 그런 모임에 항상 참석한다.)

396. make much account of (＝make much of) : ～을 중시하다

We make much account of him in our company. (우리는 그를 회사에서 중요하게 생각한다.)

397. make allowances for (＝take into consideration) : ～을 참작하다

You had better make allowances for his youth and experience.

(너는 그의 젊음과 경험 미숙을 고려해야 한다.)

398. make an effort : 노력하다

He is making a great effort to learn English.  (그는 영어를 배우기 위해 열심히 노력하고 있다.)

399. make away with (＝kill, destroy, get rid of) : 죽이다, 제거하다

He made away with himself. (그는 자살했다.)

400. make believe (＝pretend, assume) : ～체 하다

He made believe not to hear her. (그는 그녀의 말을 듣지 않는 체했다.)

401. make both ends meet (＝live within one's income) : 수지(收支)균형을 맞추다

Most of them cannot make both ends meet these days.

(그들 대부분은 요즈음 수지균형을 맞추지 못한다. = 수입이 적다.)

402. make for (＝go towards, attack, contribute) : ～으로 향해 나아가다, 공격하다,

～에 기여하다

He made for the door and tried to escape. (그는 문으로 가서 달아나려고 했다.)

403. make fun of (＝scoff, ridicule) : 비웃다, 조롱하다

High and slow, all made fun of him. (상하 귀천을 막론하고 모두가 그를 놀렸다.)

404. make good (＝succeed, compensate for, accomplish) : 성공하다, 보상하다, 수행하다

John is working hard, and I am sure he will make good in that job.

(John이 열심히 일하고 있어서 나는 그가 그 사업에서 성공하리라 확신한다.)

405. make haste (＝hasten, hurry up) : 서두르다

Make as much haste as possible, or you will be late.

(가능한 한 서둘러라, 그렇지 않으면 늦을 거야.)

406. make heads or tail of (＝understand) : 이해하다

The message was so badly written that I could not make head or tail of it.

(그 서신은 너무 서툴러서 내가 그것을 이해할 수 없었다.)

407. make light of (＝treat as of little importance, make no account of) : 경시하다

The father gave his son good advice, but the son made light of it.

(아버지가 아들에게 좋은 충고를 했지만, 아들은 그것을 경시했다.)

408. make much of (＝attach importance to, make account of) : 중요시하다

He is still made much of in his country.  (그는 아직도 그 나라에서 중요시되고 있다.)

409.  make no difference, be unimportant  --중요하지 않다.

410.  make one's way (＝proceed, succeed) : 앞으로 나아가다, 성공하다

They made their way toward the island before daybreak.

(그들은 동트기 전에 섬을 향해 나아갔다.)

411.  make oneself at home (＝feel comfortable, feel at home) : 편히 하다

Make yourself at home, and help yourself to anything you like.

412.  make out (＝understand; succeed, get on; prepare, fill in; pretend) :

이해하다, 성공하다,        작성하다, ～체 하다

I cannot make out what you want to say. (나는 네가 말하고자 하는 것을 이해할 수 없어.)

413.  make room for (＝create space for, accomplish) : ～에게 자리를 내주다

I made room for her on the sofa. (나는 그녀에게 소파에 자리를 내주었다.)

414.  make sure (＝ascertain) : 확인하다

To make sure, he shot another shot at the tiger. 확인하기 위해, 그는 호랑이에게 도 한 발을 쏘았다.

415.  make the best of (＝use well) : ～을 잘 이용하다

We had better make the best of our situation.  (우리는 우리의 상황을 잘 이용해야 한다.)

416.  make up; (=end a quarrel, invent to deceive) 화해하다, 조작하다, 화장하다

They quarrel every morning and make it up every evening.

The whole story is made up. She is very much made up.

417.  make up one's mind (＝determine) : 결심하다

He made up his mind to try it again. (그는 그것을 다시 해보기로 결심했다.)

418.  make up for (＝compensate for, atone for) : 보충하다, 보상하다

I had to work hard to make up for lost time. 나는 낭비한 시간을 보충하기 위해 열심히 공부해야 한다.

419.  make use of (＝utilize, use) : ～을 이용하다

You must make use of this good opportunity. (너는 이 좋은 기회를 이용해야 해.)

420.  manage to (＝contrive to, succeed in) : 가까스로 ～하다, 이럭저럭 ～하다

I managed to keep out of debt. (나는 가까스로 빚을 지지 않고 살았다.)

421.  matter little (＝be of little importance) : 중요하지 않다

It matters little to me who is elected. (누가 선출되는지는 내게 중요하지 않다.)

422.  meet with (＝come across, meet by chance) : 우연히 만나다

I met with him in the bus yesterday. (나는 어제 버스에서 그를 우연히 만났다.)

423.  mistake A for B (＝take A for B) : A를 B로 잘못 보다/오해하다

It is foolish to mistake means for ends.   (수단을 목적으로 잘못 아는 것은 어리석다.)

424.  more or less (＝about, somewhat) : 약, 다소

All crowns are more or less crowns of thorns.

(모든 왕관은 다소 가시 면류관이다. =높고 귀한 자리도 고난이 있는 것이다.)

425. more often than not (＝as often as not, very frequently) : 흔히, 대개

More often than not, he had to go there in person. 빈번히 그는 스스로 거기에 가야만 했다.

426.  never fail to, be sure to  --틀림없이 하다

My sister never fails to write home once a month.

My grandfather is an early riser ; he never fails to get up at five every morning.

427.  no better than (＝as good as) : ～과 다름없는

He is no better than a beggar. (그는 거지나 다름없다.)

428. no longer (＝not～any longer) : 이미 ～이 아닌

He is gone; he is no longer here with us. 그는 갔다, 그는 이미 이곳에 우리와 함께 있지 않다.

429. none the less (＝nevertheless) : 그럼에도 불구하고

I love him none the less for his faults. (나는 그의 결점에도 불구하고 그를 사랑한다.)

430. not a few (＝quite a few, many) : 적지 않은

Not a few people made the same mistake. (적지 않은 사람들이 똑같은 실수를 저질렀다.)

431. not always (＝not necessarily) : 반드시 ～은 아니다

The strongest men do not necessarily live the longest.

(아무리 강한 사람일지라도 가장 오래 사는 것은 아니다.)

432. not to mention (＝not to speak of, to say nothing of) : ～은 말할 것도 없이

He does not know English, not to mention French. 그는 불어는 말할 것도 없이, 영어도 모른다.

433. not to say  : ～라고 할 정도는 아니지만

It is warm, not to say hot.  (덥다고 할 정도는 아니지만, 따뜻하다.)

434. not to speak of (＝not to mention, to say nothing of) : ～은 말할 것도 없이

She can dance, not to speak of singing.  (그녀는 노래는 물론이고 춤도 출 수 있다.)

435. nothing but (＝only) : 겨우, ～뿐

Write nothing but the address on this side.  (이 쪽 면에 주소만 써라.)

nothing but, only, no more than  --단지 --에 지나치지 않는

He is nothing but a child.

436. now and again(then) (＝occasionally, from time to time) : 이따금

I hear from him now and then. (나는 이따금 그로부터 소식을 듣는다.)

437. now that (＝since) : 이제  ～이니까

Now that you are well again, you can travel. (너는 이제 다시 건강해졌으니까, 여행할 수 있어.)

438. be obliged to (＝be compelled to, be bound to, be forced to) : ～하지 않을 수 없다

I am obliged to do it against my will.  (나는 본의 아니게 그것을 하지 않을 수 없었다.)

be obliged to 사람 for 사물  : ~에게 ..에 대해서 감사하다

I am much obliged for the ride. 태워 주셔서 참으로 고맙습니다

439. of consequence (＝of importance, of account) : 중요한

He is a man of consequence in his village. (그는 자기 마을에서 중요한 사람이다.)

440. of course  : 물론

His parents were only laboring people, and of course poor.

(그의 부모는 노동꾼에 불과했다, 물론 그래서 가난했다.)

441.  of importance, of account, of moment, of significance, of consequence : --중요한

of no importance, of no account, of no moment, of no significance, of no consequence                                                               --중요치 않은, 사소한

It is not who is right, but what is right, that is of importance.

중요한 것은 누가 정당하느냐가 아니고 무엇이 정당하느냐다. -Thomas H. Huxley

442. of late (＝lately, recently) : 최근에

I have heard nothing from him of late. (나는 최근에 그로부터 아무 소식도 못 들었다.)

443. of necessity (＝necessarily) : 필연적으로

It must of necessity be so.  (그것은 필연적으로 그럴 수밖에 없다.)

444. of one's own accord, voluntarily, of itself, spontaneously --자발적으로, 저절로

445. of one's own choice (＝by one's own wish[accord]) : 자기가 좋아서

She married him of her own choice. (그녀는 자기가 좋아서 그와 결혼했다.)

446. of service (＝helpful) : 도움이 되는

I shall be happy to be of any service to you. (내가 너에게 어떤 도움이 되면 기쁘겠는데.)

447. of use (＝useful) : 유용한

It will be of some use in the future. (그것은 미래에 다소 유용하게 될 것이다.)

448. off and on (＝irregularly, occasionally,  once in a while, now and then): 간간이, 때때로

It has been raining off and on. (비가 간간이 오고 있다.)

449.  off duty (＝not engaged in one's regular work, free from duty) : 비번(非番)의

He is off(on) duty. (그는 비번(당번)이다.)

450.  off hand, at once, immediately  --즉시

on hand  --가지고 있는(in one's possession), --이용 할 수 있는 (available).

I can't think of it off hand.  생각이 얼른 떠오르지 않네요.

451.  on account of (＝because of) : ～때문에

On account of his illness, he could not join us. 그는 병 때문에 우리와 합류하지 못했다.

452. on and on (＝without stopping, continuously) : 계속하여

On and on the tide of progress and freedom flowed.  계속해서 진보와 자유의 물결이 밀려들었다.

453. on behalf of (＝ ) : ～을 대표하여

On behalf of the company, I welcome you. (회사를 대표하여 제가 당신을 환영합니다.)

454. on duty (＝engaged in one's regular work) : 당번(當番)의

He goes on duty at 8 a.m. and comes off duty at 5 p.m.

(그는 오전 8시에 당번으로 출근하고, 오후 5시에 비번으로 퇴근한다.)

455. on end (＝continuously, continually, upright) : 계속하여, 똑바로

We stood there for three hours on end.  (우리는 계속하여 3시간 동안 거기에 서 있었다.)

456. on foot  : 도보로

It takes about fifteen minutes on foot. (걸어서 약 15분 걸린다.)

457. on good terms with (＝be friendly with, on friendly terms with) : ～와 사이가 좋은

They are on good terms with each other. (그들은 서로 사이가 좋다.)

on bad terms with  --과 사이가 나쁜

458. on hand (＝in one's possession) : 보유하여 □ at hand : 바로 가까이

I have no cash on hand.   (나는 수중에 현금이 없다.)

I have no money on me.  (구어) 돈을 갖고 있지 않다(‘주머니 속 등에’의 뜻).

I have no money with me. (나는 돈이 통장에 없다.)

The great day is off hand. (최후의 심판 날이 바로 가까이 왔다.)

459. on no account (＝in no case, for no reason) : 결코 ～이 아닌

You must on no account go out in this storm.  너는 이런 폭풍 속에 결코 외출해서는 안된다.

460. on one's way (＝on the way) : 도중에

On my way to school, I met an old friend by chance.

(학교로 가는 도중에, 나는 우연히 옛 친구를 만났다.)

461. on purpose (＝purposely, intensionally, by design) : 일부러, 고의로

He says such a thing on purpose to annoy me. (그는 나를 괴롭히려고 고의로 그런 말을 한다.)

462. on the brink of (＝on the point of) : 막 ～하려는 차에

He was on the brink of ruin. (그는 막 파산하려는 차였다.)

463. on the contrary (＝opposite to, *to the contrary) : 그와는 반대로

You think me idle, but on the contrary I am very busy.

(너는 내가 게으르다고 생각하지만, 그 반대로 나는 매우 바쁘다.)

464. on the ground of (＝by reason of, on account of) : ～의 이유로

He resigned on the ground of illness. (그는 병을 이유로 사직했다.)

465. on the other hand (＝in the other respect) : 또 한편

He is clever, but on the other hand he makes many mistakes.

(그는 영리한 반면에 실수를 많이 저지른다.)

466. on the point of (＝on the verge of) : ～하는 순간에

The train was just on the point of starting when I got to the station.

(내가 역에 도착했을 때, 기차는 막 출발하려는 순간이었다.)

467. on the sly  --남몰래, 살짝(in secret; secretly)

비밀관련: behind one's back , behind the scenes, button one's lip, close book,

closed door, hush up, in secret, keep one's own counsel, keep under one's hat,

off the record, on the sly, under cover, under the counter (거래), under wraps

That man is really sneaky.  저 아저씨 무지 능글능글하다.

= That man is very sly. = He's a very tricky man. = That man is a sneak.

468. on the spot  --그 자리에서, 현장에서, 즉석에서(＝at the very place)

The officer was killed on the spot. (그 장교는 현장에서 살해되었다.)

469. on the whole (＝in general, generally) : 대체로

My opinion is on the whole the same as yours. (내 의견은 대체로 너의 의견과 같다.)

470. on time : 정각에

Be here tomorrow on time. (내일 정각에 여기 와라.)

471. once and again (＝over and over again, repeatedly) : 재삼, 여러 번

I have told you once and again that you must not smoke in this room.

(나는 너에게 이 방에서 담배 피워서는 안된다고 여러 번 얘기했다.)

472. once (and) for all (＝finally, decisively) : 이번 한번만, 딱부러지게

Tell him so once for all. (그에게 딱 부러지게 그렇게 말하세요.)

473. one after another (＝in turn, in succession) : 차례차례로

Houses were burnt down one after another. (집들이 차례차례로 불타 버렸다.)

474. one after the other (＝by turns, in rotation) : 교대로

They kept watch one after the other. (그들은 교대로 망을 보았다.)

475. one and all (＝everyone without exception) : 모두 한결같이

The boys, one and all, followed his example. (그 소년들은 한결같이 그의 본을 따랐다.)

476. one by one  : 하나씩

Examine them one by one. (그들을 하나씩 검사해라.)

477. only a few (＝very few) : 불과 몇

Only a few of them passed the examination. (그들 중 불과 몇 만이 시험에 합격했다.)

479. or so (＝about~, roughly~, cf. or something) : 약, ～쯤

He is fifty or so, I should think. (그는 제가 생각하기에 50쯤 되어 보이는데요.)

480. other than  : ～외에는, ～와는 다른

I do not wish her other than she is. (나는 현재의 그녀 외에는 원하지 않는다.)

481. out of date, out of fashion, old-fashioned, out of vogue  --구식의

up to date, in fashion, new-fashioned, in vogue  --유행의, 최신식의

behind the times; (=out of date) 시대에 뒤떨어진

The train is ten minutes behind time. (시간이 늦은)

The old gentleman is behind the times. (시대에 뒤진)

That idea is out of date.  그 사상은 시대에 뒤떨어진 것이다.

482. out of order (＝not in working condition) : 고장난

This watch is somewhat out of order. (이 시계는 약간 고장 났다.)

in order  --쓸 수 있는, 정돈되어 있는

Everything seems to be in order.  모든 것이 이상이 없는 것 같습니다.

483. out of sorts (＝feeling unwell) : 불쾌한

She is somewhat out of sorts this morning.   (그녀는 오늘 아침 기분이 좀 좋지 않다.)

484. out of place (＝not in the right place, unsuitable) : 부적당한, 제자리에 놓이지 않은,

Your conduct is quite out of place. (너의 행동은 매우 부적당하다.

in place  --적소에, 알맞은 (=suitable, proper, appropriate)

485. out of the question (＝impossible) : 불가능한

Retract was out of the question. (후퇴는 불가능했다.)

out of question =quite certain =beyond question (의심할 여지가 없는)

Her innocence is out of question.   (그녀의 결백은 의심할 여지가 없다.)

Her success in the entrance examination seems to be out of question.

(입학시험에서 그녀의 합격은 확실한 것 같다.)

486. out of sight (＝unable to be seen) : 안 보이는

The steamer is now out of sight. (그 기선이 지금은 보이지 않는다.)

487. over and over (again), repeatedly  거듭해서, 반복해서

Do it over and over again.   (몇 번이고 반복해서 하십시오.)

489. owing to (＝on account of, because of) : ～때문에

He could not come, owing to his illness. (그는 병 때문에 올 수 없었다.)

490. part from + 사람 (＝segregate oneself from, bid farewell to) : ～와 헤어지다

I am very sorry to part from you. (당신과 헤어지게 되어서 매우 섭섭합니다.)

491. part with + 물건 (＝give up, sell) : ～을 내놓다

He has parted with his house. (그는 자기 집을 내어놓았다.)

492. pass for (＝be accepted as, be regarded as) : ～으로 통하다

He passes for a learned man in his village. (그는 자기 마을에서 학자로 통한다.)

493. pass through (＝experience, undergo) : 경험하다, 겪다

I have passed through many troubles. (나는 많은 곤경을 경험했다.)

pass over, overlook  --용서하다(forgive), 너그럽게 보아 넘기다, 무시하다

Such an error may be passed over.

494. pay attention to (＝take note of, attend to, pay heed to) : ～에 주의하다

Please pay attention to what I say. (제가 말하는 것에 주의를 기울여 주세요.)

494. persist in (＝refuse to make any change in) : 고집하다

She persisted in going her own way. (그녀는 자기 마음대로 하겠다고 고집했다.)

495. pick out (＝choose, select) : 고르다 ; 구별하다(distinguish)

He picked out the best book. (그는 가장 좋은 책을 골랐다.)

496. picture to oneself (＝imagine) : 상상하다

Just picture to yourself the war and its horrors. (전쟁과 그 공포를 상상해 보세요.)

497. play a part (＝play a role) : 역할을 하다

Lincoln's stepmother played a great in his life.  링컨의 계모는 그의 일생에 큰 역할을 했다.

498. point out (＝indicate, draw attention to) : 지적하다

He expressly pointed out the mistake. (그는 명백하게 그 잘못을 지적했다.)

499. be possessed of (＝own, have) : 소유하다

He is possessed of great wealth. (그는 큰 재산을 가지고 있다.)

500. be possessed with (＝be controlled by) : ～에 사로잡혀 있다

He is possessed with a dangerous idea.  (그는 위험한 생각에 사로잡혀 있다.)

501. prevail on (＝persuade) : ～를 설득하다

I tried to prevail on him to stay. (나는 그가 머물도록 설득하려고 애썼다.)

502. prevent A from B (＝keep/stop/hinder A from B) : ...때문에 A는 B하지 못하다

My mother's illness prevented me from going to school.

(어머니의 병 때문에 나는 학교에 가지 못했다.)

503. pride oneself on (＝be proud of, take pride in) : ～을 자랑하다

He prides himself on his ability. (그는 자기의 능력을 자랑한다.)

504. prior to (＝previously, earlier than, antecedent to) : ～의 이전의

I called on him prior to my departure. (나는 출발에 앞서 그를 방문했다.)

505. provide for (＝support, do what is necessary) : 부양하다, 대비하다

They provide for contingencies. (그들은 불의의 사고에 대비한다.)

provide against; (=take steps to guard against) 대비하다

It is wise to provide against the days of want.

506. provided (that) (＝If) : 만약 ～하면

I will pardon him provided that he acknowledges his fault.

(만약 그가 자기 잘못을 인정한다면 나는 그를 용서하겠다.)

507.  put an end to (=stop) --끝내다(end), 그만두다

Diplomatic dialogue helped put an end to the conflict.

(외교적인 대화로 그 분쟁에 종지부를 찍을 수 있었다.)

508. put into practice (＝do exercise, bring in practice) : 실시하다

It is very difficult to put it into practice. (그것을 실행하는 것은 매우 어렵다.)

509. put off (＝hold over, postpone, hold over, delay, adjourn  -) : 연기하다

Never put off till tomorrow what can be done today.  오늘 할 일을 내일까지 미루지 말아라.

510. put on (＝wear) : 입다

She put on a beautiful coat and looked charming.

(그녀는 아름다운 코트를 입어서 매력적으로 보였다.)

511. put on airs (＝give oneself airs) : 잘난 체 하다

He puts on high airs with his learning. (그는 자기 학식에 대해 매우 잘난 체 한다.)

512. put out (＝extinguish) : 불을 끄다

Water is used to put the fire out. (물은 불을 끄는데 사용된다.)

put out  --내놓다, 발표하다(issue), 끄다(extinguish), 생산하다(produce)

It is against the law to put out advertisement that misleads the public.

대중을 오도하는 광고를 내는 것은 위법이다.

513. put to use (＝use) : 사용하다

Every moment may be put to some use. (모든 순간은 어느 정도 이용될 수 있다.)

514. put up at (＝take food and lodging at, stay at, lodge at) : ～에 숙박하다

He put up at the hotel on the way. (그는 도중에 그 호텔에 묵었다.)

515. put up with (＝endure, bear, tolerate, stand) : 참다

I cannot put up with his insolence any longer.   나는 더 이상 그의 건방진 태도를 참을 수 없다.

516.  quantities of  --많은, 다수의

517.  quarrel with  --다투다, 말다툼하다.

518.  rain cats and dogs (＝rain heavily) : 비가 억수같이 쏟아지다

It rained cats and dogs yesterday morning.  (어제 아침 비각 억수같이 쏟아졌다.)

519.  read between the lines (＝look for meaning not actually expressed) :

언외(言外)의 뜻을 읽다,    행간을 읽다. --숨겨진 뜻을 읽다

Diplomatic messages have to be read between the lines.

(외교 문서는 행간의 숨은 뜻을 읽어야 한다.)

520.  read through (＝read from beginning to end) : 통독(通讀)하다

I read through the book.  (나는 그 책을 통독했다.)

521.  ready to +동사 (＝willing to) : 기꺼이 ～하는

I am ready to undertake any work.  (나는 어떤 일이든 맡을 각오가 되어 있다.)

be ready(prepared) for 명사  --할 각오가 되어있다

be ready(prepared) to 동사  --기꺼이 하다(be willing to), (be apt to)  하기 쉽다

522.  refer to (＝speak of, ascribe to) : 언급하다, ～의 탓으로 돌리다

The subject has been referred to in the preface. (그 문제는 서문에 언급되어 있었다.)

523.  reflect on; (=think over) 심사숙고하다

Reflect on all I have said to you.

524. refrain from (＝abstain from) : ～을 삼가다

You should refrain from judging others hastily. 너는 남들을 경솔하게 판단하는 것을 삼가야 한다.

525. regard A as B (＝consider[look upon; think of] A as B) : A를 B로 간주하다

Regard your enemy as your benefactor.  (너의 적을 은인으로 생각하여라.)

526. regardless of (＝without regard to) : ～에 개의치 않고, ～에 아랑곳 않고, ~에 관계없이

I shall go regardless of the weather.  (나는 날씨와 상관없이 가겠다.)

527. rely on (＝depend on, trust, rest on, be dependent upon) : ～에 의존하다, 믿다

You rely too much on others. (너는 너무 다른 사람들에게 의존한다.)

528. remind A of B (＝put A in mind of B) : A에게 B를 생각나게 하다

She reminds me of my mother. (그녀를 보면 나는 어머니가 생각난다.)

529. resign oneself to (＝accept without complaint) : ～을 체념하여 받아들이다

He resigned himself to his fate. (그는 자신의 운명에 체념했다.)

530. resort to (＝go often, make use of for help) : 자주 드나들다, ～에 의지하다

People resort to the seaside in summer. (사람들은 여름에 해변에 자주 간다.)

531. respond to  --반응하다(react to), 영향을 받다(be affected by)

Consequently, we will not respond to further correspondence on this matter.

따라서 이 건에 관한 서신에는 더 이상 응답하지 않겠습니다.

The subject is too sensitive to respond to openly.

그 문제가 너무 민감해서 공개적으로 대응할 수 없다.

532. rest on (＝depend on) : ～에 의존하다, ～에 달려 있다

All knowledge rests on experience. (모든 지식은 경험에 달려 있다.)

533. result from (＝happen from, come from, be caused by) : 결과로서 ～이 생기다

His success resulted from his diligence. (그의 성공은 근면의 결과이다.)

534. result in (＝bring about, lead to, end in) : 결국 ～이 되다

His diligence resulted in his success.  (그의 부지런함이 성공을 가져왔다.)

535. rid A of B (＝remove) : A에게서 B를 제거하다

A cat will rid the house of the rats.  (고양이는 집에서 쥐를 제거하기 마련이다.)

536. get rid of (＝abolish, do away with) : ～을 제거하다

It took me a month to get rid of cough.  (내가 기침이 낫는데 한 달이 걸렸다.)

537. rise in the world (＝succeed in life, get on in the world) : 출세하다

He rose in the world through perseverance.  (그는 인내로 출세했다.)

538. give rise to (＝lead to) : ～을 일으키다

These words will give rise to suspicion.  (이런 말들은 의심을 야기시킬 것이다.)

539. rob A of B (＝deprive, strip) : A에게서 B를 빼앗다

A pickpocket robbed me of my purse.  (어떤 소매치기가 내 지갑을 빼앗아 갔다.)

540. root out (＝get rid of completely, exterminate) : ～을 근절하다

We must root out corrupt practices.  (우리는 부정행위를 근절해야 한다.)

541. rule out (＝exclude) : (규칙에 의해) 제외하다

The proposal was ruled out.  (그 제안은 제외되었다.)

542. run a risk (＝take a risk) : 모험하다

He ran a narrow risk of being hanged.  (그는 교수형을 당할 뻔한 모험을 했다.)

543. run across (＝meet or find unexpectedly) : 뜻밖에 만나다

I ran across my old friend of mine on my way to school yesterday.

(나는 어제 학교 가는 도중 옛 친구 한 사람을 만났다.)

544. run after (＝hunt) : ～을 뒤쫓다

He who runs after two hares will catch neither.

(두 마리 토끼를 뒤쫓는 사람은 하나도 잡을 수 없는 법이다.)

545. run against (＝run into) : 부딪치다

A drunkard ran against a pole.  (한 주정뱅이가 기둥에 부딪쳤다.)

546.  run away  --급히 떠나다(leave rapidly), 도망치다(flee; escape)

make off; (=run away) 도망치다

The cashier made off with all money in the safe.

547. run into (＝collide with, run against) : 충돌하다

The two cars ran into each other. (그 두 대의 차가 서로 충돌했다.)

548. run for, compete for  --입후보하다

I want to run for a public office. 나는 공직에 출마 할 것이다.

He'll run for president.   대통령에 출마할 것이다.

549. run out of (＝exhaust the supply of, run short of) : ～이 부족하다

I have run out of my pocket money. (나는 용돈이 떨어졌다.)

550. run over (＝read through quickly, knock down and pass over) : 훑어보다, (차가) 치다

He ran over the newspaper.  (그는 신문을 훑어보았다.)

551. run short of (＝run out of, exhaust the supply of) : ～이 부족해지다

They ran short of provisions.  (그들은 식량이 떨어졌다.)

552. safe and sound (＝safely, without accident) : 무사히

He came back safe and sound.  (그는 무사히 돌아왔다.)

553. to say nothing of (＝not to mention, not to speak of) : ～은 말할 것도 없이

He cannot speak English, to say nothing of German.

(그는 독일어는 말할 것도 없고, 영어도 할 줄 모른다.)

555. search for (or after) (＝try to find, look for, be in search of) : ～을 찾다

I am searching for my missing knife. (나는 업어진 칼을 찾는 중이다.)

556. second to none (＝not surpassed, the best) : 최고의

He is second to none in learning. (그는 학식에 있어서는 최고다.)

557. see into  (＝examine) : 조사하다

Let's see into the cause of the trouble. (그 고장의 원인을 조사해 보자.)

558. see off (＝accompany until one goes away) : 전송하다

I have been to the station to see her off.  (나는 그녀를 전송하기 위해 역에 갔다 왔다.)

559. see to (it that) (＝take care, make sure, attend to) : ～하도록 하다, 돌보다

See to it that the work is done before dark.  (어둡기 전에 그 일을 마치도록 해라.)

560. seeing that (＝considering, in view of the fact that) : ～을 고려하건대

Seeing that he is a foreigner, it is quite natural that he should not know such a matter.

(그가 외국인이라는 것을 감안할 때, 그런 일을 모른다는 것은 당연하다.)

561. send for : ～를 부르러 보내다

I am a carpenter your master sent for. (저는 당신의 주인이 보낸 목수입니다.)

562. send forth (＝produce, issue, emit) : 내다, 방출하다

The trees send forth buds in spring. (봄이 되면 나무들은 싹을 틔운다.)

563. serve one right (＝to be one's just punishment) : 당연한 벌이다

(get what one deserves), 꼴좋다, 고소하다

It serves him right to cancel his license. (그는 면허를 취소당해도 싸다.)

564. set about (＝start, set in, take steps towards) : 시작하다

You must set about your work at once. (너는 당장 네 일을 시작해야 한다.)

565. set aside (＝put on one side for future use) : 제쳐놓다, 저축하다

We must set aside some money for a rainy day.

566. set in (＝begin, start) : 시작하다

Winter has fairly set in. (겨울이 완전히 시작되었다.)

567. set out (＝set off, begin, leave) : 출발하다, 시작하다, 떠나다

He set off[out] on foot early the next morning.  그는 다음 날 아침 일찍 걸어서 출발했다.

568. set store by (＝think much of)  ～을 중히 여기다

I set great store by his friendship.  (나는 그의 우정을 소중히 여긴다.)

569. set up (＝establish, build) : 설립하다

He managed to set up a factory. (그는 가까스로 공장을 하나 설립했다.)

560. settle down (＝fix one's home somewhere permanently) : 정착하다

(=become calm and peaceful)  가라앉다

He settled down in a little cottage. (그는 작은 오두막집에 정착했다.)

561. share in (＝have a share in) : ～을 분담하다

I am glad to share with you in your distress.  (나는 네 고민을 함께 나누게 되어 기쁘다.)

562.  share A with B  --A를 B와 함께 쓰다, 가지다, 공동으로 가지다.

Will you share with us some of your experiences?

저희에게 당신의 경험 몇 가지를 말씀해 주시겠습니까?

I shared the boarding room with him in my school days.

학창 시절에 나는 그 사람과 하숙방을 같이 썼어요.

563. (fall/come) short of (＝insufficient) : ～이 부족한

It is far short of one million. (그것은 백만이 훨씬 부족하다.)

564.  show off (＝make a vain display of) : 자랑하다

He always shows off his abilities. (그는 늘 자기의 능력을 과시한다.)

565.  show up (=turn up, appear, make an appearance)  --나타나다, 출석하다

Not one student showed up for the meeting.

She didn't show up.  그녀는 나오지 않았어.

566. sick of (＝tired of, weary of) : ～에 싫증이 난

She is sick of her monotonous life.  (그녀는 단조로운 생활에 싫증이 났다.)

567. side by side (＝close together) : 나란히

They sat side by side with each other. (그들은 서로 나란히 앉았다.)

568. sit for (＝take an exam for) : 시험을 치르다

He has become eligible to sit for the examination. (그는 시험을 치를 자격이 되었다.)

569. sit up (＝not go to bed) : 늦게까지 앉아 있다

I sat up late into the night to study. (나는 공부하기 위해 밤늦도록 앉아 있었다.)

570. slow down  --속력을 낮추다

"Slow down, please." 천천히 좀 가 주세요.(승객이 운전사에게)

571. so-called, what is called, what you call  --소위, 이른바, 말하자면

This computer is, as it were, the nervous system of the company.

It's what they call a "masterpiece".   이것은 소위 '걸작'이라는 것입니다.

He is, what we call, a walking dictionary.

572.  so far (＝up to now) : 지금까지

This is the best I have so far seen. (이것은 지금까지 내가 본 것 중 가장 좋다.)

573.  so to speak (＝as it were, so to say, as one might say) : 말하자면

He is, so to speak, a grown-up baby.

(그는 말하자면, 다 자란 어린애 같은 사람이다.)

574.  some time or other (＝sooner or later) : 조만간

You must learn it some time or other. (너는 조만간 그것을 배워야 한다.)

575.  sooner or later (＝whether soon or afterwards) : 조만간

War will break out sooner or later. (머지않아 전쟁이 일어날 것이다.)

576.  speak for; (=speak on behalf of) ~을 대신하여 얘기하다, --대변하다, 변호하다

Please speak for me to the director.

577.  speak ill of (=abuse)  --나쁘게 말하다, 욕하다

To speak ill of others is the fifth element. 남을 나쁘게 말하는 것은 금물이다.

Don't speak ill of others behind their backs. 그 사람이 없는 데서 그 사람을 비방하지 마라

578.  speak well of (= praise)  --칭찬하다

If you want people to think well of you, do not speak well of yourself.

남의 칭찬을 받고 싶거든, 자기 칭찬을 하지 말라. -Pascal

579.  speed up  --속도를 올리다(=accelerate, increase the speed of), 촉진시키다

Pick up your speed. =Speed up. =Step on it, please. 속력을 내십시오.

580.  stand a chance of (＝have the possibility) : ～의 가능성이 있다

He stands a good chance of winning the fight. (그는 그 싸움에서 이길 가능성이 많다.)

581.  stand by (＝support, side with somebody) : 지지하다, ～를 편들다

I will stand by you in this matter.  (이 문제에 대해서 나는 너의 편을 들겠다.)

582.  stand for (＝represent, support, tolerate) : 대표하다, 지지하다, 참다

The crown stands for royal dignity. (왕관은 왕의 존엄을 상징한다.)

583.  stand in the way (＝be in the way, cause inconvenience) : 방해가 되다

The desk stands in the way. (그 책상이 방해가 된다.)

584.  stand out (＝be prominent, continue to resist) : 눈에 띄다, 끝까지 버티다

The road sign is easy to read: the words stands out well.

(도로 표지판은 글자가 눈에 잘 띄어서 읽기가 쉽다.)

585.  stand to reason, (=be clear and logical; make sense)  --당연하다, 논리적이다

It stands to reason that if he never prepares his lessons, he is not going to make good progress.

586.  stand up for; (=defend, support) 방어하다, 지지하다, 편들다

If you don't stand up for your rights, no one else will do it for you.

587. steal away (＝go away secretly) : 몰래 사라지다

The prisoner stole away under the cover of night.  (그 죄수는 밤을 틈타 몰래 도망쳤다.)

588. step by step :  한 걸음 한 걸음

Step by step we must gain knowledge. (한 걸음씩 우리는 지식을 얻어야 한다.)

589. stick to (＝adhere to, cling to, continue persistently) : 들어붙다, 고수하다

If you stick to it, you will succeed. (네가 그 일을 꾸준히 하면, 성공할 것이다.)

590. strive for (＝try to) : ～을 얻으려고 노력하다

Mistakes are inevitable, but strive for accuracy. (실수는 불가피하지만 정확히 하려고 노력해라.)

591. be subject to (＝be liable to, be open to) : ～을 받기 쉽다

Men are subject to temptation.  (인간은 유혹을 받기 쉽다.)

592. submit to  --항복하다(surrender), 감수하다(give in)

You will have to submit to your fate whether you will or not.

당신은 싫으나 좋으나 자신의 운명에 따르지 않으면 안 될 것입니다.

593. subscribe to  --정기 구독하다

How long did you subscribe to the magazine ? (그 잡지 얼마나 오랫동안 구독하셨어요?)

I want to subscribe to the magazine.   (그 잡지를 구독하고 싶은데요.)

594. substitute A for B  : B대신 A를 쓰다, (B를 A로 대용하다, B를 A로 대체하다)

We can substitute margarine for butter. (버터 대신 마가린을 쓸 수 있다.)

595. succeed in (＝have success in) : 성공하다

He succeeded in solving the problem.  (그는 그 문제를 푸는데 성공했다.)

596. succeed to (＝become an heir to) : 계승하다, 상속하다

He succeeded to a large property left by his father.

(그는 아버지가 남겨준 많은 재산을 물려받았다.)

597. such as (＝like) : ～과 같은

Poets such as Keates are rare.  (키이츠와 같은 시인들은 드물다.)

598. such as it is; (=though it is of poor quality, of little value) 변변치 못하지만

You may use my car, such as it is.

His education, such as it is, is finished. 그의 교육은 그런 대로 끝났다.

599. suffer from (＝be troubled by) : ～으로 고생하다

He is suffering from an incurable disease. (그는 불치병으로 고생하고 있다.)

600. sum up (＝summarize, give the total of) : 요약하다, 총계를 내다

In a short sentence it may be summed up as follows.

(그것은 다음과 같은 문장으로 요약될 수 있다.)

601. supply A with B (＝furnish(or provide) A with B) : A에게 B를 공급하다

The cow supplies us with milk.  (암소는 우리에게 우유를 제공해 준다.)

602. be supposed to (＝be scheduled to, be going to) : ～할 예정이다, ~하기로 되어있다

He is supposed to arrive at five this morning. (그는 오늘 저녁 5시에 도착할 예정이다.)

603. be sure of : ～을 확신하다

He is sure of his success.  (그는 자신의 성공을 확신한다.)

604. be sure to : 틀림없이 ～하다

He is sure to succeed.  (그는 틀림없이 성공할 것이다.)

605.  switch on(off) (＝turn on(off)) : ～를 켜다(끄다)

Be sure to switch off the light when you leave the room.

(방을 떠날 때는 반드시 불을 꺼라.)

606.  sympathize with (＝feel for) : ～를 동정하다

I sympathize with you from the bottom of my heart. (나는 마음속으로부터 당신을 동정합니다.)

607.  take a break  : 잠깐 휴식하다

I think it's about time we took a break. (이제는 대략 우리가 잠깐 쉴 시간이라고 생각한다.)

608.  take a fancy (＝be fond of, take a liking) : ～을 좋아하다

I have taken a fancy to that picture. ( 나는 저 그림이 마음에 들었다.)

609.  take account of (＝allow for, take into consideration) : ～을 고려하다

You need not take much account of it.  (너는 그것을 고려할 필요가 없다.)

610.  take advantage of (＝utilize it) : 이용하다

You must not take advantage of her simplicity. (너는 그녀의 순진함을 이용해서는 안 된다)

611.  take advice (＝follow advice) : 충고를 받아들이다

He took my advice as to what he should do.

(그는 무엇을 해야할지에 대해 내 충고를 받아들였다.)

612.  take after (＝resemble) : ～를 닮다

He takes after his father. (그는 그의 아버지를 닮았다.)

613.  take back  --취소하다(retreat or withdraw), 회수하다

I will take back my words. 제가 한 말 취소하겠어요

614.  take ～ by surprise (＝surprise) : 놀라게하다, 기습을 하다

They took the enemy by surprise.  (그들은 적을 불시에 기습했다.)

615.  take care of (＝look after, care for) : 돌보다

She took care of the children.  (그녀는 그 아이들을 돌보았다.)

616. take charge of (＝take responsibility for) : ～의 책임을 지다

She took charge of my children.  (그녀는 내 아이들을 맡았다.)

617. take A for B = mistake A for B  : A를 B로 잘못보다

I took him for a madman.  (나는 그를 미친 사람으로 잘못 보았다.)

618. take in  받아들이다, 강연 등을 이해하다, 속이다(deceive; get the better of by a trick)

take in; (=accommodate, cheat) 숙박시키다, 속이다

They make a living by taking in lodgers.

They took in the foreigner.   속이다

Could you take in the waist?    허리 품을 줄여 주실 수 있나요?

619. take ～ into account (＝take into consideration) : ～을 고려하다

We must take his inexperience into account.  (우리는 그의 경험 미숙을 고려해야 한다.)

620. take it for granted that (＝accept as true without investigation) : ～을 당연한 것으로 여기다

I took it for granted that you would consent. (나는 네가 동의할 것을 당연한 것으로 여겼다.)

621.  take leave of (＝part from) : ～와 작별하다

I took leave of them at the door and took a taxi. 나는 문간에서 그들과 작별하고 택시를 탔다.

622.  take notice of (＝notice) : ～을 주목하다

He passed by me without taking notice of me. (그는 나를 보지도 않고 지나갔다.)

623.  take off (＝leave the ground and rise into the air) : 이륙하다

(get rid of ; remove) 제거하다

The plane took off from Gimpo airport. (그 비행기는 김포공항을 이륙했다.)

624.  take on : (성질, 양상을)띠다(=assume); 고용하다(=engage); 떠맡다(undertake), 책임지다

The chameleon can take on the colours of its background.

The manager agreed to take me on.

We usually take on temporary staff in the summer.  우리는 여름에 대개 임시 직원을 고용한다

We take on cases that are socially relevant.  우리는 사회 복지와 관련이 있는 사건만 맡아요.

I can take on a second job.   난 부업을 가질 수 있어요.

625.  take one's time (＝not to hurry) : 서두르지 않다

He took his time and made a careful inquiry.  그는 서두르지 않고, 조심스럽게 질문했다.

626.  take over; (=assume control of) ~을 인수하다

She took over all the smaller household duties.

627.  take part in (＝participate in) : ～에 참가하다

He took part in the movement.  (그는 그 운동에 참가했다.)

628.  take place (＝happen) : 발생하다

Our athletic meet took place yesterday.  (우리의 운동회가 어제 개최되었다.)

629.  take pride in (＝pride oneself on) : ～를 자랑하다

He takes prides in his wealth.  (그는 그의 부유함을 자랑한다.)

630.  take the place of (＝replace, be substituted for) : ～을 대신하다

Electricity is taking the place of gas.  (전기가 가스를 대체하고 있다.)

631.  take to (＝indulge in) : ～에 빠지다

He has since taken to drinking.  (그는 그 때부터 음주에 빠져들었다.)

632.  take turns (＝do something in turn, alternate) : 번갈아 하다

We took turns at sleeping and watching. (우리는 교대로 잠자고 경계서고 했다.)

633.  tell A from B (＝distinguish / discern A from B) : A와 B를 구별하다

You must tell the real from the false.  (너는 진실과 허위를 구별해야 한다.)

634.  tell on (＝have a marked effect on) : ～에 영향을 미치다

The strain has begun to tell on his health.  (긴장이 그의 건강에 영향을 미치기 시작했다.)

635.  ten to one (＝very probably, in nine cases out of ten) : 십중팔구, 아마

Ten to one he will succeed.  (십중팔구 그는 성공할 것이다.)

636.  tend to (＝be inclined to) : ～하는 경향이 있다

Excessive drinking tends to produce a disease of the liver.

(과도한 음주는 간장병을 일으키는 경향이 있다.)

637.  thank to (＝owing to) : ～덕분에

Thanks to science, we are now free from many evils that afflicted our fathers.

(과학 덕분에, 우리는 이제 조상들을 괴롭혔던 많은 악으로부터 자유로워졌다.)

638.  that is (to say) (＝in other words, namely) : 즉, 다시 말하자면, 바꿔 말하면

He came home three hours later, that is to say, about eleven o'clock.

639.  the moment (＝as soon as, when, the instant, directly, immediately) : ～하자마자

She burst into tears the moment she heard the news.

640.  think highly of (＝make much of, treat highly, respect) : ～을 높이 평가하다

I think highly of his scholarship.  (나는 그의 학식을 높이 평가한다.)

641.  think little of (＝think, nothing of, make no account of, despise) : ～을 경시하다

He thought little of his illness and worked himself to death.

(그는 그의 병을 경시했고, 일을 하다가 죽었다.)

642.  think over (＝consider carefully before deciding, reflect upon) : 곰곰이 생각하다

I will think it over before making a decision.

(나는 결정을 내리기 전에 그것을 곰곰이 생각할 것이다.)

643.  through thick and thin (＝through good times and bad) : 좋을 때나 나쁠 때나

He stood by me through thick and thin. (그는 좋을 때나 나쁠 때나 내 편에 섰다.)

644.  tide over (＝get over, overcome) : 극복하다

I hope I shall be able to tide over this difficulty. 내가 이 어려움을 극복할 수 있기를 바란다.

645.  be tired of (＝be bored, be sick of) : 싫증이 나다

I shall never be tired of your company.  (나는 너와의 교제에 싫증나지 않을 것이다.)

646.  be tired from (or with) (＝become tired) : 피곤해지다

I'm quite tired from my work. (나는 내 일이 매우 피곤하다.)

647.  to no purpose (＝to no end, in vain) : 헛되이

I laboured to no purpose.  (나는 헛되이 노동을 했다.)

648.  to say nothing of (＝not to mention) : ～은 말할 것도 없이

He can speak French, to say nothing of English.

649.  to the purpose (＝relevant, to the point) : 적절한, 요령 있는

His speech was short and to the purpose.  (그의 연설은 짧고, 적절했다.)

650.  to the contrary  : 그와는 달리

I have no proof to the contrary.  (나는 그 반대의 증거가 없다.)

651.  to the effect that (＝meaning that) : ～이라는 취지로

This letter is to the effect that he will arrive tomorrow.

(이 편지는 그가 내일 도착하겠다는 취지로 되어 있다.)

652.  to no end (＝to no purpose, in vain) : 헛되이

He tried to obtain it, but to no end. (그는 그것을 얻으려고 애썼지만 헛일이었다.)

653.  to the point (＝relevant, to the purpose) : 적절한, 요령 있는

He cited many instances, but none exactly to the point.

(그는 많은 예를 인용했으나, 하나도 들어맞지 않았다.)

654.  be true to (＝faithful to, be loyal to ) : ～에 충실한

True to this word, he gave me the book.  이 약속에 충실하게, 그는 내게 그 책을 주었다.

655.  true of (＝apply to) : ～에 적용되는

This rule is true of all cases.  (이 규칙은 모든 경우에 적용된다.)

656.  try on (＝test before buying) : 시험해 보다, 입어 보다

He tried on half a dozen suits before deciding on it.

(그는 그것으로 결정하기 전에 6벌의 옷을 입어봤다.)

657.  turn a deaf ear to : ～을 듣지 않다

He turned a deaf ear to my advice.  (그는 나의 충고를 들으려 하지 않았다.)

658.  turn away  ～외면하다, 퇴짜놓다, 내쫓다

You're going to turn away from him. 당신은 그에게 등을 돌릴 것입니다.

659.  turn down (＝reject, refuse) : 거절하다

She turned down his offer.  (그녀는 그의 제의를 거절했다.)

660.  turn in (＝hand in) : 제출하다

He may turn in a shocking report. (그는 충격적인 보고서를 제출할 지 모른다.)

661.  turn off (＝stop the flow) : 끄다  □ turn on (＝allow the flow) : 켜다

She turned off(on) the electric light.  그녀는 전등을 껐다(켰다).

662.  turn out (＝prove) : 입증되다

The report turned out false. (그 보고는 거짓임이 입증되었다.)

☞ turn out - to happen to be in the end (결과가 …이 되다.)

Sometimes Life just don't TURN OUT the way we imagine it.

(때때로 인생이란 꼭 우리가 생각하는 데로 되지 않는다.)

663.  turn ～ to account (＝utilize, make use of, take advantage of) : ～을 이용하다

We should turn everything to account. (우리는 무엇이든지 활용해야 한다.)

664.  turn to - go to for help(의지하다), 착수하다

He turned to his wife`s parents for advice about buying a house.

When I get down, I turn to you.  (내가 절망할 때 난 당신에게 의지합니다.)

665.  turn up (＝appear, show up) : 나타나다

He promised to come but he hasn't turn up yet.

(그가 오겠다고 약속했지만 아직 나타나지 않았다.)

666. upon my words (＝without fail) : 맹세코

I will do so upon my words. (나는 맹세코 그렇게 하겠다.)

667. wait for (＝await) : 기다리다

Time and tide wait(s) for no man. (세월은 사람을 기다리지 않는다.)

668. wait on (＝serve, attend on) : 시중들다

She waited on her husband hand and foot. (그녀는 자기 남편을 극진히 시중들었다.)

669. wanting in; (=lacking in) ~이 부족한

There is something lacking in his character.

He is wanting in common sense.

670.  warn A of B  -- A에게 B를 경고하다, 알리다

You warned me of the price I have to pay.

내가 치러야 할 대가에 대해서 당신이 내게 경고했지요.

671.  watch out (＝guard) : 감시하다, 돌보다

She watched out the flock of goats. (그녀는 염소 때를 감시했다.)

672.  in one's own way  --자기 멋대로

She had her own way in everything. (그녀는 모든 것에 자기 마음대로 한다.)

673.  on one's way to  --가는 도중에

On his way to NY, he stopped at Chicago. 뉴욕에 가는 길에 그는 시카고에 들렀다.

674.  wear out (＝become useless, become exhausted) : 닳아버리다, 지쳐버리다

Love will wear out of itself.

사랑은 저절로 지쳐버린다.－시간이 흐르면 감정이 식어진다.

675.  weary of (＝tired of, sick of) : ～에 싫증이 난

She was weary of her monotonous life. (그녀는 단조로운 생활에 싫증을 느낀다.)

676.  well off (＝rich, well-to-do) : 유복한

He is better off than before. (그는 전보다 더 잘 산다.)

677.  with the help of, by means of, through, --에 의하여, ...으로

Thoughts are expressed by means of words.

678.  with the view of ～ing (＝for the purpose of) : ～할 목적으로

He went to Seoul with the view of visiting the exhibition.

(그는 그 전시회를 볼 목적으로 서울로 갔다.)

679.  with all (＝for all, in spite of, despite) : ～에도 불구하고

With all his riches, he is not contented.

(그는 부유함에도 불구하고 만족하지 않는다.)

680. with regard to (＝concerning, regarding, as to, as regards,

with reference to, with respect to, about) : ～에 관하여

With regard to date and place, I agree with you.

(날짜와 장소에 관해서, 나는 너와 의견이 같다.)

681.  without regard to (=regardless of ): ～에도 불구하고, ～에 관계없이

I shall go regardless of the weather. (나는 날씨와 상관없이 가겠다.)

682.  within sight of  --이 보이는 곳에, 근처에

683.  within reach of, within one's reach  손이 닿는 곳에, 힘이 미치는 범위

out of reach of, beyond reach of  손이 닿지 않는 곳에

684.  without fail (＝for certain) : 틀림없이

I will call on you tomorrow without fail. (나는 내일 틀림없이 너를 방문하겠다.)

685.  with reluctance, reluctantly  마지못해(unwillingly)

We will reluctantly have to reconsider.    (유감이지만 재고할 수밖에 없다.)

686. worse than useless : 백해무익한

To worship lifeless idols is worse than useless.

생명 없는 우상을 숭배하는 것은 백해무익하다.

687.  yield to; (=give way to) 굴복하다

Old people don't yield readily to new customs and fashions.

All things yield to money. 모든 것은 돈에게 진다.

688.  zealous for (＝anxious for, eager for) : ～을 열망하는

People are zealous for liberty and peace.  (사람들은 자유와 평화를 열망한다.)

테마어휘:심경, 분위기, 글의 어조.

accepting advertising advising agreeing apologizing approving asserting blaming complaining complimenting congratulating declining demanding disapproving encouraging explaining forgiving greeting	승낙 광고 충고 동의 사과 찬성 주장 비난 불평 칭찬 축하 거절 요구 ․ 독촉 반대 격려 설명 ․변명 용서 인사	guiding informing instructing inviting offering ordering permitting persuading protesting recommending rejection reporting requesting suggesting thanking threatening warning wishing	안내 통보 지시, 교육 초대 제안 주문 허가 설득 항의 추천 거절 보고 요청 제의 감사 위협 경고 소원

agitative appalling awful boring cheerful complicated confessional cordial cynical descriptive	선동적인 무시무시한 경외심을 불러 일으키는 지루한 경쾌한 난해한 고백적인 성심성의의 냉소적인 묘사적인	despairing disgusting eloquent encouraging exaggerative explanatory fantastic fascinating frightening gloomy	절망적인 불쾌한 감명적인 격려하는 과장적인 설명적인 환상적인 매혹적인 불안한 우울한

harmonious horrible/horrific humorous impressive informative instructive ironic(al) lively logical melancholy monotonous moral moving mysterious objective optimistic paradoxical pessimistic	조화로운 공포감을 주는 해학적인 감동적인 정보를 주는 교훈적인 정반대의 활기찬 논리적인 우울한 단조로운 도덕적인 감동적인 신비적인 객관적인 낙관적인 역설적인 비관적인	picturesque poetic lyrical practical prejudiced prophetic quiet reproachful romantic sarcastic satirical sentimental striking sympathetic tense traditional tragic urgent	회화적인 시적인 서정적인, 감상적인 실용적인 편파적인, 편견을 가진 예언적인 차분한 책망적인 낭만적인 빈정대는 풍자적인 감상적인 인상적인 동정적인 긴장된 전통적인 비극적인 긴박한

admiring affectionate aggressive apologetic argumentative arrogant attractive benevolent brave calm cheerful clever cold	감탄하는 애정깊은 공격적인 변명조의 논쟁적인 거만한 매력적인 인자한, 인정 많은 용감한 침착한 쾌활한 영리한 냉담한	considerate contemptuous cowardly creative critical cunning cruel defensive dependent determined devoted earnest	동정심 많은, 인정이 있는 모욕적인, 남을 얕보는 겁 많은 창의적인 비판적인 교활한 잔인한 방어적인 의존하는 단호한 헌신적인 진지한

easygoing envious foolish greedy fateful heroic honest humble humorous impatient indifferent kind lazy narrow-minded negative neutral noble obstinate passionate compassionate passive persuasive	안이한 시기하는 어리석은 욕심많은 숙명적인, 예언적인 당당한, 영웅적인 솔직한 겸손한 해학적인 조바심을 내는 무관심한 친절한 게으른 편협한 부정적인 중립적인 숭고한, 고결한 완고한 정열적인 동정적인 수동적인 설득적인	plain polite positive proud reckless reserved respectful selfish selfless serious shy skeptical social stern suspicious thoughtful timid uncertain violent wild wise	솔직한, 소박한 공손한 긍정적인 자부심이 강한 무모한 내성적인 정중한 이기적인 사심없는 진지한 수줍어하는 회의적인 사교적인 엄격한 의심하는 사려깊은 소심한 변덕스러운, 불명확한 난폭한 난폭한 현명한

alarmed angry anguished anxious contented delighted depressed desperate	겁에 질린 화가 난 고뇌에 찬 걱정하는 만족한 기쁜 의기소침한, 우울한 자포자기의, 절망적인	disappointed dismayed excited happy irritated joyful lonely miserable	실망한 당황한 흥분한, 신이 난 행복한 짜증난 기쁜 외로운 비참한

nervous painful panic pleased regretful relaxed relieved resolute sad	신경과민의 괴로운 공포에 쌓인 기쁜 뉘우치는 긴장이 풀린 안도하는 불굴의, 결연한 슬픈	satisfied scared sorrowful thankful uneasy unhappy upset worried	만족한 겁에 질린 슬픔에 젖은 감사하는 불안한 불행한 당혹한, 당황한, 화난 불안한

a book of travel address advertisement article atlas autobiography biography book review brochure business letter catalog correspondence diary dictionary dissertation editorial explanation, instruction	기행문 연설문 광고문 신문기사 지도책 자서전 전기 서평 소책자 상업서간 목록 서신 일기문 사전 논설문 논설 설명문	fable. parable folklore legend literary criticism magazine myth narrative newspaper novel, short story observation periodical play poem report science fiction travel guide	우화 민담 전설 문학평론, 비평 잡지 신화 이야기 신문 소설 관찰 기록문 정기간행물 희곡 시 보고문 공상과학소설 여행안내서

A. 사실의 열거, 강조

(1) 우선 : above all , in the first place , to begin with , first of all

(2) 특히 : chiefly, mainly , especially, primarily

(3) 열거 : first(ly), then, finally, lastly, eventually

B.추가, 재강조

(1) 추가 : in addition, additionally, another thing is that…, furthermore,               besides, moreover, apart from this, aside from that, as well as, what is more

(2) 재강조 : again , also, indeed, for that matter (= for the matter that…)

C. 선택

(1) 양자택일 : alternatively(양자택일로, 대신으로), conversely(거꾸로, 그 반대로)

(2) 다른 선택 : except for, excepting, instead, apart form this

(3) 범위 선택 : as far as…, (in) so far as…

D. 예시

(1) 예       : for example, for instance, such as…, such…as…

(2) 근거     : according to

E. 비교

(1) 비교대상 : as compared to, by[in] comparison with

(2) 유사     : equally, likewise, in the same way, in like manner, similarly, too

F. 대조

(1) 대조 대상 : in contrast with [to], by contrast with

(2) 실상    : in reality, as a matter of fact, in fact

(3) 다르게  : in contrast, on the contrary, on the other hand, while, whereas

(4) 역접    : but, yet, rather

G. 명시

(1) 의도    : I mean , My intention is …

(2) 달리 말하면 : in other words, to put it differently, that is (to say), namely

H. 양보

(1) 인정한다 할지라도 : admittedly(틀림없이), I grant you, granted[∼ing] that,

(2) ... 에도 불구하고 :   after all ∼, for all ∼, despite ~, in spite of ∼

(3) 그럼에도 불구하고 :  despite that, in spite of that, nonetheless, nevertheless,

all the same, just the same, yet, still, however, but(접속사)

(3) 어쨌든 : anyhow, anyway, at all events, at any rate, at least, however

I. 시간의 경과 순서

(1) 경과 : afterwards, in the meantime, meanwhile, later, soon, at last,                        thereafter, subsequently

(2) 동시에 : at the same time, concurrently, at this point, now, presently

(3) 순서   : first, second, third, … finally, lastly

J. 원인 결과

(1) 원인, 이유 : because of this,  for this reason, on account of this, owing to this

(2) 결과      : consequently, thereupon, hence, in the event, therefore,

in this way, so, thus,  accordingly, as a result,

K. 요약

(1) 요약 : all in all(대체로), all told, in brief, in short, in effect(사실상)

(2) 결론 : essentially(본질적으로), in conclusion,  to conclude(결론을 말하건대),

after all(결국에는), to all intents and purposes(사실상, 거의 완전히)

(3) 기타 등등 : and so forth, and so on, and what not, etc.

L. 주제, 주제 전환

(1) 주제 : as far as 주어 is concerned, as for∼, as regards∼, with reference to∼

(2) 주제 전환 : by the way(=by the by),

coincidentally(동시적으로, 우연히도, 공교롭게도),

incidentally(그런데, 그건 그렇고=by the way)

well 아니, 저(방금 한 말을 수정할 때)

There were thousands of people there—well, hundreds, anyway.

거기에는 사람들이 수천, 아니, 어쨌든 수백 명은 있었다.

제 14장   핵심구문 99               목차로

핵심구문 99

강조구문

1. It is ...that[who, which, when, where] ~ : ~하는 것은 바로 ...이다.

It was Columbus that (=who) discovered America.

(아메리카를 발견한 사람은 바로 컬럼버스였다.)

It was yesterday that(=when) I saw him.  (내가 그를 본 것은 바로 어제였다.)

가주어 진주어 구문

2. It is ... to ~ [~ing, that~, whether~] : ~하는 것은 ...이다.

It is wrong to tell a lie.                   (거짓말하는 것은 나쁘다.)

It is difficult for me to solve the problem.  (내가 그 문제를 푸는 것은 어렵다.)

It is no use crying over spilt milk. (엎질러진 우유를 아까워하는 것은 소용없다.)

It is doubtful whether he will come.      (그가 올지 안 올지 의심스럽다.)

관계사 구문

3. such ... as ~ : ~하는 ...               (as는 유사관계사)

Read such books as will benefit you.       (도움이 되는 책들을 읽어라.)

Choose such friends as will listen to you. (네 말에 귀를 기울려 주는 친구를 선택하라.)

4. A is to B what C is to D : A와 B의 관계는 C와 D의 관계와 같다.

Reading is to the mind what food is to the body.

= What food is to the body, reading is to the mind.

= As food is to the body, so is reading to the mind.

(독서와 정신의 관계는 음식과 육체의 관계와 같다.)

5. what is + 비교급 : 더욱~ 한 것은

She is beautiful, and what is better, smart.

(그녀는 미인이고 더욱 좋은 것은 똑똑하다.)

What is more important is that he is good at English.

(더욱 중요한 것은 그가 영어를 잘 한다는 것이다.)

6. what one is : 현재의 인격

what one has : 현재의 재산

What I am is not what I was. = I am not what I used to be.

(현재의 나는 과거의 내가 아니다.)

Don't envy others what they have.      (재산 때문에 남을 시기하지 마라.)

7. What is called : what we[you, they] call : 소위, 이른바

He is what is called a genius.             (그는 이른바 천재이다.)

His father is what they call a self-made man.

(그의 아버지는 소위 자수성가한 사람이다.)

8. the same ... as ~ : ~와 같은 종류의 ...

the same ... that ~ : ~와 같은 동일물인 ...

This is the same car as I have.          (이것은 내 차와 같은 차이다.)

This is the same car that was stolen.     (이것이 내가 도둑맞은 차이다.)

9. what + 명사 + one has : ... 가 가진 모든 ~

He gave me what money he had with him.

= He gave me all the money that he had with him.

(그는 자기가 가지고 있는 모든 돈을 나에게 주었다.)

시간구문

10. as long as ~ : so long as ~ : ~하는 동안; ~하는 한; ~하면

I will not forget this as long as I live.    (나는 평생 동안 이것을 잊지 않겠다.)

Any book will do so long as it is interesting. (재미가 있으면 어떤 책이라도 좋다.)

11. now (that) : ~이니까; ~이므로

Now (that) you mention it, I remember.   (당신이 이야기하니까 생각이 납니다.)

Now (that) he is retired, I will do the job.  (그가 은퇴했으니까 내가 그 일을 하겠다.)

12. now ..., (and) now ~ : 어떤 때는..., 어떤 때는 ~

In summer it is now sunny, now showers.

(여름에는 개었다가 소나기가 내리다가 한다.)

She now smiles, now weeps.              (그녀는 웃었다가 울었다가 한다.)

13. as soon as ~; no sooner ~ than; on ~ing; scarcely[hardly] ~ when[before];       the moment; the instant~; directly; ~하자마자 ...

As soon as he started, it began to rain.

= No sooner had he started than it began to rain.

= Scarcely had he started when it began to rain.

= The moment he started it began to rain.  (그가 떠나자마자 비가 오기 시작했다.)

He married directly he got a job.          (그는 취직하자마자 결혼했다.)

On getting to the station, I called him.  (나는 역에 도착하자마자 그에게 전화했다.)

14. once : 일단 ~하면, ~하자마자

Once you start, you must finish it.       (일단 시작하면 끝을 맺어야 한다.)

Once a beggar, always a beggar.       (구걸에 맞들이면 버리지 못한다.)

목적구문

15. in order (for...) to ~ : ...가 ~하기 위해

He studies hard in order to get a good job.

(그는 좋은 직장을 얻기 위해 열심히 공부한다.)

Step aside in order for him to come in. (그가 들어올 수 있도록 길을 비키시오.)

16. so that [in order that] ... may [can] : ~하기 위해서; ~하도록

I hurried so that I could be in time for class. (수업 시간에 대려고 나는 서둘렀다.)

= I hurried in order that I might be in time for class.

17. so as not to ~; in order not to ~ : ~하지 않도록

She was careful so as not to wake her baby.

(그녀는 아기를 깨우지 않으려고 조심했다.)

They hid themselves in order not to be seen. (그들은 들키지 않도록 몸을 숨겼다.)

결과 구문

18. so ... that ~; so ... as to ~ : 대단히 ... 하므로 ~

This is so precious that I can't part with it.

(이것은 아주 귀한 것이므로 내놓을 수가 없다.)

He got up so late as to miss his school bus.

(그는 너무 늦게 일어나서 통학 버스를 놓쳤다.)

19. so that ~ : 그 결과 ~; 그 결과로 ~

He worked too hard, so that he fell ill. (그는 너무 열심히 일한 결과 병이 났다.)

20. such ... that ~: 매우... 하므로~

...such that ~; such ... that ~: 매우 좋으므로~, 매우 나쁘므로~

He is such an honest man that everybody likes him.

(그는 아주 정직한 사람이므로 모두 그를 좋아한다.)

Such was his surprise that he could hardly speak.

(그는 너무나 놀라서 거의 말을 하지 못했다.)

His condition was such that he couldn't move.

(그는 상태가 너무 나빠서 움직일 수 없었다.)

21. too ... to ~ : 너무 ... 해서 ~ 할 수 없다.

too ... not to ~ : 대단히 ...하므로 ~할

not too ... to ~ : ~못 할 정도로 ...하지는 않다.

This land is too poor for crops to grow.

( 이 토지는 너무 척박해서 곡식이 자랄 수 없다.)

He is too wise not to understand it.

= He is so wise that he can understand it.
(그는 대단히 현명하므로 그것을 이해할 수 있다.)

You are not too old to work.

(너는 일할 수 없을 정도로 나이가 들지는 않았다.)

22. never to ~ : (결과) 다시는 ~하지 않았다.

only to ~ : (결과는) ~하고 말았다.

He went abroad never to come back.

(그는 해외에 가서 다시는 돌아오지 않았다.)

I hurried to the station only to miss the train.

(나는 급히 역으로 갔지만 기차를 놓치고 말았다.)

23. to one's + 추상명사 : ~ 하게도

to one's delight (기쁘게도),    to one's sadness (슬프게도)

to one's shame (부끄럽게도),  to one's regret (후회스럽게도)

To my surprise, he won in the marathon. (놀랍게도 그가 마라톤에서 우승했다.)

원인ㆍ이유 구문

24. 현재분사 + as one does 저처럼[이처럼] ~하므로

과거분사 + as one is    ※분사구문의 의미 강조

Knowing as I do myself, I cannot blame others.

(내 자신을 내가 알고 있으므로 남을 비난할 수 없다.)

Written as it is in plain English, you can read it.

(그것은 쉬운 영어로 씌어졌으므로 너는 읽을 수 있다.)

25. that ... should ~ : ~하다니, ~하는 것을 보니

She must be crazy that she should say so.

(그런 말을 하다니 그녀는 정신이 이상한 것 같다.)

26. seeing that ~ : ~을 보니; ~이므로

Seeing that it has become dark, he must have got lost.

(어두워졌으므로 그가 길을 잃은 게 틀림없다.)

27. what with[by] ~, and (what with[by])... : ~하기도 하고 ...하기도 해서

What with overwork, and (what with) anxiety, she became ill.

(과로와 고민으로 해서 그녀는 병이 났다.)

조건ㆍ양보 구문

28. so far as ~ : ~ 하는 한

as far as ~ : ~ 만큼; ~ 까지

So far as I know, he is trustworthy.        (내가 아는 한 그는 믿을 만하다.)

I went on foot as far as Suwon.           (나는 수원까지 걸어서 갔다.)

29.  indeed [To be sure, It is true]... but ~ : 정말 ... 이지만 ~

He is, indeed, handsome; I don't like him.

(그는 정말로 잘 생겼지만, 나는 그를 좋아하지 않는다.)

30. It is all very well, but... : 정말로 좋긴 하지만

It's all very well going abroad, but how can we find money?

(해외 여행이 좋긴 하지만 돈을 어떻게 마련하니?)

31. 무관사 명사[형용사, 부사] + as + 주어 + 동사 : ~이긴 하지만

Young as he is, he is prudent.            (어리긴 하지만 그는 신중하다.)

Hero as he was, he wept at the sight.

(그는 영웅이었지만 그 광경을 보고 울었다.)

32. seldom, if ever; few, if any; little, if at all : 거의[좀처럼] ~ 않다.

He seldom, if ever, goes to the cinema.  (그는 거의 영화를 보러 가지 않는다.)

There is little, if any, hope of his recovery.   (그가 회복할 가망은 거의 없다.)

if anything(=rather, well) : 어느 편인가 하면, 글쎄, 만약있다 하더라도

He is, if anything, worse today. 글쎄, 그의 병이 오늘은 악화된 편이다.

33. of only  : ~하기만 하면

only that ~ : except that ~ :  ~만 아니라면

If only you say yes, everything will go well.

(너만 좋다고 하면 만사가 잘 될 것이다.)

This will do only that it is too expensive.

(값이 너무 비싸지만 않다면 이것이 좋겠다.)

34. but for ~ ; but that ~ ; without ~ :  ~ 이 없다면 (=if it were not for ~),

~ 이 없었다면 (=if it had not been for ~)

But for the sun, no living thing could live.

(태양이 없다면 살아남는 생물이 없을 것이다.)

Without your help, we would have failed.

(너의 도움이 없었다면 우리는 실패했을 것이다.)

35. 명령문, and ~ : ...하면 ~

명령문, or ~  : ...하지 않으면 ~

Hurry up, and you will be in time.     (서두르면 제시간에 도착할 것이다.)

Keep your temper, or you'll lose your friends.

(화를 억누르지 않으면 친구를 잃게 될 것이다.)

36. no matter + 의문사 + (may) ~; 의문사 + ever + may; ...가 ~하더라도

No matter who(=Whoever) may say so, I don't believe it.

(누가 그렇게 말하더라도 나는 안 믿는다.)

No matter where(=Wherever) he went, he was welcomed.

(어디를 가더라도 그는 환영받았다.)

37. provided[providing] that ~ : ~라는 조건이 맞으면

granted[granting] that ~ : 설사 ~하더라도

She'll join us provided (that) Jane goes with us.

(제인이 우리와 함께 간다면 그녀도 우리와 합류할 것이다.)

Granted (that) he is young, I won't forgive him.

(설사 그가 어리더라도 나는 그를 용서하지 않겠다.)

부정구문

38. not[never] ... without ~ing[but ~] : ..하면 꼭 ~ 한다.

It never rains but it pours.           (비가 왔다 하면 억수같이 쏟아진다.)

I never see this picture without thinking of him.

(이 사진을 보면 꼭 그가 생각난다.)

39. 부정어 + so ... as : ~만큼 ... 한 것은 없다.

부정어 + 비교급 + than ~  : ~보다 더... 한 것은 없다.

Nothing is so precious as health.

= Nothing is more precious than health.

= Health is the most precious of all.

40. be no better than ~ : ~ 에 불과하다; ~와 같다.

be not better than ~ : ~이상은 아니다; 고작 ~이다.

He is no better than a beggar.            (그는 거지나 마찬가지다.)

He is not better than a foreman.          (그는 고작 공사 감독이다.)

41. no less than ~ : ~만큼이나 (= as much as ~)

not less than ~ : 적어도 ~(= at least ~)

He gave me no less than 100,000 won.   (그는 나에게 십만 원이나 주었다.)

This camera does not cost less than $1,000.

(이 사진기는 적어도 천 달러는 나간다.)

42. no more than ~ : 겨우 ~ 밖에 (=only ~)

not more than ~ : 기껏해야 ~ (=at most ~)

This school has no more than 200 students.

( 이 학교는 학생이 겨우 이백 명밖에 안 된다.)

I do not have more than 30,000 won.    (나는 삼만 원밖에 없다.)

43. A is no more B than X is : A is not B any more than X is :

A가 B가 아닌 것은  X가 B가 아닌 것과 같다.

He is no more a gentleman than you are.

= He is not a gentleman any more than you are.

(그가 신사가 아닌 것은 네가 신사가 아닌 것과 같다.)

44. 부정어 + the + 비교급 + for[because] ~ :

~ 때문에 더 ~하지는 않다; ~라고 해서 더 ~한 것은 아니다.

I do not  love him the less for his faults.

= I do not love him the less because he has faults.

(그에게 결점이 있지만 그래도 나는 그를 좋아한다.)

He is none the happier for his wealth.  (그는 부유하지만 조금도 행복하지 않다.)

45. not always[necessarily, altogether] ~ : 반드시 ~는 아니다

not ... both ~ : 둘 다 ~는 아니다

not ... quite ~ : 완전히 ~는 아니다

not ... all[every] ~ : 모두 ~는 아니다

I'm not always at home on Sundays.  (나는 일요일에 언제나 집에 있는 것은 아니다.)

She is not quite happy.              (그녀가 아주 행복한 것은 아니다.)

All that glitters is not gold.           (반짝이는 것이 모두 금은 아니다.)

46. not[never] ... until[till] ~ : ~해서야 비로소 ...하다

He didn't turn up until the meal was over.

= It was not until the meal was over that he turned up.

(그는 식사가 끝난 뒤에야 나타났다.)

47. not ..., but ~ : ...가 아니고 ~이다

He is not a liar, but a coward.      (그는 거짓말쟁이가 아니고 겁쟁이다.)

48. not that ..., but that ~ : ...때문이 아니고 ~ 때문이다

Not that I loved Caesar less, but that I loved Rome more.

(시저를 덜 사랑하기 때문이 아니고, 로마를 더 사랑하기 때문이었다.)

49. not so much ... as ~ : ...라기보다 ~

not so much as ~ : ~ 조차도 않다

He's not so much a doctor as a scientist.

= He's a scientist rather than a doctor.  (그는 의사라기보다는 과학자이다.)

She could not so much as spell her own name.

(그녀는 자기 이름조차도 쓸 줄 몰랐다.)

50. not long before ~ (=soon): 머지않아 ~하다; 곧 ~하다.

It will not long before we can travel to the moon.

(머지않아 달나라 여행을 할 수 있을 것이다.)

51. not so + 형용사 + as to ~ ; not such + 명사 + as to ~ :

~할 정도로 ...은 아니다.

He's not so foolish as to believe her.

= He's not such a fool as to believe her.  (그는 그녀를 믿을 정도로 바보는 아니다.)

52. the last + 명사 + to ~  : 가장 ~할 것 같지 않은

He is the last man to do such a thing.

(그는 결코 그런 일을 할 사람이 아니다.)

the first man/woman to ~ : 최초로 ~ 한 사람

He is the first man to climb the mountain. (그는 최초로 그 산을 등정했다.)

53. There is no ~ ing : ~하는 것은 도저히 불가능하다

There is no telling what may happen.

= It is impossible to tell what may happen.

= No one can tell what may happen.   (무슨 일이 일어날지 아무도 모른다.)

54. Not that ~ : 그렇지만 ~는 아니다

(It is) Not that I love her.     (그렇지만 내가 그녀를 사랑하는 것은 아니다.)

55. neither ... nor ~ : ...도 ~도 않다

either ... or ~ : ...아니면 ~ ; ...와 ~ 중 하나

He neither smokes nor drinks.      (그는 담배도 안 피우고 술도 안 마신다.)

You can either pay now or later.    (지금 지불해도 좋고 나중에 해도 좋다.)

56. There is no ... but ~ : ~하지 않는 ...은 없다

There is no man but has faults.

= Everyone has faults.   (결점이 없는 사람은 없다.)

57. cannot (help) but ~ ; cannot help ~ing : ~하지 않을 수 없다

I cannot (help) but praise the children.

= I cannot help praising the children.

(나는 그 어린이들을 칭찬하지 않을 수 없다.)

58. cannot ... too ~ : 아무리 ~해도 지나치지 않다

You cannot be too careful about your health.

(건강에 대해서는 아무리 주의해도 지나치지 않다.)

59. It is no use[good] ~ing : ~해도 소용없다.

It is of no use to ~ : ~해도 소용없다.

It is no use persuading her.         (그녀를 설득해 봐도 소용없다.)

60. be above ~ing : (좋지 않은) ~을 하지 않다

He is above cheating in the exam.  (그는 시험에서 부정 행위를 할 사람이 아니다.)

비교·양태 구문

61. as many as ~ ; as much as ~ : ~만큼(의)

You may pick as many flowers as you like.  (좋아하는 만큼의 꽃을 꺽어도 좋다.)

I love you as much as he does.  (나는 그에 못지않게 너를 사랑한다.)

62. as ... as any ~ : 어느 ~에게도 못지않게 ...

as ... as ever ~ : 일찍이 없었던

He works as hard as any students.  (그는 어느 학생에게도 못지않게 열심히 공부한다.)

She is as great a poet as ever lived.  (그녀는 일찍이 없었던 위대한 시인이다.)

63. as ~ as (S) can be : 더할 나위 없이

as ~ as possible[one can] : 가능한 한 ~

The weather is as fine as (it) can be.    (날씨는 더할 나위 없이 좋다.)

Come as early as you can.              (가능한 한 일찍 오시오.)

64. all the + 비교급 + for[because] ~ : ~ 이기 때문에 더욱

I like him all the better for his honesty.

= I like him all the better because he is honest.

(나는 그가 정직하기 때문에 더욱 그를 좋아한다.)

65. as if[though] ~ : 마치 ~인 것처럼

He speaks as if he knew everything.

(그는 마치 모든 것을 알고 있는 것처럼 말한다.)

She acts as if she had seen me before.

(그녀는 마치 전에 나를 만났던 것처럼 행동한다.)

66. much[still] more ~ : ~은 말할 것도 없고

much[still] less ~ : ~하기는 커녕

I like music, much more dancing. (나는 춤은 말할 것도 없고, 음악도 좋아한다.)

He cannot read, still less writing.        (그는 쓰기는 커녕, 읽지도 못한다.)

67. more than ~ : ~ 이상; 몹시 ~

That is more than I can tell.             (그것은 내가 모르는 바다.)

I am more than ashamed of your deed.  (네 행동은 몹시 수치스럽다.)

68. the + 최상급 : 아무리 ~하더라도

The wisest man cannot solve the riddle.

(아무리 현명한 사람이라도 그 수수께끼는 못 푼다.)

69. the + 비교급, the + 비교급 : ~할수록 더욱 ...

The older he grows, the poorer his memory becomes.

(늙을수록 기억력은 더욱 나빠진다.)

70. so many : 몇 ~ (단위로)

so much : 얼마

He ordered so many rolls of silk.   (그는 비단을 몇 필로 주문했다.)

We hire a man so much a day.   (우리는 사람을 일당 얼마씩으로 고용한다.)

71. as many ~ : ~와 같은 수의

like so many ~ : 마치 ~처럼

He made ten mistakes in as many pages.

(그는 열 쪽에서 열 개가 틀렸다.)

They climbed up the tree like so many monkeys.

(그들은 원숭이처럼 나무에 올라갔다.)

72. as it is : (있는) 그대로; 그러나 실제로는

Leave the vast as it is.   (꽃병을 그대로 놓아 두시오.)

As it is, I can't afford to buy that.  (문두에서)

(그러나, 실제로는 그것을 살 능력이 없다.)

73. some ..., others ~ : ...하는 것도 있고, ~하는 것도 있다.

Some say the rumor is true; others not.

(그 소문이 사실이라는 사람들도 있고, 아니라는 사람들도 있다.)

74. on the one hand ..., on the other hand ~ : 한편으로는 ..., 또 한편으로는

On the one hand he suffered a loss, but on the other hand he learned a lot.

(그는 한편으로는 손해를 봤지만 반면에 많은 것을 배웠다.)

75. ... one thing, ~ another : ...와 ~ 는 별개이다

Wealth is one thing; charity is another.    (부와 자선은 별도의 문제이다.)

76. the one[former]..., the other[latter] ~ : 전자는..., 후자는 ~

this..., that ~ : 후자는 ..., 전자는 ~

I have a brother and a sister; the one[former] is more playful than the other[latter].

(나는 남동생과 여동생이 있다. 전자(=남동생)은 후자(=여동생) 보다 장난이 심하다.)

77. alike[at once] ... and ~ : ...도 ~ 도

My father is alike[at once] strict and kind.

(나의 아버지는 엄격하시면서도 자애로우시다.)

78. not only ... but (also) ; ~ as well as ... : ...뿐만 아니라 ~도

This book is not only interesting but (also) instructive.

=This book is instructive as well as interesting.

동사 구문

79. had better ~ ; may as well ~ : ~하는 편이 좋다

do well to ~ : ~하는 것이 좋다

You had better [may as well] look over this.

(이것을 훑어보는 것이 좋을 것이다.)

You did well to come early.               (일찍 오기를 잘했다.)

80. would rather [sooner, better] ... than ~ : ~보다 차라리 ... 하겠다

I would rather stay at home than go there.

(거기에 가느니 차라리 집에 있겠다.)

81. may[might] as well ... as ~ : ...하느니 ~하는 편이 낫다

I may[might] as well starve as beg mercy.

(자비를 구걸하느니 굶어 죽는 편이 낫다.)

82. may well ~ : ~하는 것도 당연하다

She may well be proud of her son.

=She has good reason to be proud of her son.

(그녀가 아들을 자랑스럽게 여기는 것도 당연하다.)

83. have only to ~ : ~하기만 하면 된다

You have only to apologize to him.        (그에게 사과하기만 하면 된다.)

= All you have to do is (to) apologize to him.

84. have something[nothing] to do with ~ : ~와 관계가 있다[없다]

He has something to do with the matter.    (그는 그 일과 관계가 있다.)

I have nothing to do with him.             (나는 그와 관계가 없다.)

명사ㆍ대명사 구문

85. a(an) + 명사 + of + a(n) + 명사 : ... 같은 ~

She is an angel of a wife.          (그녀는 천사 같은 아내이다.)

He is a brute of a husband.        (그는 야수 같은 남편이다.)

86. all + 추상명사 ; 추상명사 + itself : 매우 ~한

He was all kindness.

= He was kindness itself.

= He was very kind.                (그는 매우 친절했다.)

87. something of a ~ : 다소 ~ ; 조금 ~

nothing of a ~ : 조금도 ~ 않다

He is something of a musician.      (그는 음악가의 소질이 좀 있다.)

She is nothing of a scholar.         (그녀는 전혀 학자가 아니다. )

88. so + 주어 + 동사 : 정말로 ~하다

so + 동사 + 주어 : ~도 그렇다

He works very hard.  ― So he does.

=He works hard.  ― Indeed he works hard.

(그는 열심히 일한다.  ― 정말로 열심히 일한다.)

He is rich.  ―  So are you.

=He is rich. ― You are also rich.    (그는 부유하다. ― 당신도 역시 부유하다.)

수식 구문

89. of one's own ~ing : 자신이 ~한

Is this a picture of your own drawing?    (이것이 네가 직접 그린 그림이냐?)

She is a bride of his own choosing.      (그녀는 그 자신이 선택한 신부이다.)

90. of + 추상명사 = 형용사 : ~한

He is a man of ability.   =He is an able man.   (그는 유능한 사람이다.)

Such books are of no use.

=Such books are useless.   (그런 책들은 쓸모가 없다.)

91. the[소유격] very + 명사 : 바로 그 ~

This is the very book he gave me.    (이것이 그가 나에게 준 바로 그 책이다.)

His very father does not understand him.

(바로 그의 아버지가 그를 이해하지 않는다.)

92. with + 명사 + 수식어구 : ~하는 상태로

It was dark, with the moon not yet up.     (달이 아직 뜨지 않아서 어두웠다.)

He was standing with his hands in his pockets.

(그는 손을 호주머니에 넣은 채로 서 있었다.)

She sat alone with his arms folded.    (그녀는 팔짱을 끼고 혼자 앉아 있었다.)

93. keep + 목적어 + from ~ing : ~하지 못하게 하다 : ... 때문에 ~하지 못하다

Illness kept me from going to the party.  (나는 몸이 아파서 파티에 갈 수 없었다.)

=Because of illness, I couldn't go to the party.

94. take[carry] + 목적어 + to ~ : ~에 데려다 주다 : ~에 도착하다

This bus will take you to Shinchon.        (이 버스를 타면 신촌에 갈 수 있다.)

=You can get to Shinchon if you take this bus.

95. make + 목적어 + 동사원형 : ~ 시키다; ~하게 하다

This medicine will make you feel better.     (이 약을 먹으면 좋아질 것이다.)

=If you take this medicine, you will feel better.

96.  remind + 목적어 + of ~ : ~을 생각나게 하다

This picture reminds me of my school days. (이 사진을 보면 나의 학창 시절이 생각난다.)

=When I see this picture, I remember my school days.

전치사의 생략 구문

97. 때ㆍ거리ㆍ방법ㆍ양태ㆍ방향 등의 구문

He did it (in) this way.                (그는 그것을 이렇게 했다.)

The meeting lasted (for) two hours.    (그 회의는 두 시간 동안 계속되었다.)

98. 연령ㆍ치수ㆍ형상ㆍ빛깔 등의 구문

The children are (of) the same age.   (그 아이들은 동갑내기이다.)

He picked up a stone (of) the size of an apple.  (그는 사과 크기만한 돌을 집었다.)

99. that-절이나 wh-절 앞에는 전치사를 안 쓴다.

I am sure that he is honest (=of his honesty).  (나는 그가 정직하다고 확신한다.)

I'm worried where he is.              (나는 그가 어디에 있는지 걱정이 된다.)

제 15장  중요 구문 102. (어법문제 풀이용)       목차로

중요구문 102 (어법문제 풀이용)

※ (   )안에 알맞은 것을 고르시오.

1. It is ~ that… : … 은 ~이다/하다.  (가주어. 진주어) : It is와 that 생략불가

It is interesting (for / that) you go to school with boys only.

It is unwise (for / that) you climb the mountain without a guide.

It is a mystery (what / how) the burglars got into the house.

2. It is ~ that (which, who, when)… : 강조구문 : It is와 that 생략가능

…한 것은 바로 ~이다,   ~이야말로 …이다

(It is) by way of Tokyo (that / which) Mr. Min came to Seoul.

(It was) King Sejong (who) developed a phonetic alphabet called Hangul.

(It is) you (that / whom) are to blame.

해설 : 전명구가 강조될 때는 which를 쓰면 안됨.

3. It is ~that … should___ :  ___하다니 ~이다/하다; …이 ___하는 것은 ~이다

It is a pity that he (would / should) miss such a golden opportunity.

It is strange that you (could / should) not know it.

It is natural that he (might / should) get angry.

4. It goes without saying that~ : ~은 두말 할 필요도 없다. (It is needless to say that~)

It goes without saying that health is above wealth.

It matters little to me who does it so long as it is done.

It never occurred to me that she was in need of my help.

5. 타동사 + it ~ that… : …을 ~하다고 하다.　　　(가목적어. 진목적어)

John found it difficult (that / what) he goes to the village without a map.

I thought it almost impossible that I found the village by myself

A new generation tends to take it for granted (that / what) the past generation achieved.    (achieve는 타동사, it의 진목적어로 명사(절)가 올 수 있음)

6. It is true~, but … : 정말(과연) ~하지만

It is true (that) he is young, but he is prudent for his age.

Indeed your idea is wonderful, but to my regret it is almost impossible to carry it out.

It seems certain that Nehru will be remembered as an historic figure, but what is the future picture of his going to be?    Nehru(인도공화국의 정치가)

7. A is to B what/as C is to D : A와 B의 관계는 C와 D의 관계와 같다.

Reading is to the mind what/as food is to the body.

=Just as food is to the body so is reading to the mind.

=As food is to the body, so reading is to the mind.

=What food is to the body, reading is to the mind.

Leaves are to the plant (that / what) lungs are to the animal.

Reading is to the mind (like / that) food is to the body.        (구어체)

A patient stands to a nurse (what / as) child does to a mother.

8. What one is : 현재의 그 사람, 그 사람의 됨됨이. 현재 그 사람의 인격

My uncle has made me (that / what) I am now.

Jack is not (that / what) he was three years ago.

The gardener has made the roses (that / what) they are.

I am not (that / what) I used to be.   (나는 과거에 늘 그랬던 내가 아니다.)

9. What with ~and (what with)… : ~이랑 ..으로, ~(이랑)... 때문에

What (for / with) the divorce from his wife and the failure of his last business venture, his life is now in shambles.

What (for / with) fresh air and what (for / with) proper amount of exercise, he soon recovered.

What by policy and what by force, he finally accomplished his purpose.

10. What we (or you) call : 소위, 이른바,

He is what we (call / say) a walking dictionary.

What is commonly (call / called) your subconscious mind takes over the problem.

He is a great scholar, but lacks (that / what) is called common sense.

11. What + 명사   :  모든~ (=all ... that ~)

What little + 명사  : 적지만 모든, 보잘것없는 것이지만 모두

He felt in his pockets to see (that / what) money he had.

=He felt in his pockets to see all the money that he had.

I gave him (that / what) help I could. = I gave him all the help that I could.

I gave him what little money I had. = I gave him the little money (that) I had.

12. What is + 비교급 :  더구나 ~한 것은

He is young, clever, and (which / what) is better, very honest.

He failed in business, and what was (bad / worse), he fell ill.

Hard work, moreover, tends not to give us rest for the body, but what is even more important, peace to the mind.

13. It is ~ (for -) to… (-이) …하는 것은 ~하다.

It is hard (of / for) him to live on the small income.

It was not necessary (of / for) you to go there.

It is the custom in our country (to / for) young people to give up their seats to elderly people in crowded buses.

14. It is ~of - to… : -이 …하는 것은 ~하다.

It is foolish (of / for) you to do such a thing.

It is kind (of / for) you to go to the trouble of writing to me.

It was brave of him to go into the burning house to save the child.

15. too ~ to…    :  너무~해서 …할 수 없다.

not too ~ to… :  …할 수 없을 만큼 ~하지는 않다.

too~ not to…  : 매우 ~하기 때문에 …하다.

Grandfather is (so / too) old to walk such a long distance.

Grandfather is not (so / too) old to walk such a distance.

He is (so / too) wise not to know it.

16. to say nothing of ~ : ~은 말할 것도 없이

not to say~  : ~라고는 말할 수 없지만

He knows German, to say nothing of English.

He gave me advice, to say nothing of money.

He knows German, not to speak of English.

She is very frugal, not to say stingy.

17. There is no ~ing : (=It is impossible to V) ~할 수 없다.

(It / There) is no denying the fact.    There is no accounting for tastes.

There is no knowing what may happen.

18. have + 목적어(사람) + 원형부정사 : ~에게 …하도록 시키다(사역:부탁).

have + 목적어(사물) + 과거분사 : ~이 …되는 것을 당하다(손해).

I had him run some errands.

She is going to have her house (painting / painted).

Susan had her handbag (steal / stolen).

19. It is no use(or good) ~ing : ~해도 소용없다.

It is no use (to hope / hoping) for success now.

It is no use (to cry / crying) over spilt milk.

It is no good (to advise / advising) him to give up smoking.

It is (no / not) good to advise him to give up smoking.

20. be worth (one's) ~ ing: ~할 가치가 있다.

be worth(one's) while + to 부정사 : ~할 가치가 있다.

This book is worth (to read / reading).            (목적어를 취하는 형용사)

It is worth while to read this book.              (while은 명사, to read진주어)

It is worth while reading this book.

=This book is worth while to read. (reading진주어)

What is worth doing at all is worth doing well.

It is worth while to see the museum.

21. cannot help ~ing : ~하지 않을 수 없다.　　(help 뒤에 ing오면 avoid의 뜻)

cannot but 동사원형: ~하지 않을 수 없다.

How could I help (to hear / hearing) of that affair?

I couldn't help (to smile / smiling) to see the sight.

He couldn't but (to laugh / laugh) to hear his funny story. (조동사, 등위접속사 뒤)

He couldn't choose but (to laugh / laugh) to hear his funny story. (등위접속사 뒤)

He couldn't help but (to laugh / laugh) to hear his funny story.    (등위접속사 뒤)

He had no choice but (to laugh / laugh) to hear his funny story.  (choice와 대구)

22. feel like ~ ing: ~하고 싶다.

The cat may have milk whenever he feels like it.

I don't feel like (to go / going) to school today.

I don't feel like (to dine / dining) out this evening.

23. of one's own ~ing :  자신이 ~한

Is this a poem of your own composing?

This is the tree of my own planting.

Luck is of our own making.

24. nothing is so ~ as … : …만큼 ~한 것은 없다.

nothing is more ~ than… : …만큼 ~한 것은 없다.

No country suffered more invasions (than / as) did Korea.

Nothing is so precious (than / as) time.

There is nothing in the world that I like so much as music.

25. not so (or as) ~as… : …만큼 ~하지 못하다.

less ~than … : …만큼 ~하지 못하다.

She is not so tall (as / than) he.

He is not so diligent (as / than) she is.

She is cleverer, but less beautiful, (as / than) her sister.

I regard him less as my teacher than as my friend.

26. as ~ as any …  : 어느 …에도 뒤지지 않게 ~ 한

as ~ as ever … : 세상에서도 드문 ~

Tom is as tall as any boy in the class.

He is as great a statesman as any.

He is as great a statesman as ever lived.

He is as daring a young man as ever I saw.

27. as ~ as … : … 과 같은 정도로 ~,…함과 동시에 ~,…한 것과는 반대로~

as ~ as (…) can be : 더할 나위 없이 ~

Work is as necessary for peace of mind as for health of body.

He is as kind as honest.

He is as diligent as his brother is idle.

Special-purpose mechanisms like the frog's eye are as exciting as they can be.

28. as many ~ : 같은 수의 ~

like (or as) so many  :  ~마치 ~ 처럼

I made ten mistakes in as (many / more) lines.

What takes you only three hours takes me as (many / more) days.

The boys climbed up the trees like so many monkeys.

29. no more ~than...: ~하지 않는 것은 … 하지 않는 것과 같다.

not ~ any more than … : ...아닌 것과 마찬가지로/처럼 ~하지 않는

He'd no more marry for money than I would.

A home without love is no more a home than a body without soul is a man.

We can not live without sleep any more than without food.

30. no less ~ than …: …에 못지않게~ 하다.

not less ~ than …: …보다 ~할망정 못지않다.

She is no less beautiful than her sister.

She is not less clever than her sister.

Fresh air is not less essential than fresh food in order that we may keep ourselves healthy.

31. no more than ~ : 겨우 ~ 밖에  　not more than ~ : 기껏해야 ~

no less than ~ : ~ 만치나 　     not less than ~ : 적어도 ~

He is no (more / less) than a policeman.   (그는 다만 경찰관에 지나지 않는다.)

I have no more than 50 books.             (=only)

I have not more than 50 books.            (=at most)

He spent no less than 100 won.            (=as much as)

He spent not less than 3,000 won.          (=at least)

32. more ~ than… : …라기 보다는 오히려~

more~ than - (can)…: 아무리 해도 …할 수 없을 만큼 ~

more than ~ : ~하고도 남을 만큼

The reflection gave me more chagrin than the whistle gave me pleasure.

(재고해보니 호루라기가 가져다 준 기쁨보다 억울함이 더 컸다.)

He earns more money (which / than) he can spend.

He was more than pleased.    (=over-, extremely)

33. 비교급 + than any other 단수명사: 다른 어느 ~ 보다도

Socrates was more truthful than any other (men / man).

Poor peasant as her father was, she was cleverer than any other pupil in the whole school.

The money-worshipper attaches more importance to money than anything else in the world.

34. the + 비교급, the + 비교급 : ~하면 할수록 더욱더 ... 하다.

The higher we go up, the (thinnest / thinner) the air becomes.

The richer we get, the more we worry.

The longer he stayed there, the less he liked the people.

35. (all) the + 비교급 + for (or as, because) ~ : ~때문에 한층 더…

none the less for/because ~ : ~해도 여전히 ...하다

I like him all the (best / better) for his faults.

I do not like him the less because he has faults.

A good tale is none the worse for being twice told.

36. much (or still) more ….: 더구나 …하다.

~, much (or still)less … : 하물며 …하지 않는다.

Everyone has a right to enjoy his liberty, still more his life.

I have no mind to lend this book to anyone, much less to part with it.

37. the last man + to 부정사 : 결코 …할 사람이 아니다.

the last thing + that : 결코 …하지 않은 일이다.

Though he is very poor, he is the last man (that will / who will / to) do such a mean conduct.

You were the last man that I expected to meet at such late hours of the night.

Breach of promise is the last thing that he is likely to commit.

38. The first (man/woman...) to ~ : 최초로 ~하다

He is the first to arrive.

Neil Armstrong became the very first man (that walked / who walked / to walk) on the moon.

39. no ~ but … : …없는 ~은 없다. 어느 ~라도 …가 있다.

There is no rule (that / but) has exceptions.

There is nobody (that / but) loves his own country.

There is no one that I know of but speaks well of him.

40. no - so ~ but …: …하지 않을 정도로 ~한 -은 아니다.

not so ~ but … : …하지 않을 만큼 ~한 것은 아니다.

not such a ~ but...: …하지 않을 만큼~한 것은 아니다.

No one is so old (but / that) he may learn.

There is nothing so difficult but it becomes easy by practice.

I am not such a fool but that I know it.

41. cannot ~ too …:아무리 ~해도 지나치지 않다.

I can't emphasize the importance of this (so / too) strongly.

What should be done cannot be done (so / too) soon.

I (will not / cannot) thank you enough for your kindness.

42. cannot (or never) ~ without …ing : ~하면 꼭 …한다.

never ~ but (that)… : ~하면 꼭 …한다.

The moon never beams without bringing me dreams of the beautiful Annabel Lee.

I never go downtown (except / without) running into him.

They scarcely meet (when / but) they quarrel.

It never rains (when / but) it pours.

43. not that ~ but that … : ~하기 때문이 아니고 .. 하기 때문이다.

Not that I dislike the task, but (because / that) I am not equal to it.

A mountain is valuable, not because it is high, but (because / that) it is covered with trees.

I don’t want to see him. It is not that I dislike him, (for / but) that I don't feel well now.

44. not ~ till (or until)… : …해서야 비로소 ~하다.

It is not until …that ~ : …해서야 비로소 ~ 하다.

We do not know the blessing of health (till / after) we lose it.

It was not until I got home (that / where) I missed my purse.

Not until his life was over did the seed which he had sown bear fruit.

45. not ~ but … : ~이 아니라 …이다.

… (and) not ~ : …이지,~은 아니다.

Happiness consists not in possessing much, but in being content with what we possess.

The crown is not of gold but of flowers.

It is not what we read but how we read that matters.

46. not so much ~ as … : ~라기보다는 오리려…

not ~ so much as … : ~라기보다는 오리려…

• He is not so much a scholar (as / but) a poet.

• Death represents not so much as finality as transformation.

죽음은 종말보다는 (다른 상황으로의) 변화를 의미한다.

• Liberty is not so much a right of the individual (as / but) a necessity of       society.

• It is not what you read or hear at school or university that matters so much (as / but) how you read and listen.

• It doesn't reflect a change of heart so much (as / but) an admission of

failure; the old way simply wasn't working.

최근 부시 대통령이 외교정책을 슬그머니 바꾸었다는 뉴스위크 기사 중 한 문장으로,     "(그런 정책의 변화는)부시행정부가 마음을 바꾸었다기보다는 실패를 인정하고 있다는 뜻으로 받아들여져야 한다. 간단히 말하자면 과거의 정책이 효과가 없었다는 것이다."가 되겠죠.

• They're not racist so much (as / but) distrustful of difference.

"그들은 인종차별을 하는 것이라기보다는 그저 자기와는 다른 이들을 믿지 못하는 것 뿐이다."

so much as ~ : '아무리 하찮더라도'

If you so much as sneeze, tell your insurer.

의료보험 가입자들이 미미한 사전 병력을 고지하지 않고 보험을 들었다는 핑계로 보험료를 지급하지 않는 미국 보험사들에 대한 비난의 뜻이 담겨 있죠. 해석은 "재채기라도 한 적이 있다면 (의료보험 가입시) 보험회사에 고지를 해야한다."

not so much as ~ : ~ 조차 않다.

He cannot so much as write his own name. 그는 자기 이름조차 쓰지 못한다.

without so much as ...ing : …조차 하지 않고, …도 없이.

He left without so much as (to say / saying) good-bye. 그는 인사도 없이 가버렸다.

Rain has been known to rear its ugly head without so much as a cloud as warning.

(그 지역에서는) 미리 구름으로 예고를 해주는 법조차 없이 지겨운 비가 시작되곤 했다.

47. ~before… :  ~해서야 겨우…하다.

not ~before … : ~하지 않는 사이에 …하다.

I had waited an hour before he came.

I had not waited long before he came.

It was not long before he came.

48. not all (or every, both) ~ : 모두 [누구나 다 , 양쪽 다] ...하지는 않다

Men cannot all be great leaders.

I do not know both of them.

I do not know everything about it.

All that glitters is not gold.

49. not always (or quite) ~: 반드시 (아주) ~하지는 않다.

The rich are not always happy.

Those who are diligent are not (necessary / necessarily) successful, but never have idle people succeeded in anything.

I do not quite agree with you.

50. not ~ because …:…이기 때문에 ~은 아니다.

The mountain is not valuable because it is high.

We should not despise a man because he is poor.

Because a man is learned he does not necessarily deserve respect.

51. anything but~ :결코 ~ 은 아니다. (=never)

nothing but ~ : `에 불과하다.　　(=only)

all but ~ : 거의 ~나 다름없다.　　(=nearly, almost)

The story is anything but interesting.

He is nothing but a scholar.

He is all but dead.

52. so ~ that … : 매우 ~하기 때문에…, …할 정도로~,

He was so old that he could no longer hear.

He is not so poor that he cannot afford to buy the dictionary.

His hand shook so much that the glass fell on the table.

53. ~, so that …:~, 그러므로…, …하기만 하면 ~

In spite of myself, my tears burst forth in flood, so that I covered my face and wept aloud.

I don't care who does it, so that it be done.

The manager was out, so I left a message with his secretary.

54. such ~ as … : …와 같은 ~, …할 정도의 ~

such ~ that … : 매우 ~ 해서,…할 만큼 ~

I am not such a fool as to believe that.

He is such an honest boy that we like him.

Such was his diligence that he made remarkable progress.

55. so ~ as to …:매우 ~해서…,~하게도 …하다,…할 정도로 ~,…을 위해 ~

I got up so early as (to be / being) in time for the first train.

He was so kind as to show me the way.

The climate of Korea is not so hot and damp as to make he people lazy.

He so conducted himself as to please everybody.

56. to one's + 감정 명사 : ~가 …하게도, ~가/이 … 한 것은

To Jacob's dismay, the traveler only looked at him and hurried by on the other side of the road.

When I was a junior I quit college, to the great disappointment of my family.

He has recovered, much to the delight of his friends.

57. so that ~ may/will/can … : ~이 …하기 위하여, ~이…하도록

We got up early so that we (may / might) catch the first bus to Tae-jon.

Mark Twain explained loudly so that everybody in the train could hear him easily.

They built a new school in order that more children might get education in the village.

58. lest ~ should …: ~이 …하지 않도록,~이 …하지 않기 위하여

for fear (that) ~ should… : ~이 …하지 않도록, ~이 …할까 두려워

in case ~ should … : ...한 경우를 대비해서

I hurried to the station lest I (should / should not) miss the train.

We hid behind some bushes for fear that passers-by (should / shouldn't) see us.

I took a map with me in case I should lose my way.

59. so as to ~ : ~하기 위해, ~하도록

so as not to ~ : ~하지 않기 위해,~하지 않도록

I will go on working late today so as to be free tomorrow.

I work hard in order to keep my family comfortable.

We should read at last the newspaper so as not to fall behind the times.

60. for the purpose of ~ing : ~을 위해

with a view to ~ing : ~을 위해

for fear of ~ing :~않기 위해

Our servant climbed up the ladder for the purpose of removing the globes from the chandelier.

He has bought land with a view (to build / to building) a house.

He remained silent for fear of being misunderstood.

61. as soon as ~: ~하자마자

scarcely~ when(=before): ~하자마자

hardly~when(=before):~하자마자

no sooner~than: ~하자마자

As soon as he read the letter, he started to cry.

He had hardly left the house (then / when) it began to rain.

He had no sooner seen me (when / than) he ran away.

62. the moment SV : ~하자마자

directly (or immediately) SV : ~하자마자

(up)on ~ ing/명사 : ~하자마자

The moment he entered, I saw by his face that he had not been successful.

Directly the words were out of my mouth, I repented of having spoken them.

Upon reading the letter, he started to cry.

63. once SV : 일단 ~ 하면

now (that) ~: 이제 ...하니까 (=since)

Once you have made a promise, you should keep it.

Now that you have started the work, you must see it through.

Now he has made up his mind, it is no good trying to persuade him.

64. 명령문+ and : ~ 해라, 그러면

명령문+ or : ~ 해라, 그렇지 않으면

Start right now, and you will be on time.

Start right now, or you will be late.

One more step, and you are a dead man.

65. if it were not for ~ : ~이 없다면, ~ 이 아니라면

were it not for ~ : ~이 없다면, ~ 이 아니라면

If it were not for your help, I could not do this.

Were it not for your help, I could not do this.

We could not endure solitude, if it were not for the powerful companionship of hope.

66. if it had not been for ~ : ~이 없었더라면, ~이 아니었더라면

had it not been for ~ : ~이 없었더라면, ~이 아니었더라면

If it had not been for you, we would have lost our way.

Had it not been for you, we would have lost our way.

I should have been drenched to the skin, if it had not been for the umbrella you kindly lent me.

67. if ~ should … : 만일 …하면　(가정법 미래)

if ~were to … : 만일 …하면

If he (would / should) come tomorrow, I would give him all I have.

If he were to hear of our plan, he would be surprised.

(If / Were) he to come tomorrow, I would give him all I have.

68. without ~ : 만일 ~ 이 없다면, 만일 ~이 없었다면　(=Except for~)

but for ~ : 만일 ~이 없다면, 만일 ~이 없었다면

but that ~ : 만일 ~이 없다면, 만일 ~이 없었다면

(Except / Without) you, we would have lost our way.

But for your help, I could not have succeeded.

Life would be short, but that hope prolongs it.

69. suppose (or supposing) ~ : 만약 ~ 한다면 (가정법 시제 가능)

provided (or providing)(that) ~ : 만약 ~ 한다면 (if의 뜻의 접속사로 실현에 중점을 두며 가정법에서는 쓰이지 않음.

in case~ : 만약 ~ 한 경우에는

Suppose you met a foreigner, how would you greet him?

I will come provided (or providing) (that) I am well enough.

Provided[or Providing] (that) all your task is done, you may go home.

(일이 다 끝나면 귀가해도 좋다)

In case I forget, please remind me of it.

70. as if (or as though): ~마치 ~인 듯이

Admiral Yi made out as if he were retreating.        make out ...인 체하다

The beggar made out as if he were dying of hunger.

He raised his hand as if to command silence.

71. as it were : 말하자면, 바꾸어 말하면

so to speak : 말하자면, 바꾸어 말하면

He is, as it (was / were), a walking dictionary.

She is, so to (tell / say), a bookworm.

His private life was no more than his public life and vice versa- so to speak,

his character was all loyalty and patriotism.

72. even if ~: 설령 ~해도, 비록 ~할지라도

even though ~: 설령 ~해도, 비록 ~할지라도

Even though you hear nothing, you see a dog prick up his ears.

Even if I did need one, I wouldn't hire you.

He longed for revenge, even if he himself should die for it.

73. I wish ~ : ~하면 좋겠는데,~했더라면 좋았는데

O that ~! : ~하면 좋겠는데,~했더라면 좋았는데

Would that~! : ~하면 좋겠는데,~했더라면 좋았는데

If only ~! : ~하면 좋겠는데,~했더라면 좋았는데

I wish I (can / could) buy a car!

O that he (has / had) passed the examination!

Would that I (was / were) young again!

If only a traveler would come his way, this time to help him!

74. if any (or ever, at all)~ : 만약에 ~ 하면, 이왕~한 바엔

He is a scholar, if any one is.

He is a brave man, if ever there was one.

Study English, if at all, thoroughly.

75. 부정어 + if any (or ever, at all): 설령 ~한다 해도 거의 (…않다)

This book has few, if (any / ever), misprints.   (if any뒤엔 명사와 함께)

He seldom, if (any / ever), goes to church.    (if ever뒤엔  동사와 함께)

There is little, if at all, hope of his recovery.

76. whatever ~(may) …: ~이 어떤 것일지라도

however ~ (may) …: 아무리 ~해도

whenever ~ (may)…: 언제…해도

Whatever intelligence a person may have, he cannot always make wise choices.

However intelligent a person may be, he cannot always make wise choices.

Whenever you may call on him, you will find him at his desk.

77. be ~ ever so… : 아무리(어떻게) ~가 …해도 (명령형양보)

let ~ be ever so …: 아무리(어떻게) ~가 …해도

(Be / Being) it ever so humble, there's no place like home.

Let a man be ever so rich, he must not be idle.

Try as you may (or will), you can't master English in a year or so.

(Go / Going) where you will, you cannot hope for success without effort.

78. 형용사 (명사, 부사, 분사) + as + 주어 + 동사 : 비록 ~할지라도

Young as he is, he is equal to the task.              (형용사 문두 도치)

(A child / Child) as he is, he is very sensible.         (무관사 명사)

(=Though he is a child, he is very sensible.에서 명사가 문두로 도치)

Much as I felt sorry for him, I could not help him.

79. in spite of ~, with all ~, for all ~ : ~에도 불구하고

He devoted himself to painting in spite of adversity.

With all his faults, he is a gentleman.

For all the advertisement, very few turned up for the show.

80. so long as ~ : ~하는 한, ~하기만 하면

as long as ~ : ~하는 동안은, ~하는 한

Any book will do so long as it is interesting.

I shall never forget your kindness as long as I live.

It makes little difference what kind of exercise we take so long as we take it regularly.

81. so far as~ : ~하는 한

as far as~ : ~하는 한,~까지

So far as I am concerned, I have no objection to the plan.

As far as the eye could reach, nothing could be seen but water.

He went down as far as Busan.

82. as ~, so… : ~인 것과 같이,…

As people change, so language changes.

As rust eats iron, so care eats the heart.

As the body is nourished by food, so is the mind nourished by reading and thinking.

83. It is in(or with) ~ as in (or with)… : ~은 …한 것과 같다.

(as in ~ : ~에서처럼)

It is in life as in a journey.    It is in studying as in eating.

It is in men as in soils, where sometimes there is a vein of gold which the owner knows not of.

(땅 속에는 땅 임자도 모르는 금맥이 있는 수가 혹 있는데, 사람의 속도 그와 같다)

84. as it is : (문두에 쓰여) 사실은 (=In fact); (문미에 쓰여) 있는 그대로 ;

[문두·문미에]현상으로(도), 지금 대로도; 벌써, 이미:

But for his idleness, he would be a rich man. As it is, he remains as poor as ever.

Tell me the fact as it (is / were).

We’re already late as it is! 우리는 이미 늦었다!

Don’t take on any more work. You have too much to do as it is.

일을 더 이상은 맡지 마시오. 지금도 벌써 일이 너무 많으니까.

85. the same ~as … : … 과 같은 (종류의)~

This is the same book (as / which) I lost.

She is the same nurse (as / that) kindly looked after me while I was in hospital.

Strange to say, diamond is composed of the same material as coal and soot, namely carbon.

86. may well ~ : ~하는 것은 당연하다

She may (well / better) be proud of her son.

You are angry with him, and (well / better) you may.

His parents may well be anxious about his health.

87. may as well~ as …: …해도 좋듯이 ~해도 좋다. …하는 것보다 ~하는 편이 좋다.

may as well ~ (as not) :  (않느니) ~하는 편이 좋다.

You may as well call a cat a little tiger (as / than) call a tiger a big cat.

One may as well not know a thing at all as (to know / know) it but imperfectly.

You may as well go at once.

88. might as well ~as … : …은~이나 다름없다, …하느니~하는 편이 낫다.

You might as well know throw your money into the ditch as lend it to him.

You might as well expect the sun to rise in the west as (to expect / expect) me to change my opinion.

You might as well (go / to go) to a tree for fish.

89. would (or had) rather(or sooner) ~ than..: …한다면 ~한 편이 낫다,

…하기보다는 오히려 ~하고 싶다.

I would rather starve (as / than) steal.

I would sooner stay at home than (go / to go) out in the rain.

I would rather live in a garret with a library than in a palace without one.

90. be + to 부정사 : ~하기로 되어 있다, ~해야만 하다, ~할 수 있다, ~할 예정이다.

Ted and Mary were to be married in May.

John and I (are / will) to meet at the station at six.

At what time am I (will / to) come?

The purse was not to be found.

91. not only ~ but (also)… :~뿐만 아니라…도

…as well as ~ : ~뿐만 아니라 …도

We, as citizens, are responsible not only for making laws (and / but) for obeying them.

Not only you but also I (am / are) invited.

He gave me money as well as advice.

92. both ~and…:  ~하기도 하고 … 하기도 한

at once ~ and… : ~하기도 하고 … 하기도 한 ; A, B ...한.

This novel is both interesting (and / but) instructive.

I know they were smiling with that smile at once mischievous and childlike that I knew so well.

Without virtue, both riches and honor seem to me as the passing cloud.

93. either ~ or…: ~이든 …이든 어느 한쪽

neither ~ nor…:~도 …도 어느 쪽도 아니다.

Either you or I (am / are) mad.

Competition is neither good (nor / or) bad in itself.

She never complained, (neither / either) to us or to her employers.

94. that of ~:~의 그것

~, and that …: ~, 그것도 …

The energy equivalent to (it / that) of 100,000 men powers a train. power=동사

All men seek after happiness, and that without any exception.

The houses of the rich are larger than (that / those) of the poor.

95. be (or have) something (or much) of ~ : 어느 정도 ~하다, 한 듯한 면이 있다

be (or have) nothing (or little) of~ :조금도 ~하지 않다, 한 듯한 면이 없다.

He is something of a poet.

His features were agreeable; his body, though slight of build, had something of athletic outline.

Although not a strong boy, there was nothing of the coward about him.

96. one ~, the other… : 하나는 ~, 또 다른 하나는…

the one ~, the other… : 전자는 ~, 후자는…

this ~, that… : 후자는 ~,전자는 …

I have two sisters; one is in America and (another / the other) in Germany.

Reading is easy, and thinking is hard work, but the one is useless without the other.

Health is above wealth; this does not give so much pleasure as that.

97. one thing ~, another... : ~과 …과는 전혀 다르다.

To know is one thing; to teach is (the other / another).

It is one thing to own a library; it is another to use it wisely.

It is one thing to make great progress in curing or preventing disease and another to say that all the afflictions of man can be overcomes by human intelligence.

98. all + 추상명사  =추상명사 + itself : 매우~한

He was all attention.       She is kindness (herself / itself).

The children are all (eager / eagerness) to go to the festival.

She was all smiles.

99. have + the + 추상명사 + to 부정사: ~하게도 … 하다.

He had the kindness to lend me the money.

I had the good fortune to succeed in the entrance examination.

He had the courage to dash into the burning house to save a child.

100. by oneself : 혼자서, (혼자 힘으로)　　      　(=alone)

for oneself : (자신을 위하여), 혼자의 힘으로,  (=without others' help)

of itself : 저절로　　　　　　                 (=spontaneously)

in itself : 본래, 그 자체　　　　　             (=originally)

(all) to oneself: 자기 자신만, 혼자 차지하는　  (=exclusively, solely...)

He always studies in his room (of / by) himself.

But he sometimes finds some problems which he cannot solve for himself.

The light went out (by / of) itself.

These substances are not poisonous in themselves.

He had the room all to himself.

101. used to ⓡ「늘 …하곤 하였다」 ⇒ 과거의 규칙적인 습관의 조동사

「… 였었다」        ⇒ 과거의 지속적인 상태

=would 「 …하곤 하였다」     ⇒ 과거의 불규칙적인 습관

be used to + ~ing =be accustomed to ~ing :「…하는데 익숙하다」

be used to V ~ : ~하는데 사용되다

․ He used to take a walk every morning.   (used to = 조동사)

․ There used to be a big tree here.

․ He used to be an English teacher.

․ He is used to doing such a thing.        (used는 형용사)

․ Wood is used to make tables.            (used는 동사의 과거분사꼴)

102. far from (~ing) : 결코 ~아니다(=never); ~하기는커녕(=Instead of~ 문두)

She is far from being happy.

He is far from honest.

Far from being precocious as a small child, the great Albert Einstein was actually somewhat slow in learning to talk.

(어린애로서 조숙하기는커녕 위대한 Albert Einstein은 실재로 말을 배우는데 있어서도 약간 느렸다.)

제 16장    Diagnostic test for Grammar         목차로

문법 진단평가

(    )학년 (     )반  (     )번  이름:(              )

1. This flower smells (sweet, sweetly).

2. She practiced (to play, playing) the piano.

3. How careless I am (     ) make a such a mistake.

4. John was made (stand, to stand) in front of the class.

5. Do you mind if I open the window?

=Do you mind (      )(         ) the window?

6. It is possible to return to our childhood.

= There is (      )(          ) to our childhood.

7. Following my advice, you are sure to succeed.

= (      )(       )(         ) my advice, you are sure to succeed.

8. I was busy (to help, helping) my brother do housework.

9. (     )안의 동사를 과거 또는 현재완료 중 택일하여 어법에 맞게 쓰시오.

When (he go) to America? 답:                                   ?

10. I am sure of your success.

= I am sure that you (         )(             ).

11. We were caught (       ) a shower on the way.

12. Rome was (        )(         )(           ) in a day.

(로마는 하루아침에 만들어지지 않았다.) (속담)

13. She treats me like her own daughter.

=She treats me (       )(       ) I (        ) her own daughter.

14. If I (should, would) fail this time, I would try again.

15. I suggested that we go for a walk.

= I said, "(         )(          ) for a walk."

16. 다음 영작을 완성하시오.

「그는 나에게 “너는 분명히 상을 탈 것이다.”라고 말했다.」

He (         ) me that (        )(         ) surely win the prize.

17. If you eat too much, you will become sick.

= Too much eating (        )(        ) you sick.

18. Little (did, have) I dream of seeing her there.

19. Must I start at once?

― No, you (         ) not.

20. I'm sorry that I didn't study harder.

= I (         ) have studied harder.

21. He has two (s       ) of bread and a (c     ) of coffee for breakfast.

22. She speaks English well.

= She is a (        )(          ) of English.

※ (        ) + 추상명사 = 형용사구가 되도록 (      )안을 채우시오 (23,24)

23. This problem is very important.

=This problem is (         )(          )(              ).

24. A man of courage will not tell a lie.

= A (           ) man will not tell a lie.

25. 주어진 우리말의 영작을 완성하시오.

「점심으로 나는 샌드위치 하나와 사과 한 개를 먹었다.」

(       ) lunch, I (h     ) a sandwich and (      )(          ).

26. How many words can you type (a, one, for a) minute?

※ 알맞은 대명사를 넣으시오.(27,28)

27. Some say this, and (          ) say that.

28. What language do (         ) speak in Lithuania?

29. She sang a very nice song, the title of (which, that) I don't know.

30. Try to listen to (what, that, whenever) others say.

31. Tom was (impossible, unable) to stand the pain.

32. I have never gone out of Suncheon (before, ago.)

33. He is so strong that he can carry the load.

= He is strong (           ) to carry the load.

34. There is nothing (as, much, more, such) valuable as time.

35. He is more a guitarist than a singer.

= He is (l        ) a singer (          ) a guitarist.

36. I haven't heard from him (after, from, since) April.

37. Can't you even tell black (by, to, from, between) white?

38. It will not be long (when, after, before, since, till) winter comes.

39. It is up (       ) you to make your dream come true.

40. Would you (check, cheque) these figures?

Global English  김운이

전남 순천시 연향동 연향 천주교 근처